EMTN Prosp. 170903 (clean)
Transcrição
EMTN Prosp. 170903 (clean)
(Incorporated as a credit institution under public law (Anstalt des Öffentlichen Rechts) in the German Federal States of Lower Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania) as Issuer and, in respect of Instruments issued by NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC, as Guarantor NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC (Incorporated in England with limited liability) as Issuer USD 20,000,000,000 Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments (the “Programme”) Arranger for the Programme NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE Dealers BARCLAYS CAPITAL CITIGROUP CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON DEUTSCHE BANK DRESDNER KLEINWORT WASSERSTEIN HSBC JPMORGAN MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL MORGAN STANLEY NOMURA INTERNATIONAL NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE UBS INVESTMENT BANK UNTERNEHMENSBERICHT gem. § 69 (1) Börsenordnung der Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse in Verbindung mit § 44 Börsenzulassungs-Verordnung INFORMATION MEMORANDUM (Incorporated as a credit institution under public law (Anstalt des Öffentlichen Rechts) in the German Federal States of Lower Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania) as Issuer and, in respect of Instruments issued by NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC, as Guarantor NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC (Incorporated in England with limited liability) as Issuer USD 20,000,000,000 Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments Under this USD 20,000,000,000 Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments (the “Programme”) each of Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale (“NORD/LB”) and NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC (“NORD/LB Securities”) may from time to time issue debt instruments or enter into arrangements for the creation of debt obligations in dematerialised form (together the “Instruments”) denominated in any currency agreed with the relevant Dealer(s) (as defined in the Information Memorandum). The payment of all amounts due in respect of Instruments issued by NORD/LB Securities will be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by NORD/LB in its capacity as guarantor, (the “Guarantor”). Application has been made to list Instruments to be issued under the Programme during the period of twelve months from the date of this Information Memorandum on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (other than Instruments with redemption in principal or shares/ principal or bonds and Index-Linked Instruments with physical delivery) and on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. Instruments issued under the Programme may also be listed on an alternative stock exchange or may not be listed at all. Notice of the aggregate nominal amount of Instruments, interest (if any) payable in respect of Instruments, the issue price of Instruments and any other terms and conditions not contained herein which are applicable to each issue of Instruments will be set forth in a pricing supplement (the “Pricing Supplement”) which, with respect to Instruments to be admitted to the relevant Exchange will be delivered to the relevant Exchange on the date of issue of such Instruments. The Terms and Conditions for each Series listed on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange will be made available to investors at the offices of the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Frankfurt Stock Exchange and the relevant Paying Agent. Such availability will be announced not later than two days after the settlement date for the issue of such Series in the German Federal Gazette (Bundesanzeiger) and the Handelsblatt. This Information Memorandum supersedes the information memorandum dated 5 July 2002 and all previous information memoranda relating to the Programme. Arranger for the Programme NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE Dealers BARCLAYS CAPITAL CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON DRESDNER KLEINWORT WASSERSTEIN JPMORGAN MORGAN STANLEY NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE Dated 17 September 2003 CITIGROUP DEUTSCHE BANK HSBC MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL NOMURA INTERNATIONAL UBS INVESTMENT BANK 4 In this Information Memorandum/Unternehmensbericht (together defined as “Information Memorandum”), references to the “Issuer” mean any one of NORD/LB or NORD/LB Securities, as the case may be, as issuer or creator of Instruments under the Programme and together such companies will be referred to as the “Issuers”. Each Issuer and the Guarantor accepts responsibility for the information contained in this document except for the information referring to the description of the indices. To the best of the knowledge and belief of each Issuer and the Guarantor (each of which have taken all reasonable care to ensure that such is the case), the information contained in this document is in accordance with the facts and does not omit anything likely to affect the import of such information. The information referring to the description of the indices are included from publications of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange and of Stoxx Limited, respectively. The Issuers and the Guarantor accept responsibility for the correct reproduction of such information. The Issuers and the Guarantor do not accept responsibility for any financial information relating to any public companies, as provided by the relevant company, which will be provided together with the relevant Pricing Supplement in the case of the issue of Instruments with redemption in principal or shares, principal or bonds or Index-Linked Instruments with physical delivery, which will be listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. The Issuers and the Guarantor only accept responsibility for the correct reproduction of such information. NORD/LB and NORD/LB Securities have confirmed to the dealers (the “Dealers”) named under “Subscription and Sale” that this Information Memorandum is true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading; that there are no other facts in relation to the information contained herein the omission of which would, in the context of the issue of the Instruments, make any statement herein misleading in any material respect; and that all reasonable enquiries have been made to verify the foregoing. The Issuers and the Guarantor have further confirmed to the Dealers that this Information Memorandum (subject to being supplemented by Pricing Supplements) contains all such information as investors and their professional advisers would reasonably require, and reasonably expect to find, for the purpose of making an informed assessment of the assets and liabilities, financial position, profits and losses, and prospects of the Issuers and, where applicable, the Guarantor and their respective subsidiaries (if any) and of the rights attaching to the relevant Instruments. This document, as amended or supplemented, will be referred to herein as the “Information Memorandum”. This Information Memorandum should be read and construed with any amendment or supplement hereto and, in relation to any Series (as defined herein) of Instruments, should be read and construed together with the relevant Pricing Supplement(s), (as defined herein). Financial information relating to any public company, which will be provided together with the relevant Pricing Supplement in the case of issues of Instruments with redemption in principal or shares, in principal or bonds or IndexLinked Instruments with physical delivery, will not be considered part of or incorporated by reference in this Information Memorandum or the relevant Pricing Supplement. Neither the Issuers nor the Guarantor have authorised the making or provision of any representation or information regarding the Issuers or the Guarantor or the Instruments other than as contained or incorporated by reference in this Information Memorandum, in the Dealership Agreement (as defined herein), in any other document prepared by or on behalf of the Issuers or the Guarantor in connection with the Programme or any Pricing Supplement, or as approved for such purpose by the Issuer or the Guarantor. Any such representation or information including financial information relating to any public company supplied in connection with any Instruments with redemption in principal or shares, principal or bonds or Index-Linked Instruments with physical delivery should not be relied upon as having been authorised by the Issuers, the Guarantor, the Dealers or any of them. No representation or warranty is made or implied by the Dealers or any of their respective affiliates in this Information Memorandum, and neither the Dealers nor any of their respective affiliates makes any representation or warranty or accepts any responsibility as to the accuracy or completeness of the information contained herein. Neither the delivery of this Information Memorandum or any Pricing Supplement nor the offering, sale or delivery of any Instrument will in any circumstances create any implication that there has been no adverse change in the financial situation of the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor since the date hereof or, as the case may be, the date upon which this Information Memorandum has been most recently amended or supplemented or the balance sheet date of the most recent financial statements which are deemed to be incorporated into this Information Memorandum by reference. None of the Issuers has authorised any offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995 (as amended) (the “Regulations”) of Instruments 5 having a maturity of one year or more which have not been admitted to the Official List in accordance with Part VI of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. Such Instruments may not lawfully be offered or sold to persons in the United Kingdom except in circumstances which do not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Regulations or otherwise in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Regulations. The distribution of this Information Memorandum or any Pricing Supplement and the offering, sale and delivery of the Instruments in certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law. Persons into whose possession this Information Memorandum comes are required by the Issuers, the Guarantor and the Dealers to inform themselves about, and to observe, any such restrictions. For a description of certain restrictions on offers, sales and deliveries of Instruments and on distribution of this Information Memorandum and other offering material relating to the Instruments see “Subscription and Sale”. In particular, Instruments have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (as amended) (the “Securities Act”) and are subject to U.S. tax law requirements. Unless they are registered, the Instruments may be offered only in transactions that are exempt from registration under the Securities Act. Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved any of these securities or determined if this Information Memorandum is truthful and complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offence. Subject to certain exceptions, instruments may not be offered, sold or delivered within the United States or to U.S. persons. Neither this Information Memorandum nor any Pricing Supplement may be used for the purpose of an offer or solicitation by anyone in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorised or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation. This Information Memorandum in connection with the relevant Pricing Supplement may be used for offers to the public in Germany as an offer or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase Instruments. In all other circumstances, neither this Information Memorandum nor the relevant Pricing Supplement shall constitute an offer or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase any Instruments. Offers to the public in other jurisdictions, if any, will be done pursuant to applicable local law. In no event should this Information Memorandum or any Pricing Supplement be considered as a recommendation by the Issuers, the Guarantor, the Dealers or any of them that any recipient of this Information Memorandum or any Pricing Supplement should subscribe for or purchase any Instruments. Each recipient of this Information Memorandum or any Pricing Supplement will be taken to have made its own investigation and appraisal of the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Issuers and the Guarantor. Documents Incorporated by Reference with respect to the Luxembourg Stock Exchange With respect to an issue of Instruments, each supplement to the Information Memorandum prepared by the Issuers will be deemed to be incorporated in this Information Memorandum by reference. Any statement contained herein or in a document attached hereto or incorporated herein by reference in the case of Instruments to be listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange will be deemed to be modified or superseded for the purposes of this Information Memorandum to the extent that a statement contained in any subsequent document which is a supplemental hereto, modifies or supersedes such a statement. Any statement so modified or superseded will not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute part of this Information Memorandum. This Information Memorandum, together with each Pricing Supplement issued in respect of each issue of Instruments, may only be used in connection with the offer, sale and listing of Instruments in an aggregate principal amount of not more than USD 20,000,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies at the date of issue) outstanding at any time. Reference herein to this “Information Memorandum” will include each supplement to the Information Memorandum and any relevant Pricing Supplement. The Issuers have each given an undertaking to the Dealers and to the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the Frankfurt Stock Exchange in connection with the listing of the Instruments on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, respectively, that if any event occurs as a result of which this Information Memorandum would include a statement of fact concerning an Issuer, the Guarantor or the Programme which, in each case, is material in the context of the Programme or the omission of which would make misleading in any material respect any statement herein whether of fact or opinion, the relevant Issuer, failing whom the Guarantor, will notify the Dealers on or before the next following issue of Instruments and prepare and deliver an amendment, supplement or replacement of this Information Memorandum on or before the next issue of Instruments to the Dealers and the Luxembourg and Frankfurt Stock Exchanges. 6 TABLE OF CONTENTS page Summary of the Programme 7 Produktbeschreibungen und Risikohinweise / Description of Instruments and Risk Information 13 / 21 Indexbeschreibungen / Description of Indices 28 / 52 Anleihebedingungen / Terms and Conditions of the Instruments Muster Konditionenblatt / Form of Pricing Supplement Muster der Garantie / Form of Guarantee 87 / 105 122 133 / 134 Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale 137 Financial Statements as at 31 December 2002 145 Unaudited Financial Information as at 30 June 2003 and Outlook 240 NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC 244 Financial Statements as at 31 December 2002 246 Taxation 261 Subscription and Sale 269 General Information 272 Names and Addresses 275 IN CONNECTION WITH THE ISSUE OF INSTRUMENTS UNDER THE PROGRAMME, THE DEALER (IF ANY) SPECIFIED AS THE STABILISING MANAGER (OR ANY PERSON ACTING FOR THE STABILISING MANAGER) IN THE PRICING SUPPLEMENT IN RELATION TO THE RELEVANT SERIES OF INSTRUMENTS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT TRANSACTIONS WITH A VIEW TO SUPPORTING THE MARKET PRICE OF THE RELEVANT SERIES OF INSTRUMENTS AT A LEVEL HIGHER THAN THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL FOR A LIMITED PERIOD. HOWEVER, THERE MAY BE NO OBLIGATION ON THE STABILISING MANAGER (OR ANY AGENT OF THE STABILISING MANAGER) TO DO THIS. SUCH STABILISING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME AND MUST BE BROUGHT TO AN END AFTER A LIMITED PERIOD. SUCH STABILISING WILL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS, REGULATIONS AND RULES. 7 SUMMARY OF THE PROGRAMME The following is a brief summary only and should be read, in relation to any Series of Instruments, in conjunction with the relevant Pricing Supplement and, to the extent applicable, the Terms and Conditions of the Instruments set out herein. Issuers: Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale and NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC (each an “Issuer” and together the “Issuers”). Guarantor: Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Arranger: Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Dealers: Barclays Bank PLC, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited, Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, Dresdner Bank Aktiengesellschaft, HSBC Bank plc, J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd., Merrill Lynch International, Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited, Nomura International plc, Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, UBS Limited and any other dealer appointed from time to time by the relevant Issuer either generally in respect of the Programme or in relation to a particular Series of Instruments. Fiscal Agent: Deutsche Bank AG London. Paying Agent: Deutsche Bank AG London, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale and Deutsche Bank AG Paris Branch, and other institutions, all as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement. Listing Agent: Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise as to the listing on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as to the listing on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange Programme Amount: Form of Instruments: USD 20,000,000,000 (or its appropriate equivalent in other currencies). The Issuers may increase the amount of the Programme in accordance with the terms of the Dealer Agreement from time to time. Instruments governed by German law may be issued in bearer form. In respect of Instruments issued in bearer form, the Issuer will deliver a temporary global Instrument, or (if so specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement in respect of Instruments governed by German law to which U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(C) applies (as so specified in such Pricing Supplement)) a permanent global Instrument. Such global Instrument will be deposited on or before the relevant issue date therefor with a depositary or a common depositary for Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”) and/or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, Luxembourg (“Clearstream, Luxembourg”) and/or Clearstream Banking AG, Frankfurt am Main (“Clearstream, Frankfurt”) or any other relevant clearing system. Such temporary global Instrument will be exchangeable for a permanent global Instrument or, if so specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement, for Instruments in definitive bearer form on or after the date (the “Exchange Date”) which is forty days after the completion of the distribution of the Instruments of the relevant Series and provided certification as to the beneficial ownership thereof as required by U.S. Treasury regulations (substantially in the form set out in the temporary global Instrument or in such form as is customarily issued in accordance with the regulations of the relevant clearing systems) has been received. Instruments in definitive bearer form will, if interest-bearing, have interest coupons attached. 8 Pricing Supplement: The Pricing Supplement as set out under “Form of Pricing Supplement” completes, supplements or replaces the Terms and Conditions for each Series. The Pricing Supplement read together with the Terms and Conditions constitutes the long form of Terms and Conditions, which will be attached to the relevant Note. In case of public offerings each Investor can request an integrated form of Terms and Conditions from the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Frankfurt Stock Exchange or the relevant Paying Agent. Status and Ranking of the Instruments: Instruments may be issued on a subordinated or an unsubordinated basis. Instruments issued on an unsubordinated and unsecured basis will rank pari passu without any preference among themselves and at least pari passu with all other unsubordinated and unsecured obligations of the relevant Issuer, present and future. Instruments issued on a subordinated basis will rank pari passu without any preference among themselves and otherwise as specified in the Terms and Conditions. Guarantee: Subject to the provisions below, repayment of the principal and payment of any interest or premium in connection with any such relevant Instruments issued by NORD/LB Securities will be guaranteed by NORD/LB as Guarantor, by a guarantee substantially in the form as set out under “Form of Guarantee”. The obligations of the Guarantor in respect of unsubordinated Instruments will rank pari passu with all other outstanding, unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Guarantor. The obligations of the Guarantor in respect of subordinated Instruments will be subordinated, in the event of the winding-up of the Guarantor, to the claims of its unsubordinated creditors as specified in the Terms and Conditions. In respect of Dematerialised Instruments issued by NORD/LB Securities, such Dematerialised Instruments will be guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to a guarantee in such form as the regulations and practices of the electronic or other clearing system and Applicable Law requires. Distribution: Instruments may be distributed by way of private or public offerings and, in each case, on a syndicated or non-syndicated basis. Public offerings will be made pursuant to applicable local laws. In Germany, Instruments will be offered publicly only to the extent they are covered by the listing prospectus of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, namely: – – – – Fixed Rate Instruments Floating Rate Instruments Zero Coupon Instruments Step-up/ Step-down/ Fixed Rate Instruments with call option(s) of the relevant Issuer – Instruments with participation in a Underlying Value without physical delivery With respect to public offerings in Instruments with redemption in principal or shares, principal or bonds or Index-Linked Instruments with physical delivery the Investors will be informed about the relevant public company. Financial information provided by such public company will be attached to the applicable Pricing Supplement. Public offerings in Index-Linked Instruments will only be made with regard to Instruments linked to the indices described in the subparagraph “Indices” in this 9 Information Memorandum, if these Instruments will be listed on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. The method of distribution of each Instruments will be stated in the relevant Pricing Supplement. Method of Issue: Instruments will be issued on a continuous basis in Tranches (each a “Tranche”), each Tranche consisting of Instruments which are identical in all respects. One or more Tranches, which are expressed to be consolidated and forming a single series and identical in all respects, but having different issue dates, interest commencement dates, issue prices and dates for first interest payments may form a Series (the “Series”) of Instruments. Further Instruments may be issued as part of existing Series. The specific terms of each Tranche (which will be supplemented, where necessary, with supplemental terms and conditions) will be set forth in the applicable Pricing Supplement. Currencies: Instruments may be denominated in any currency or currencies subject to compliance with all applicable legal or regulatory requirements and as further specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement. Payments in respect of Instruments may, subject to compliance as aforesaid, be made in, and/or linked to, any currency or currencies other than the currency in which such Instruments are denominated. Issue Price: Instruments may be issued at par or at a discount or premium to par as stated in the relevant Pricing Supplement. Maturities: There is no minimum nor maximum maturity and Instruments may be issued with no specified maturity dates provided, however, that Instruments will only be issued in compliance with all applicable legal and/or regulatory requirements. Redemption: Instruments may be redeemable at par or at such other redemption amount (detailed in a formula or otherwise) as may be specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement. Early Redemption: Interest: Fixed Rate Instruments: Floating Rate Instruments: Early redemption will be permitted for taxation reasons as mentioned in the “Terms and Conditions of the Instruments – Early Redemption for Taxation Reasons”, but will otherwise be permitted only to the extent specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement and in compliance with all applicable legal and/or regulatory requirements. Instruments may be either interest bearing at fixed or variable rates or non-interest bearing, with principal repayable at a fixed amount or by reference to a formula as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. In the case of step-down/step-up/Fixed Rate Instruments with call option(s) of the relevant Issuer the rate of interest may be adjusted at each agreed Call-Date, if the Issuer will not call Instruments as set out in the relevant Pricing Supplement. Instruments for which the interest rate is fixed will be payable on such basis as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. Instruments for which the interest rate is variable will bear interest on such basis as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. The margin, if any, relating to such variable rate will be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) for each Series of Floating Rate Instruments. 10 Interest periods for Floating Rate Instruments will be one, two, three, six or twelve months or such other period(s) as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. Zero Coupon Instruments: Zero Coupon Instruments will be offered and sold either at a discount to their principal amount or on an accumulated basis, in each case without periodic payments of interest. Step-up/ Step-down/ Fixed/ Floating Rate Instruments with call option(s) of the Issuer: The interest rate may be adjusted at each agreed Call-Date, if the relevant Issuer will not call the Instruments, on such basis as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. Instruments with redemption in principal or shares or in principal or bonds: The redemption of the Instruments will be either in principal or shares or in principal or bonds at the option of the relevant Issuer on such basis as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. These Instruments will only be listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. Index-Linked Instruments: Equity-Linked Instruments: Bond-Linked Instruments: Payments of principal in respect of Index-Linked Redemption Amount Instruments or of interest in respect of Index-Linked Interest Instruments (together “IndexLinked Instruments”) will be calculated by reference to such index and/or formula as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. If redemption with physical delivery of the index (“Index-Linked Instrument with physical delivery”) is agreed, the Instruments will only be listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. Each issue of Index-Linked Instruments will be launched in compliance with all applicable legal and/or regulatory requirements. Payments of principal in respect of Equity-Linked Redemption Amount Instruments will be calculated by reference to such share/or formula as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. Each issue of Equity-Linked Instruments will be launched in compliance with all applicable legal and/or regulatory requirements. Payments of principal in respect of Bond-Linked Redemption Amount Instruments will be calculated by reference to such bond/or formula as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. Each issue of Bond-Linked Instruments will be launched in compliance with all applicable legal and/or regulatory requirements. Index-Linked Instruments, Equity-Linked Instruments and Bond-Linked Instruments together will be outlined as “Instruments with participation in a Underlying Value”. 11 Other provisions for Floating Rate Instruments and Index-Linked Instruments: Interest on Floating Rate Instruments and Index-Linked Instruments in respect of each Interest Period, as selected prior to issue by the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), will be payable on such Interest Payment Dates specified in, or determined pursuant to, the applicable Pricing Supplement and will be calculated as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. These Instruments may also have a maximum interest rate, a minimum interest rate or both. Dual Currency Instruments: Payments (whether in respect of principal or interest and whether at maturity or otherwise) in respect of Dual Currency Instruments will be made in such currencies, and based on such rates of exchange, as the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) may agree, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. Denominations: Instruments will be issued in such denominations as may be specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement, subject to compliance with all applicable legal or regulatory requirements. Instruments denominated in sterling, where the Issuer is NORD/LB, need not have a minimum denomination. Negative Pledge: None Cross Default: Events of Default: Taxation: None The Instruments will provide for events of default entitling Holders to demand immediate redemption of the Instruments, see Section 8 of the Terms and Conditions – “Events of Default”. Payments in respect of Instruments will be made without withholding in respect of taxes imposed by or on behalf of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Issuer or, if such taxes are required to be withheld, will (subject to customary exceptions) be increased as mentioned in “Terms and Conditions of the Instruments – Taxation”. Governing Law: German Law Listing: Application has been made to list Instruments to be issued under the Programme on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, other than Instruments with redemption in principal or shares, principal or bonds and Index-Linked Instruments with physical delivery, and on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. The Instruments may also be listed on such other or further stock exchanges as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) in relation to each issue. The Instruments may also be unlisted. Terms and Conditions: The terms and conditions applicable to each Series will be as agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer at or prior to the time of issuance of such Series, and specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement. The terms and conditions are governed by German law. The terms and conditions applicable to each Series will be those set out herein in the section entitled “Terms and Conditions” as supplemented, modified or replaced by the relevant Pricing Supplement. The terms and conditions applying to any issue of Dematerialised Instruments will be those specified as applying in the Pricing Supplement relating thereto. 12 Enforcement of Instruments: Puts/Calls: In the case of Dematerialised Instruments investors’ rights will be governed by the documents creating the same and the rules and practices applying thereto as described in the relevant Pricing Supplement. In the event that put and/or call options are applicable to any Instruments (as agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer), the details thereof (including notice periods) will be inserted in the relevant Pricing Supplement. Puts/ calls will in all cases be subject to any legal and/or regulatory requirement providing for minimum maturities for an issue denominated in a specific currency. Use of proceeds: The net proceeds of the issue of each Series of Instruments will be used by the relevant Issuer for the general financing of its activities. Clearance and Settlement: Ratings: Selling Restrictions: Jurisdiction: Instruments will be accepted for clearing through Clearing Systems as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, which will include those operated by Clearstream Banking AG, Frankfurt, Clearstrem Banking, société anonyme, Luxembourg, and Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. as operator of the Euroclear system. NORD/LB’s unsubordinated and subordinated long-term debt has been rated Aa1 by Moody’s Investors Ltd. and AAA by Fitch Ratings Limited. NORD/LB Securities’ unsubordinated and subordinated long-term debt is rated Aa1 by Moody’s Investors Ltd. Instruments issued under the Programme may be rated or unrated. Where Instruments are rated, such rating will not necessarily be the same as the ratings as described above. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to suspension, reduction, or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. For a description of certain restrictions on offers, sales and deliveries of Instruments and on the distribution of offering material in the United States of America, the United Kingdom, Japan, Germany, see “Subscription and Sale”. Further restrictions may be required in connection with any particular Series of Instruments and will be specified in the documentation relating to such Series. Hannover is the place of performance in connection with the Instruments. For all merchants within the meaning of the German Commercial Code, legal persons under public law, special government funds and persons without a general place of jurisdiction in the Federal Republic of Germany Hannover is the non-exclusive place of jurisdiction for all disputes arising under the matters regulated in the terms and conditions. 13 PRODUKTBESCHREIBUNGEN UND RISIKOHINWEISE Die nachfolgend aufgeführten Risikohinweise gelten für Schuldverschreibungen, die unter dem Programm Retail-Kunden angeboten und verkauft werden. Die allgemeinen Risikohinweise sowie die nachfolgend aufgeführten produktspezifischen Risikohinweise ersetzen nicht die in jedem Fall unerlässliche individuelle anleger- und anlagegerechte Beratung vor Ihrer Kaufentscheidung durch Ihr Kredit- oder Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut. Eine Anlage in die unter dem Programm angebotenen Schuldverschreibungen sollte darüber hinaus erst dann erfolgen, nachdem alle für die jeweiligen Schuldverschreibungen relevanten Faktoren, insbesondere auch die nachfolgend aufgeführten allgemeinen und produktspezifischen Risikohinweise, zur Kenntnis genommen und sorgfältig geprüft wurden. ALLGEMEINE RISIKOHINWEISE FÜR INHABERSCHULDVERSCHREIBUNGEN MIT ODER OHNE ZUGRUNDE LIEGENDEM BASISWERT 1) Hinsichtlich jeglicher Inhaberschuldverschreibungen: Die nachfolgenden „Allgemeinen Risikohinweise“ gelten nicht, wenn Sie das Anlageprodukt bis zu seiner Endfälligkeit halten, da die Rückzahlung dann zum in den Anleihebedingungen festgelegten Wert erfolgt. ● Mit dem Erwerb einer Inhaberschuldverschreibung (das „Anlageprodukt“) erwerben sie ein börsennotiertes Wertpapier: ❍ Die Kursentwicklung eines börsennotierten Anlageproduktes hängt von unterschiedlichsten Faktoren ab. Dies können beispielsweise die Entwicklung des allgemeinen Marktzinsniveaus, die gesamtwirtschaftliche Entwicklung oder die Nachfragesituation sein. Es besteht daher die Möglichkeit, dass sich der Börsenkurs des Anlageproduktes während dessen Laufzeit bezogen auf den Ausgabe- bzw. Kaufkurs auch negativ entwickelt. Bei einem Verkauf des Anlageproduktes vor dessen Laufzeitende würden Sie dann einen Verlust im Vergleich zum anfänglich eingesetzten Kapital erleiden. ❍ Die Entwicklung an einer Börse kann aufgrund unterschiedlichster Faktoren, beispielsweise der gesamtwirtschaftlichen Entwicklung, der Bewertung des konkreten Anlageproduktes durch die Marktteilnehmer und /oder einer damit verbundenen mangelnden oder überschießenden Nachfragesituation auch starken Kursschwankungen unterworfen sein. Daher kann der an der relevanten Wertpapierbörse für ein Anlageprodukt festgestellte Kurs ebenfalls auch starken Kursschwankungen unterworfen sein. Es ist daher nicht sicher, zu welchem Börsenkurs ein Anlageprodukt bezogen auf dessen Ausgabe- bzw. Kaufkurs zu einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt verkauft werden kann. Bei einem Verkauf des Anlageproduktes vor dessen Laufzeitende besteht daher das Risiko, einen Verlust im Vergleich zum anfänglich eingesetzten Kapital zu erleiden. ❍ Trotz der Börsennotierung des Anlageproduktes ist es nicht sicher, dass sich beispielsweise aufgrund einer mangelnden Nachfrage durch Dritte und /oder anderen Faktoren ein jederzeit liquider Sekundärmarkt entwickelt, in dem ein Handel mit dem Anlageprodukt ohne weiteres und jederzeit möglich ist. Es ist daher nicht sicher, dass das Anlageprodukt vor dessen Laufzeitende über die entsprechende Börse wieder verkauft werden kann. Die Emittentin ist nicht, außer es ist ausdrücklich vereinbart, verpflichtet, das Anlageprodukt vor dessen Laufzeitende zurückzukaufen. 14 2.) Zusätzlich hinsichtlich Inhaberschuldverschreibungen mit zugrunde liegendem Basiswert: ● Das Anlageprodukt kann auf einen Basiswert bezogen sein. Der Basiswert kann in Abhängigkeit von unterschiedlichsten Faktoren einer eigenständigen Bewertung, eigenständigen Risiken und einer eigenständigen Kursentwicklung unterliegen oder auf eine andere Währung als den Euro lauten. Diese Bewertungen und Risiken sind, abhängig vom konkreten Anlageprodukt, auch in diesem mit enthalten und können sich negativ auf dieses auswirken. Eine negative Kursentwicklung des zugrunde liegenden Basiswertes kann sich auch negativ auf die Kursentwicklung des Anlageproduktes auswirken. Lautet der Basiswert auf eine andere Währung als den Euro ergibt sich ein Währungsrisiko, das sich negativ auf das Anlageprodukt auswirken kann. ● Die Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale hat neben dem Emissionsgeschäft weitere Unternehmenssparten, die eigenständig ihren Kunden ihre Dienstleistungen anbieten. Die Entscheidungen anderer Unternehmenssparten können im Falle einer Schuldverschreibung mit Basiswert positive aber auch negative Auswirkungen auf den Basiswert und damit auch auf die betreffende Schuldverschreibung haben. 15 Die nachfolgend aufgeführten ausschließlich produktspezifischen Risikohinweise gelten für Schuldverschreibungen, die unter dem Programm Retail-Kunden angeboten und verkauft werden. Eine Anlage in die unter dem Programm angebotenen Schuldverschreibungen sollte erst erfolgen, nachdem alle für die jeweiligen Schuldverschreibungen relevanten Faktoren, insbesondere auch die nachfolgend aufgeführten Risikohinweise, zur Kenntnis genommen und sorgfältig geprüft wurden. RISIKOHINWEISE FÜR INHABERSCHULDVERSCHREIBUNGEN MIT PARTIZIPATION AN EINEM STEIGENDEN BASISWERT Produktbeschreibung Inhaberschuldverschreibungen mit Partizipation an einem steigenden Basiswert (hier: die „Schuldverschreibungen“) werden am Fälligkeitstag mindestens zu einem im Vorfeld festgesetzten Prozentsatz ihres Nennbetrags zurückgezahlt (der „garantierte Rückzahlungsbetrag“). Zusätzlich hat der Inhaber der Schuldverschreibungen die Möglichkeit, an einem steigenden Basiswert zu partizipieren: Wird der Basiswert am Feststellungstag oberhalb oder mindestens zu einem bei Begebung der Schuldverschreibungen festgelegten Schwellwerts (der „Schwellwert“) festgestellt (der „Basiswert-Stand“ oder der „Kurs“), erfolgt die Rückzahlung der Schuldverschreibungen bei Fälligkeit zum garantierten Rückzahlungsbetrag zuzüglich einer bei Begebung festgelegten Partizipation an dieser positiven relativen Wertentwicklung des Basiswerts. Die Partizipation kann auf einen bestimmten Basiswert-Stand begrenzt werden (der „Cap“). Liegt der Basiswert-Stand am Feststellungstag unterhalb des Schwellwerts, erfolgt die Rückzahlung der Schuldverschreibungen zum garantierten Rückzahlungsbetrag. Der Feststellungstag liegt eine im Vorfeld bestimmte Anzahl von Bankgeschäftstagen vor dem Fälligkeitstag. Risikobeschreibung Die Rückzahlung des eingesetzten Kapitals ist bei einem garantierten Rückzahlungsbetrag, der zu unter 100% des Nennbetrages festgesetzt ist, nicht garantiert. Außerdem erhalten Sie aufgrund einer möglichen positiven Partizipation an einem Basiswert eine unter dem Markt liegende Rendite, im Vergleich zu Schuldverschreibungen mit gleicher Laufzeit ohne Partizipationsmöglichkeit und mit einer Rückzahlung zum Nennbetrag. Das Risiko besteht also in einem Verlust Ihres eingesetzten Kapitals in Höhe der Differenz zum garantierten Rückzahlungsbetrag, wenn dieser auf unter 100% festgesetzt wurde, und in einer niedrigeren Rendite des eingesetzten Kapitals während der Laufzeit der Schuldverschreibungen, wenn die Schuldverschreibungen zum garantierten Rückzahlungsbetrag zurückgezahlt werden. Da die zu erzielende Rendite Ihres eingesetzten Kapitals geringer als eine marktübliche Rendite bei einer Anlage in gewöhnlich festverzinslichen Schuldverschreibungen der Emittentin bei gleicher Laufzeit sein kann und die Rendite bei einem sinkenden Basiswert nicht durch eine Partizipation ausgeglichen werden kann, empfehlen wir eine spezielle produkt- und anlegergerechte Risikoaufklärung durch Ihr Kredit- oder Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut. Die Risikohinweise in diesem Unternehmensbericht ersetzen nicht die in jedem Fall unerlässliche individuelle anleger- und anlagegerechte Beratung hinsichtlich Ihrer finanziellen und wirtschaftlichen Verhältnisse vor Ihrer Kaufentscheidung durch Ihr Kredit- oder Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut. RISIKOHINWEISE FÜR INHABERSCHULDVERSCHREIBUNGEN MIT PARTIZIPATION AN EINEM SINKENDEN BASISWERT Produktbeschreibung Die Rückzahlung der Inhaberschuldverschreibungen mit Partizipation an einem sinkenden Basiswert (hier: die „Schuldverschreibungen“) erfolgt bei Endfälligkeit höchstens zu einem im Vorfeld festgesetzten Prozentsatz ihres Nennbetrags (der „Rückzahlungsbetrag“), da der Inhaber der Schuldverschreibungen an einem sinkenden Basiswert partizipiert. Die Partizipation errechnet sich wie folgt: Wird der Wert des Basiswerts am Feststellungstag oberhalb oder mindestens zu einem bei Begebung der Schuldverschreibungen festgelegten Schwellwert (der „Schwellwert“) festgestellt (der „Basiswert- 16 Stand“ oder der „Kurs“), erfolgt die Rückzahlung der Schuldverschreibungen bei Fälligkeit zum Rückzahlungsbetrag. Liegt der Basiswert-Stand am Feststellungstag unterhalb des Schwellwerts, erfolgt die Rückzahlung der Schuldverschreibungen zum Rückzahlungsbetrag abzüglich einer bei Begebung festgelegten Partizipation an dieser negativen relativen Wertentwicklung des Basiswerts. Die Partizipation kann auf einen bestimmten Basiswert-Stand begrenzt werden (der „Floor“). Der Feststellungstag liegt eine im Vorfeld bestimmte Anzahl von Bankgeschäftstagen vor dem Fälligkeitstag. Risikobeschreibung Die Rückzahlung der Schuldverschreibungen zum Nennbetrag ist nicht garantiert. Zu beachten ist, dass eine Veränderung des Wertes der den Schuldverschreibungen zugrunde liegenden Basiswert dazu führen kann, dass der Wert der Schuldverschreibungen entsprechend der Entwicklung des Basiswert-Stands erheblich unter den für die Schuldverschreibungen gezahlten Einstandspreis sinkt und dadurch für den Inhaber der Schuldverschreibungen ein erheblicher Verlust in Bezug auf den für die Schuldverschreibungen gezahlten Kaufpreis entstehen kann. Das Risiko besteht in einem sinkenden Basiswert während der Laufzeit der Schuldverschreibungen, an dessen negativen relativen Wertentwicklung Sie zum Feststellungstag in Höhe der Partizipationsrate partizipieren. Diese negative Partizipation führt zu einem Verlust Ihres eingesetzten Kapitals in Höhe der Differenz zum Rückzahlungsbetrag bei Fälligkeit. Da die zu erzielende Rendite Ihres eingesetzten Kapitals geringer als eine marktübliche Rendite bei einer Anlage in gewöhnlich festverzinslichen Schuldverschreibungen der Emittentin bei gleicher Laufzeit sein kann, und die Rendite bei einem sinkenden Index nicht durch eine erhöhte Verzinsung ausgeglichen werden kann, empfehlen wir eine spezielle produkt- und anlegergerechte Risikoaufklärung durch Ihr Kredit- oder Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut. Die Risikohinweise in diesem Unternehmensbericht ersetzen nicht die in jedem Fall unerlässliche individuelle anleger- und anlagegerechte Beratung hinsichtlich Ihrer finanziellen und wirtschaftlichen Verhältnisse vor Ihrer Kaufentscheidung durch Ihr Kredit- oder Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut. RISIKOHINWEISE FÜR INHABERSCHULDVERSCHREIBUNGEN MIT PARTIZIPATION AN EINEM STEIGENDEM UND EINEM SINKENDEN BASISWERT Produktbeschreibung Die Rückzahlung der Inhaberschuldverschreibungen mit Partizipation an einem steigendem und einem sinkenden Basiswert (hier: die „Schuldverschreibungen“) ist abhängig von der Entwicklung des zugrunde liegenden Basiswertes, da der Inhaber der Schuldverschreibungen sowohl an einem steigenden als auch an einem sinkenden Basiswert partizipiert. Wird der Basiswert am Feststellungstag oberhalb oder mindestens zu einem bei Begebung der Schuldverschreibungen festgelegten Schwellwerts (der „Schwellwert“) festgestellt (der „Basiswert-Stand“ oder der „Kurs“), erfolgt die Rückzahlung der Schuldverschreibungen bei Fälligkeit zu einem im Vorfeld festgesetzten garantierten Rückzahlungsbetrag (der „Rückzahlungsbetrag“) zuzüglich einer bei Begebung festgelegten Partizipation an dieser positiven relativen Wertentwicklung des Basiswerts. Liegt der Basiswert-Stand am Feststellungstag unterhalb des Schwellwerts, kann die Rückzahlung der Schuldverschreibungen zum Rückzahlungsbetrag abzüglich einer bei Begebung festgelegten Partizipation an dieser negativen relativen Wertentwicklung des Basiswerts erfolgen. Die Partizipation an einem sinkenden Basiswert kann auch, je nach Ausstattung der Schuldverschreibungen, eingegrenzt sein, indem ein Abzug auf den Rückzahlungsbetrag erst dann berechnet wird, wenn der Basiswert-Stand am Feststellungstag unter oder zu einem im Vorfeld festgesetzten Prozentsatz (der „Minderungswert“) des Schwellwerts (der „geminderte Schwellwert“) ermittelt wird. Liegt der Basiswert-Stand am Feststellungstag also zwischen dem geminderten Schwellwert und dem Schwellwert erhalten Sie den Rückzahlungsbetrag bei Fälligkeit der Schuldverschreibungen ohne Abzug einer Partizipation. Erst bei einer Feststellung des Basiswert-Stands unter dem geminderten Schwellwert partizipieren Sie an der negativen relativen Wertentwicklung des Basiswerts, wobei sich die Wertentwicklung auf den geminderten Schwellwert und dem festgestellten Basiswert-Stand am Feststellungstag bezieht. 17 Die Partizipation an einem steigenden Basiswert kann auf einen bestimmten Basiswert-Stand begrenzt werden (der „Cap“). Gleichfalls kann die Partizipation an einem sinkenden Basiswert auf einen bestimmten Basiswert-Stand begrenzt werden (der „Floor“). Der „Feststellungstag“ liegt eine im Vorfeld bestimmte Anzahl von Bankgeschäftstagen vor dem Fälligkeitstag. Risikobeschreibung Die Rückzahlung der Schuldverschreibungen zum Nennbetrag ist nicht garantiert. Zu beachten ist, dass eine Veränderung des Wertes der den Inhaberschuldverschreibungen zugrunde liegenden Basiswerte dazu führen kann, dass der Wert der Schuldverschreibungen entsprechend der Entwicklung des Basiswert-Standes erheblich unter den für die Schuldverschreibungen gezahlten Einstandspreis sinkt und dadurch für den Inhaber der Schuldverschreibungen ein erheblicher Verlust in Bezug auf den für die Schuldverschreibungen gezahlten Kaufpreis entstehen kann. Das Risiko besteht in einem sinkenden Basiswert, während der Laufzeit der Schuldverschreibungen, an dessen negativen relativen Wertentwicklung Sie zum Feststellungstag in Höhe der Partizipationsrate partizipieren. Diese negative Partizipation führt zu einem Verlust Ihres eingesetzten Kapitals in Höhe der Differenz zum Rückzahlungsbetrag bei Fälligkeit. Da die zu erzielende Rendite Ihres eingesetzten Kapitals geringer als eine marktübliche Rendite bei einer Anlage in gewöhnlich festverzinslichen Schuldverschreibungen der Emittentin bei gleicher Laufzeit sein kann und die Rendite bei einem sinkenden Index nicht durch eine Partizipation ausgeglichen werden kann, empfehlen wir eine spezielle produkt- und anlagegerechte Risikoaufklärung durch Ihr Kredit- oder Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut. Die Risikohinweise in diesem Unternehmensbericht ersetzen nicht die in jedem Fall unerlässliche individuelle anleger- und anlagegerechte Beratung hinsichtlich Ihrer finanziellen und wirtschaftlichen Verhältnisse vor Ihrer Kaufentscheidung durch Ihr Kredit- oder Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut. RISIKOHINWEISE FÜR INHABERSCHULDVERSCHREIBUNGEN MIT EINEM TILGUNGSWAHLRECHT DER EMITTENTIN ZUM NENNBETRAG ODER DURCH LIEFERUNG VON AKTIEN Produktbeschreibung Schuldverschreibungen mit einem Tilgungswahlrecht der Emittentin zum Nennbetrag oder durch Lieferung von Aktien (hier: die „Aktienanleihe“ oder die „Schuldverschreibungen“) werden nach Wahl der Emittentin entweder in Höhe des Nennbetrages oder durch Lieferung von Aktien einer bestimmten Aktiengesellschaft (die „Gesellschaft“) bei Fälligkeit zurückgezahlt. Die Entscheidung über die Art der Tilgung wird die Emittentin nach freiem Ermessen eine im Vorfeld bestimmte Anzahl von Bankgeschäftstagen vor dem jeweiligen Fälligkeitstag (der „Feststellungstag“) treffen. Die Rückzahlung der Aktienanleihe ist an die Kursentwicklung der Aktie einer Gesellschaft gekoppelt. Notiert der Aktienkurs am Feststellungstag über einem bestimmten Wert, dann erhalten Sie voraussichtlich die Tilgung der Aktienanleihe zum Nennbetrag zurück. Notiert der Aktienkurs am Feststellungstag unter oder zu dem bestimmten Wert, dann erhalten Sie voraussichtlich die bestimmte Anzahl von Aktien der Gesellschaft je Schuldverschreibung der Aktienanleihe. Wir möchten explizit darauf hinweisen, dass die Emittentin ihr Tilgungswahlrecht unabhängig von der Börsennotierung der Aktie trifft, d. h. auch bei einem Kurs, der über dem bestimmten Wert liegt, behält sich die Emittentin das Recht vor, die Aktienanleihe durch eine Lieferung von Aktien zu tilgen. In diesem Fall entstünde für Sie neben der höheren Verzinsung durch die Rückzahlung der Schuldverschreibungen in Aktien ein weiterer wirtschaftlicher Vorteil. Risikobeschreibung Mit dem Kauf von Schuldverschreibungen mit Tilgungswahlrecht der Emittentin zum Nennbetrag oder durch Lieferung von Aktien einer Gesellschaft erwerben Sie den Anspruch auf die Einlösung der Schuldverschreibungen bei Endfälligkeit. Die Einlösung erfolgt nach Wahl der Emittentin entweder in Höhe des Nennbetrages Ihrer Schuldverschreibung oder durch Lieferung von einer im Vorfeld festge- 18 legten Anzahl von Aktien der Gesellschaft je Schuldverschreibung. Eine Rückzahlung in Aktien erfolgt voraussichtlich dann, wenn die Summe des Wertes der zu liefernden Aktien am Feststellungstag je Schuldverschreibung kleiner ist als der Nennbetrag der Schuldverschreibung. Eine Rückzahlung der Schuldverschreibungen in Höhe des Nennbetrages ist folglich nicht garantiert. Im Szenario einer Tilgung in Aktien entsteht ein Verlust in Höhe der Differenz zwischen dem Nennbetrag der Schuldverschreibung und dem Marktwert der am Fälligkeitstag gelieferten Aktien je Schuldverschreibung. Ihr Risiko liegt also im fallenden Aktienkurs der Aktie der Gesellschaft, denn mit fallendem Kurs erhöht sich die Wahrscheinlichkeit einer Tilgung in Aktien. Aus den vorausgegangenen Erläuterungen folgt, dass eine Rückzahlung der Schuldverschreibungen zum Nennbetrag aufgrund der optionalen Komponente der Aktienanleihe nicht garantiert ist. Die Rückzahlung der Schuldverschreibungen zum Nennwert ist nicht garantiert. Tilgt die Emittentin die Schuldverschreibungen durch Lieferung von Aktien, kann der Wert der Aktien am Rückzahlungstag weit unter dem Wert Ihres eingesetzten Kapitals liegen. Eine zukünftige Kurserholung der gelieferten Aktien ist ungewiss und nicht garantiert. Ihr Verlustrisiko liegt in der Differenz Ihres eingesetzten Kapitals und dem Wert der Aktien am Rückzahlungstag. Wir empfehlen Ihnen eine spezielle produkt- und anlegergerechte Risikoaufklärung durch Ihr Kreditoder Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut. Die Risikohinweise in diesem Unternehmensbericht ersetzen nicht die in jedem Fall unerlässliche individuelle anleger- und anlagegerechte Beratung hinsichtlich Ihrer finanziellen und wirtschaftlichen Verhältnisse vor Ihrer Kaufentscheidung durch Ihr Kredit- oder Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut. RISIKOHINWEISE FÜR INHABERSCHULDVERSCHREIBUNGEN MIT KÜNDIGUNGSRECHT(EN) DER EMITTENTIN Produktbeschreibung Schuldverschreibungen mit Kündigungsrechten der Emittentin können zu einem oder mehreren im Vorfeld festgelegten Terminen von der Emittentin zu im Vorfeld festgelegt Kursen (der „Rückzahlungsbetrag“) gekündigt werden. Bei Nichtkündigung der Schuldverschreibungen durch die Emittentin zu diesen Terminen werden die Schuldverschreibungen zur Fälligkeit zum Rückzahlungsbetrag zurückgezahlt. Die Verzinsung kann während der Laufzeit fest bleiben oder, bei Nichtkündigung, zu den möglichen Kündigungsterminen bis zur Restlaufzeit bzw. bis zum jeweiligen nächsten Kündigungstermin höher (step-up) bzw. niedriger (step-down) festgelegt werden. Ebenso sind variable bzw. Nullkupons für bestimmte Zinsperioden möglich. Für die Ungewissheit, ob die Schuldverschreibungen zu den Kündigungsterminen oder zur Endfälligkeit zurückgezahlt werden, erhalten Sie eine höhere Rendite des Nennbetrages als bei Schuldverschreibungen mit gleicher Laufzeit ohne Kündigungsrechte. Die Entscheidung über die Ausübung ihres jeweiligen Kündigungsrechtes wird die Emittentin nach freiem Ermessen eine im Vorfeld bestimmte Anzahl von Bankgeschäftstagen vor dem jeweiligen Kündigungstermin (der „Feststellungstag“) treffen. Liegt aus Sicht der Emittentin am Feststellungstag ein niedriges Zinsniveau vor, das unter dem vereinbarten Zinssatz für die Restlaufzeit der Schuldverschreibungen liegt, werden die Schuldverschreibungen voraussichtlich gekündigt. Liegt aus Sicht der Emittentin am Feststellungstag ein allgemein hohes Zinsniveau vor, das über dem vereinbarten Zinssatz für die Restlaufzeit der Schuldverschreibungen liegt, werden die Schuldverschreibungen voraussichtlich nicht gekündigt. Wir möchten explizit darauf hinweisen, dass die Emittentin von Ihrem Kündigungsrecht unabhängig vom allgemeinen Zinsniveau am Feststellungstag Gebrauch machen kann. Risikobeschreibung Mit dem Kauf von Schuldverschreibungen mit Kündigungsrechten der Emittentin erwerben Sie ein Produkt, das aus einer optionalen Komponente (Kündigungsrecht der Emittentin zu(m) festgelegten Termin(en)) besteht. Bezogen auf die optionale Komponente verkaufen Sie daher an die Emittentin eine Kaufoption auf Ihre Schuldverschreibungen. 19 Die Wertentwicklung von Schuldverschreibungen mit Kündigungsrechten ist jeweils abhängig von der Wertentwicklung der festverzinslichen und der optionalen Komponenten. Grundsätzliche Aussagen hinsichtlich der Wertentwicklung sind jedoch auf Grund der Wechselwirkungen einzelner Preisbildungsfaktoren, die jeweils Veränderungen unterliegen können, sowohl auf die optionalen Komponenten als auch auf die festverzinsliche Komponente nur tendenziell möglich. Im Fall einer Kündigung der Schuldverschreibungen besteht ein Wiederanlagerisiko hinsichtlich des dem bei Kündigung aktuellen, ggf. niedrigeren, Marktzinsniveaus. Im Fall einer Nichtkündigung der Schuldverschreibungen besteht ein Risiko hinsichtlich des Verzichts auf eine ggf. attraktivere Wiederanlagemöglichkeit. Da der Rückzahlungszeitpunkt der Schuldverschreibungen abhängig von der Optionsausübung der Emittentin ist, und dadurch bei Kündigung der Schuldverschreibungen durch die Emittentin ein Wiederanlagerisiko des eingesetzten Kapitals besteht, empfehlen wir eine spezielle produktund anlegergerechte Risikoaufklärung durch Ihr Kredit- oder Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut. Die Risikohinweise in diesem Unternehmensbericht ersetzen nicht die in jedem Fall unerlässliche individuelle anleger- und anlagegerechte Beratung hinsichtlich Ihrer finanziellen und wirtschaftlichen Verhältnisse vor Ihrer Kaufentscheidung durch Ihr Kredit- oder Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut. RISIKOHINWEISE FÜR FLOATING RATE NOTES MIT EINEM CAP UND/ ODER FLOOR Produktbeschreibung Floating Rate Notes mit einem Cap und/ oder einem Floor (die „Schuldverschreibungen“) sind mit einem variablen Zins, der sich an einem im Vorfeld festgesetzten Referenzzinssatz orientiert, ausgestattet. Die Höhe des variablen Zinssatz, den Sie für Ihre Schuldverschreibungen erhalten können, ist nach oben begrenzt (der „Cap“) und bzw. oder nach unten begrenzt (der „Floor“). Risikobeschreibung Das Risiko bei diesen Schuldverschreibungen liegt darin, dass Sie nicht eine bei Begebung der Schuldverschreibungen für deren Laufzeit feststehende Verzinsung erzielen, sondern die Verzinsung entsprechend der Veränderung des Referenzzinssatzes schwanken kann, die Verzinsung nach der anfänglichen Zinsperiode also auch Absinken kann. Darüber hinaus können Sie nicht an einem Anstieg des Referenzzinssatz über den Cap hinaus profitieren. Da die Rendite für diese Schuldverschreibungen bei einem Anstieg des Referenzzinssatz über den Cap im Vergleich zu gewöhnlich variabel verzinslichen Schuldverschreibungen der Emittentin gleicher Laufzeit gemindert werden kann, empfehlen wir eine spezielle produkt- und anlegergerechte Risikoaufklärung durch Ihr Kredit- oder Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut. Die Risikohinweise in diesem Unternehmensbericht ersetzen nicht die in jedem Fall unerlässliche individuelle anleger- und anlagegerechte Beratung hinsichtlich Ihrer finanziellen und wirtschaftlichen Verhältnisse vor Ihrer Kaufentscheidung durch Ihr Kredit- oder Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut. RISIKOHINWEISE FÜR DOPPELWÄHRUNGSSCHULDVERSCHREIBUNGEN Produktbeschreibung Doppelwährungsschuldverschreibungen werden in der Währung, in der sie begeben werden, bei Endfälligkeit zum Nennbetrag getilgt. Die Besonderheit dieser Anlageform besteht darin, dass zu den Zinsterminen die Zinserträge in der Fremdwährung zum dann jeweils gültigen Devisenkurs in die Heimatwährung umgerechnet werden. Risikobeschreibung Das Risiko bei Doppelwährungsschuldverschreibungen liegt im Wechselkursrisiko des in ausländischer Währung erhaltenen Zinsbetrages. Wechselkurse zwischen Währungen werden durch verschiedene 20 Faktoren von Angebot und Nachfrage an den internationalen Devisenmärkten bestimmt, die durch volkswirtschaftliche Faktoren, Spekulationen und Eingriffe durch Zentralbanken und Regierungsstellen (einschließlich Devisenkontrollen und -beschränkungen) beeinflusst werden. Schwankende Wechselkurse können den Wert der Doppelwährungsschuldverschreibungen beeinflussen. Da sich ein Wechselkursrisiko der Zinserträge ergeben kann, empfehlen wir eine spezielle produkt- und anlegergerechte Risikoaufklärung durch Ihr Kredit- oder Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut. Die Risikohinweise in diesem Unternehmensbericht ersetzen nicht die in jedem Fall unerlässliche individuelle anleger- und anlagegerechte Beratung hinsichtlich Ihrer finanziellen und wirtschaftlichen Verhältnisse vor Ihrer Kaufentscheidung durch Ihr Kredit- oder Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut. 21 DESCRIPTION OF INSTRUMENTS AND RISK INFORMATION The English language version of the printed Risk Information is for information only and is nonbinding. Only the German language version of the printed Risk Informations is legally binding. The following risk information applies to Instruments offered and sold under the Retail Clients Programme. The general risk information and the following product-specific risk information does not replace the essential individual financial and investment advice from your bank or financial services provider prior to any decision to buy. An investment in the Instruments offered under the programme should only take place after all the relevant facts pertaining to the Instruments in question, in particular the following general and product-specific risk information, has been noted and carefully examined. GENERAL RISK INFORMATION FOR INSTRUMENTS WITH OR WITHOUT AN UNDERLYING VALUE 1) For all types of Instruments: The following “General Risk Information” does not apply if you hold the Investment Product until final maturity as the redemption then takes place at the values specified in the terms and conditions of the Instrument. ● By acquiring an Instrument (the “Investment Product”), you are acquiring a listed security: ❍ The movement in the price of a listed Investment Product depends on a wide variety of factors. These may include the movement in the general market interest rate, macro-economic developments or demand in the market. It is therefore possible that the stock market price of the Investment Product may also move negatively in relation to its issue or purchase price over the life of the Investment Product. In the event of a sale of the Investment Product prior to maturity, you would then incur a loss compared to the capital invested. ❍ As a result of a wide variety of factors including macro-economic developments, the valuation of the actual Investment Product by market players and /or associated lack of or excess demand, the price trend on a stock exchange can be subject to strong fluctuations. The price specified for an Investment Product on the relevant stock exchange can also be subject to strong fluctuations. It is therefore not certain at what price an Investment Product can be sold on the stock exchange in relation to its issue or purchase price. In the event of a sale of the Investment Product prior to maturity, you would then incur a loss compared to the capital invested. ❍ Despite the stock exchange listing of the Investment Product, it is not certain that a constantly liquid secondary market where the Investment Product can easily be traded at any time will develop due to a lack of demand by third parties for example and/or other factors. It is therefore not certain that the Investment Product can be sold again via the corresponding stock exchange prior to maturity. Unless expressly agreed, the Issuer is not obliged to redeem the Investment Product prior to maturity. 22 2.) Additional information for Instruments with an Underlying Value: ● The Investment Product may be related to an Underlying Value. Depending on a wide variety of factors relating to valuation of the Underlying Value itself, the Underlying Value can be subject to its own risks and price development or be denominated in a currency other than the euro. Depending on the actual Investment Product, these valuations and risks are also included in the Investment Product and can have a negative effect on the Investment Product. A fall in the value of the Underlying Value may also impact adversely on the movement in price of the Investment Product. If the Underlying Value is in a currency other than the euro, there is an exchange risk which may impact adversely on the Investment Product. ● In addition to its issuance business, Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale also has other business divisions which offer clients their services independently. In the case of Instruments with an Underlying Value, decisions by other business divisions may impact positively but also negatively on the Underlying Value and therefore on the Instrument in question. 23 The following product-specific risk information applies to Instruments offered and sold to Retail Clients under the Programme. An investment in the Instruments offered under the Programme should only take place after all the relevant facts pertaining to the Instruments in question, in particular the following risk information, has been noted and carefully examined. RISK INFORMATION FOR INSTRUMENTS WITH PARTICIPATION IN A RISING UNDERLYING VALUE Product description Bearer Instruments with participation in a rising underlying value (the “Instruments”) are redeemed at maturity at least at a pre-determined percentage of their par value (the “guaranteed redemption amount”). In addition, the Holder of the Instruments has the option to participate in a rising underlying value: if on the determination date the underlying value is determined to be above or at least at a threshold value (the “threshold value”) set at the time the Instruments are issued (the “underlying value level” or “price”), the Instruments shall be redeemed at maturity at the guaranteed redemption amount plus aparticipation in this positive, relative performance of the underlying value as set at the time of issue. The participation can be limited to a specific underlying value level (the “Cap”). If the underlying value level is below the threshold value on the determination date, the Instruments are redeemed at theguaranteed redemption amount. The determination date is a number of banking days before the maturity date as specified beforehand. Description of risk Repayment of the invested capital is not guaranteed in the case of a guaranteed redemption amount which is fixed at less than 100% of the par value. Furthermore, as a result of a possible positive participation in an underlying value, you will receive a yield below the market compared with Instruments with the same maturity without a participation option and with redemption at par. The risk is therefore a loss of your invested capital amounting to the difference in relation to the guaranteed redemption amount if the latter was fixed at less than 100% and a lower yield on the invested capital during the life of the Instruments if the Instruments are redeemed at the guaranteed redemption amount. Since the yield on your invested capital can be lower than the usual market yield for an investment in ordinary fixed rate Instruments by the Issuer with the same maturity, and the yield cannot be offset by a participation in the case of a falling underlying value, we recommend that you seek product and investment-specific clarification of the risks from your bank or financial services provider. The risk information in this Information Memorandum is not intended to replace the indispensable individual financial and investment advice tailored to your financial and economic circumstances obtained prior to a purchasing decision from your bank or financial services provider. RISK INFORMATION FOR INSTRUMENTS WITH PARTICIPATION IN A FALLING UNDERLYING VALUE Product description Redemption of Bearer Instruments with participation in a falling underlying value (the “Instruments”) is made at final maturity at most at a pre-determined percentage of their par value (the “redemption amount”) because the Holder of the Instruments is participating in a falling underlying value. The participation is calculated as follows: if on the determination date the underlying value is determined to be above or at least at a threshold value (the “threshold value”) set at the time the Instruments are issued (the “underlying value level” or “price”), the Instruments shall be redeemed at maturity at the redemption amount. If the underlying value level is below the threshold value on the determination date, the Instruments are redeemed at the redemption amount less a participation in this negative, relative performance of the underlying value as set at the time of issue. The participation can be limited to a specific underlying value level (the “Floor”). The determination date is a number of banking days before the maturity date as specified beforehand. 24 Description of risk Redemption of the Instruments at par is not guaranteed. It should be noted that a change in the value of the underlying value on which the Instruments are based can result in the value of the Instruments falling considerably below the cost price paid for the Instruments in line with the performance of the underlying value level, which in turn can result in the Holder of the Instruments incurring a considerable loss with regard to the purchase price paid for the Instruments. The risk consists of a falling underlying value during the life of the Instruments in whose negative, relative performance you are participating at the determination date in the amount of the participation rate. This negative participation results in a loss of your invested capital amounting to the difference in relation to the redemption amount at maturity. Since the yield on your invested capital can be lower than the usual market yield for an investment in ordinary fixed rate Instruments by the Issuer with the same maturity, and the return cannot be offset by a higher interest rate in the case of a falling index, we recommend that you seek product and investment-specific clarification of the risks from your bank or financial services provider. The risk information in this Information Memorandum is not intended to replace the indispensable individual financial and investment advice tailored to your financial and economic circumstances obtained prior to a purchasing decision from your bank or financial services provider. RISK INFORMATION FOR INSTRUMENTS WITH PARTICIPATION IN A FALLING AND RISING UNDERLYING VALUE Product description Redemption of Bearer Instruments with participation in a falling and rising underlying value (the “Instruments”) is dependent on the performance of the basic underlying value because the Holder of the Instruments is participating in both a falling and rising underlying value. If on the determination date the underlying value is determined to be above or at least at a threshold value (the “threshold value”) set at the time the Instruments are issued (the “underlying value level”), the Instruments shall be redeemed at maturity at the guaranteed redemption amount (the “redemption amount”) as determined beforehand plus a participation in this positive, relative performance of the underlying value as set at the time of issue. If the underlying value level is below the threshold value on the determination date, redemption of the Instruments at the redemption amount can be made less a participation in this negative, relative performance of the underlying value as determined at the time of issue. The participation in a falling underlying value can also be limited, depending on the terms of the Instruments, whereby a deduction to the redemption amount is only made if the underlying value level on the determination date is calculated to be below or at a pre-determined percentage (the “reduction value”) of the threshold value (the “reduced threshold value”). Therefore, if the underlying value level on the determination date is between the reduced threshold value and the threshold value, you receive the redemption amount upon maturity of the Instruments without deduction of a participation. Only where the underlying value level is determined to be below the reduced threshold value will you participate in the negative, relative performance of the underlying value, whereby the performance is related to the reduced threshold value and the established underlying value level on the determination date. The participation in a rising underlying value can be limited to a specific underlying value level (the “Cap”). Similarly, the participation in a falling underlying value can be limited to a specific underlying value level (the “Floor”). The “determination date” is a number of banking days before the maturity date as specified beforehand. Description of risk Redemption of the Instruments at par is not guaranteed. It should be noted that a change in the value of the underlying value on which the Instruments are based can result in the value of the Instruments falling considerably below the cost price paid for the Instruments in line with the performance of the underlying value level, which in turn can result in the Holder of the Instruments incurring a considerable loss with regard to the purchase price paid for the Instruments. The risk consists of a falling underlying value during the life of the Instruments in whose negative, relative performance you are participating on the determination date in the amount of the participation rate. This negative participation results in a loss of your invested capital amounting to the difference in relation to the redemption amount at maturity. 25 Since the yield on your invested capital can be lower than the usual market yield for an investment in ordinary fixed rate Instruments by the Issuer with the same maturity and the yield cannot be offset by a participation in the case of a falling index, we recommend that you seek product and investment-specific clarification of the risks from your bank or financial services provider. The risk information in this Information Memorandum is not intended to replace the indispensable individual financial and investment advice tailored to your financial and economic circumstances obtained prior to a purchasing decision from your bank or financial services provider. RISK INFORMATION FOR INSTRUMENTS WITH REDEMPTION IN PRINCIPAL OR SHARES AT THE OPTION OF THE ISSUER Product description Instruments with equity-linked redemption in principal or shares at the option of the Issuer (the “equitylinked bond” or “Instruments” here) will be redeemed at maturity, at the option of the Issuer, either in the amount of their principal or by delivery of shares in a given joint stock corporation (the “company”). The Issuer will make the decision as to the type of redemption, at their own discretion, a number of banking days before the maturity date in question (the “determination date”) as specified beforehand. Redemption of the equity-linked bond is linked to the performance of a company’s shares. If the share price on the determination date is quoted above a certain value, you can expect to redeem the equitylinked bond in principal. If the share price on the determination date is quoted below or at the determined value, you can expect to receive the given number of company shares per Instrument of the equitylinked bond. We would explicitly point out that the Issuer exercises its right of redemption independently of the share’s stock exchange listing, i.e. even where the price is above the determined value the Issuer reserves the right to redeem the equity-linked bond by delivery of shares. If this were the case, in addition to the higher rate of interest, you would gain a further economic advantage owing to the Instruments being redeemed in shares. Description of risk By purchasing Instruments where the Issuer has a right of redemption in principal or by delivery of shares of a company, you acquire the right to redeem the Instruments at final maturity. The Issuer has the option to make the redemption either in the amount of the principal of your Instrument or by delivery of a number of company shares per Instrument determined beforehand. Redemption in shares is expected to be made if the sum of the value of the shares to be delivered per Instrument at the determination date is less than the par value of the Instrument. Redemption of the Instruments in the amount of the principal is therefore not guaranteed. In the case of redemption in shares, a loss occurs amounting to the difference between the par value of the Instrument and the market value of the shares per Instrument delivered at maturity. Your risk is therefore that the price of the company’s shares falls, because a falling price increases the likelihood of a redemption in shares. It follows from the above explanations that a redemption of the Instruments in principal is not guaranteed as a result of the optional component of the equity-linked bond. Redemption of the Instruments in principal is not guaranteed. If the Issuer redeems the Instruments by delivery of shares, the value of the shares on the day of redemption can be far below the value of your invested capital. Any future recovery in the price of the delivered shares is uncertain and not guaranteed. Your loss exposure is the difference between your invested capital and the value of the shares on the day of redemption. We recommend that you seek product and investment-specific clarification of the risks from your bank or financial services provider. The risk information in this Information Memorandum is not intended to replace the indispensable individual financial and investment advice tailored to your financial and economic circumstances obtained prior to a purchasing decision from your bank or financial services provider. 26 RISK INFORMATION FOR INSTRUMENTS WITH A CALL RIGHT FOR THE ISSUER Product description Instruments with a call right for the Issuer can be called in on one or several dates fixed beforehand by the Issuer at rates fixed beforehand (the “redemption amount”). If the Issuer does not call in the Instruments on these dates, the Instruments shall be redeemed at maturity at the redemption amount. The rate of interest can remain fixed during the life of the Instruments or, in the case of the Instruments not being called in, can be set higher (step-up) or lower (step-down) on the possible call dates for the remainder of the life of the Instruments or the next call date. Variable and/or zero coupons for specific interest periods are also possible. For the uncertainty as to whether the Instruments will be redeemed on the call dates or at final maturity, you receive a higher return on the par value than for Instruments with the same maturity without call rights. The decision on whether to exercise its call right will in each case be made by the Issuer at their own discretion a number of banking days before each call date (the “determination date”) as specified beforehand. If, from the Issuer’s standpoint, there is a low interest rate level on the determination date which is below the agreed interest rate for the remaining life of the Instruments, the Instruments are expected to be called in. If, from the Issuer’s standpoint there is a generally high interest rate level on the determination date which is above the agreed interest rate for the remaining life of the Instruments, the Instruments are not expected to be called in. We would explicitly point out that the Issuer can use the call right irrespective of the general interest rate on the determination date. Description of risk By purchasing Instruments with a call right for the Issuer you are acquiring a product comprising an optional component (Issuer’s call right on the fixed date/s). With regard to the optional component, you are therefore selling to the Issuer a call option on your Instruments. The performance of Instruments with call rights is dependent on the performance of the fixed rate and optional components. However, fundamental statements about performance can only reflect trends for both the optional components and the fixed interest components owing to the interaction of individual price determinants which can each be subject to change. Where the Instruments are called in there is a reinvestment risk relating to the current or possibly lower market interest rate level at the time of calling. Where the Instruments are not called in, there is a risk relating to foregoing a possibly more attractive reinvestment opportunity. Since the redemption date for the Instruments is dependent on the Issuer exercising an option and there is a reinvestment risk relating to the invested capital if the Issuer calls in the Instruments, we recommend that you seek product and investment-specific clarification of the risks from your bank or financial services provider. The risk information in this Information Memorandum is not intended to replace the indispensable individual financial and investment advice tailored to your financial and economic circumstances obtained prior to a purchasing decision from your bank or financial services provider. RISK INFORMATION FOR FLOATING RATE NOTES WITH A CAP AND/OR FLOOR Product description Floating Rate Notes with a Cap and/or a Floor (the “Instruments”) have a variable rate based on a reference interest rate set beforehand. The level of variable rate you can receive for your Instruments has a higher limit (the “Cap”) and/or a lower limit (the “Floor”). Description of risk The risk for this type of Instrument is that you do not receive interest on the Instrument which is fixed at the time of issue for the life of the Instrument, and as the interest rate can change in line with changes in the reference interest rate, the interest rate can also fall after the first interest period. Furthermore, you do not benefit from the reference rate rising above and beyond the Cap. 27 Since the yield on these Instruments can be reduced where the reference interest rate rises above the Cap compared with ordinary variable rate Instruments of the Issuer with the same maturity, we recommend that you seek product and investment-specific clarification of the risks from your bank or financial services provider. The risk information in this Information Memorandum is not intended to replace the indispensable individual financial and investment advice tailored to your financial and economic circumstances obtained prior to a purchasing decision from your bank or financial services provider. RISK NOTES FOR DUAL CURRENCY INSTRUMENTS Product description Dual Currency Instruments are redeemed at final maturity in principal in the currency in which they were issued. A special feature of this type of investment is that on the interest payment dates the interest earned in the foreign currency is converted into the domestic currency at the exchange rate applicable at the time. Description of risk The risk for Dual Currency Instruments is associated with the exchange rate risk for the interest amount received in the foreign currency. Exchange rates between currencies are determined by various factors relating to the supply and demand in the international currency markets, which are influenced by macroeconomic factors, speculative transactions and intervention by central banks and government authorities (including currency controls and restrictions). Fluctuating exchange rates can affect the value of Dual Currency Instruments. Since there can be an exchange rate risk for the interest earned, we recommend that you seek product and investment-specific clarification of the risks from your bank or financial services provider. The risk information in this Information Memorandum is not intended to replace the indispensable individual financial and investment advice tailored to your financial and economic circumstances obtained prior to a purchasing decision from your bank or financial services provider. 28 INDEXBESCHREIBUNGEN DAX®-Index Konzept Performance-Index im Abstand von 15 Sekunden aktualisiert. Zusätzlich tägliche Berechnung eines DAX®-Kursindex. Anzahl der Werte 30 deutsche Werte aus den Technologie- und klassischen Branchen, die im Prime Standard-Segment zugelassen sind. Auswahlkriterien Börsenumsatz (Orderbuchumsatz) Börsenkapitalisierung (Freefloat) Einführungsdatum 01.07.1988 Basis Ultimo 1987 = 1.000 Historie Der DAX®-Index führt den Index der Börsen-Zeitung fort, dessen historische Zeitreihe (wiederum durch Anknüpfung an den noch älteren Hardy-Index (28. September 1959 = 100) in 1981) bis 1959 zurückreicht. Die Zusammensetzung des Börsen-Zeitungs-Index war wie folgt: AEG, Allianz, BASF, Bayer, BBC, BMW, Bay. Vereinsbank, Commerzbank, Daimler, Degussa, Deutsche Babcock, Deutsche Bank, Dresdner Bank, Hoechst, Kali Salz, Karstadt, Kaufhof, KHD, Linde, Lufthansa, MAN, Mannesmann, Preussag, PWA, RWE, Schering, Siemens, Thyssen, Veba und VW (gewichtet mit jeweils 1/30). Gewichtung Anzahl der frei verfügbaren Aktien. Bereinigung Bereinigung um Kapitalveränderungen, Bezugsrechte und Dividenden (Bardividende ohne Körperschaftssteuerguthaben). letzter Kurs cum ci = letzter Kurs cum - rechnerischer Abschlag Änderung der Zusammensetzung Bei Austausch von Gesellschaften ändert sich der Verkettungsfaktor Kt, um einen Indexsprung zu vermeiden. ® Kt = Kt – 1 · DAX® (alte Zusammensetzung) DAX (neue Zusammensetzung) Verkettung Vierteljährlich werden die cit auf 1 gestellt. Die Anzahl der Aktien und der Streubesitz-Faktor werden ebenfalls vierteljährlich aktualisiert. Ein Indexsprung wird durch die Berechnung eines neuen Verkettungsfaktors vermieden. Berechnungszeiten 9.00 – 20.00 Uhr aus Xetra®-Preisen; zusätzlich einmal täglich Berechnung eines Index aus Daily-Settlement-Preisen Kürzel DAX DAXK WKN: 846900 ISIN: DE0008469008 WKN: 846744 ISIN: DE0008467440 Entwicklung DAX® und XETRA® sind eingetragene Marken der Deutsche Börse AG. DAX®-Performance-Index DAX®-Kursindex 29 Berechnung des DAX®-Index DAXt = K tl · ∑ (pit · ffit1 · qit1 · cit) ∑ (pi0 · qi0) · 1.000 mit t0 = 30.12.1987 t1 = Verkettungstag pit = Aktueller Kurs der Aktie i ffitl = Streubesitz-Faktor (free float) der Gattung i am Verkettungstag qit1 = Anzahl der Aktien der Gattung i am Verkettungstag pi0 = Kurs der Gesellschaft i am 30.12.1987 qi0 = Anzahl der Aktien der Gattung i am 30.12.1987 cit Aktueller Bereinigungsfaktor der Aktie i = K t1 = Verkettungsfaktor Durch Erweiterung der Grundformel mit 100/∑ qi0 und gleichzeitiges Umstellen ergibt sich für die Indexberechnung: 100 ]) ∑ (pit · [ffit1 · qit1 · cit · K t1 · ∑q i0 · 1.000 DAXt = 100 ) ∑ (pi0 · qi0 · ∑q i0 = ∑ (pit · Fit) A · 1.000 Gewicht im Sinne der Formel ist die Anzahl der frei verfügbaren Aktien ffit1* qit Der Ausdruck A ist eine Konstante. Er ändert sich nur, wenn die Zusammensetzung des Index aktualisiert wird. Eine Nachberechnung des Index ist somit in drei Schritten möglich: a) Die aktuellen Kurse werden mit Fit multipliziert. b) Die so ermittelten Produkte werden summiert und durch A dividiert. c) Das Ergebnis wird mit der Basis 1.000 multipliziert. Der aktuelle prozentuale Anteil Git eines Titels an DAX® entspricht dem Anteil des aktuellen Marktwerts einer Aktie an der Summe aller aktuellen Marktwerte. Git bringt den „Einfluss" eines Instruments auf den Index zum Ausdruck und lässt sich wie folgt ermitteln: pit · Fit qit1 · ffit1 · pit · cit · 100 Git = · 100 = ∑ (pit · Fit ) ∑ (qit1 · ffit1 · pit · cit ) 30 DAX® Gewichtung 25.08.03 Aktie ISIN ADIDAS-SALOMON AG O.N. ALLIANZ AG VNA O.N. ALTANA AG O.N. BASF AG O.N. BAY.HYPO-VEREINSBK.O.N. BAY.MOTOREN WERKE AG ST BAYER AG O.N. COMMERZBANK AG O.N. DAIMLERCHRYSLER AG NA O.N. DEUTSCHE BANK AG NA O.N. DEUTSCHE BOERSE NA O.N. DEUTSCHE POST AG NA O.N. DT.TELEKOM AG NA E.ON AG O.N. FRESEN.MED.CARE AG O.N. HENKEL KGAA VZO O.N. INFINEON TECH.AG NA O.N. LINDE AG O.N. LUFTHANSA AG VNA O.N. MAN AG ST O.N. METRO AG ST O.N. MLP AG MUENCH.RUECKVERS.VNA O.N. RWE AG ST O.N. SAP AG ST O.N. SCHERING AG O.N. SIEMENS AG NA THYSSENKRUPP AG O.N. TUI AG O.N. VOLKSWAGEN AG ST O.N. DE0005003404 DE0008404005 DE0007600801 DE0005151005 DE0008022005 DE0005190003 DE0005752000 DE0008032004 DE0007100000 DE0005140008 DE0005810055 DE0005552004 DE0005557508 DE0007614406 DE0005785802 DE0006048432 DE0006231004 DE0006483001 DE0008232125 DE0005937007 DE0007257503 DE0006569908 DE0008430026 DE0007037129 DE0007164600 DE0007172009 DE0007236101 DE0007500001 DE0006952005 DE0007664005 Quelle: Deutsche Börse AG Sektor Konsumgüter Versicherung Pharma + Gesundheit Chemie Banken Automobile Chemie Banken Automobile Banken Finanzdienstleistungen Transport + Logistik Telekommunikation Versorger Pharma + Gesundheit Konsumgüter Technologie Industrie Transport + Logistik Industrie Einzelhandel Finanzdienstleistungen Versicherung Versorger Software Pharma + Gesundheit Technologie Industrie Transport + Logistik Automobile Streubesitz Gewichtung 1,00 0,85 0,50 0,94 0,69 0,48 0,94 0,74 0,81 1,00 0,95 0,32 0,57 0,88 0,49 1,00 0,60 0,68 0,90 0,72 0,44 0,52 0,67 0,77 0,65 0,87 0,94 0,80 0,69 0,69 0,92% 7,65% 0,91% 6,29% 1,52% 3,09% 3,76% 1,49% 7,80% 8,55% 1,31% 1,43% 9,04% 7,93% 0,43% 0,96% 1,55% 0,86% 1,19% 0,56% 1,30% 0,21% 3,42% 2,74% 5,98% 1,73% 12,82% 1,40% 0,47% 2,69% 31 TecDAX®-Index Konzept Performance-Index im Abstand von 15 Sekunden aktualisiert. Zusätzlich tägliche Berechnung eines TecDAX®-Kursindex. Anzahl der Werte Die 30 größten deutschen und ausländischen Unternehmen (unterhalb von DAX®) der Technologie-Branchen im Prime Standard-Segment. Auswahlkriterien Börsenumsatz (Orderbuchumsatz) Börsenkapitalisierung (nach Streubesitz) Einführungsdatum 24.03.2003 Gewichtung Anzahl der frei verfügbaren Aktien. Bereinigung Bereinigung um Kapitalveränderungen, Bezugsrechte und Dividenden (Bardividende ohne Körperschaftssteuerguthaben). letzter Kurs cum ci = letzter Kurs cum - rechnerischer Abschlag Änderung der Zusammensetzung Bei Neuaufnahme oder Löschung von Aktien ändert sich der Verkettungsfaktor Kt, um einen Indexsprung zu vermeiden. ® Kt = Kt – 1 · TecDAX® (alte Zusammensetzung) TecDAX (neue Zusammensetzung) Verkettung Vierteljährlich werden die cit auf 1 gestellt. Die Anzahl der Aktien und der Streubesitz-Faktor werden ebenfalls vierteljährlich aktualisiert. Ein Indexsprung wird durch die Berechnung eines neuen Verkettungsfaktors vermieden. Die regelmäßige Überprüfung der Zusammensetzung erfolgt halbjährlich; kommt es zu Änderungen, wird die Kapitalisierung einer Gesellschaft auf max. 10% der Gesamtkapitalisierung des Index begrenzt. Basis Ultimo 1997 = 1.000 Berechnungszeiten 9.00 – 20.00 Uhr alle 15 Sekunden aus Xetra®-Preisen; zusätzlich einmal täglich Berechnung eines Index aus Daily-Settlement-Preisen. Kürzel TDPX WKN: 720327 ISIN: DE0007203275 TecDAX®-Performance-Index TDXK WKN: 720328 ISIN: DE0007203283 TecDAX®-Kursindex Entwicklung TecDAX®, DAX® und XETRA® sind eingetragene Marken der Deutsche Börse AG. 32 Berechnung des TecDAX®-Index TecDAXt = K tl · ∑ (pit · ffit1 · qit1 · cit) ∑ (pi0 · qi0) · 1.000 mit t0 = 30.12.1997 t1 = letzter Verkettungstag pit = aktueller Kurs der Gesellschaft i ffitl = Streubesitz-Faktor (free float) der Gattung i am Verkettungstag qit1 = Anzahl der Aktien der Gattung i am Verkettungstag pi0 = Kurs der Gesellschaft i am 30.12.1997 qi0 = Anzahl der Aktien der Gesellschaft i am 30.12.1997 cit aktueller Bereinigungsfaktor der Gesellschaft i = K t1 = Verkettungsfaktor Durch Erweiterung der Grundformel mit 100/∑ qi0 und gleichzeitiges Umstellen ergibt sich für die Indexberechnung: TecDAXt = = 100 ]) ∑ (pit · [ffit1 · qit1 · cit · K t1 · ∑q i0 · 1.000 100 ) ∑ (pi0 · qi0 · ∑q i0 ∑ (pit · Fit) A · 1.000 Gewicht im Sinne der Index-Formel ist die Anzahl der frei verfügbaren Aktien ffit1* qit . Eine Nachberechnung des Index ist somit in drei Schritten möglich: a) Die aktuellen Kurse werden mit Fit multipliziert. b) Die so ermittelten Produkte werden summiert und durch A dividiert. c) Das Ergebnis wird mit der Basis 1.000 multipliziert. Der aktuelle prozentuale Anteil Git eines Titels in TecDAX® entspricht dem Anteil des aktuellen Marktwerts einer Gesellschaft an der Summe aller aktuellen Marktwerte. Git bringt den „Einfluss" einer Gesellschaft auf den Index zum Ausdruck und lässt sich wie folgt ermitteln: qit · ffit1 · pit · cit pit · Fit Git = · 100 = · 100 ∑ (qit1 · pit · cit ) ∑ (pit · Fit ) 33 TecDAX® Gewichtung 25.08.03 Aktie ISIN AIXTRON AG O.N. AT+S AUSTR.T.+SYSTEMT. BB BIOTECH INH. SF 1 DRAEGERWERK VORZ.A.O.N. ELMOS SEMICONDUCTOR AG EPCOS AG NA O.N. EVOTEC OAI AG O.N. FJH AG O.N. GPC BIOTECH AG IDS SCHEER AG O.N. IXOS SOFTWARE AG O.N. JENOPTIK AG O.N. KONTRON AG O.N. LION BIOSCIENCE AG O.N. MEDIGENE NA O.N. MICRONAS SEM.HLDG NA SF 1 MOBILCOM AG O.N. NORDEX O.N. PFEIFFER VACUUM TECH.O.N. PLAMBECK N.ENERG.AG NA QIAGEN NV EO -,01 REPOWER SYSTEMS AG SAP SYSTEMS INTEGR.O.N. SCM MICROSYSTEMS DL-,001 SINGULUS TECHNOL. SOFTWARE AG NA O.N. T-ONLINE INTERN. NA O.N. UTD.INTERNET AG NA WEB.DE AG WEDECO AG O.N. DE0005066203 AT0000969985 CH0001441580 DE0005550636 DE0005677108 DE0005128003 DE0005664809 DE0005130108 DE0005851505 DE0006257009 DE0005061501 DE0006229107 DE0006053952 DE0005043509 DE0005020903 CH0012337421 DE0006622400 DE0005873574 DE0006916604 DE0006910326 NL0000240000 DE0006177033 DE0005011118 US7840181033 DE0007238909 DE0003304002 DE0005557706 DE0005089031 DE0005296503 DE0005141808 Quelle: Deutsche Börse AG Sektor Technologie Technologie Pharma + Gesundheit Pharma + Gesundheit Technologie Technologie Pharma + Gesundheit Software Pharma + Gesundheit Software Software Industrie Technologie Pharma + Gesundheit Pharma + Gesundheit Technologie Telekommunikation Industrie Industrie Industrie Pharma + Gesundheit Industrie Software Technologie Industrie Software Software Software Software Industrie Streubesitz Gewichtung 0,77 0,52 0,92 1,00 0,42 0,75 0,95 0,49 0,92 0,42 0,75 0,81 0,87 0,75 1,00 1,00 0,29 0,63 1,00 0,69 0,95 0,50 0,30 1,00 1,00 0,68 0,22 0,43 0,38 0,75 3,05% 1,50% 8,85% 3,06% 0,93% 8,31% 2,00% 1,16% 1,31% 1,92% 1,08% 4,27% 2,23% 0,79% 0,50% 7,79% 2,20% 0,37% 2,91% 0,36% 11,98% 0,61% 1,67% 1,05% 8,48% 3,72% 10,14% 4,99% 1,55% 1,23% 34 Midcap Index – MDAX® Konzept Minütlich aktualisierter Performance-Index. Zusätzlich tägliche Berechnung eines MDAX®-Kursindex Anzahl der Werte Die 50 größten deutschen und ausländischen Unternehmen der klassischen Sektoren (unterhalb von DAX®) im Prime Standard-Segment. Auswahlkriterien Börsenumsatz (Orderbuchumsatz) Börsenkapitalisierung (Freefloat) Einführungsdatum 19.01.1996 Basis Ultimo 1987 = 1.000 Gewichtung Anzahl der frei verfügbaren Aktien. Bereinigung Bereinigung um Kapitalveränderungen, Bezugsrechte und Dividenden (Bardividende ohne Körperschaftssteuerguthaben). letzter Kurs cum ci = letzter Kurs cum - rechnerischer Abschlag Änderung der Zusammensetzung Bei Neuaufnahme oder Löschung von Aktien ändert sich der Verkettungsfaktor Kt, um einen Indexsprung zu vermeiden. ® Kt = Kt – 1 · MDAX® (alte Zusammensetzung) MDAX (neue Zusammensetzung) Verkettung Vierteljährlich werden die cit auf 1 gestellt. Die Anzahl der Aktien und der Streubesitz-Faktor werden ebenfalls vierteljährlich aktualisiert. Ein Indexsprung wird durch die Berechnung eines neuen Verkettungsfaktors vermieden. Die regelmäßige Überprüfung der Zusammensetzung erfolgt halbjährlich; kommt es zu Änderungen, wird die Kapitalisierung einer Gesellschaft auf max. 10% der Gesamtkapitalisierung des Index begrenzt. Berechnungszeiten 9.00 – 20.00 Uhr aus Xetra®-Preisen; zusätzlich wird ein Daily-Settlement-Index berechnet. Kürzel MDAX WKN: 846741 ISIN: DE0008467416 Mid Cap-DAX® (Perf.-Index) MKDX WKN: 846753 ISIN: DE0008467531 Mid Cap-DAX® (Kursindex) Entwicklung MDAX®, DAX® und Xetra® sind eingetragene Marken der Deutsche Börse AG. 35 Berechnung von MDAX® MDAXt = K tl · ∑ (pit · ffit1 · qit1 · cit) ∑ (pi0 · qi0) · 1.000 mit t0 = 30.12.1987 t1 = letzter Verkettungstermin pit = aktueller Kurs der Gesellschaft i ffitl = Streubesitz-Faktor (free float) der Gattung i am Verkettungstag qit1 = Anzahl der Aktien der Gattung i am Verkettungstag pi0 = Schlusskurs der Gesellschaft i am 30.12.1987 qi0 = Anzahl der Aktien der Gesellschaft i am 30.12.1987 cit aktueller Bereinigungsfaktor der Gesellschaft i = K t1 = Verkettungsfaktor Durch Erweiterung der Grundformel mit 100/∑ qi0 und gleichzeitiges Umstellen ergibt sich für die Indexberechnung: 100 ]) ∑ (pit · [ffit1 · qit1 · cit · K t1 · ∑q i0 MDAXt = · 1.000 100 ) ∑ (pi0 · qi0 · ∑q i0 = ∑ (pit · Fit) A · 1.000 Gewicht im Sinne der Formel ist die Anzahl der frei verfügbaren Aktien ffit1* qit . Der Ausdruck A ist eine Konstante. Er ändert sich nur, wenn die Zusammensetzung des Index aktualisiert wird. Eine Nachberechnung des Index ist somit in drei Schritten möglich: a) Die aktuellen Kurse werden mit Fit multipliziert. b) Die so ermittelten Produkte werden summiert und durch A dividiert. c) Das Ergebnis wird mit der Basis 1.000 multipliziert. Der aktuelle prozentuale Anteil Git eines Titels an MDAX® entspricht dem Anteil des aktuellen Marktwerts einer Gesellschaft an der Summe aller aktuellen Marktwerte. Git bringt den „Einfluss" eines Instruments auf den Index zum Ausdruck und lässt sich wie folgt ermitteln: qit · ffit1 · pit · cit pit · Fit Git = · 100 = · 100 ∑ (qit1 · pit · cit ) ∑ (pit · Fit ) 36 MDAX® Gewichtung 25.08.03 Aktie ISIN AAREAL BANK AG AMB GENERALI HOLDING AG AWD HOLDING AG O.N. BEIERSDORF AG O.N. BERU AG O.N. BILFINGER BERGER AG CELANESE AG O.N. CELESIO AG O.N. CONTINENTAL AG O.N. DEGUSSA AG O.N. DEPFA BANK PLC EO 3 DOUGLAS HOLDING O.N. DYCKERHOFF VZO O.N. EUROP.AERON.DEF.+SP. EADS FIELMANN AG O.N. FRAPORT AG FFM.AIRPORT FRESENIUS AG VZ O.ST O.N. HANN.RUECKVER.AG NA O.N. HEIDELBERG.DRUCKMA.O.N. HEIDELBERGCEMENT ST O.N. HOCHTIEF AG HUGO BOSS AG VZO O.N. IKB DT.INDUSTRIEBANK O.N. IVG IMMOBILIEN AG O.N. IWKA AG O.N. K+S AG O.N. KARSTADT QUELLE AG O.N. KOENIG + BAUER AG ST O.N. KRONES AG VZO O.N. LEONI AG NA O.N. MEDION AG O.N. MERCK KGAA O.N. MG TECHNOLOGIES AG NORDDT.AFFINERIE O.N. PROSIEBENSAT1 O.N.VZO PUMA AG RHEINMETALL AG VZ. RHOEN-KLINIKUM VZO O.N. SALZGITTER AG O.N. SCHWARZ PHARMA AG O.N. SGL CARBON AG O.N. STADA ARZNEIMITT.VNA O.N. SUEDZUCKER MA./OCHS. O.N. TECHEM O.N. TELEPLAN INT. NV EO-25 THIEL LOGISTIK AG VOSSLOH AG O.N. WCM BET.-U.G. O.N. WELLA AG VORZ. ZAPF CREATION AG O.N. DE0005408116 DE0008400029 DE0005085906 DE0005200000 DE0005072102 DE0005909006 DE0005753008 DE0005858005 DE0005439004 DE0005421903 IE0072559994 DE0006099005 DE0005591036 NL0000235190 DE0005772206 DE0005773303 DE0005785638 DE0008402215 DE0007314007 DE0006047004 DE0006070006 DE0005245534 DE0008063306 DE0006205701 DE0006204407 DE0007162000 DE0006275001 DE0007193500 DE0006335037 DE0005408884 DE0006605009 DE0006599905 DE0006602006 DE0006766504 DE0007771172 DE0006969603 DE0007030033 DE0007042335 DE0006202005 DE0007221905 DE0007235301 DE0007251803 DE0007297004 DE0005471601 NL0000229458 LU0106198319 DE0007667107 DE0007801003 DE0007765638 DE0007806002 Quelle: Deutsche Börse AG Sektor Banken Versicherung Finanzdienstleistungen Konsumgüter Automobile Bau Chemie Einzelhandel Automobile Chemie Banken Einzelhandel Bau Industrie Einzelhandel Transport + Logistik Pharma + Gesundheit Versicherung Industrie Bau Bau Konsumgüter Banken Finanzdienstleistungen Industrie Chemie Einzelhandel Industrie Industrie Automobile Industrie Pharma + Gesundheit Industrie Rohstoffe Medien Konsumgüter Industrie Pharma + Gesundheit Rohstoffe Pharma + Gesundheit Chemie Pharma + Gesundheit Lebensmittel + Getränke Industrie Industrie Transport + Logistik Industrie Industrie Konsumgüter Konsumgüter Streubesitz Gewichtung 0,59 0,25 0,45 0,26 0,42 0,75 0,64 0,33 1,00 0,07 0,59 0,75 1,00 0,31 0,29 0,29 1,00 0,25 0,22 0,40 0,27 0,78 0,55 0,46 1,00 0,76 0,29 0,83 1,00 0,80 0,44 1,00 0,59 0,72 0,72 1,00 0,90 1,00 0,54 0,33 0,95 1,00 0,33 0,74 0,80 0,50 0,49 0,55 0,83 1,00 1,21% 1,90% 0,98% 6,83% 0,59% 1,89% 2,62% 2,83% 8,37% 1,02% 4,77% 1,87% 0,68% 9,98% 0,57% 1,71% 2,43% 1,57% 1,23% 3,42% 0,86% 1,16% 2,17% 1,26% 0,95% 1,66% 2,17% 0,52% 0,57% 0,67% 2,18% 3,17% 2,70% 0,62% 1,60% 4,40% 0,91% 0,86% 0,73% 0,88% 1,02% 2,80% 2,32% 0,73% 0,22% 0,57% 0,73% 0,96% 3,51% 0,68% 37 Smallcap Index – SDAX® Konzept Minütlich aktualisierter Performance-Index. Zusätzlich tägliche Berechnung eines SDAX®-Kursindex. Anzahl der Werte Die 50 größten deutschen und internationalen Werte (unterhalb von DAX® und MDAX®) der klassischen Branchen im Prime Standard. Auswahlkriterien Börsenumsatz (Orderbuchumsatz) Börsenkapitalisierung (Freefloat) Einführungsdatum 21.06.1999 Gewichtung Anzahl der frei verfügbaren Aktien. Bereinigung Bereinigung um Kapitalveränderungen, Bezugsrechte und Dividenden (Bardividende ohne Körperschaftssteuerguthaben). letzter Kurs cum ci = letzter Kurs cum - rechnerischer Abschlag Änderung der Zusammensetzung Bei Neuaufnahme oder Löschung von Aktien ändert sich der Verkettungsfaktor K t, um einen Indexsprung zu vermeiden. ® Kt = Kt – 1 · SDAX® (alte Zusammensetzung) SDAX (neue Zusammensetzung) Verkettung Vierteljährlich werden die cit auf 1 gestellt und die Anzahl der Aktien sowie der Streubesitz-Faktor aktualisiert; dabei wird die Kapitalisierung einer Gesellschaft auf 10% der Gesamtkapitalisierung des Index begrenzt. Ein Indexsprung wird durch die Berechnung eines neuen Verkettungsfaktors vermieden. Basis Ultimo 1987 = 1.000 Berechnungszeiten 9.00 – 20.00 Uhr aus Xetra®-Preisen; zusätzlich wird ein Daily-Settlement-Index berechnet. Kürzel SDXP SDXK WKN: 965338 ISIN: DE0009653386 WKN: 965339 ISIN: DE0009653394 Small Cap-DAX® (Perf.-Index) Small Cap-DAX® (Kursindex) Entwicklung SDAX®, DAX®, MDAX® und Xetra® sind eingetragene Marken der Deutsche Börse AG. 38 Berechnung von SDAX® SDAXt = K tl · ∑ (pit · ffit1 · qit1 · cit) ∑ (pi0 · qi0) · 1.000 mit t0 = 30.12.1987 t1 = letzter Verkettungstermin pit = aktueller Kurs der Gesellschaft i ffitl = Streubesitz-Faktor (free float) der Gattung i am Verkettungstag qit1 = Anzahl der Aktien der Gesellschaft i am Verkettungstag pi0 = Schlusskurs der Gesellschaft i am 30.12.1987 qi0 = Anzahl der Aktien der Gesellschaft i am 30.12.1987 cit aktueller Bereinigungsfaktor der Gesellschaft i = K t1 = Verkettungsfaktor Durch Erweiterung der Grundformel mit 100/∑ qi0 und gleichzeitiges Umstellen ergibt sich für die Indexberechnung: 100 ]) ∑ (pit · [ffit1 · qit1 · cit · K t1 · ∑q i0 SDAXt = · 1.000 100 ) ∑ (pi0 · qi0 · ∑q i0 = ∑ (pit · Fit) A · 1.000 Gewicht im Sinne der Index-Formel ist die Anzahl der frei verfügbaren Aktien ffit1* qit . Der Ausdruck A ist eine Konstante. Er ändert sich nur, wenn die Zusammensetzung des Index aktualisiert wird. Eine Nachberechnung des Index ist somit in drei Schritten möglich: a) Die aktuellen Kurse werden mit Fit multipliziert. b) Die so ermittelten Produkte werden summiert und durch A dividiert. c) Das Ergebnis wird mit der Basis 1.000 multipliziert. Der aktuelle prozentuale Anteil Git eines Titels an SDAX® entspricht dem Anteil des aktuellen Marktwerts einer Gesellschaft an der Summe aller aktuellen Marktwerte. Git bringt den „Einfluss" eines Instruments auf den Index zum Ausdruck und lässt sich wie folgt ermitteln: pit · Fit qit1 · ffit1 · pit · cit · 100 Git = · 100 = ∑ (pit · Fit ) ∑ (qit1 · ffit1 · pit · cit ) 39 SDAX® Gewichtung 25.08.03 Aktie ISIN Sektor ACG ADV.COMP.GRP AGIV REAL ESTATE O.N. AIG INTERNAT. REAL NA AVA AG O.N. BALDA AG O.N. BEATE UHSE AG BHW HOLDING AG O.N. BOEWE SYSTEC AG O.N. CE CONSUMER ELECTR.O.N CEWE COLOR HOLDING O.N. COMDIRECT BANK AG D. LOGISTICS AG O.N. DAB BANK AG DEUTSCHE EUROSHOP AG O.N. DEUTZ AG O.N. DIS DEUT.IND.SERV.O.N. DT.BETEILIG.AG O.N. DUERR AG O.N. EM.TV+MERCHANDI.O.N. ESCADA AG O.N. FUCHS PETROL.AG VZO O.N. GERICOM AG GERRY WEBER INTERNAT.O.N. GFK AG O.N. GILDEMEISTER AG O.N. GRENKELEASING AG O.N. HAWESKO HOLDING AG SVG HIGHLIGHT CMNCTS DZ 1/10 HOLSTEN-BRAUEREI AG O.N. HORNBACH-BAUMARKT O.N. HORNBACH HOLD.VZO O.N. INDUS HOLDING AG JUNGHEINRICH AG O.N.VZO KLOECKNER-WERKE O.N. KOLBENSCHMIDT PIERB.O.N. LOEWE AG O.N. MANNHEIMER AG HOL.O.N.VNA MEDICLIN AG MPC MUENCH.PET.CAP.O.N. MVV ENERGIE AG O.N. PFLEIDERER AG DE0005007702 Industrie DE0006911324 Finanzdienstleistungen DE0006344211 Finanzdienstleistungen DE0005088504 Einzelhandel DE0005215107 Industrie DE0007551400 Einzelhandel DE0005223903 Finanzdienstleistungen DE0005239701 Industrie DE0005082226 Industrie DE0005403901 Konsumgüter DE0005428007 Finanzdienstleistungen DE0005101505 Transport + Logistik DE0005072300 Finanzdienstleistungen DE0007480204 Finanzdienstleistungen DE0006305006 Industrie DE0005016901 Industrie DE0005508105 Industrie DE0005565204 Industrie DE0005684807 Medien DE0005692107 Konsumgüter DE0005790430 Chemie AT0000729108 Industrie DE0003304101 Konsumgüter DE0005875306 Industrie DE0005878003 Industrie DE0005865901 Finanzdienstleistungen DE0006042708 Einzelhandel CH0006539198 Medien DE0006081003 Lebensmittel + Getränke DE0006084403 Einzelhandel DE0006083439 Einzelhandel DE0006200108 Industrie DE0006219934 Industrie DE0006780000 Industrie DE0007037905 Automobile DE0006494107 Konsumgüter DE0008428004 Versicherung DE0006595101 Pharma + Gesundheit DE0005187603 Finanzdienstleistungen DE0007255903 Versorger DE0006764749 Industrie Streubesitz Gewichtung 0,94 0,40 0,81 0,28 0,40 0,34 0,07 0,46 0,85 0,54 0,16 0,60 0,24 0,56 0,64 0,50 0,42 0,27 0,51 0,69 1,00 0,34 0,54 0,36 0,93 0,39 0,60 0,83 0,40 0,15 0,83 0,45 1,00 0,17 0,14 0,65 0,77 0,36 0,31 0,12 0,30 0,88% 0,62% 1,25% 5,12% 1,28% 3,41% 2,07% 1,75% 1,22% 1,19% 3,42% 0,86% 2,33% 5,51% 2,47% 2,29% 1,17% 1,36% 2,18% 1,08% 2,91% 0,73% 1,49% 3,68% 3,64% 1,78% 1,03% 2,27% 5,18% 1,27% 3,67% 3,58% 4,09% 1,33% 1,61% 0,94% 0,71% 0,45% 1,12% 1,96% 0,84% 40 Aktie ISIN PHOENIX AG O.N. RATIONAL AG SAUER-DANFOSS INC. DL-,01 SIXT AG ST O.N. TAG TEGERNSEE IMMOB. TAKKT AG O.N. VILLEROY + BOCH AG VZ VIVA MEDIA NA O.N. W.E.T.AUTOM.S.AG O.N. DE0006031008 Automobile DE0007010803 Industrie US8041371076 Industrie DE0007231326 Transport + Logistik DE0008303504 Finanzdienstleistungen DE0007446007 Einzelhandel DE0007657231 Konsumgüter DE0006171069 Medien DE0005081608 Industrie Quelle: Deutsche Börse AG Sektor Streubesitz Gewichtung 0,60 0,26 0,23 0,32 0,82 0,21 0,93 0,29 0,34 1,73% 2,48% 2,66% 1,08% 0,67% 1,39% 1,92% 1,06% 1,26% 41 DOW JONES EURO STOXX 50 SM Index-Universum Das Index-Universum wird definiert als alle Werte in den 18 Dow Jones EURO STOXX Markt Sektoren Indizes. Die Dow Jones EURO STOXX-Indizes stellen den Euroraum-Anteil des Dow Jones STOXX-Gesamtmarktindex (TMI) dar, der wiederum 95% der gesamten Marktkapitalisierung der an den Hauptbörsen von 17 europäischen Ländern gehandelten Aktienwerte darstellt. Auswahlliste In jedem der 18 Dow Jones EURO STOXX Markt Sektoren Indizes werden die Werte nach Marktkapitalisierung im Streubesitz eingestuft. Die größten Titel werden der Auswahlliste hinzugefügt, bis die Deckung etwas weniger als 60% der im Streubesitz befindlichen Marktkapitalisierung des entsprechenden Dow Jones EURO STOXX TMI-Index beträgt. Falls der nächste Titel die Deckung absolut gesehen näher an 60% heranbringt, wird er der Auswahlliste hinzugefügt. Die verbleibenden Titel, die aktuell Bestandteil des Dow Jones EURO STOXX 50SM sind, kommen ebenfalls auf die Auswahlliste. Die Titel in der Auswahlliste werden nach Marktkapitalisierung im Streubesitz eingestuft. In Ausnahmefällen kann der Aufsichtsrat von STOXX Limited Titel in die Auswahlliste aufnehmen bzw. aus der Liste streichen. Titelauswahl Die 40 größten Titel auf der Auswahlliste werden als Indexwerte bestimmt. Alle übrigen aktuellen Werte im Dow Jones EURO STOXX 50SM von 41 bis 60 werden als Indexwerte hinzugefügt. Beträgt die Anzahl der Indexwerte dann immer noch weniger als 50, werden die größten Titel auf der Auswahlliste ergänzt, bis der Index 50 Werte aufweist. Überprüfungshäufigkeit Die Indexzusammensetzung wird jedes Jahr im September überprüft. Gewichtung Der Index wird auf Grundlage der Marktkapitalisierung im Streubesitz gewichtet. Die Obergrenze des Gewichts jedes Indexwerts liegt bei 10% der gesamten, im Streubesitz befindlichen Index-Marktkapitalisierung. Die Gewichtung wird vierteljährlich überprüft. Erklärtes Ziel Die Blue-Chip-Darstellung der Marktsektorführer innerhalb der Eurozone. Umfasst Belgien, Deutschland, Finnland, Frankreich, Griechenland, Irland, Italien, Luxemburg, die Niederlande, Österreich, Portugal und Spanien. Besondere Aspekte Erfasst ungefähr 60% der im Streubesitz befindlichen Marktkapitalisierung des Dow Jones EURO STOXX-Gesamtmarktindex, der wiederum ungefähr 95% der im Streubesitz befindlichen Marktkapitalisierung der vertretenen Länder umfasst. Faktenübersicht Gewichtung Anzahl der Titel Marktkapitalisierung im Streubesitz mit 10% Gewichtungs-Obergrenze 50 Überprüfungshäufigkeit jährlich im September Berechnung/ Verteilung Kursrendite (EUR/USD): alle 15 Sekunden während lokaler Handelszeiten Gesamtrendite (EUR/USD): Sitzungsende Dow Jones EURO STOXX 50SM ist eine eingetragene Marke der Stoxx Limited. 42 Basiswert / Basisdatum 1000 mit Stand 31. Dezember 1991 Archiv auf Tagesbasis bis 31. Dezember 1986 abrufbar Einführungsdatum Februar 1998 Abrechnungsvorgang Der Abrechnungs-Indexwert wird täglich als Durchschnitt der 41 Indexwerte berechnet, die zwischen 5:50:00 Uhr EST und 6:00:00 Uhr EST (11:50:00 Uhr MEZ und 12:00:00 Uhr MEZ) weitergegeben werden.* Entwicklung Kürzel EURO STOXX50SM EURO STOXX50SM EURO STOXX50SM EURO STOXX50SM Kurs EUR Rendite EUR Kurs USD Rendite USD ISIN BB Ticker Global Topic ILX Reuters S&P ComStock EU0009658145 SX5E Index =SX5E.STX SX5E-STX .STOXX50E FESX-STX Branchengewichtung EU0009658152 SX5T Index =SX5T.STX SX5T-STX .STOXX50ER SX5T-STX (%) Die Branchengewichtung entnehmen Sie bitte der englischen Version der Beschreibung des Dow Jones EURO STOXX 50SM. EU0009658988 SX5K Index =SX5K.STX SX5K-STX .STOXX50ED SX5K-STX EU0009658996 SX5U Index =SX5U.STX SX5U-STX .STOXX50EDR SX5U-STX Ländergewichtung (%) Finnland Frankreich Deutschland Italien Niederlande Spanien 5,5 32,5 20,5 11,0 18,5 12,0 43 Zusammensetzung Gesellschaft ISIN Markt Sektor Float Factor Adjusted Weight (%) Die Zusammensetzung entnehmen Sie bitte der englischen Version der Beschreibung des Dow Jones EURO STOXX 50SM. 44 DOW JONES STOXX 50 SM Index-Universum Das Index-Universum wird definiert als alle Werte in den 18 Dow Jones STOXX 600 SM Markt Sektoren Indizes. In den Dow Jones STOXX 600 SM Indizes sind die 600 größten, an den Hauptbörsen von 17 europäischen Ländern gehandelten Aktienwerte enthalten. Auswahlliste In jedem der 18 Dow Jones EURO STOXX 600 SM Markt Sektoren Indizes werden die Werte nach Marktkapitalisierung im Streubesitz eingestuft. Die größten Titel werden der Auswahlliste hinzugefügt, bis die Deckung etwas weniger als 60% der im Streubesitz befindlichen Marktkapitalisierung des entsprechenden Dow Jones EURO STOXX TMI Index beträgt. Falls der nächste Titel die Deckung absolut gesehen näher an 60% heranbringt, wird er der Auswahlliste hinzugefügt. Die verbleibenden Titel, die aktuell Bestandteil des Dow Jones EURO STOXX 50SM sind, kommen ebenfalls auf die Auswahlliste. Die Titel in der Auswahlliste werden nach Marktkapitalisierung im Streubesitz eingestuft. In Ausnahmefällen kann der Aufsichtsrat von STOXX Limited Titel in die Auswahlliste aufnehmen bzw. aus der Liste streichen. Titelauswahl Die 40 größten Titel auf der Auswahlliste werden als Indexwerte bestimmt. Alle übrigen aktuellen Werte im Dow Jones EURO STOXX 50SM von 41 bis 60 werden als Indexwerte hinzugefügt. Beträgt die Anzahl der Indexwerte dann immer noch weniger als 50, werden die größten Titel auf der Auswahlliste ergänzt, bis der Index 50 Werte aufweist. Überprüfungshäufigkeit Die Indexzusammensetzung wird jedes Jahr im September überprüft. Gewichtung Der Index wird auf Grundlage der Marktkapitalisierung im Streubesitz gewichtet. Die Obergrenze des Gewichts jedes Indexwerts liegt bei 10% der gesamten, im Streubesitz befindlichen Index-Marktkapitalisierung. Die Gewichtung wird vierteljährlich überprüft. Erklärtes Ziel Die Blue-Chip-Darstellung der Marktsektorführer innerhalb der Eurozone. Umfasst Belgien, Deutschland, Finnland, Frankreich, Griechenland, Irland, Italien, Luxemburg, die Niederlande, Österreich, Portugal und Spanien. Besondere Aspekte Erfasst ungefähr 60% der im Streubesitz befindlichen Marktkapitalisierung des Dow Jones EURO STOXX-Gesamtmarktindex, der wiederum ungefähr 95% der im Streubesitz befindlichen Marktkapitalisierung der vertretenen Länder umfasst. Faktenübersicht Gewichtung Anzahl der Titel Marktkapitalisierung im Streubesitz mit 10% Gewichtungs-Obergrenze 50 Überprüfungshäufigkeit jährlich im September Berechnung/ Verteilung Kursrendite (EUR/USD): alle 15 Sekunden während lokaler Handelszeiten Gesamtrendite (EUR/USD): Sitzungsende Dow Jones STOXX 50SM und Dow Jones STOXX 600SM sind eingetragene Marken der Stoxx Limited. 45 Basiswert / Basisdatum 1000 mit Stand 31. Dezember 1991 Archiv auf Tagesbasis bis 31. Dezember 1986 abrufbar Einführungsdatum Februar 1998 Abrechnungsvorgang Der Abrechnungs-Indexwert wird täglich als Durchschnitt der 41 Indexwerte berechnet, die zwischen 5:50:00 Uhr EST und 6:00:00 Uhr EST (11:50:00 Uhr MEZ und 12:00:00 Uhr MEZ) weitergegeben werden.* Entwicklung Kürzel STOXX50SM Kurs EUR STOXX50SM Rendite EUR STOXX50SM Kurs USD STOXX50SM Rendite USD ISIN BB Ticker Global Topic ILX Reuters S&P ComStock EU0009658160 SX5P Index =SX5P.STX SX5P-STX .STOXX50 FSTX-STX EU0009658178 SX5R Index =SX5R.STX SX5R-STX .STOXX50R SX5R-STX EU0009659002 SX5L Index =SX5L.STX SX5L-STX .STOXX50D SX5L-STX EU0009659010 SX5V Index =SX5V.STX SX5V-STX .STOXX50DR SX5V-STX Branchengewichtung (%) Die Branchengewichtung entnehmen Sie bitte der englischen Version der Beschreibung des Dow Jones STOXX 50SM. Ländergewichtung (%) Finnland Frankreich Deutschland Großbritanien Italien Niederlande Spanien Schweiz 3,3 9,8 10,6 42,0 3,6 10,4 5,5 14,8 * Abrechnungswerte werden für alle Dow Jones STOXX-Indizes in Echtzeit berechnet. Gilt nur für Echtzeitversion (EUR-dominiert, Kurs-Gewinn) des Dow Jones EURO STOXX 50SM. 46 Zusammensetzung Gesellschaft ISIN Markt Sektor Float Factor Adjusted Weight (%) Die Zusammensetzung entnehmen Sie bitte der englischen Version der Beschreibung des Dow Jones STOXX 50SM. 47 DOW JONES EURO STOXX SM Index-Universum Das Index-Universum wird definiert als alle Werte im Dow Jones STOXX Gesamtmarktindex (Dow Jones STOXX TMI), der 95% der gesamten Marktkapitalisierung der an den Hauptbörsen von 17 europäischen Ländern gehandelten Aktienwerte darstellt: Belgien, Dänemark, Deutschland, Finnland, Frankreich, Griechenland, Großbritannien, Irland, Italien, Luxemburg, die Niederlande, Norwegen, Österreich, Portugal, Schweden, die Schweiz und Spanien. Der Dow Jones EURO STOXX ist ein Subindex des Dow Jones STOXX 600SM. Er umfasst Belgien, Deutschland, Finnland, Frankreich, Griechenland, Irland, Italien, Luxemburg, die Niederlande, Österreich, Portugal und Spanien. Auswahlliste Die im Dow Jones STOXX TMI enthaltenen Werte werden nach Marktkapitalisierung im Streubesitz eingestuft und ergeben die Dow Jones STOXX 600-Auswahlliste. Berücksichtigung findet hierbei nur die Aktiengattung jedes Unternehmens im Dow Jones STOXX TMI mit der höchsten Liquidität. Titelauswahl Dow Jones STOXX Large 200 Index Ziel: Abdeckung der 200 größten Unternehmen im Dow Jones STOXX TMI. Die 170 größten Titel auf der Auswahlliste werden als Indexwerte bestimmt. Zusätzlich werden von den größten verbleibenden Werten auf Rang 171 bis 230, die aktuell im Large 200 Index enthalten sind, 30 Titel ausgewählt. Beträgt die Anzahl der Indexwerte dann immer noch weniger als 200, werden die größten verbleibenden Titel ergänzt, bis der Index 200 Werte aufweist. Dow Jones STOXX Mid 200-Index Ziel: Abdeckung der 200 nächstgrößten Unternehmen im Dow Jones STOXX TMI. Die 350 größten Titel auf der Auswahlliste werden bestimmt. Von diesen 350 Titeln wurden 200 bereits in den Large 200-Index aufgenommen; die übrigen 150 Titel werden für den Mid 200 Index ausgewählt. Zusätzlich werden von den größten verbleibenden Werten auf Rang 351 bis 450, die aktuell im Large 200 Index bzw. im Mid 200 Index enthalten sind, 50 Titel ausgewählt. Beträgt die Anzahl der Indexwerte dann immer noch weniger als 200, werden die größten verbleibenden Titel ergänzt, bis der Index 200 Werte aufweist. Dow Jones STOXX Small 200 Index Ziel: Abdeckung der 200 nächstgrößten Unternehmen im Dow Jones STOXX TMI. Die 550 größten Titel auf der Auswahlliste werden bestimmt. Von diesen 550 Titeln wurden 400 bereits in den Large 200 Index bzw. den Mid 200 Index aufgenommen; die übrigen 150 Titel werden für den Small 200 Index ausgewählt. Zusätzlich werden von den größten verbleibenden Werten auf Rang 551 bis 750, die aktuell im Large 200 Index bzw. im Mid 200 Index enthalten sind, 50 Titel ausgewählt. Beträgt die Anzahl der Indexwerte dann immer noch weniger als 200, werden die größten verbleibenden Titel ergänzt, bis der Index 200 Werte aufweist. Die Large 200, Mid 200 und Small 200 Indizes ergeben zusammen den Dow Jones STOXX 600SM Index. Dow Jones EURO STOXX und Dow Jones STOXX 600SM sind eingetragene Marken der Stoxx Limited. 48 Überprüfungshäufigkeit Die Zusammensetzung der Indizes werden vierteljährlich überprüft. Gewichtung Die Indizes werden auf Grundlage der Marktkapitalisierung im Streubesitz gewichtet. Erklärtes Ziel Regionaler Subindex, der vom Dow Jones STOXX 600 Index abgeleitet ist, mit dem Ziel eine breite, aber dennoch flüssige Darstellung der Unternehmen in der Eurozone zu bieten. Besondere Aspekte Umfasst große, mittlere und kleine Indizes. Faktenübersicht Gewichtung Anzahl der Titel Marktkapitalisierung im Streubesitz Ungefähr 300 Überprüfungshäufigkeit Vierteljährlich im März, Juni, September und Dezember Berechnung/ Verteilung Kursrendite (EUR): alle 15 Sekunden während lokaler Handelszeiten Kursrendite (USD) und Gesamtrendite (EUR/ USD): Sitzungsende Basiswert / Basisdatum 100 mit Stand 31. Dezember 1991 Archiv auf Tagesbasis bis 31. Dezember 1991 abrufbar Einführungsdatum Juni 1998 Entwicklung Kürzel EURO STOXX Kurs EUR EURO STOXX Rendite EUR EURO STOXX Kurs USD EURO STOXX Rendite USD ISIN BB Ticker Global Topic ILX Reuters S&P ComStock EU0009658186 SXXE Index =SXXE.STX SXXE-STX .STOXXE SXXE-STX EU0009658194 SXXT Index =SXXT.STX SXXT-STX .STOXXER SXXT-STX EU0009659028 SXXK Index =SXXK.STX SXXK-STX .STOXXED SXXK-STX EU0009659036 SXXU Index =SXXU.STX SXXU-STX .STOXXEDR SXXU-STX 49 Zusammensetzung Gesellschaft ISIN Markt Sektor Float Factor Adjusted Weight (%) Die Zusammensetzung entnehmen Sie bitte der englischen Version der Beschreibung des Dow Jones EURO STOXXSM. 50 Indexberechnung für Indizes der STOXX-Gruppe Index Formel & Index Divisoren Die Indizes werden nach der Laspeyres Formel berechnet. Jeder Index hat einen individuellen Indexdivisor, der entsprechend angepasst wird, um die Kontinuität des Index bei Kapitalereignissen zu bewahren: EURO = · fit ) ∑ ni=1 (pit · qit1 · X it · basis wert n Ct · ∑ i=1(pi0 · qi0 EURO ) i0 = Mt · basis wert Bt n = Anzahl der Aktien des Index pi0 = Schlusskurs der Aktie (i) zum Basiszeitpunkt qi0 = Anzahl der Aktien eines Unternehmens (i) zum Basiszeitpunkt pit = Kurs der Aktie (i) zum aktuellen Zeitpunkt (t) qit = Anzahl der Aktien eines Unternehmens (i) zum Zeitpunkt (t) fit Ct = Free-float Faktor eines Unternehmens (i) zum Zeitpunkt (t) = Adjustierungsfaktor/Korrekturfaktor für die Marktkapitalisierung zum Basiszeitpunkt t = Zeitpunkt der Indexberechnung Mt Bt = Free-float Marktkapitalisierung des Indizes zum Zeitpunkt (t) = Adjustierte Marktkapitalisierung des Basiszeitpunktes zum Zeitpunkt (t) Indext X EURO = it basis wert = Wechselkurs: Währung gegen EURO eines Unternehmens (i) zum Zeitpunkt (t) 1.000 für Style Indizes und Blue-Chip Indizes und 100 für alle anderen Indizes Datengenauigkeit Für die Indexberechnung gilt: - Eingangsdaten und andere für die Indexberechnung verwendete Daten: Rundung auf 7 Dezimalstellen - Index Divisoren: Rundung auf ganze Zahlen - Free-float Faktoren: Rundung auf vier Dezimalstellen - Indexstände: Für die Verteilung wird auf zwei Dezimalstellen gerundet. 51 Datenquellen Für die Berechnung der Indizes werden folgende Datenquellen herangezogen: - Handelsplattformen - Aufsichtsbehörden - Unternehmen - Andere Serviceanbieter. Überwachung von Eingangsdaten Die Einspeisung der realtime Daten für die Indexberechnung wird überwacht durch: - Datenfilter - Tools zur Qualitätssicherung - Verifizierung durch Sekundärquellen Korrektur von Eingangsdaten Korrekturverfahren für fehlerhafte oder fehlende Eingangsdaten: - Eingangsdaten: Sofortige Korrektur - Realtime Indexstände: Werden nicht rückwirkend korrigiert, da die Indexberechnung realtime erfolgt. Anpassung des Index Divisors Bei Kapitalereignissen werden die Index Divisoren mit Hilfe folgender Formel angepasst: Dt+1 = Dt · ∑ (pit · qit · fit ) ± ∆MC t+1 ∑ (pit · qit · fit ) Dt = Divisor zum Zeitpunkt (t) Dt+1 = Divisor zum Zeitpunkt (t+1) Pit = Aktienkurs des Unternehmens zum Zeitpunkt (t) fit = Free-float Faktor des Unternehmens (i) zum Zeitpunkt (t) qit = Anzahl der Aktien eines Unternehmens (i) zum Zeitpunkt (t) ∆MC t+1 = Bei Kapitalereignissen von Unternehmen, die zum Zeitpunkt (t+1) wirksam werden, wird die free-float Kapitalisierung mit den adjustierten Schlusskursen und neuen Aktienanzahlen zum Zeitpunkt (t+1) berechnet minus der free-float Kapitalisierung mit den Schlusskursen und alten Aktienanzahlen zum Zeitpunkt (t) 52 DESCRIPTION OF INDICES DAX® Index Index concept Performance index updated every 15 seconds; additional daily calculation of a DAX® price index Number of shares 30 German shares covering traditional (“Classic”) and technology (“Tech”) sectors in the Prime Standard segment Selection criteria Exchange volume (order book turnover); Market capitalisation (free float) Launch date 1 July 1988 Base date and value End of 1987 = 1,000 index points History The DAX® was conceived as the successor to the Börsen-Zeitung index, with a historical time series dating back as far as 1959 (by way of chaining to the older Hardy Index, with a basis of 100 points on 28 September 1959). The composition of the Börsen-Zeitung index comprised the following issues: AEG, Allianz, BASF, Bayer, BBC, BMW, Bay. Vereinsbank, Commerzbank, Daimler, Degussa, Deutsche Babcock, Deutsche Bank, Dresdner Bank, Hoechst, Kali Salz, Karstadt, Kaufhof, KHD, Linde, Lufthansa, MAN, Mannesmann, Preussag, PWA, RWE, Schering, Siemens, Thyssen, Veba and VW (equally weighted at 1/30 each). Weighting Number of shares in free float Adjustments Adjustments for capital changes, subscription rights and dividends (gross dividend – Bardividende – exclusive of corporation tax credits) last cum price ci = last cum price - calculated price down Changes in composition The chaining factor Kt is adjusted to avoid a gap in the index in the event of changes in the index composition: ® Kt = Kt – 1 · DAX® (old composition) DAX (new composition) Chaining The cit factors are reset to 1 every three months. The number of shares and the free float percentage are also updated quarterly. To avoid any gap in the index, the chaining factor is recalculated. Calculation periods 9:00 a.m. – 8:00 p.m. (based on Xetra® price data); additionally, an index based on daily settlement prices is calculated once a day ID codes DAX DAXK WKN: 846900 ISIN: DE0008469008 WKN: 846744 ISIN: DE0008467440 Development DAX® and XETRA® are registered trademarks of Deutsche Börse AG DAX® (performance index) DAX® (price index) 53 Calculation of the DAX® Index DAXt = K tl · ∑ (pit · ffit1 · qit1 · cit) ∑ (pi0 · qi0) · 1,000 whereby t0 = 30 December 1987 t1 = Chaining date pit = Current price of share i ffitl = Free float of share class i as at the chaining date qit1 = Number of shares of class i as at the chaining date pi0 = Share price of company i on 30 December 1987 qi0 = Number of shares of class i on 30 December 1987 cit Current adjustment factor of share i = K t1 = Chaining factor If the entire fraction is reduced to higher terms by 100 / ∑ qi0 the following formula is obtained: 100 ]) ∑ (pit · [ffit1 · qit1 · cit · K t1 · ∑q i0 · 1,000 DAXt = 100 ) ∑ (pi0 · qi0 · ∑q i0 = ∑ (pit · Fit) A · 1,000 The weighting used in the index formula is the number of shares in free float ffit1* qit A is a constant that only changes in the event of changes in the index composition. It is thus possible to re-calculate the index in three steps: a) current market prices are multiplied by Fit; b) the results of this multiplication are added and divided by A; c) the result is multiplied by the base value of 1,000. The current percentage weight (Git) of any share in the DAX® index is equivalent to the proportion of its current market value relative to the aggregate of all current market values. Git reflects an instrument’s “impact” on the index, and can be calculated as follows: pit · Fit qit1 · ffit1 · pit · cit · 100 Git = · 100 = ∑ (pit · Fit ) ∑ (qit1 · ffit1 · pit · cit ) 54 DAX® Weightings 8/25/03 Share ISIN ADIDAS-SALOMON AG O.N. ALLIANZ AG VNA O.N. ALTANA AG O.N. BASF AG O.N. BAY.HYPO-VEREINSBK.O.N. BAY.MOTOREN WERKE AG ST BAYER AG O.N. COMMERZBANK AG O.N. DAIMLERCHRYSLER AG NA O.N. DEUTSCHE BANK AG NA O.N. DEUTSCHE BOERSE NA O.N. DEUTSCHE POST AG NA O.N. DT.TELEKOM AG NA E.ON AG O.N. FRESEN.MED.CARE AG O.N. HENKEL KGAA VZO O.N. INFINEON TECH.AG NA O.N. LINDE AG O.N. LUFTHANSA AG VNA O.N. MAN AG ST O.N. METRO AG ST O.N. MLP AG MUENCH.RUECKVERS.VNA O.N. RWE AG ST O.N. SAP AG ST O.N. SCHERING AG O.N. SIEMENS AG NA THYSSENKRUPP AG O.N. TUI AG O.N. VOLKSWAGEN AG ST O.N. DE0005003404 Consumer DE0008404005 Insurance DE0007600801 Pharma + Healthcare DE0005151005 Chemicals DE0008022005 Banks DE0005190003 Automobile DE0005752000 Chemicals DE0008032004 Banks DE0007100000 Automobile DE0005140008 Banks DE0005810055 Financial services DE0005552004 Transportation + Logistics DE0005557508 Telecommunication DE0007614406 Utilities DE0005785802 Pharma + Healthcare DE0006048432 Consumer DE0006231004 Technology DE0006483001 Industrial DE0008232125 Transportation + Logistics DE0005937007 Industrial DE0007257503 Retail DE0006569908 Financial services DE0008430026 Insurance DE0007037129 Utilities DE0007164600 Software DE0007172009 Pharma + Healthcare DE0007236101 Technology DE0007500001 Industrial DE0006952005 Transportation + Logistics DE0007664005 Automobile Source: Deutsche Börse AG Sector Free float factor Weight 1.00 0.85 0.50 0.94 0.69 0.48 0.94 0.74 0.81 1.00 0.95 0.32 0.57 0.88 0.49 1.00 0.60 0.68 0.90 0.72 0.44 0.52 0.67 0.77 0.65 0.87 0.94 0.80 0.69 0.69 0.92% 7.65% 0.91% 6.29% 1.52% 3.09% 3.76% 1.49% 7.80% 8.55% 1.31% 1.43% 9.04% 7.93% 0.43% 0.96% 1.55% 0.86% 1.19% 0.56% 1.30% 0.21% 3.42% 2.74% 5.98% 1.73% 12.82% 1.40% 0.47% 2.69% 55 TecDAX® Index Basic concept Performance index updated every 15 seconds; additional calculation of the TecDAX® price index once a day Number of shares 30 largest german and international technology companies (beneath the DAX®) from the technology sector in Prime Standard Selection criteria Stock exchange turnover (order book turnover) market capitalization (based on Free float) Introduction date 24.03.2003 Weighting Number of free float shares Adjustments For capital changes, subscription rights and dividends (gross dividend without corporate income tax). last price without markdown ci = last price without markdown - calculated deduction Changes of index composition For any changes in the index composition a new factor Kt is composition calculated to avoid inconsistencies in the index calculation. ® Kt = Kt – 1 · TecDAX® (old composition) TecDAX (new composition) Chaining The cit factors are reset to 1 quarterly. The number of shares and the free float percentage are also updated quarterly. To avoid any gap in the index, the chaining factor is recalculated. The index composition is reviewed every six month. In case of a change to the composition, the capitalisation of any component issue is capped at 10% of the overall index capitalisation. Base date Year end 1997 = 1,000 Calculation intervalls Abbreviations 9.00 a.m. - 8.00 p.m. every 15 seconds based on Xetra® prices. In addition, the TecDAX® „daily settlement“ index is calculated once a day using „daily settlement“ prices TDPX WKN: 720327 ISIN: DE0007203275 TecDAX® (performance index) TDXK WKN: 720328 ISIN: DE0007203283 TecDAX® (price index) Development TecDAX®, DAX® and XETRA® are registered trademarks of Deutsche Börse AG. 56 Computation of the TecDAX® Index TecDAXt = K tl · with ∑ (pit · ffit1 · qit1 · cit) ∑ (pi0 · qi0) · 1,000 t0 = December 30, 1997 t1 = day of chaining pit = actual price of individual stock ffitl = free float-factor as at review date qit1 = number of shares of individual stock as at review date pi0 = price of individual stock as at December 30, 1997 qi0 = number of shares of individual stock as at December 30, 1997 cit = actual adjustment factor of individual stock K t1 = chaining factor If the whole fraction is reduced to higher terms by 100 / ∑ qi0 the following formula is obtained: TecDAXt = = ∑ (pit · [ffit1 · qit1 · cit · K t1 · 100 ]) ∑q i0 · 1,000 100 ) ∑ (pi0 · qi0 · ∑q i0 ∑ (pit · Fit) A · 1,000 The weighting used in the index formula is the number of shares in free float ffit1* qit . The index computation can thus be checked in three steps: a) the current market prices are multiplied by Fit b) the products thus determined are summed up and divided by A c) the result is multiplied by the base figure of 1,000. The proportion of the TecDAX® that a share currently represents, expressed in % (Git), is equivalent to the current market cap of the company expressed as a proportion of the current total market cap of all companies included in the index. Git reflects the "impact" a company has on the index and can be calculated as follows: qit · ffit1 · pit · cit pit · Fit Git = · 100 = · 100 ∑ (qit1 · pit · cit ) ∑ (pit · Fit ) 57 TecDAX® Weightings 8/25/03 Share ISIN AIXTRON AG O.N. AT+S AUSTR.T.+SYSTEMT. BB BIOTECH INH. SF 1 DRAEGERWERK VORZ.A.O.N. ELMOS SEMICONDUCTOR AG EPCOS AG NA O.N. EVOTEC OAI AG O.N. FJH AG O.N. GPC BIOTECH AG IDS SCHEER AG O.N. IXOS SOFTWARE AG O.N. JENOPTIK AG O.N. KONTRON AG O.N. LION BIOSCIENCE AG O.N. MEDIGENE NA O.N. MICRONAS SEM.HLDG NA SF 1 MOBILCOM AG O.N. NORDEX O.N. PFEIFFER VACUUM TECH.O.N. PLAMBECK N.ENERG.AG NA QIAGEN NV EO -,01 REPOWER SYSTEMS AG SAP SYSTEMS INTEGR.O.N. SCM MICROSYSTEMS DL-,001 SINGULUS TECHNOL. SOFTWARE AG NA O.N. T-ONLINE INTERN. NA O.N. UTD.INTERNET AG NA WEB.DE AG WEDECO AG O.N. DE0005066203 AT0000969985 CH0001441580 DE0005550636 DE0005677108 DE0005128003 DE0005664809 DE0005130108 DE0005851505 DE0006257009 DE0005061501 DE0006229107 DE0006053952 DE0005043509 DE0005020903 CH0012337421 DE0006622400 DE0005873574 DE0006916604 DE0006910326 NL0000240000 DE0006177033 DE0005011118 US7840181033 DE0007238909 DE0003304002 DE0005557706 DE0005089031 DE0005296503 DE0005141808 Source: Deutsche Börse AG Sector Technology Technology Pharma + Healthcare Pharma + Healthcare Technology Technology Pharma + Healthcare Software Pharma + Healthcare Software Software Industrial Technology Pharma + Healthcare Pharma + Healthcare Technology Telecommunication Industrial Industrial Industrial Pharma + Healthcare Industrial Software Technology Industrial Software Software Software Software Industrial Free float factor Weight 0.77 0.52 0.92 1.00 0.42 0.75 0.95 0.49 0.92 0.42 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.75 1.00 1.00 0.29 0.63 1.00 0.69 0.95 0.50 0.30 1.00 1.00 0.68 0.22 0.43 0.38 0.75 3.05% 1.50% 8.85% 3.06% 0.93% 8.31% 2.00% 1.16% 1.31% 1.92% 1.08% 4.27% 2.23% 0.79% 0.50% 7.79% 2.20% 0.37% 2.91% 0.36% 11.98% 0.61% 1.67% 1.05% 8.48% 3.72% 10.14% 4.99% 1.55% 1.23% 58 Midcap Index – MDAX® Index concept Performance index updated at 60 second intervals; additional daily calculation of an MDAX® price index Number of shares The 50 largest German and foreign companies from the traditional (“Classic”) sectors (not included in the DAX®) listed in the Prime Standard segment Selection criteria Exchange volume (order book turnover); Market capitalisation (free float) Launch date 19 January 1996 Base date and value End of 1987 = 1,000 index points Weighting Number of shares in free float Adjustments Adjustments for capital changes, subscription rights and dividends (gross dividend – Bardividende – exclusive of corporation tax credits) last cum price ci = last cum price - calculated price down Changes in composition The chaining factor Kt is adjusted to avoid a gap in the index in the event of changes in the index composition: ® Kt = Kt – 1 · MDAX® (old composition) MDAX (new composition) Chaining Calculation periods ID codes The cit factors are reset to 1 quarterly. The number of shares and the free float percentage are also updated quarterly. To avoid any gap in the index, the chaining factor is recalculated. The index composition is reviewed every six month. In case of a change to the composition, the capitalisation of any component issue is capped at 10% of the overall index capitalisation. 9:00 a.m. – 8:00 p.m. (based on Xetra® price data). Additionally, a settlement index is calculated once a day. MDAX WKN: 846741 ISIN: DE0008467416 MDAX® (performenace index) MKDX WKN: 846753 ISIN: DE0008467531 MDAX® (price index) Development MDAX®, DAX® and Xetra® are registered trademarks of Deutsche Börse AG. 59 Calculation of the MDAX® Index MDAXt = K tl · ∑ (pit · ffit1 · qit1 · cit) ∑ (pi0 · qi0) · 1,000 whereby: t0 = 30 December 1987 t1 = Last chaining date pit = Current share price of company i ffitl = Free float of share class i as at the chaining date qit1 = Number of shares of company i as at the chaining date pi0 = Closing price of company i on December 30, 1987 qi0 = Number of shares of company i on December 30, 1987 cit = Current adjustment factor of company i K t1 = chaining factor If the entire fraction is reduced to higher terms by 100 / ∑ qi0 the following formula is obtained: ∑ (pit · [ffit1 · qit1 · cit · K t1 · 100 ]) ∑q i0 MDAXt = · 1,000 100 ) ∑ (pi0 · qi0 · ∑q i0 = ∑ (pit · Fit) A · 1,000 The weighting used in the index formula is the number of shares in free float: ffit1* qit. A is a constant that only changes in the event of changes in the index composition. It is thus possible to re-calculate the index in three steps: a) current market prices are multiplied by Fit; b) the results of this multiplication are added and divided by A; c) the result is multiplied by the base value of 1,000. The current percentage weight (Git) of any share in the MDAX® index is equivalent to the proportion of its current market value relative to the aggregate of all current market values. Git reflects an instrument’s “impact” on the index, and can be calculated as follows: pit · Fit qit · ffit1 · pit · cit · 100 Git = · 100 = ∑ (pit · Fit ) ∑ (qit1 · pit · cit ) 60 MDAX® Weightings 8/25/03 Share ISIN Sector AAREAL BANK AG AMB GENERALI HOLDING AG AWD HOLDING AG O.N. BEIERSDORF AG O.N. BERU AG O.N. BILFINGER BERGER AG CELANESE AG O.N. CELESIO AG O.N. CONTINENTAL AG O.N. DEGUSSA AG O.N. DEPFA BANK PLC EO 3 DOUGLAS HOLDING O.N. DYCKERHOFF VZO O.N. EUROP.AERON.DEF.+SP. EADS FIELMANN AG O.N. FRAPORT AG FFM.AIRPORT FRESENIUS AG VZ O.ST O.N. HANN.RUECKVER.AG NA O.N. HEIDELBERG.DRUCKMA.O.N. HEIDELBERGCEMENT ST O.N. HOCHTIEF AG HUGO BOSS AG VZO O.N. IKB DT.INDUSTRIEBANK O.N. IVG IMMOBILIEN AG O.N. IWKA AG O.N. K+S AG O.N. KARSTADT QUELLE AG O.N. KOENIG + BAUER AG ST O.N. KRONES AG VZO O.N. LEONI AG NA O.N. MEDION AG O.N. MERCK KGAA O.N. MG TECHNOLOGIES AG NORDDT.AFFINERIE O.N. PROSIEBENSAT1 O.N.VZO PUMA AG RHEINMETALL AG VZ. RHOEN-KLINIKUM VZO O.N. SALZGITTER AG O.N. DE0005408116 Banks DE0008400029 Insurance DE0005085906 Financial services DE0005200000 Consumer DE0005072102 Automobile DE0005909006 Construction DE0005753008 Chemicals DE0005858005 Retail DE0005439004 Automobile DE0005421903 Chemicals IE0072559994 Banks DE0006099005 Retail DE0005591036 Construction NL0000235190 Industrial DE0005772206 Retail DE0005773303 Transportation + Logistics DE0005785638 Pharma + Healthcare DE0008402215 Insurance DE0007314007 Industrial DE0006047004 Construction DE0006070006 Construction DE0005245534 Consumer DE0008063306 Banks DE0006205701 Financial services DE0006204407 Industrial DE0007162000 Chemicals DE0006275001 Retail DE0007193500 Industrial DE0006335037 Industrial DE0005408884 Automobile DE0006605009 Industrial DE0006599905 Pharma + Healthcare DE0006602006 Industrial DE0006766504 Basic resources DE0007771172 Media DE0006969603 Consumer DE0007030033 Industrial DE0007042335 Pharma + Healthcare DE0006202005 Basic resources Free float factor Weight 0.59 0.25 0.45 0.26 0.42 0.75 0.64 0.33 1.00 0.07 0.59 0.75 1.00 0.31 0.29 0.29 1.00 0.25 0.22 0.40 0.27 0.78 0.55 0.46 1.00 0.76 0.29 0.83 1.00 0.80 0.44 1.00 0.59 0.72 0.72 1.00 0.90 1.00 0.54 1.21% 1.90% 0.98% 6.83% 0.59% 1.89% 2.62% 2.83% 8.37% 1.02% 4.77% 1.87% 0.68% 9.98% 0.57% 1.71% 2.43% 1.57% 1.23% 3.42% 0.86% 1.16% 2.17% 1.26% 0.95% 1.66% 2.17% 0.52% 0.57% 0.67% 2.18% 3.17% 2.70% 0.62% 1.60% 4.40% 0.91% 0.86% 0.73% 61 Share ISIN SCHWARZ PHARMA AG O.N. SGL CARBON AG O.N. STADA ARZNEIMITT.VNA O.N. SUEDZUCKER MA./OCHS. O.N. TECHEM O.N. TELEPLAN INT. NV EO-25 THIEL LOGISTIK AG VOSSLOH AG O.N. WCM BET.-U.G. O.N. WELLA AG VORZ. ZAPF CREATION AG O.N. DE0007221905 Pharma + Healthcare DE0007235301 Chemicals DE0007251803 Pharma + Healthcare DE0007297004 Food + Beverages DE0005471601 Industrial NL0000229458 Industrial LU0106198319 Transportation + Logistics DE0007667107 Industrial DE0007801003 Industrial DE0007765638 Consumer DE0007806002 Consumer Source: Deutsche Börse AG Sector Free float factor Weight 0.33 0.95 1.00 0.33 0.74 0.80 0.50 0.49 0.55 0.83 1.00 0.88% 1.02% 2.80% 2.32% 0.73% 0.22% 0.57% 0.73% 0.96% 3.51% 0.68% 62 Smallcap Index – SDAX® Index concept Performance index updated at 60 second intervals. Additional daily calculation of an SDAX® price index Number of shares The 50 largest German and international companies from the traditional (“Classic”) sectors (not included in the DAX® or MDAX®) listed in the Prime Standard segment Selection criteria Exchange volume (order book turnover); Market capitalisation (free float) Launch date 21 June 1999 Weighting Number of shares in free float Adjustments Adjustments for capital changes, subscription rights and dividends (gross dividend – Bardividende – exclusive of corporation tax credits) ci = Changes in composition last cum price last cum price - calculated pricedown The chaining factor Kt is adjusted to avoid a gap in the index in the event of changes in the index composition: ® Kt = Kt – 1 · SDAX® (old composition) SDAX (new composition) Chaining The cit factors are reset to 1 every three months. The number of shares and the free float percentage are also updated quarterly. The capitalisation of any component issue is capped at 10% of the overall index capitalisation. To avoid any gap in the index, the chaining factor is recalculated. Base date and value End of 1987 = 1,000 index points Calculation periods 9:00 a.m. – 8:00 p.m. (based on Xetra® price data). Additionally, a settlement index is calculated once a day. ID codes SDXP SDXK WKN: 965338 ISIN: DE0009653386 WKN: 965339 ISIN: DE0009653394 Development SDAX®, DAX® and Xetra® are registered trademarks of Deutsche Börse AG. SDAX® (performance index) SDAX® (price index) 63 Calculation of the SDAX® Index SDAXt = K tl · whereby: t0 = ∑ (pit · ffit1 · qit1 · cit) ∑ (pi0 · qi0) · 1,000 December 30, 1987 t1 = Last chaining date pit = Current share price of company i ffitl = Free float of share class i as at the chaining date qit1 = Number of shares of company i as at the chaining date pi0 = Closing price of company i on December 30, 1987 qi0 = Number of shares of company i on December 30, 1987 cit = Current adjustment factor of company i K t1 = chaining factor If the entire fraction is reduced to higher terms by 100 / ∑ qi0 the following formula is obtained: SDAXt = = ∑ (pit · [ffit1 · qit1 · cit · K t1 · 100 ]) ∑q i0 · 1,000 100 ) ∑ (pi0 · qi0 · ∑q i0 ∑ (pit · Fit) A · 1,000 The weighting used in the index formula is the number of shares in free float: ffit1* qit. A is a constant that only changes in the event of changes in the index composition. It is thus possible to re-calculate the index in three steps: a) current market prices are multiplied by Fit; b) the results of this multiplication are added and divided by A; c) the result is multiplied by the base value of 1,000. The current percentage weight (Git) of any share in the SDAX® index is equivalent to the proportion of its current market value relative to the aggregate of all current market values. Git reflects an instrument’s “impact” on the index, and can be calculated as follows: qit · ffit1 · pit · cit pit · Fit Git = · 100 = · 100 ∑ (qit1 · ffit1 · pit · cit ) ∑ (pit · Fit ) 64 SDAX® Weightings 8/25/03 Share ISIN ACG ADV.COMP.GRP AGIV REAL ESTATE O.N. AIG INTERNAT. REAL NA AVA AG O.N. BALDA AG O.N. BEATE UHSE AG BHW HOLDING AG O.N. BOEWE SYSTEC AG O.N. CE CONSUMER ELECTR.O.N CEWE COLOR HOLDING O.N. COMDIRECT BANK AG D. LOGISTICS AG O.N. DAB BANK AG DEUTSCHE EUROSHOP AG O.N. DEUTZ AG O.N. DIS DEUT.IND.SERV.O.N. DT.BETEILIG.AG O.N. DUERR AG O.N. EM.TV+MERCHANDI.O.N. ESCADA AG O.N. FUCHS PETROL.AG VZO O.N. GERICOM AG GERRY WEBER INTERNAT.O.N. GFK AG O.N. GILDEMEISTER AG O.N. GRENKELEASING AG O.N. HAWESKO HOLDING AG SVG HIGHLIGHT CMNCTS DZ 1/10 HOLSTEN-BRAUEREI AG O.N. HORNBACH-BAUMARKT O.N. HORNBACH HOLD.VZO O.N. INDUS HOLDING AG JUNGHEINRICH AG O.N.VZO KLOECKNER-WERKE O.N. KOLBENSCHMIDT PIERB.O.N. LOEWE AG O.N. MANNHEIMER AG HOL.O.N.VNA MEDICLIN AG MPC MUENCH.PET.CAP.O.N. MVV ENERGIE AG O.N. PFLEIDERER AG PHOENIX AG O.N. RATIONAL AG SAUER-DANFOSS INC. DL-,01 SIXT AG ST O.N. TAG TEGERNSEE IMMOB. TAKKT AG O.N. VILLEROY + BOCH AG VZ VIVA MEDIA NA O.N. W.E.T.AUTOM.S.AG O.N. DE0005007702 Industrial DE0006911324 Financial services DE0006344211 Financial services DE0005088504 Retail DE0005215107 Industrial DE0007551400 Retail DE0005223903 Financial services DE0005239701 Industrial DE0005082226 Industrial DE0005403901 Consumer DE0005428007 Financial services DE0005101505 Transportation + Logistics DE0005072300 Financial services DE0007480204 Financial services DE0006305006 Industrial DE0005016901 Industrial DE0005508105 Industrial DE0005565204 Industrial DE0005684807 Media DE0005692107 Consumer DE0005790430 Chemicals AT0000729108 Industrial DE0003304101 Consumer DE0005875306 Industrial DE0005878003 Industrial DE0005865901 Financial services DE0006042708 Retail CH0006539198 Media DE0006081003 Food + Beverages DE0006084403 Retail DE0006083439 Retail DE0006200108 Industrial DE0006219934 Industrial DE0006780000 Industrial DE0007037905 Automobile DE0006494107 Consumer DE0008428004 Insurance DE0006595101 Pharma + Healthcare DE0005187603 Financial services DE0007255903 Utilities DE0006764749 Industrial DE0006031008 Automobile DE0007010803 Industrial US8041371076 Industrial DE0007231326 Transportation+Logistics DE0008303504 Financial services DE0007446007 Retail DE0007657231 Consumer DE0006171069 Media DE0005081608 Automobile Source: Deutsche Börse AG Sector Free float factor Weight 0.94 0.40 0.81 0.28 0.40 0.34 0.07 0.46 0.85 0.54 0.16 0.60 0.24 0.56 0.64 0.50 0.42 0.27 0.51 0.69 1.00 0.34 0.54 0.36 0.93 0.39 0.60 0.83 0.40 0.15 0.83 0.45 1.00 0.17 0.14 0.65 0.77 0.36 0.31 0.12 0.30 0.60 0.26 0.23 0.32 0.82 0.21 0.93 0.29 0.34 0.88% 0.62% 1.25% 5.12% 1.28% 3.41% 2.07% 1.75% 1.22% 1.19% 3.42% 0.86% 2.33% 5.51% 2.47% 2.29% 1.17% 1.36% 2.18% 1.08% 2.91% 0.73% 1.49% 3.68% 3.64% 1.78% 1.03% 2.27% 5.18% 1.27% 3.67% 3.58% 4.09% 1.33% 1.61% 0.94% 0.71% 0.45% 1.12% 1.96% 0.84% 1.73% 2.48% 2.66% 1.08% 0.67% 1.39% 1.92% 1.06% 1.26% 65 DOW JONES EURO STOXX 50 SM Index universe The index universe is defined as all components of the 18 Dow Jones EURO STOXX market sector indexes. The Dow Jones EURO STOXX market sector indexes represent the Eurozone portion of the Dow Jones STOXX Total Market Index, which in turn covers 95% of the total market capitalization of the stocks traded on the major exchanges of 17 European countries. Selection list Within each of the 18 Dow Jones EURO STOXX market sector indexes, the component stocks are ranked by free-float market capitalization. The largest stocks are added to the selection list until the coverage is close to, but still less than, 60% of the freefloat market capitalization of the corresponding Dow Jones EURO STOXX TMI market sector index. If the next-ranked stock brings the coverage closer to 60% in absolute terms, then it is also added to the selection list. Any remaining stocks that are current Dow Jones EURO STOXX 50SM components are added to the selection list. The stocks on the selection list are ranked by free-float market capitalization. In exceptional cases, the STOXX Limited Supervisory Board may make additions and deletions to the selection list. Stock selection The 40 largest stocks on the selection list are chosen as components. Any remaining current components of the Dow Jones EURO STOXX 50SM ranked between 41 and 60 are added as index components. If the component number is still below 50, then the largest stocks on the selection list are added until the index contains 50 stocks. Review frequency Weighting The index composition is reviewed annually in September. The index is weighted by free-float market capitalization. Each component’s weight is capped at 10% of the index’s total free-float market capitalization. Weights are reviewed quarterly. Stated objective To provide a blue-chip representation of market sector leaders in the Eurozone. Covers Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal and Spain. Unique aspects Captures approximately 60% of the free-float market capitalization of the Dow Jones EURO STOXX Total Market Index, which in turn covers approximately 95% of the free-float market capitalization of the represented countries. Quick facts Weighting Free-float market capitalization subject to 10% weighting cap Component Number 50 Review Frequency Annually, in September Calculation/ Distribution Price Return (EUR/USD): Every 15 seconds during local trading hours Total Return (EUR/USD): End-of-day Dow Jones EURO STOXX 50 is a registered trademark of Stoxx Limited. SM 66 Base Value / Base Date 1,000 as of December 31, 1991 History Available daily back to December 31, 1986 Date Introduced February 1998 Settlement Procedure The settlement index value is calculated daily as the average of the 41 index values disseminated between 5:50:00 EST and 6:00:00 EST (11:50:00 CET and 12:00:00 CET).* Development Symbols EURO STOXX50SM EURO STOXX50SM EURO STOXX50SM EURO STOXX50SM Price EUR Return EUR Price USD Return USD ISIN BB Ticker Global Topic ILX Reuters S&P ComStock EU0009658145 SX5E Index =SX5E.STX SX5E-STX .STOXX50E FESX-STX Sector Weighting Energy Technology Telecommunications Healthcare Food & Beverage Banks Insurance Automobiles Utilities Noncyclical Good & Services Cyclical Good & Services Chemicals Financial Services Media Construction EU0009658152 SX5T Index =SX5T.STX SX5T-STX .STOXX50ER SX5T-STX (%) 19 10 11 4 4 18 9 3 6 4 3 4 2 1 2 EU0009658988 SX5K Index =SX5K.STX SX5K-STX .STOXX50ED SX5K-STX EU0009658996 SX5U Index =SX5U.STX SX5U-STX .STOXX50EDR SX5U-STX Country Weighting (%) Finland France Germany Italy Netherlands Spain 5.5 32.5 20.5 11.0 18.5 12.0 * Settlement values are calculated for all real-time Dow Jones STOXX indexes. Applies only to the real-time (euro-dominated, price-return) version of the Dow Jones EURO STOXX 50SM. 67 Components Company ISIN Market Sector TOTAL FINA ELF ROYAL DUTCH PETROLEUM NOKIA TELEFONICA SIEMENS BNP BCO SANTANDER CENTRAL HIS ENI DEUTSCHE TELEKOM BCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENT ING GROEP AVENTIS DEUTSCHE BANK R UNILEVER NV E.ON DAIMLERCHRYSLER ALLIANZ PHILIPS ELECTRONICS GROUPE SOCIETE GENERALE ABN AMRO CARREFOUR SUPERMARCHE BASF AXA UAP ASSICURAZIONI GENERALI FORTIS FRANCE TELECOM TELECOM ITALIA L'OREAL UNICREDITO ITALIANO SANOFI SYNTHELABO VIVENDI UNIVERSAL GROUPE DANONE TIM AEGON REPSOL YPF ENDESA BAYER AIR LIQUIDE SUEZ SAINT GOBAIN MUENCHENER RUECKVER R LVMH MOET HENNESSY ENEL ALCATEL SAN PAOLO IMI LAFARGE VOLKSWAGEN RWE AHOLD BAYERISCHE HYPO & VEREINS FR0000120271 NL0000009470 FI0009000681 ES0178430E18 DE0007236101 FR0000131104 ES0113900J37 IT0003132476 DE0005557508 ES0113211835 NL0000303600 FR0000130460 DE0005140008 NL0000009348 DE0007614406 DE0007100000 DE0008404005 NL0000009538 FR0000130809 NL0000301109 FR0000120172 DE0005151005 FR0000120628 IT0000062072 BE0003801181 FR0000133308 IT0003497168 FR0000120321 IT0000064854 FR0000120578 FR0000127771 FR0000120644 IT0001052049 NL0000301760 ES0173516115 ES0130670112 DE0005752000 FR0000120073 FR0000120529 FR0000125007 DE0008430026 FR0000121014 IT0003128367 FR0000130007 IT0001269361 FR0000120537 DE0007664005 DE0007037129 NL0000331817 DE0008022005 Energy Energy Technology Telecommunications Technology Banks Banks Energy Telecommunications Banks Insurance Healthcare Banks Food & Beverage Utilities Automobiles Insurance Cyclical Goods & Services Banks Banks Noncyclical Goods & Services Chemicals Insurance Insurance Financial Services Telecommunications Telecommunications Noncyclical Goods & Services Banks Healthcare Media Food & Beverage Telecommunications Insurance Energy Utilities Chemicals Chemicals Utilities Construction Insurance Cyclical Goods & Services Utilities Technology Banks Construction Automobiles Utilities Noncyclical Goods & Services Banks Float Factor Adjusted Weight (%) 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.94 0.93 0.94 1.00 0.64 0.57 1.00 0.88 0.87 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.81 0.85 1.00 1.00 0.94 0.80 0.94 0.79 0.86 1.00 0.41 0.89 0.47 0.74 0.51 1.00 0.95 0.44 0.88 0.77 0.90 0.94 1.00 0.93 1.00 0.67 0.47 0.32 0.89 0.84 1.00 0.69 0.75 1.00 0.69 Company additions to and deletions from the Dow Jones STOXX 50 SM index do not in any way reflect an opinion on the investment merits of the company. All data as of August 25, 2003 Source: Stoxx Limited 7.66 6.84 5.33 4.11 3.64 3.06 2.95 2.82 2.57 2.50 2.50 2.46 2.43 2.34 2.25 2.22 2.17 2.13 2.04 1.95 1.92 1.79 1.79 1.75 1.70 1.66 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.44 1.34 1.29 1.19 1.18 1.15 1.08 1.07 1.07 1.06 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.86 0.85 0.85 0.80 0.76 0.76 0.61 0.43 68 DOW JONES STOXX 50 SM Index universe The index universe is defined as all components of the 18 Dow Jones STOXX 600 market sector indexes. The Dow Jones STOXX 600 market sector indexes contain the 600 largest stocks traded on the major exchanges of 17 European countries. Selection list For each of the 18 Dow Jones STOXX 600 market sector indexes, the component stocks are ranked by free-float market capitalization. The largest stocks are added to the selection list until the coverage is close to, but still less than, 60% of the freefloat market capitalization of the corresponding Dow Jones STOXX TMI market sector index. If the next-ranked stock brings the coverage closer to 60% in absolute terms, then it is also added to the selection list. Any remaining stocks that are current Dow Jones STOXX 50 SM components are added to the selection list. The stocks on the selection list are ranked by free-float market capitalization. In exceptional cases, the STOXX Limited Supervisory Board may make additions and deletions to the selection list. Stock selection The 40 largest stocks on the selection list are chosen as components. Any remaining current components of the Dow Jones STOXX 50 SM ranked between 41 and 60 are added as index components. If the component number is still below 50, then the largest stocks on the selection list are added until the index contains 50 stocks. Review frequency Weighting The index composition is reviewed annually in September. The index is weighted by free-float market capitalization. Each component’s weight is capped at 10% of the index’s total free-float market capitalization. Weights are reviewed quarterly. Stated objective To provide a blue-chip representation of market sector leaders in Europe. Covers Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the U.K. Unique aspects Captures approximately 60% of the free-float market capitalization of the Dow Jones STOXX Total Market Index, which in turn covers approximately 95% of the freefloat market capitalization of the represented countries. Quick facts Weighting Free-float market capitalization subject to 10% weighting cap Component Number 50 Review Frequency Annually, in September Calculation/ Distribution Price Return (EUR/USD): Every 15 seconds during local trading hours. Total Return (EUR/USD): End-of-day. Dow Jones STOXX 50SM is a registered trademark of Stoxx Limited. 69 Base Value / Base Date 1,000 as of December 31,1991 History Available daily back to December 31,1986 Date Introduced February 1998 Settlement Procedure The settlement index value is calculated daily as the average of the 41 index values disseminated between 5:50:00 EST and 6:00:00 EST (11:50:00 CET and 12:00:00 CET).* Development Symbols STOXX50SM Price EUR STOXX50SM Return EUR STOXX50SM Price USD STOXX50SM Return USD ISIN BB Ticker Global Topic ILX Reuters S&P ComStock EU0009658160 SX5P Index =SX5P.STX SX5P-STX .STOXX50 FSTX-STX EU0009658178 SX5R Index =SX5R.STX SX5R-STX .STOXX50R SX5R-STX EU0009659002 SX5L Index =SX5L.STX SX5L-STX .STOXX50D SX5L-STX EU0009659010 SX5V Index =SX5V.STX SX5V-STX .STOXX50DR SX5V-STX Sector Weighting (%) Country Weighting (%) Energy Technology Telecommunications Healthcare Food & Beverage Banks Insurance Automobiles Utilities Noncyclical Good & Services Cyclical Good & Services Chemicals Financial Services 19 5 12 14.5 6 26 7.5 1 2 3 1 2 1 Finland France Germany Great-Britain Italy Netherlands Spain Switzerland 3.3 9.8 10.6 42.0 3.6 10.4 5.5 14.8 * Settlement values are calculated for all real-time Dow Jones STOXX indexes. Applies only to the real-time (euro-dominated, price-return) version of the Dow Jones STOXX 50SM. 70 Components Company ISIN Market Sector BP PLC HSBC VODAFONE GROUP GLAXOSMITHKLINE TOTAL FINA ELF NOVARTIS R ROYAL DUTCH PETROLEUM NESTLE R NOKIA ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND GR UBS R SHELL TRANSPORT&TRADNG ASTRAZENECA TELEFONICA ROCHE PC SIEMENS BARCLAYS HBOS BNP BCO SANTANDER CENTRAL HIS ENI LLOYDS TSB GRP CREDIT SUISSE GRP R DEUTSCHE TELEKOM BCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENT ING GROEP DIAGEO DEUTSCHE BANK R UNILEVER NV E.ON DAIMLERCHRYSLER ALLIANZ PHILIPS ELECTRONICS ABN AMRO CARREFOUR SUPERMARCHE BT GROUP PLC BASF AXA UAP TESCO ASSICURAZIONI GENERALI FORTIS TELECOM ITALIA L'OREAL SWISS RE AVIVA AEGON BAYER SUEZ PRUDENTIAL CORPORATION MUENCHENER RUECKVER R GB0007980591 GB0005405286 GB0007192106 GB0009252882 FR0000120271 CH0012005267 NL0000009470 CH0012056047 FI0009000681 GB0007547838 CH0012032030 GB0008034141 GB0009895292 ES0178430E18 CH0012032048 DE0007236101 GB0031348658 GB0030587504 FR0000131104 ES0113900J37 IT0003132476 GB0008706128 CH0012138530 DE0005557508 ES0113211835 NL0000303600 GB0002374006 DE0005140008 NL0000009348 DE0007614406 DE0007100000 DE0008404005 NL0000009538 NL0000301109 FR0000120172 GB0030913577 DE0005151005 FR0000120628 GB0008847096 IT0000062072 BE0003801181 IT0003497168 FR0000120321 CH0012332372 GB0002162385 NL0000301760 DE0005752000 FR0000120529 GB0007099541 DE0008430026 Energy Banks Telecommunications Healthcare Energy Healthcare Energy Food & Beverage Technology Banks Banks Energy Healthcare Telecommunications Healthcare Technology Banks Banks Banks Banks Energy Banks Banks Telecommunications Banks Insurance Food & Beverage Banks Food & Beverage Utilities Automobiles Insurance CyclicalGoods&Services Banks Noncyclical Goods & Services Telecommunications Chemicals Insurance Noncyclical Goods & Services Insurance Financial Services Telecommunications Noncyclical Goods & Services Insurance Insurance Insurance Chemicals Utilities Insurance Insurance Float Factor Adjusted Weight (%) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.94 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.94 1.00 0.95 0.94 1.00 0.93 1.00 1.00 0.94 1.00 0.64 1.00 1.00 0.57 1.00 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.81 0.85 1.00 0.94 0.80 1.00 0.94 0.79 1.00 0.86 1.00 0.89 0.47 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.94 0.93 1.00 0.67 Company additions to and deletions from the Dow Jones STOXX 50 SM index do not in any way reflect an opinion on the investment merits of the company. All data as of August 25, 2003 Source: Stoxx Limited 6.48 5.78 5.34 4.86 4.45 3.99 3.97 3.66 3.10 2.94 2.70 2.60 2.59 2.38 2.33 2.11 2.05 1.81 1.78 1.71 1.64 1.60 1.53 1.49 1.45 1.45 1.41 1.41 1.36 1.31 1.29 1.26 1.24 1.13 1.12 1.07 1.04 1.04 1.03 1.01 0.99 0.91 0.91 0.85 0.78 0.68 0.62 0.61 0.59 0.56 71 DOW JONES EURO STOXX SM Index universe The index universe is defined as all components of the Dow Jones STOXX Total Market Index (Dow Jones STOXX TMI), which covers 95% of the total market capitalization of the stocks traded on the major exchanges of 17 European countries: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the UK. Dow Jones EURO STOXX is a sub index of the Dow Jones STOXX 600. It covers Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, and Spain. Selection list The Dow Jones STOXX TMI stocks are ranked by free-float market capitalization to produce the Dow Jones STOXX 600 selection list. Only the most liquid stock class for each company in the Dow Jones STOXX TMI is included. Stock selection Dow Jones STOXX Large 200 Index Target coverage: Largest 200 companies in the Dow Jones STOXX TMI. The largest 170 stocks on the selection list are selected as components. An additional 30 stocks are selected from the largest remaining current components of the Large 200 Index that are ranked between 171 and 230. If the number of stocks selected is still below 200, then the largest remaining stocks are selected until the component number reaches 200. Dow Jones STOXX Mid 200 Index Target coverage: Next-largest 200 companies in the Dow Jones STOXX TMI. The largest 350 stocks on the selection list are identified. Of these 350 stocks, 200 stocks have already been selected for the Large 200 Index; the other 150 are selected for the Mid 200 Index. An additional 50 stocks are selected from the largest remaining current components of the Large 200 and Mid 200 indexes that are ranked between 351 and 450. If the number of stocks selected is still below 200, then the largest remaining stocks are selected until the component number reaches 200. Dow Jones STOXX Small 200 Index Target coverage: Next-largest 200 companies in the Dow Jones STOXX TMI. The largest 550 stocks on the selection list are identified. Of these 550 stocks, 400 stocks have already been selected for the Large 200 and Mid 200 indexes; the other 150 stocks are selected for the Small 200 Index. An additional 50 stocks are selected from the largest remaining current components of the Large 200, Mid 200 and Small 200 indexes that are ranked between 551 and 750. If the number of stocks selected is still below 200, then the largest remaining stocks are selected until the component number reaches 200. The Large 200, Mid 200 and Small 200 indexes are combined to produce the Dow Jones STOXX 600SM index. Dow Jones EURO STOXX 600SM is a registered trademark of Stoxx Limited. 72 Review frequency The composition of the indexes is reviewed quarterly. Weighting The indexes are weighted by free-float market capitalization. Stated objective Regional subindex derived from the Dow Jones STOXX 600 index designed to provide a broad yet liquid representation of Eurozone companies. Unique aspects Comprises Large, Mid and Small size Indexes. Quick facts Weighting Free-float market capitalization Component Number approx. 300 Review Frequency Quarterly, in March, June, September and December Calculation/ Distribution Price Return (EUR): Every 15 seconds during local trading hours Price Return (USD) and Total Return (EUR/USD): End-of-day Base Value / Base Date 100 as of December 31, 1991 History Available daily back to December 31, 1991 Date Introduced June 1998 Development Symbols EURO STOXX Price EUR EURO STOXX Return EUR EURO STOXX Price USD EURO STOXX Return USD ISIN BB Ticker Global Topic ILX Reuters S&P ComStock EU0009658186 SXXE Index =SXXE.STX SXXE-STX .STOXXE SXXE-STX EU0009658194 SXXT Index =SXXT.STX SXXT-STX .STOXXER SXXT-STX EU0009659028 SXXK Index =SXXK.STX SXXK-STX .STOXXED SXXK-STX EU0009659036 SXXU Index =SXXU.STX SXXU-STX .STOXXEDR SXXU-STX 73 Components Company ISIN Market Sector BP PLC HSBC VODAFONE GROUP GLAXOSMITHKLINE TOTAL NOVARTIS R ROYAL DUTCH PETROLEUM NESTLE R NOKIA ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND GR UBS R SHELL TRANSPORT&TRADNG ASTRAZENECA TELEFONICA ROCHE PC SIEMENS BARCLAYS HBOS BNP BCO SANTANDER CENTRAL HIS ENI LLOYDS TSB GRP CREDIT SUISSE GRP R DEUTSCHE TELEKOM BCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENT ING GROEP AVENTIS DIAGEO DEUTSCHE BANK R UNILEVER NV E.ON DAIMLERCHRYSLER ALLIANZ PHILIPS ELECTRONICS GROUPE SOCIETE GENERALE ABN AMRO CARREFOUR SUPERMARCHE ANGLO AMERICAN BT GROUP PLC BASF AXA UAP TESCO ASSICURAZIONI GENERALI UNILEVER PLC RIO TINTO SAP FORTIS ERICSSON LM B FRANCE TELECOM TELECOM ITALIA L'OREAL UNICREDITO ITALIANO SWISS RE GB0007980591 GB0005405286 GB0007192106 GB0009252882 FR0000120271 CH0012005267 NL0000009470 CH0012056047 FI0009000681 GB0007547838 CH0012032030 GB0008034141 GB0009895292 ES0178430E18 CH0012032048 DE0007236101 GB0031348658 GB0030587504 FR0000131104 ES0113900J37 IT0003132476 GB0008706128 CH0012138530 DE0005557508 ES0113211835 NL0000303600 FR0000130460 GB0002374006 DE0005140008 NL0000009348 DE0007614406 DE0007100000 DE0008404005 NL0000009538 FR0000130809 NL0000301109 FR0000120172 GB0004901517 GB0030913577 DE0005151005 FR0000120628 GB0008847096 IT0000062072 GB0005748735 GB0007188757 DE0007164600 BE0003801181 SE0000108656 FR0000133308 IT0003497168 FR0000120321 IT0000064854 CH0012332372 Energy Banks Telecommunications Healthcare Energy Healthcare Energy Food & Healthcare Technology Banks Banks Energy Healthcare Telecommunications Healthcare Technology Banks Banks Banks Banks Energy Banks Banks Telecommunications Banks Insurance Healthcare Food & Healthcare Banks Food & Healthcare Utilities Automobiles Insurance Cyclical Goods & Services Banks Banks Noncyclical Goods & Services BAS Telecommunications Chemicals Insurance Noncyclical Goods & Services Insurance Food & Healthcare BAS Technology Financial Services Technology Telecommunications Telecommunications Noncyclical Goods & Services Banks Insurance Float Factor 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,94 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,95 0,94 1,00 0,95 0,94 1,00 0,93 1,00 1,00 0,94 1,00 0,64 1,00 1,00 0,57 1,00 0,88 0,87 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,88 0,81 0,85 1,00 1,00 0,94 0,80 0,93 1,00 0,94 0,79 1,00 0,86 1,00 1,00 0,65 1,00 1,00 0,41 0,89 0,47 0,74 1,00 Adjusted Weight (%) 3,37438 3,00842 2,78063 2,53026 2,31489 2,07790 2,06631 1,90426 1,61173 1,52832 1,40764 1,35199 1,34895 1,24066 1,21059 1,09969 1,06960 0,94410 0,92453 0,89036 0,85219 0,83136 0,79796 0,77711 0,75642 0,75494 0,74400 0,73458 0,73450 0,70581 0,68079 0,67097 0,65553 0,64307 0,61601 0,58815 0,58055 0,56440 0,55879 0,54208 0,54151 0,53887 0,52790 0,52698 0,51728 0,51496 0,51472 0,50254 0,50196 0,47489 0,47366 0,47353 0,44170 74 Components Company ISIN Market Sector SANOFI SYNTHELABO NATIONAL GRID TRANSCO AVIVA VIVENDI UNIVERSAL ZURICH FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUPE DANONE TIM BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO AEGON BHP BILLITON PLC REPSOL YPF BG GRP ENDESA BAYER AIR LIQUIDE SUEZ PRUDENTIAL CORPORATION STANDARD CHARTERED SAINT GOBAIN MUENCHENER RUECKVER R LVMH MOET HENNESSY BRITISH SKY BROADCASTING IBERDROLA STMICROELECTRONIC COMPASS GRP CADBURY SCHWEPPES ABBEY NATIONAL NORDEA AB CREDIT AGRICOLE ALLIED IRISH BANKS CENTRICA KPN ENEL BAYERISCHE MOTOREN WERKE ALCATEL SAN PAOLO IMI BANK OF IRELAND IMPERIAL TOBACCO GRP SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC GUS MARKS & SPENCER GROUP PLC LAFARGE HENNES & MAURITZ B SCOTTISH POWER RECKITT BENCKISER PLC LEGAL + GENERAL GRP VOLKSWAGEN RWE WPP GRP BCA INTESA CIE FINANC RICHEMONT UTS REED ELSEVIER PLC KINGFISHER FR0000120578 GB0031223877 GB0002162385 FR0000127771 CH0011075394 FR0000120644 IT0001052049 GB0002875804 NL0000301760 GB0000566504 ES0173516115 GB0008762899 ES0130670112 DE0005752000 FR0000120073 FR0000120529 GB0007099541 GB0004082847 FR0000125007 DE0008430026 FR0000121014 GB0001411924 ES0144580018 NL0000226223 GB0005331532 GB0006107006 GB0000044551 SE0000427361 FR0000045072 IE0000197834 GB0005734388 NL0000009082 IT0003128367 DE0005190003 FR0000130007 IT0001269361 IE0030606259 GB0004544929 FR0000121972 GB0003847042 GB0031274896 FR0000120537 SE0000106270 GB0006900707 GB0007278715 GB0005603997 DE0007664005 DE0007037129 GB0009740423 IT0000072618 CH0012731458 GB0007308355 GB0033195214 Healthcare Utilities Insurance Media Insurance Food & Healthcare Telecommunications Noncyclical Goods & Services Insurance BAS Energy Energy Utilities Chemicals Chemicals Utilities Insurance Banks Construction Insurance Cyclical Goods & Services Media Utilities Technology Cyclical Goods & Services Food & Healthcare Banks Banks Banks Banks Utilities Telecommunications Utilities Automobiles Technology Banks Banks Noncyclical Goods & Services IGS RTS RTS Construction RTS Utilities Noncyclical Goods & Services Insurance Automobiles Utilities Media Banks Cyclical Goods & Services Media RTS Float Factor 0,51 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,95 0,44 0,72 0,88 1,00 0,77 1,00 0,90 0,94 1,00 0,93 1,00 0,86 1,00 0,67 0,47 0,65 0,86 0,64 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,82 0,48 1,00 1,00 0,69 0,32 0,47 0,89 0,84 1,00 1,00 0,94 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,72 1,00 0,84 1,00 0,69 0,75 1,00 0,57 1,00 1,00 1,00 Adjusted Weight (%) 0,43473 0,42536 0,40464 0,40414 0,39177 0,38959 0,35966 0,35519 0,35503 0,34879 0,34611 0,33252 0,32505 0,32395 0,32300 0,32000 0,30556 0,29495 0,29432 0,29390 0,29207 0,29080 0,28857 0,28837 0,28050 0,27935 0,27810 0,27592 0,27275 0,26807 0,26153 0,25943 0,25857 0,25839 0,25784 0,25616 0,25494 0,25315 0,25072 0,25023 0,24628 0,24253 0,23636 0,23437 0,23176 0,23112 0,23084 0,23038 0,22980 0,22422 0,21879 0,21694 0,21693 75 Components Company ISIN Market Sector DEN DANSKE BANK RENAULT CRH UPM KYMMENE DEXIA BCO POPULAR ESPANOL SCOTTISH & SOUTHERN ENERG SVENSKA HANDELSBANKEN A AKZO NOBEL BOOTS GROUP PLC AHOLD STORA ENSO R BAE SYSTEMS PORTUGAL TELECOM R PEARSON PEUGEOT BAA ACCOR NOVO NORDISK B NORSK HYDRO ELECTRABEL REED ELSEVIER NV MMO2 ALTADIS HEINEKEN CARNIVAL PLC VNU BOC GRP ALLIANCE & LEICESTER ALLIED DOMECQ ASML HOLDING NV ORANGE WOLSELEY SCHERING SWISSCOM R A.P.MOLLER-MAERSK A/S TELIASONERA AB ELECTROLUX B SVENSKA CELLULOSA B SANDVIK BOUYGUES SMITHS INDUSTRIES LAND SECURITIES 3I GRP ADECCO N HOLCIM LTD A INFINEON TECHNOLOGIES ARCELOR REUTERS GRP ABB INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS G BAYERISCHE HYPO & VEREINS MAN GRP DK0010274414 FR0000131906 IE0001827041 FI0009005987 BE0003796134 ES0113790234 GB0007908733 SE0000193120 NL0000009132 GB0032310780 NL0000331817 FI0009005961 GB0002634946 PTPTC0AM0009 GB0006776081 FR0000121501 GB0000673409 FR0000120404 DK0010280817 NO0005052605 BE0003637486 NL0000349488 GB0030872716 ES0177040013 NL0000009157 GB0031215220 NL0000389872 GB0001081206 GB0000386143 GB0007294571 NL0000334365 FR0000079196 GB0009764027 DE0007172009 CH0008742519 DK0010244508 SE0000667925 SE0000103814 SE0000112724 SE0000667891 FR0000120503 GB0008182700 GB0031809436 GB0008886938 CH0012138605 CH0012214059 DE0006231004 LU0140205948 GB0002369139 CH0012221716 GB0032612805 DE0008022005 GB0002944055 Banks Automobiles Construction BAS Banks Banks Utilities Banks Chemicals RTS Noncyclical Goods & Services BAS IGS Telecommunications Media Automobiles IGS Cyclical Goods & Services Healthcare BAS Utilities Media Telecommunications Noncyclical Goods & Services Food & Healthcare Cyclical Goods & Services Media Chemicals Banks Food & Healthcare Technology Telecommunications RTS Healthcare Telecommunications IGS Telecommunications Cyclical Goods & Services Noncyclical Goods & Services IGS Construction IGS Financial Services Financial Services IGS Construction Technology BAS Media IGS Cyclical Goods & Services Banks Financial Services Float Factor 0,75 0,59 1,00 1,00 0,58 0,90 1,00 0,83 0,95 1,00 1,00 0,94 1,00 0,91 1,00 0,68 1,00 1,00 0,73 0,56 0,55 0,89 1,00 1,00 0,50 1,00 0,95 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,94 0,16 1,00 0,87 0,37 0,48 0,36 1,00 1,00 0,92 0,72 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,67 0,73 0,60 0,85 1,00 0,93 1,00 0,69 1,00 Adjusted Weight (%) 0,21626 0,21325 0,20554 0,20364 0,19704 0,19221 0,19073 0,18907 0,18847 0,18686 0,18408 0,18192 0,17920 0,17559 0,17387 0,17212 0,17138 0,16979 0,16708 0,16533 0,16466 0,16024 0,16007 0,15987 0,15778 0,15401 0,15395 0,15263 0,15018 0,14970 0,14909 0,14860 0,14754 0,14707 0,14670 0,14599 0,14401 0,14362 0,14175 0,14095 0,14026 0,13976 0,13856 0,13640 0,13580 0,13296 0,13290 0,13258 0,13199 0,13143 0,13103 0,13049 0,13025 76 Components Company ISIN Market Sector GALLAHER GRP LAGARDERE S.C.A. TPG RENTOKIL INITIAL AMVESCAP COMMERZBANK AMERSHAM PLC SMITH & NEPHEW SAINSBURY (J) DEUTSCHE POST SYNGENTA THYSSENKRUPP AG OLD MUTUAL VOLVO B RYANAIR PINAULT PRINTEMPS REDOUTE SABMiller MICHELIN B MEDIASET INDITEX HILTON GRP SCOTTISH & NEWCASTLE DEUTSCHE BOERSE METRO FORENINGSSPARBANKEN BCO POPOL. DI VERONA E NO VINCI GTM GRANADA NATIONAL BANK OF GREECE SAFEWAY SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BK BPU BANCHE POPOLARI UNITE BCO COMERCIAL PORTUGUES R CABLE & WIRELESS UNITED UTILITIES NORTHERN ROCK HANSON VEOLIA ENVIRONNEMENT CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICALS NEXT ELECTRICIDADE DE PORTUGAL SERONO B RAS DIXONS GRP ESSILOR INTERNATIONAL SOLVAY ALLEANZA ASSICURAZIONI CAP GEMINI OTE PERNOD RICARD MORRISON (WILLIAM) SUPERM EADS SECURITAS B GB0003833695 FR0000130213 NL0000009058 GB0007327124 GB0001282697 DE0008032004 GB0002747532 GB0009223206 GB0007676405 DE0005552004 CH0011037469 DE0007500001 GB0007389926 SE0000115446 IE0031117611 FR0000121485 GB0004835483 FR0000121261 IT0001063210 ES0148396015 GB0005002547 GB0007839698 DE0005810055 DE0007257503 SE0000242455 IT0003262513 FR0000125486 GB0008275660 GRS003013000 GB0000492412 SE0000148884 IT0003487029 PTBCP0AM0007 GB0001625572 GB0006462336 GB0001452795 GB0004089834 FR0000124141 CH0005819724 GB0032089863 PTEDP0AM0009 CH0010751920 IT0000062825 GB0000472455 FR0000121667 BE0003470755 IT0000078193 FR0000125338 GRS260333000 FR0000120693 GB0006043169 NL0000235190 SE0000163594 Noncyclical Goods & Services Media IGS IGS Financial Services Banks Healthcare Healthcare Noncyclical Goods & Services IGS Chemicals BAS Insurance IGS Cyclical Goods & Services RTS Food & Healthcare Automobiles Media RTS Cyclical Goods & Services Food & Healthcare Financial Services Noncyclical Goods & Services Banks Banks Construction Media Banks Noncyclical Goods & Services Banks Banks Banks Telecommunications Utilities Banks Construction Utilities Chemicals RTS Utilities Healthcare Insurance RTS Healthcare Chemicals Insurance Technology Telecommunications Food & Healthcare Noncyclical Goods & Services IGS IGS Float Factor 1,00 0,95 0,65 1,00 0,91 0,74 1,00 1,00 0,65 0,32 0,85 0,80 0,92 0,75 1,00 0,53 0,73 1,00 0,52 0,34 1,00 1,00 0,95 0,44 0,72 1,00 0,91 1,00 0,81 1,00 0,71 1,00 0,84 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,59 0,95 0,95 0,64 0,60 0,44 1,00 1,00 0,74 0,53 0,83 0,66 0,67 0,78 0,31 0,93 Adjusted Weight (%) 0,12960 0,12933 0,12921 0,12876 0,12814 0,12773 0,12668 0,12585 0,12511 0,12370 0,12075 0,12054 0,11945 0,11943 0,11903 0,11674 0,11634 0,11543 0,11538 0,11471 0,11417 0,11361 0,11227 0,11163 0,10967 0,10786 0,10756 0,10532 0,10486 0,10435 0,10304 0,10295 0,10295 0,10276 0,10246 0,10241 0,10240 0,10154 0,10133 0,10113 0,09533 0,09491 0,09477 0,09383 0,09304 0,08988 0,08968 0,08942 0,08919 0,08771 0,08757 0,08752 0,08693 77 Components Company ISIN Market Sector FINMECCANICA BRITISH LAND COMPANY KBC BANCASSURANCE FIAT ROLLS ROYCE GROUP ABERTIS INFRAESTRUCTURAS HENKEL PREF TDC A/S FRIENDS PROVIDENT PLC RODAMCO CONTINENTAL EUROP GUCCI GRP INVESTOR B INTERBREW SHIRE PHARMACEUTICALS GRP PORSCHE PREF TF1 WOLTERS KLUWER CVA PECHINEY IMPERIAL CHEMICAL INDS ORKLA A WHITBREAD ADIDAS-SALOMON ALTANA DELHAIZE GROUP STATOIL SEVERN TRENT PUBLICIS GRP THOMSON ERSTE BANK AUSTRIA CAPITALIA ROYAL SUN ALLIANCE INS GR EMAP GAS NATURAL SDG E ALPHA BANK LINDE SAGE GRP CONTINENTAL TELE2 B UNIBAIL UNION EL. FENOSA JOHNSON MATTHEY EXEL BCA MONTE DEI PASCHI DI S GROUPE BRUXELLES LAMBERT BRADFORD & BINGLEY ATLAS COPCO A TOMKINS MEDIOBANCA SEAT PAGINE GIALLE SPA HAYS SWATCH B EURONEXT IRISH LIFE + PERMANENT IT0001407847 GB0001367019 BE0003565737 IT0001976403 GB0032836487 ES0111845014 DE0006048432 DK0010253335 GB0030559776 NL0000289320 NL0000355501 SE0000107419 BE0003793107 GB0007998031 DE0006937733 FR0000054900 NL0000395887 FR0000132904 GB0004594973 NO0003733800 GB0030345457 DE0005003404 DE0007600801 BE0003562700 NO0010096985 GB0000546324 FR0000130577 FR0000184533 AT0000652011 IT0003121495 GB0006616899 GB0002993037 ES0116870314 GRS015013006 DE0006483001 GB0008021650 DE0005439004 SE0000314312 FR0000124711 ES0181380017 GB0004764071 GB0004486881 IT0001334587 BE0003797140 GB0002228152 SE0000101032 GB0008962655 IT0000062957 IT0003479638 GB0004161021 CH0012255151 NL0000241511 IE0004678656 IGS Financial Services Banks Automobiles IGS IGS Noncyclical Goods & Services Telecommunications Insurance Financial Services RTS IGS Food & Healthcare Healthcare Automobiles Media Media BAS Chemicals Food & Healthcare Cyclical Goods & Services Cyclical Goods & Services Healthcare Noncyclical Goods & Services Energy Utilities Media Cyclical Goods & Services Banks Banks Insurance Media Utilities Banks Chemicals Technology Automobiles Telecommunications Financial Services Utilities Chemicals IGS Banks Utilities Financial Services IGS IGS Banks Media IGS Cyclical Goods & Services Financial Services Insurance Float Factor 0,68 1,00 0,32 0,70 0,90 0,63 1,00 0,58 1,00 0,84 0,37 1,00 0,36 1,00 1,00 0,57 0,91 0,88 1,00 0,94 1,00 1,00 0,50 1,00 0,18 1,00 0,63 0,73 0,64 0,77 1,00 1,00 0,41 0,85 0,68 0,95 1,00 0,73 1,00 0,69 1,00 1,00 0,51 0,52 1,00 0,78 1,00 0,41 0,44 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 Adjusted Weight (%) 0,08619 0,08459 0,08310 0,08271 0,08263 0,08262 0,08258 0,08236 0,08234 0,08169 0,08140 0,08060 0,08057 0,08044 0,08033 0,08021 0,08013 0,08004 0,07995 0,07891 0,07886 0,07884 0,07846 0,07835 0,07748 0,07729 0,07712 0,07682 0,07677 0,07602 0,07590 0,07580 0,07503 0,07488 0,07430 0,07397 0,07365 0,07343 0,07321 0,07314 0,07311 0,07211 0,07210 0,07207 0,07178 0,07156 0,07071 0,06945 0,06895 0,06870 0,06762 0,06709 0,06704 78 Components Company ISIN Market Sector SYNTHES STRATEC ASSOCIATED BRIT FOODS SKANDIA FORSAKRINGS T ONLINE INTERNATIONAL GKN GIVAUDAN XSTRATA PLC BUNZL SNAM RETE GAS CASINO GUICHARD ASSA ABLOY ANGLO IRISH CORP SIGNET GRP BANCA ANTONVENETA REXAM SODEXHO ALLIANCE KONINKLIJKE NUMICO DSM SGS PENINSULAR & ORIENT STEAM MITCHELLS & BUTLERS PLC AGF BEIERSDORF KELDA GRP DAILY MAIL & GENERAL TRUS RANK GRP BANCO SABADELL EFG EUROBANK ERGASIAS INTERNATIONAL POWER SAMPO PLC BNL BCA NAZIONALE DEL LAV ELECTROCOMPONENTS JULIUS BAER I SKF AB -BCHRISTIAN DIOR FORTUM HEINEKEN HLDG LUFTHANSA B AUTOSTRADE MISYS TELEFONICA MOVILES BPB SKANSKA B CENTERPULSE SLOUGH ESTATES PROVIDENT FINANCIAL VALEO UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA RMC GRP THALES BCA POPOLARE DELL'EMILIA ALMANIJ TRINITY MIRROR US87162M1027 GB0006731235 SE0000113094 DE0005557706 GB0030646508 CH0010645932 GB0031411001 GB0001540045 IT0003153415 FR0000125585 SE0000255648 IE0001987894 GB0000403740 IT0003270102 GB0004250451 FR0000121220 NL0000375558 NL0000009769 CH0002497458 GB0006800485 GB0032612797 FR0000125924 DE0005200000 GB0009877944 GB0009457366 GB0007240764 ES0113860532 GRS323013003 GB0006320161 FI0009003305 IT0001254884 GB0003096442 CH0012083009 SE0000108227 FR0000130403 FI0009007132 NL0000008951 DE0008232125 IT0000242948 GB0003857850 ES0178401016 GB0000687078 SE0000113250 CH0006544859 GB0008141045 GB0002685963 FR0000130338 GB0030224215 GB0007266413 FR0000121329 IT0000066123 BE0003703171 GB0009039941 Healthcare Food & Healthcare Insurance Technology IGS Chemicals BAS BAS Utilities Noncyclical Goods & Services IGS Banks RTS Banks IGS Cyclical Goods & Services Food & Healthcare Chemicals IGS IGS Cyclical Goods & Services Insurance Noncyclical Goods & Services Utilities Media Cyclical Goods & Services Banks Banks Utilities Insurance Banks IGS Banks IGS Cyclical Goods & Services Utilities Food & Healthcare Cyclical Goods & Services IGS Technology Telecommunications Construction Construction Healthcare Financial Services Financial Services Automobiles Media Construction IGS Banks Banks Media Float Factor 0,35 0,46 0,93 0,22 1,00 0,82 0,60 0,89 0,40 0,41 0,94 0,95 1,00 0,78 0,94 0,61 0,90 0,63 0,76 1,00 1,00 0,32 0,26 1,00 0,80 1,00 0,77 0,50 1,00 0,60 0,78 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,31 0,39 0,43 0,50 0,16 1,00 0,08 1,00 1,00 0,81 1,00 0,94 0,82 1,00 1,00 0,47 1,00 0,30 1,00 Adjusted Weight (%) 0,06609 0,06576 0,06562 0,06557 0,06557 0,06430 0,06378 0,06353 0,06338 0,06327 0,06308 0,06226 0,06216 0,06193 0,06179 0,06140 0,06122 0,06102 0,06083 0,06073 0,06070 0,06065 0,06014 0,05926 0,05899 0,05899 0,05888 0,05876 0,05814 0,05809 0,05788 0,05771 0,05741 0,05738 0,05725 0,05711 0,05702 0,05664 0,05657 0,05637 0,05612 0,05571 0,05539 0,05462 0,05455 0,05434 0,05376 0,05280 0,05279 0,05243 0,05243 0,05236 0,05159 79 Components Company ISIN Market Sector CAPITA GRP LOGICACMG DEBENHAMS UCB AGFA GEVAERT SWEDISH MATCH GRUPO DRAGADOS PERSIMMON LIBERTY INTL BCA POPOLARE DI LODI MAN CIA ESPANOLA DE PETROLEOS BANKINTER ENTERPRISE INNS ACERINOX WILLIAM HILL AUTOROUTES DU SUD DE LA F LONMIN TRAVIS PERKINS ASSOCD BRIT PORTS TERRA NETWORKS BCO ESPIRITO SANTO E R TAYLOR WOODROW WANADOO TELEKOM AUSTRIA LONZA CANARY WHARF GRP KERRY GRP A CARLTON COMMUNICATIONS DANISCO BRAMBLES INDUSTRIES SWISS LIFE HOLDING VEDIOR BCA LOMBARDA BRISA (AUTO ESTRADAS PORT DEPFA BANK PLC EMI GRP NOBEL BIOCARE HOLDING AG ISS ALLIANCE UNICHEM JOHNSTON PRESS DNB A IMI INSTRUMENTARIUM COBHAM FIRSTGROUP GJENSIDIGE NOR ASA SAIPEM BARRATT DEVELOPMENTS NORSKE SKOGINDUSTRIER A HAMMERSON VESTAS WIND SYSTEMS ELAN CORP GB0001734747 GB0005227086 GB0002351038 BE0003739530 BE0003755692 SE0000310336 ES0127070110 GB0006825383 GB0006834344 IT0000064300 DE0005937007 ES0132580319 ES0113679338 GB0003104758 ES0132105331 GB0031698896 FR0005512555 GB0031192486 GB0007739609 GB0000564343 ES0178174019 PTBES0AM0007 GB0008782301 FR0000124158 AT0000720008 CH0013841017 GB0031016099 IE0004906560 GB0003419255 DK0010207497 GB0030616733 CH0014852781 NL0000390854 IT0000062197 PTBRI0AM0000 IE0072559994 GB0000444736 CH0014030040 DK0010267046 GB0009165720 GB0004769682 NO0010031479 GB0004579636 FI0009000509 GB0003430062 GB0003452173 NO0010149354 IT0000068525 GB0000811801 NO0004135633 GB0004065016 DK0010268606 IE0003072950 IGS Technology RTS Healthcare Cyclical Goods & Services Noncyclical Goods & Services Construction Cyclical Goods & Services Financial Services Banks IGS Energy Banks Cyclical Goods & Services BAS Cyclical Goods & Services IGS BAS RTS IGS Technology Banks Cyclical Goods & Services Technology Telecommunications Chemicals Financial Services Food & Healthcare Media Food & Healthcare IGS Insurance IGS Banks IGS Financial Services Media Healthcare IGS RTS Media Banks IGS Healthcare IGS Noncyclical Goods & Services Banks Energy Cyclical Goods & Services BAS Financial Services IGS Healthcare Float Factor 0,94 1,00 0,94 0,60 0,75 0,93 0,67 0,94 0,69 1,00 0,72 0,32 0,86 0,95 0,78 1,00 0,32 1,00 0,92 1,00 0,61 0,49 1,00 0,21 0,38 0,82 0,85 0,69 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,81 1,00 0,56 0,60 0,60 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,69 1,00 0,52 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,63 0,57 1,00 0,79 0,79 1,00 1,00 Adjusted Weight (%) 0,05152 0,05152 0,05103 0,05101 0,05083 0,05059 0,05040 0,05022 0,04967 0,04891 0,04846 0,04839 0,04805 0,04728 0,04714 0,04673 0,04626 0,04597 0,04567 0,04529 0,04520 0,04517 0,04499 0,04451 0,04393 0,04378 0,04349 0,04345 0,04330 0,04328 0,04327 0,04309 0,04288 0,04274 0,04255 0,04254 0,04245 0,04240 0,04195 0,04177 0,04168 0,04157 0,04124 0,04102 0,04100 0,04099 0,04078 0,04070 0,04053 0,04040 0,04037 0,04035 0,04034 80 Components Company ISIN Market Sector KESA ELECTRICALS PLC TUI AG CATTLE'S GEORGE WIMPEY TATE & LYLE AUTOLIV INC SWED DEP RECE CLARIANT EUROTUNNEL INVENSYS BCA POPOLARE DI SONDRIO PUMA BCA POPOLARE DI MILANO LUXOTTICA ARM TELENOR TECHNIP SA MFI FURNITURE GRP AGGREGATE INDUSTRIES CONVERIUM HLDG N FRESENIUS MED CARE BALOISE ICAP PLC BRITISH AIRWAYS KONE OYJ B LONDON STOCK EXCHANGE BBA GRP COCA COLA HELLENIC BOTTLI IHC CALAND PREMIER FARNELL SACYR-VALLEHERMOSO QIAGEN BUSINESS OBJECTS AIR FRANCE GALEN BANK OF PIRAEUS AMADEUS GLOBAL TRAVEL DIS GECINA BERKELEY GRP INDUSTRIVARDEN A GRUPO FERROVIAL ACS SCHRODERS PUBLIC POWER CORPORATION CLOSE BROTHERS GRP NOVOZYMES BCA FIDEURAM CNP ASSURANCES TIETOENATOR RCS MEDIAGROUP SMITH (WH) INDRA SISTEMAS CORUS GRP OMV GB0033040113 DE0006952005 GB0001803666 GB0009713446 GB0008754136 SE0000382335 CH0012142631 FR0000125379 GB0008070418 IT0000784196 DE0006969603 IT0000064482 IT0001479374 GB0000595859 NO0010063308 FR0000131708 GB0005576813 GB0003238267 CH0012997711 DE0005785802 CH0012410517 GB0004455159 GB0001290575 FI0009000566 GB0009529859 GB0000677483 GRS104111000 NL0000360584 GB0003318416 ES0182870214 NL0000240000 FR0004026250 FR0000031122 GB0000404482 GRS014013007 ES0109169013 FR0000131518 GB0000941772 SE0000190126 ES0162601019 ES0167050311 GB0002405495 GRS434003000 GB0007668071 DK0010272129 IT0000082963 FR0000120222 FI0009000277 IT0003039010 GB0002685302 ES0118594417 GB0008280538 AT0000743059 RTS Cyclical Goods & Services Financial Services Cyclical Goods & Services Food & Healthcare Automobiles Chemicals IGS IGS Banks Cyclical Goods & Services Banks Cyclical Goods & Services Technology Telecommunications Energy RTS Construction Insurance Healthcare Insurance Financial Services Cyclical Goods & Services IGS Financial Services IGS Food & Healthcare Energy IGS Financial Services Healthcare Technology Cyclical Goods & Services Healthcare Banks Technology Financial Services Cyclical Goods & Services Financial Services Construction Construction Financial Services Utilities Banks Healthcare Banks Insurance Technology Media RTS IGS BAS Energy Float Factor 1,00 0,68 1,00 0,79 0,68 1,00 0,88 0,95 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,26 1,00 0,22 0,86 1,00 0,95 0,95 0,49 0,92 0,72 0,50 0,68 1,00 0,87 0,36 1,00 1,00 0,60 0,95 1,00 0,46 0,83 0,95 0,40 0,51 0,89 0,80 0,42 0,57 0,60 0,33 0,90 0,81 0,27 0,27 1,00 0,71 1,00 0,89 1,00 0,45 Adjusted Weight (%) 0,04034 0,04020 0,03990 0,03976 0,03968 0,03922 0,03905 0,03863 0,03835 0,03818 0,03806 0,03804 0,03784 0,03767 0,03766 0,03759 0,03743 0,03717 0,03709 0,03693 0,03683 0,03655 0,03591 0,03587 0,03574 0,03571 0,03548 0,03547 0,03526 0,03525 0,03499 0,03494 0,03458 0,03453 0,03432 0,03425 0,03416 0,03373 0,03362 0,03350 0,03343 0,03338 0,03337 0,03323 0,03319 0,03260 0,03256 0,03254 0,03215 0,03208 0,03192 0,03185 0,03165 81 Components Company ISIN Market Sector CELLTECH GRP TAYLOR NELSON AGB FOMENTO DE CONSTRUCY CONT CSM WELLA PREF PILKINGTON COMMERCIAL BANK OF GREECE BANK OF GREECE HAVAS HERMES INTERNATIONAL AEGIS GRP ENIRO LOGITECH INTERNATIONAL AMEC GRUPO ACCIONA ELISA CORPORATION GEBERIT DASSAULT SYSTEMS EDISON GRP 4 FALCK CORIO N.V. PARMALAT FINANZIARIA JYSKE BANK INCHCAPE NORTHERN FOODS TISCALI DAVIS SERVICE GRP BB BIOTECH HEIDELBERGCEMENT AG MERCK COLLINS STEWART TULLET COLOPLAST B BIC SOGECABLE R NATEXIS FONDIARIA - SAI ZARDOYA OTIS AUTOGRILL MEDIOLANUM ETS COLRUYT CATTOLICA ASSICURAZIONI GETINGE AB B KIDDE MOBISTAR DROTT AWG SERCO GRP SAGEM PENNON GRP BELLWAY ARRIVA NEOPOST IMERYS GB0001822765 GB0001915395 ES0122060314 NL0000344265 DE0007765638 GB0006884620 GRS006013007 GRS004013009 FR0000121881 FR0000052292 GB0009657569 SE0000718017 CH0012607195 GB0000282623 ES0125220311 FI0009007884 CH0008038223 FR0000130650 IT0003152417 DK0010291699 NL0000288967 IT0003121644 DK0010258482 GB0006799729 GB0006466089 IT0001453924 GB0002572716 CH0001441580 DE0006047004 DE0006599905 GB0000710060 DK0010262674 FR0000120966 ES0178483139 FR0000120685 IT0001463071 ES0184933812 IT0001137345 IT0001279501 BE0003775898 IT0000784154 SE0000202624 GB0000154020 BE0003735496 SE0000500308 GB0033126615 GB0007973794 FR0000073272 GB0031800955 GB0000904986 GB0002303468 FR0000120560 FR0000120859 Healthcare Media Construction Food & Healthcare Noncyclical Goods & Services Construction Banks Banks Media Cyclical Goods & Services Media Media Technology Construction Construction Telecommunications Construction Technology Utilities IGS Financial Services Food & Healthcare Banks IGS Food & Healthcare Technology IGS Healthcare Construction Healthcare Financial Services Healthcare Noncyclical Goods & Services Media Banks Insurance IGS Cyclical Goods & Services Insurance Noncyclical Goods & Services Insurance Healthcare Noncyclical Goods & Services Telecommunications Financial Services Utilities IGS Technology Utilities Cyclical Goods & Services Noncyclical Goods & Services Technology Construction Float Factor 1,00 1,00 0,38 0,83 0,83 0,80 0,76 0,93 1,00 0,25 0,79 1,00 0,93 1,00 0,40 1,00 0,93 0,33 0,22 0,70 0,65 0,50 0,90 0,88 1,00 0,54 1,00 0,92 0,38 1,00 0,87 0,69 0,57 0,45 0,27 0,61 0,38 0,43 0,28 0,46 1,00 0,84 1,00 0,43 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,49 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,90 0,46 Adjusted Weight (%) 0,03158 0,03140 0,03108 0,03103 0,03082 0,03080 0,03078 0,03066 0,03055 0,03046 0,03020 0,03005 0,02987 0,02969 0,02939 0,02920 0,02916 0,02908 0,02908 0,02880 0,02871 0,02861 0,02857 0,02843 0,02816 0,02798 0,02794 0,02791 0,02789 0,02786 0,02786 0,02770 0,02747 0,02739 0,02738 0,02710 0,02700 0,02697 0,02677 0,02667 0,02651 0,02644 0,02636 0,02625 0,02614 0,02599 0,02593 0,02585 0,02573 0,02571 0,02570 0,02569 0,02554 82 Components Company ISIN Market Sector BALFOUR BEATTY NATIONAL EXPRESS GRP IMMOFINANZ IMMOBILIEN PIRELLI & CO. ORD GAMBRO A IBERIA WERELDHAVE ZELTIA CELESIO BRIT INSURANCE HOLDINGS TOPDANMARK VIRIDIAN GRP HOLMEN B STADA ARZNEIMIT. N ACTELION N CELANESE PARGESA SCHINDLER P JARDINE LLOYD THOMPSON GR MG Technologies AG ZODIAC RAC PLC METSO TITAN CEMENT BCO BPI R STOREBRAND FKI INTERTEK GROUP METROVACESA NH HOTELES OCE H. LUNDBECK GN STORE NORD ALFA LAVAL KLEPIERRE VALIANT R HMV GROUP AEM EQUANT FRESENIUS PREF PUNCH TAVERNS (WI) GREENE KING INDEPENDENT NEWSPAPERS MEGGITT VODAFONE-PANAFON HELLENIC UNAXIS R BULGARI SSL INTERNATIONAL KONINKLIJKE VENDEX KBB DCC SUEDZUCKER ARNOLDO MONDADORI EDITORE SCANIA B GB0000961622 GB0006215205 AT0000809058 IT0000072725 SE0000164477 ES0147200036 NL0000289213 ES0184940817 DE0005858005 GB0000996008 DK0010259530 GB0002266681 SE0000109290 DE0007251803 CH0010532478 DE0005753008 CH0002173752 CH0013914103 GB0005203376 DE0006602006 FR0000125684 GB0005145239 FI0009007835 GRS074083007 PTBPI0AM0004 NO0003053605 GB0003294591 GB0031638363 ES0154220414 ES0161560018 NL0000354934 DK0010287234 DK0010272632 SE0000695876 FR0000121964 CH0014786500 GB0031575722 IT0001233417 NL0000200889 DE0005785638 GB0031552861 GB0003872420 IE0004614818 GB0005758098 GRS307333005 CH0000816824 IT0001119087 GB0007981128 NL0000390979 IE0002424939 DE0007297004 IT0001469383 SE0000308280 Construction IGS Financial Services IGS Healthcare Cyclical Goods & Services Financial Services Healthcare RTS Insurance Insurance Utilities BAS Healthcare Healthcare Chemicals Financial Services IGS Insurance IGS IGS IGS IGS Construction Banks Insurance IGS IGS Financial Services Cyclical Goods & Services Technology Healthcare Technology IGS Financial Services Banks RTS Utilities Technology Healthcare Cyclical Goods & Services RTS Media IGS Telecommunications IGS Cyclical Goods & Services Healthcare RTS IGS Food & Healthcare Media IGS Float Factor 0,88 0,94 1,00 0,48 0,67 0,61 1,00 0,83 0,33 0,90 1,00 1,00 0,66 1,00 0,79 0,67 0,35 1,00 0,63 0,59 0,78 1,00 0,74 0,75 0,52 0,80 1,00 0,92 0,65 0,80 0,94 0,27 1,00 0,82 0,47 1,00 1,00 0,39 0,47 1,00 0,81 1,00 0,73 0,95 0,28 0,71 0,50 1,00 1,00 0,95 0,34 0,50 0,36 Adjusted Weight (%) 0,02541 0,02537 0,02532 0,02505 0,02504 0,02501 0,02500 0,02496 0,02495 0,02491 0,02454 0,02454 0,02448 0,02440 0,02420 0,02407 0,02396 0,02394 0,02392 0,02373 0,02369 0,02361 0,02346 0,02342 0,02338 0,02337 0,02331 0,02320 0,02282 0,02275 0,02257 0,02249 0,02247 0,02244 0,02218 0,02218 0,02194 0,02176 0,02144 0,02143 0,02136 0,02133 0,02107 0,02097 0,02097 0,02090 0,02078 0,02062 0,02056 0,02040 0,02023 0,02019 0,02004 83 Components Company ISIN Market Sector SPECTRIS PLC LINDT & SPRUENGLI FINECOGROUP SPA IAWS GRP WENDEL INVESTISSEMENT TOMRA SYSTEMS CORPORACION MAPFRE SA CARLSBERG ‘B’ NOVAR M-REAL-B BRITISH VITA MEDION RANDSTAD SSAB SVENSKT STAL AB SER KARSTADTQUELLE EURAZEO DAIRY CREST GROUP RHODIA ITALCEMENTI HALMA BNC.DE VALENCIA OUTOKUMPU INTERMEDIATE CAPITAL GRP CORPORACION FINANCIERA AL ATOS ORIGIN JCDECAUX MLP WOOLWORTHS GROUP BQ.NAT.BELGIQUE ENAGAS PRISA HUHTAMAKI OYJ WOOD GROUP (JOHN) DE LA RUE JARVIS CHELSFIELD CIMPOR CIMENTOS DE PORTUG SINGULUS TECHNOLOGIES AMLIN AMER EPCOS NA AMB GENERALI HOLDING INVESTEC VALORA SIG HOLDING AG EBRO PULEVA CREDIT AGR ILE DE FRANCE WETHERSPOON(J.D.) KESKO FIRST ACTIVE PILLAR PROPERTY SECURICOR GRP BRIXTON PLC GB0003308607 CH0010570759 IT0001464921 IE0004554287 FR0000121204 NO0005668905 ES0124244C36 DK0010181759 GB0001762680 FI0009000665 GB0001421626 DE0006605009 NL0000379121 SE0000171100 DE0006275001 FR0000121121 GB0002502812 FR0000120131 IT0001465159 GB0004052071 ES0113980330 FI0009002422 GB0004564430 ES0117160111 FR0000051732 FR0000077919 DE0006569908 GB0030738610 BE0003008019 ES0130960018 ES0171743117 FI0009000459 GB0031575839 GB0009380592 GB0004713508 GB0001921781 PTCPR0AM0003 DE0007238909 GB0000319581 FI0009000285 DE0005128003 DE0008400029 GB0031773103 CH0002088976 CH0012022494 ES0112501012 FR0000045528 GB0001638955 FI0009000202 IE0004321422 GB0031780900 GB0032739848 GB0001430023 IGS Food & Healthcare Banks Food & Healthcare IGS IGS Insurance Food & Healthcare Construction BAS Chemicals IGS IGS BAS RTS Financial Services Food & Healthcare Chemicals Construction IGS Banks BAS Financial Services Financial Services Technology Media Financial Services RTS Banks Energy Media IGS IGS IGS IGS Financial Services Construction IGS Insurance Cyclical Goods & Services IGS Insurance Banks RTS IGS Food & Healthcare Banks Cyclical Goods & Services Noncyclical Goods & Services Banks Financial Services IGS Financial Services Float Factor 1,00 1,00 0,45 0,82 0,50 1,00 0,45 0,80 1,00 0,70 1,00 0,44 0,55 0,88 0,29 0,43 1,00 0,75 0,42 1,00 0,57 0,48 0,94 0,47 0,46 0,31 0,52 0,91 0,50 0,40 0,36 0,82 0,57 1,00 1,00 0,59 0,31 1,00 0,87 1,00 0,75 0,25 0,77 0,95 1,00 0,56 0,75 0,85 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,77 Adjusted Weight (%) 0,01991 0,01989 0,01986 0,01981 0,01980 0,01946 0,01941 0,01938 0,01937 0,01924 0,01923 0,01918 0,01916 0,01914 0,01909 0,01901 0,01895 0,01876 0,01875 0,01873 0,01856 0,01853 0,01842 0,01836 0,01828 0,01818 0,01807 0,01796 0,01793 0,01764 0,01763 0,01758 0,01755 0,01741 0,01731 0,01725 0,01724 0,01708 0,01685 0,01678 0,01676 0,01673 0,01669 0,01664 0,01655 0,01654 0,01649 0,01640 0,01640 0,01633 0,01599 0,01589 0,01557 84 Components Company ISIN Market Sector BILLERUD GAL LAFAYETTE /RM ASM INTERNATIONAL NV ALSTOM CALEDONIA INVESTMENTS CAPITAL RADIO MATALAN WILLIAM DEMANT ORION B OMEGA PHARMA EMS CHEMIE EASYJET RIETER BENETTON GRP AGGREKO HAGEMEYER TELECOM ITALIA MEDIA SE0000862997 FR0000121246 NL0000334118 FR0000120198 GB0001639920 GB0001742393 GB0002594264 DK0010268440 FI0009800346 BE0003785020 CH0001587036 GB0001641991 CH0003671440 IT0003106777 GB0001478998 NL0000355477 IT0001389920 BAS RTS Technology IGS Financial Services Media RTS Healthcare Healthcare Healthcare Chemicals Cyclical Goods & Services IGS Cyclical Goods & Services IGS IGS Technology Float Factor 0,92 0,39 0,77 1,00 0,63 1,00 0,48 0,36 1,00 0,72 0,44 0,40 0,67 0,31 0,80 1,00 0,44 Adjusted Weight (%) 0,01541 0,01519 0,01508 0,01495 0,01438 0,01426 0,01423 0,01383 0,01368 0,01347 0,01343 0,01337 0,01298 0,01259 0,01119 0,00937 0,00860 Company additions to and deletions from the Dow Jones STOXX 50 SM index do not in any way reflect an opinion on the investment merits of the company. All data as of August 25, 2003 Source: Stoxx Limited. 85 Calculation of indices of Stoxx-Group Index Formula & Index Divisors The indexes are calculated with the Laspeyres formula, which measures price changes against a fixed base quantity weight. Each index has a unique index divisor, which is adjusted to maintain the continuity of the index’s values across changes due to corporate actions: EURO Indext = ∑ ni=1 (pit · qit · X it · fit ) Ct · ∑ ni=1 (pi0 · qi0 ·X Euro i0 ) · base value = Mt · base value Bt n = Number of stocks in the index pi0 = Closing price of stock (i) on the base date qi0 = Number of shares of company (i) on the base date pit = Price of stock (i) at time (t) qit = Number of shares of company (i) at time (t) fit Ct = Free float factor of company (i) at time (t) = Adjustment factor for the base date market capitalization t = Time the index is computed Mt Bt = Free float market capitalization of the index at time (t) = Adjusted base date market capitalization of the index at time (t) X EURO = it base value = Cross rate: domestic currency in euros of company (i) at time (t) 1,000 for style and blue chip indexes; and 100 for all other indexes on the relevant base date Data Accuracy The data accuracy for the index calculation is: - Input data and other underlying data: Rounded to seven decimal places - Index divisors: Rounded to integers - Free float factors: Rounded to four decimal places - Index values: Rounded to two decimal places for dissemination. 86 Input Data Sources The input data sources for the index calculation include: - Trading platforms - Regulatory agencies - Companies in the investable stock universe - Related service providers. Input Data Monitoring The real time input data feeds for the index calculation are monitored by: - Data filters - Quality assurance tools - Verification against secondary sources. Input Data Correction The correction procedures for incorrect or missing input data are: - Input data: Corrected immediately - Real time index values: Not retroactively corrected because the index calculation is real time. Index Divisor Adjustment The index divisors are adjusted due to corporate actions: Dt+1 = Dt · ∑ (pit · qit · fit ) ± ∆MC t+1 ∑ (pit · qit · fit ) Where: Dt = Divisor at time (t) Dt+1 = Divisor at time (t+1) Pit = Stock price of company (i) at time (t) fit = Free float factor of company (i) at time (t) qit = Number of shares of company (i) at time (t) ∆MC t+1 = For companies with corporate actions effective at time (t+1), free float market capitalization calculated with adjusted closing prices and new number of shares at time (t+1) minus free float market capitalization calculated with closing prices and number of shares at time (t) 87 ANLEIHEBEDINGUNGEN FÜR SCHULDVERSCHREIBUNGEN Die Schuldverschreibungen werden im Rahmen dieses Emissionsprogrammes für die Begebung von Schuldverschreibungen (Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments) vom 17. September 2003 durch die Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale (die „NORD/LB“) und die NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC (die „NORD/LB Securities“) in Serien (die „Serie“) begeben. Jede Serie ist Gegenstand eines Konditionenblattes (das „Konditionenblatt“). Das Konditionenblatt bestimmt die für die jeweilige Serie gültigen Anleihebedingungen. Für jede Serie, die öffentlich angeboten wird, gibt das Konditionenblatt die vollständigen Anleihebedingungen einschließlich der zutreffenden Teile der nachstehenden Anleihebedingungen wieder (konsolidierte Anleihebedingungen). Für jede Serie, die nicht öffentlich angeboten wird, bestimmt das Konditionenblatt in Ergänzung, Vervollständigung und Weglassung von Bestimmungen der nachstehenden Anleihebedingungen, den vollständigen Text der Anleihebedingungen der jeweiligen Serie (nicht konsolidierte Anleihebedingungen). Das Konditionenblatt kann von den nachstehenden Anleihebedingungen auch zusätzliche sowie ergänzende Anleihebedingungen für eine Serie vorsehen. Das Konditionenblatt für jede Serie ist bei den bezeichneten Geschäftsstellen der Zahlstellen für die betreffende Serie [ab dem Zeitpunkt der Begebung / dem Beginn des Angebotes der Serie] kostenlos erhältlich. Die nachstehenden Anleihebedingungen enthalten eine Reihe von Bestimmungen, die zur alternativen Anwendung vorgesehen sind. Die Wahl der für eine Serie anwendbaren Bestimmungen gilt nur für die Schuldverschreibungen dieser Serie, und zwar unter Ausfüllung der in den nachstehenden Anleihebedingungen als „[ ]“ oder „●“ enthaltenen Blankette durch die für die jeweilige Serie geltenden Angaben. Entsprechendes gilt für Bestimmungen, die in den Anleihebedingungen der jeweiligen Serie den jeweiligen Gegebenheiten angepasst oder auch ganz weggelassen werden. Die Begebung der Schuldverschreibungen erfolgt gemäß den Bestimmungen eines Fiscal Agency Agreements („Fiscal Agency Agreements“) vom 17. September 2003 zwischen der NORD/LB und der NORD/LB Securities einerseits und der Deutsche Bank AG London als Fiscal Agent (der „Fiscal Agent“) und Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., Deutsche Bank AG Paris Branch und der NORD/LB (zusammen mit dem Fiscal Agent die „Zahlstellen“) andererseits. Das Fiscal Agency Agreement ist bei den Zahlstellen kostenlos erhältlich. § 1 Stückelung und Form (1) Die Emissionen einer Serie von Schuldverschreibungen der ● (die „Emittentin“) im Gesamtnennbetrag von ● ist eingeteilt in ● auf den Inhaber lautende Schuldverschreibungen im Nennbetrag von je ● (die „Schuldverschreibungen“). Die Schuldverschreibungen können nach Maßgabe der nachstehenden Vorschriften als Globalurkunde (die „Globalurkunde“), als effektive Urkunden oder, soweit rechtlich zulässig, in elektronischer Form verbrieft sein. (2) [bei vorläufiger Verbriefung durch eine vorläufige Globalurkunde (ohne Bescheinigung des Nichtbestehens von US-Inhaberschaft (beneficial ownership)) (a) Die Schuldverschreibungen sind bei Begebung zunächst durch eine vorläufige Globalurkunde (die „vorläufige Globalurkunde“) verbrieft, die binnen einer Frist von nicht mehr als [120] Tagen nach dem Tag der Begebung durch effektive Urkunden über einzelne Schuldverschreibungen mit Zinsscheinen ausgetauscht wird. (b) Die vorläufige Globalurkunde ist eigenhändig von zwei vertretungsberechtigten Personen der Emittentin [und zusätzlich eigenhändig von einem Kontrollbeauftragten des Fiscal Agent] unterschrieben. Die effektiven Urkunden über die Schuldverschreibungen und die Zinsscheine tragen die facsimilierten Unterschriften von zwei vertretungsberechtigten Personen der Emittentin [und sind außerdem mit einem Prägestempel der Emittentin versehen]. [Die effektiven Urkunden über die Schuldverschreibungen sind ferner von einem Kontrollbeauftragten des Fiscal Agent unterschrieben].] 88 [bei vorläufiger Verbriefung durch eine vorläufige Globalurkunde (mit Bescheinigung des Nichtbestehens von US-Inhaberschaft (beneficial ownership)) (a) Die Schuldverschreibungen sind bei Begebung zunächst durch eine vorläufige Globalurkunde (die „vorläufige Globalurkunde“) verbrieft. Die vorläufige Globalurkunde wird gegen [eine Dauerglobalurkunde (die „Dauer-Globalurkunde“), die die Schuldverschreibungen für ihre gesamte Restlaufzeit verbrieft] [effektive Urkunden über die Schuldverschreibungen mit Zinsscheinen, die fortlaufend nummeriert sind] ausgetauscht. Der Austausch wird frühestens 40 Tage nach dem Valutierungstag vorgenommen, und zwar gegen Vorlage einer Bescheinigung über das Nichtbestehen von US-Inhaberschaft (beneficial ownership), die nach Inhalt und Form den Anforderungen des Rechts der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika oder den dann bestehenden Usancen der Wertpapiersammelbank[en] entspricht. (b) Die vorläufige Globalurkunde ist eigenhändig von zwei vertretungsberechtigten Personen der Emittentin [und zusätzlich eigenhändig von einem Kontrollbeauftragten des Fiscal Agent] unterschrieben. Die effektiven Urkunden über die Schuldverschreibungen und die Zinsscheine tragen die facsimilierten Unterschriften von zwei vertretungsberechtigten Personen der Emittentin [und sind außerdem mit einem Prägestempel der Emittentin versehen]. [Die effektiven Urkunden über die Schuldverschreibungen sind ferner von einem Kontrollbeauftragten des Fiscal Agent unterschrieben]. (c) [Sollten Zinsen auf Schuldverschreibungen zur Zahlung fällig werden, die durch eine vorläufige Globalurkunde verbrieft sind, werden die entsprechenden Zinszahlungen nur insoweit auf die vorläufige Globalurkunde vorgenommen werden, als eine Bescheinigung des Nichtbestehens von US-Inhaberschaft (beneficial ownership) den Wertpapiersammelbanken vorliegt.] [bei Verbriefung in einer Dauerglobalurkunde (a) Die Schuldverschreibungen sind während ihrer gesamten Laufzeit in einer Globalurkunde ohne Zinsscheine oder, soweit rechtlich zulässig, in elektronischer Form verbrieft (die „Globalurkunde“). Effektive Urkunden über einzelne Schuldverschreibungen und Zinsscheine werden nicht ausgegeben. (b) Die Globalurkunde ist eigenhändig von zwei vertretungsberechtigten Personen der Emittentin [und zusätzlich eigenhändig von einem Kontrollbeauftragten des Fiscal Agent] unterschrieben; im Fall der elektronischen Verbriefung werden diese entsprechend den die elektronische Verbriefung gestattenden Regularien [signiert].] (3) Als Wertpapiersammelbanken (die „Clearing Systeme“) im Sinne dieser Anleihebedingungen können Clearstream Banking AG, Frankfurt am Main („Clearstream, Frankfurt“), Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., als Betreiber des Euroclear System („Euroclear“) und Clearstream Banking société anonyme, Luxembourg („Clearstream, Luxembourg“) sowie jede andere Wertpapiersammelbank bestimmt werden. § 2 Status und Rang [bei nicht nachrangigen Schuldverschreibungen Die Schuldverschreibungen und Zinsscheine begründen unmittelbare, unbedingte, nicht nachrangige und nicht dinglich besicherte Verbindlichkeiten der Emittentin, die untereinander und mit sämtlichen anderen nicht nachrangigen und nicht dinglich besicherten Verbindlichkeiten der Emittentin in gleichem Rang stehen, ausgenommen Verbindlichkeiten, die kraft Gesetzes Vorrang haben.] [bei nachrangigen Schuldverschreibungen (1) Die Schuldverschreibungen und Zinsscheine begründen Verbindlichkeiten der Emittentin, die untereinander und mit sämtlichen anderen nachrangigen Verbindlichkeiten der Emittentin mindestens in gleichem Rang stehen. Im Falle der Auflösung, der Liquidation oder der Insolvenz der Emittentin oder im Falle eines Verfahrens, das die Auflösung oder Liquidation der Emittentin zur Folge haben kann, sind diese Verbindlichkeiten nachrangig gegenüber den Ansprüchen aller nicht nachrangigen Gläubiger der Emittentin mit der Folge, dass in keinem der genannten Fälle Zahlungen auf die Verbindlichkeiten geleistet werden, solange nicht alle nicht nachrangigen Gläubiger der Emittentin vollständig befriedigt worden sind. 89 (2) Die Gläubiger der Schuldverschreibungen oder Zinsscheine sind nicht berechtigt, mit Ansprüchen aus den Schuldverschreibungen oder den Zinsscheinen gegen Ansprüche der Emittentin aufzurechnen. Die Rechte der Gläubiger aus solchen Schuldverschreibungen oder Zinsscheinen dürfen zu keiner Zeit von der Emittentin oder einem Dritten in irgendeiner Weise besichert werden. (3) Nachträgliche Vereinbarungen, die den Rangrücktritt gemäß diesem § 2 beschränken oder den Fälligkeitstermin der Schuldverschreibungen vorverlegen, sind unzulässig. Werden Schuldverschreibungen, die längerfristige nachrangige Verbindlichkeiten im Sinne des Kreditwesengesetzes (KWG) darstellen, vor dem Fälligkeitstermin zurückgezahlt, ohne dass die in § 2 Abs. (1) oder § 7 Abs. (1) genannten Voraussetzungen vorliegen, so ist der Emittentin der zurückgezahlte Betrag ohne Rücksicht auf entgegenstehende Vereinbarungen zurückzugewähren, sofern nicht das durch die Schuldverschreibungen geschaffene haftende Eigenkapital im Sinne des Kreditwesengesetzes durch die Einzahlung zumindest gleichwertigen haftenden Eigenkapitals ersetzt worden ist oder die Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht der vorzeitigen Rückzahlung zugestimmt hat.] [§ 3 Garantie [bei nicht nachrangigen Schuldverschreibungen (1) Die Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale (die „Garantin“) hat die unbedingte und unwiderrufliche Garantie (die „Garantie“) für die ordnungsgemäße und pünktliche Erfüllung sämtlicher Zahlungsverpflichtungen der Emittentin aus den Schuldverschreibungen übernommen. Kopien der Garantie sind bei den bezeichneten Geschäftsstellen der Zahlstellen kostenlos erhältlich. (2) Die Garantie begründet unmittelbare, unbedingte, nicht nachrangige und nicht dinglich besicherte Verbindlichkeiten der Garantin, die untereinander und mit sämtlichen anderen nicht nachrangigen und nicht dinglich besicherten Verbindlichkeiten der Garantin in gleichem Rang stehen, ausgenommen Verbindlichkeiten, die kraft Gesetzes Vorrang haben.] [bei nachrangigen Schuldverschreibungen (1) Die Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale (die „Garantin“) hat nach Maßgabe der nachstehend wiedergegebenen Bestimmungen die unbedingte und unwiderrufliche Garantie (die „Garantie“) für die ordnungsgemäße und pünktliche Erfüllung sämtlicher Zahlungsverpflichtungen der Emittentin aus den Schuldverschreibungen übernommen. Kopien der Garantie sind bei den bezeichneten Geschäftsstellen der Zahlstellen kostenlos erhältlich. (2) Die Garantie begründet Verbindlichkeiten der Garantin, die untereinander und mit sämtlichen anderen nachrangigen Verbindlichkeiten der Garantin mindestens in gleichem Rang stehen. Im Falle der Auflösung, Liquidation oder Insolvenz der Garantin oder im Falle eines Verfahrens, das die Auflösung, Liquidation oder Insolvenz der Garantin zur Folge hat, sind diese Verbindlichkeiten nachrangig gegenüber den Ansprüchen aller nicht nachrangigen Gläubiger der Garantin mit der Folge, dass in einem solchen Fall keine Zahlungen auf die Verbindlichkeiten geleistet werden, solange nicht alle nicht nachrangigen Gläubiger der Garantin vollständig befriedigt worden sind. (3) Die Gläubiger der Schuldverschreibungen oder Zinsscheine sind nicht berechtigt, mit Ansprüchen aus der Garantie gegen irgendwelche Ansprüche der Garantin aufzurechnen. Die Rechte der Gläubiger der Schuldverschreibungen oder Zinsscheine aus der Garantie dürfen zu keiner Zeit von der Garantin oder einem Dritten in irgendeiner Weise besichert werden. (4) Nachträgliche Vereinbarungen, die den Rangrücktritt gemäß diesem § 3 beschränken oder die Fälligkeit der Garantie vorverlegen, sind unzulässig. Werden für Schuldverschreibungen vor dem Fälligkeitstermin von der Garantin Zahlungen geleistet, ohne dass die in § 2 Abs. (3) genannten Voraussetzungen vorliegen, so ist der Garantin der gezahlte Betrag ohne Rücksicht auf entgegenstehende Vereinbarungen zurückzugewähren.]] § [4] Zinsen (1) [bei festverzinslicher Serie Die Schuldverschreibungen werden bezogen auf ihren Nennbetrag vom ● an mit jährlich ● % verzinst. Die Zinsen sind jährlich nachträglich am ● [in ● (Währung einsetzen)] eines jeden Jahres 90 zahlbar (jeweils ein „Zinszahlungstag“) es sei denn, der betreffende Zinszahlungstag ist kein Bankarbeitstag (wie unten definiert). In diesem Fall hat der Gläubiger keinen Anspruch auf Zahlung vor dem nächsten Bankarbeitstag. Der Gläubiger ist nicht berechtigt, weitere Zinsen oder sonstige Zahlungen aufgrund dieser Verschiebung zu verlangen. Für diese Zwecke bezeichnet „Bankarbeitstag“ einen Tag, an dem [die Geschäftsbanken und Devisenmärkte in ● (Ort einsetzen) Zahlungen in ● (Währung einsetzen) abwickeln], [die Banken für Geschäfte am jeweiligen Ort der Vorlage geöffnet haben] [und] [alle betroffenen Bereiche des Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer System („TARGET“) betriebsbereit sind, um die betreffenden Zahlungen weiterzuleiten]. Die erste Zinszahlung erfolgt am ●. Sofern Zinsen für einen Zeitraum von weniger als einem Jahr zu berechnen sind, erfolgt die Berechnung auf Grundlage des Zinstagequotienten (§ [4] Abs. 2).] [bei [Step-up] [Step-down] Serie Die Schuldverschreibungen werden bezogen auf ihren Nennbetrag vom ● (einschließlich) bis zum ● (ausschließlich) mit jährlich ● % verzinst. Soweit keine Kündigung durch die Emittentin gemäß § [7] Absatz (2) dieser Bedingungen erfolgt, werden die Schuldverschreibungen anschließend bezogen auf ihren Nennbetrag vom ● (einschließlich) bis zum ● (ausschließlich) mit jährlich ● % verzinst [und soweit keine Kündigung der Emittentin gemäß § [7] Absatz (2) dieser Bedingungen erfolgt, werden die Schuldverschreibungen anschließend bezogen auf ihren Nennbetrag vom ● (einschließlich) bis zum ● (ausschließlich) mit jährlich ● % verzinst] [und ●]. Die Zinsen sind jährlich nachträglich am ● [in ● (Währung einsetzen)] eines jeden Jahres zahlbar (jeweils ein „Zinszahlungstag“) es sei denn, der betreffende Zinszahlungstag ist kein Bankarbeitstag (wie unten definiert). In diesem Fall hat der Gläubiger keinen Anspruch auf Zahlung vor dem nächsten Bankarbeitstag. Der Gläubiger ist nicht berechtigt, weitere Zinsen oder sonstige Zahlungen aufgrund dieser Verschiebung zu verlangen. Für diese Zwecke bezeichnet „Bankarbeitstag“ einen Tag, an dem [die Geschäftsbanken und Devisenmärkte in ● (Ort einsetzen) Zahlungen in ● (Währung einsetzen) abwickeln] [und] [alle betroffenen Bereiche des Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer System („TARGET“) betriebsbereit sind, um die betreffenden Zahlungen weiterzuleiten]. Die erste Zinszahlung erfolgt am ●. Sofern Zinsen für einen Zeitraum von weniger als einem Jahr zu berechnen sind, erfolgt die Berechnung auf Grundlage des Zinstagequotienten (§ [4] Abs. 2).] [bei Nullkupon Serie Die Schuldverschreibungen werden am ● (der „Ausgabetag“) zu ● (der „Emissionspreis“) ausgegeben. Periodische Zinszahlungen werden auf die Schuldverschreibungen nicht geleistet. Sollte die Emittentin die Schuldverschreibungen am Fälligkeitstag nicht oder nicht vollständig einlösen, so endet die Verzinsung des ausstehenden Betrages der Schuldverschreibungen nicht am Fälligkeitstag (§ [5]), sondern erst mit der tatsächlichen Rückzahlung der Schuldverschreibungen. Die Zinsen werden jedoch längstens bis zum 14. Tage nach dem Zeitpunkt geschuldet, an dem die erforderlichen Beträge zur Erfüllung sämtlicher unter den Schuldverschreibungen geschuldeten Beträge dem Fiscal Agent zur Verfügung gestellt worden sind und dies gemäß § [14] bekannt gemacht worden ist. Der dann geltende Zinssatz bestimmt sich nach dem Gesetz, es sei denn, die Emissionsrendite in Höhe von ● % per annum ist höher als der gesetzlich bestimmte Zinssatz. In diesem Fall werden die Schuldverschreibungen in Höhe der Emissionsrendite weiter verzinst.] [bei variabel verzinslicher Serie Die Schuldverschreibungen werden bezogen auf ihren Nennbetrag zu einem variablen Zinssatz (der „variable Zinssatz“) verzinst und zwar zunächst ab dem variablen Verzinsungsbeginn (der „variable Verzinsungsbeginn“) (einschließlich) bis zum ersten Tag der nächstfolgenden Zinsperiode (der „variable Zinszahlungstag“) (ausschließlich) und danach von jedem variablen Zinszahlungstag (einschließlich) bis zum nächstfolgenden variablen Zinszahlungstag (ausschließlich). „Variabler Zinszahlungstag“ ist der ● [monatlich] [vierteljährlich] [halbjährlich] [andere Zinsperiode]. 91 Zinsen auf die Schuldverschreibungen sind an jedem variablen Zinszahlungstag nachträglich [in ● (Währung einsetzen)] fällig und zahlbar. Fällt ein variabler Zinszahlungstag auf einen Tag der kein Bankarbeitstag ist, so erfolgt die Zahlung des Zinsbetrages am folgenden Bankarbeitstag. Die dies betreffende variable Zinsperiode verlängert sich dementsprechend. Die darauffolgende variable Zinsperiode verkürzt sich um die Anzahl der Tage, um die sich die vorhergehende variable Zinsperiode verlängert hat. Sollte der nächstfolgende Bankarbeitstag allerdings in den nächstfolgenden Kalendermonat fallen, so erfolgt die Zahlung des Zinsbetrages am vorhergehenden Bankarbeitstag und die variable Zinsperiode verkürzt sich entsprechend. Für diese Zwecke bezeichnet „Bankarbeitstag“ einen Tag, an dem [die Geschäftsbanken und Devisenmärkte in ● (Ort einsetzen) Zahlungen in ● (Währung einsetzen) abwickeln] [und] [alle betroffenen Bereiche des Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer System („TARGET“) betriebsbereit sind, um die betreffenden Zahlungen weiterzuleiten]. [Der variable Zinssatz entspricht dem, wie unten erläutert, ermittelten Referenzzinssatz.] [Der variable Zinssatz der jeweiligen variablen Zinsperiode errechnet sich als Aufschlag von ● Basispunkten auf den, wie unten erläutert, Referenzzinssatz.] [Er beträgt höchstens ●%.] [Er beträgt mindestens ●%.] Die für die Festlegung des Referenzzinssatzes für die jeweilige variable Zinsperiode maßgebliche Informationsquelle ist ● (die „relevante Informationsquelle“). Der Referenzzinssatz, der in der jeweiligen variablen Zinsperiode gilt, wird von ● (die „Zinsfestsetzungsbank“, wobei dieser Begriff auch deren Nachfolger in dieser Funktion einschließt) nach den folgenden Grundsätzen festgelegt: (i) Die Zinsfestsetzungsbank ermittelt den für die jeweilige variable Zinsperiode geltenden [Satz für Einlagen] (der „Referenzzinssatz“) in der Währung der Schuldverschreibungen aus der relevanten Informationsquelle und zwar um oder gegen [11.00] Uhr ([Brüsseler/Londoner Zeit]) [am ersten/zweiten] [Brüsseler/Londoner] Bankarbeitstag vor Beginn] [am Tag des Beginns] der jeweiligen variablen Zinsperiode (der „Zinsfestsetzungstag“). (ii) Sollte in der relevanten Informationsquelle am Zinsfestsetzungstag kein Referenzzinssatz veröffentlicht werden, gilt folgendes: (1) Die Zinsfestsetzungsbank wird vier Banken mit internationalem Standing („Banken“) ersuchen, ihre Quotierungen des Referenzzinssatzes in der jeweiligen Währung und für die relevante variable Zinsperiode mitzuteilen. Wenn mindestens zwei Banken quotiert haben, so ist der Referenzzinssatz für die betreffende variable Zinsperiode das von der Zinsfestsetzungsbank errechnete arithmetische Mittel dieser Quotierungen (gegebenenfalls auf das nächste einhunderttausendstel Prozent aufgerundet). (2) Werden an einem Zinsfestsetzungstag von nur einer Bank Referenzzinssätze gemäß Absatz (1) quotiert, so ist der Referenzzinssatz für die nächste variable Zinsperiode der an diesem Zinsfestsetzungstag von dieser Bank quotierte Satz. (iii) Für den Fall, dass der Referenzzinssatz nicht gemäß Absatz (ii) bestimmt werden kann, gilt für die folgende variable Zinsperiode als Referenzzinssatz der Satz, der am unmittelbar vorhergehenden Geschäftstag in [Brüssel/London] in der relevanten Informationsquelle veröffentlicht wurde.] (2) Der Zinsbetrag für jede Schuldverschreibung wird errechnet, indem der für die betreffende Zinsperiode geltende Zinssatz und Zinstagequotient (wie nachstehend erläutert) auf den Nominalbetrag der Schuldverschreibung bezogen wird. Der so errechnete Zinsbetrag wird auf die nächste Untereinheit der Währung der Schuldverschreibungen gerundet, wobei jeweils ab einer halben solchen Untereinheit nach oben aufgerundet wird. Der Zinstagequotient (der „Zinstagequotient“) in Bezug auf die Berechnung eines Zinsbetrages auf Schuldverschreibungen für einen beliebigen Zeitraum (der „Zinsberechnungszeitraum“) bedeutet: 92 [wenn in dem betreffenden Pricing Supplement Actual/Actual (ISMA-Regelung 251) festgelegt ist: (a) Im Fall, dass der Zinsberechnungszeitraum gleich oder kürzer ist als der Zeitraum von einem Zinszahlungstag (einschließlich) bis zum nächsten Zinszahlungstag (ausschließlich) (die „Zinsperiode“): die Anzahl der tatsächlich verstrichenen Tage in diesem Zinsberechnungszeitraum geteilt durch das Produkt aus (i) der Anzahl der Tage in dieser Zinsperiode und (ii) der Anzahl der Zinsperioden innerhalb eines Kalenderjahres. (b) Im Fall, dass der Zinsberechnungszeitraum länger als eine Zinsperiode ist: die Summe aus (i) der Anzahl der tatsächlich verstrichenen Tage in dem Zinsberechnungszeitraum, welche in die zuerst beginnende Zinsperiode des Zinsberechnungszeitraumes fallen, geteilt durch das Produkt aus (x) der Anzahl der Tage in dieser Zinsperiode und (y) der Anzahl der Zinsperioden, die innerhalb eines Kalenderjahres liegen und (ii) der Anzahl der tatsächlich verstrichenen Tage in dem Zinsberechnungszeitraum, der in die nächste Zinsperiode fällt, geteilt durch das Produkt aus (x) der Anzahl der Tage in dieser Zinsperiode und (y) der Anzahl der Zinsperioden innerhalb eines Kalenderjahres.] [wenn in dem betreffenden Pricing Supplement Actual/365 (fixed) festgelegt ist: die tatsächlich verstrichene Anzahl von Tagen im Zinsberechnungszeitraum dividiert durch 365.] [wenn in dem betreffenden Pricing Supplement Actual/360 festgelegt ist: die tatsächlich verstrichene Anzahl von Tagen im Zinsberechnungszeitraum dividiert durch 360.] [wenn in dem betreffenden Pricing Supplement 30E/360 oder Eurobond Basis festgelegt ist: die Anzahl der Tage im Zinsberechnungszeitraum dividiert durch 360. Dabei ist die Anzahl der Tage auf der Grundlage eines Jahres von 360 Tagen mit 12 Monaten zu je 30 Tagen zu ermitteln, und zwar ohne Berücksichtigung des ersten und des letzten Tages des Zinsberechnungszeitraumes.] [wenn in dem betreffenden Pricing Supplement 30/360, 360/360 oder Bond Basis festgelegt ist: die Anzahl von Tagen im Zinsberechnungszeitraum dividiert durch 360, wobei die Anzahl der Tage auf der Grundlage eines Jahres von 360 Tagen mit 12 Monaten zu je 30 Tagen zu ermitteln ist es sei denn, (i) der letzte Tag des Zinsberechnungszeitraumes fällt auf den 31. Tag eines Monats, während der erste Tag des Zinsberechnungszeitraumes weder auf den 30. noch auf den 31. Tag eines Monats fällt, wobei in diesem Fall der diesen Tag enthaltene Monat nicht als ein auf 30 Tage gekürzter Monat zu behandeln ist, oder (ii) der letzte Tag des Zinsberechnungszeitraumes fällt auf den letzten Tag des Monats Februar, wobei in diesem Fall der Monat Februar nicht als ein auf 30 Tage verlängerter Monat zu behandeln ist.] [(3)Die Zinsfestsetzungsbank veranlasst, dass der Zinssatz, die Zinsbeträge für die jeweilige Zinsperiode und der betreffende Zinszahlungstag dem Fiscal Agent mitgeteilt werden; der wiederum veranlasst, dass die übrigen Zahlstellen informiert werden, sobald dies nach der jeweiligen Festsetzung möglich ist. Die Festsetzung der Zinssätze und der jeweils zahlbaren Zinsbeträge ist in jedem Fall endgültig und für alle Beteiligten bindend, es sei denn es läge ein offensichtlicher Irrtum vor.] [(4)Die Verzinsung der Schuldverschreibungen endet mit Ablauf des Tages, der dem Tag vorhergeht, an dem die Schuldverschreibungen zur Rückzahlung fällig werden und zwar auch dann, wenn die Leistung nach § 193 BGB erst an einem späteren Tag bewirkt wird. Sollte die Emittentin die Schuldverschreibungen am Fälligkeitstag nicht oder nicht vollständig einlösen, so endet die Verzinsung des ausstehenden Nennbetrages der Schuldverschreibungen nicht am Fälligkeitstag (§ [5]), sondern erst mit der tatsächlichen Rückzahlung der Schuldverschreibungen. Die Zinsen werden jedoch längstens bis zum 14. Tage nach dem Zeitpunkt geschuldet, an dem die erforderlichen Beträge zur Erfüllung sämtlicher unter den Schuldverschreibungen geschuldeten Beträge dem Fiscal Agent zur Verfügung gestellt worden sind und dies gemäß § [14] bekannt gemacht worden ist. 93 Der dann geltende Zinssatz bestimmt sich nach dem Gesetz, es sei denn, der gemäß § [4] Abs. (1) vereinbarte Zinssatz ist höher als der gesetzlich bestimmte Zinssatz. In diesem Fall gilt der vereinbarte Zinssatz fort.] § [5] Einlösung der Schuldverschreibungen [bei Rückzahlung zu einem festgelegten Wert Die Schuldverschreibungen werden am ● (der „Fälligkeitstag“) [zu ihrem Nennbetrag] [zu ●%] eingelöst.] [bei einem Tilgungswahlrecht der Emittentin zum Nennbetrag oder durch Lieferung von Aktien (1) Die Tilgung der Schuldverschreibungen erfolgt am ● (der „Fälligkeitstag“) nach Wahl der Emittentin entweder durch Zahlung des Nennbetrages oder durch Lieferung von ● Aktien (ISIN: ●) (die „Aktien“) der ● (die „Gesellschaft“) je Schuldverschreibung im Nennbetrag von je ●. Die Emittentin wird die Entscheidung über die Ausübung am ● (der „Feststellungstag“) treffen und unverzüglich gemäß § [14] bekannt machen. Die Anzahl der gegebenenfalls zu liefernden Aktien kann nach Abs. 2 angepasst werden. Bruchteile von Aktien werden nicht geliefert. Etwaige Spitzen werden durch Zahlung eines ● Betrages (Währung einsetzen) ausgeglichen, wobei sich der Wert der auszugleichenden Bruchteile an dem am Feststellungstag von der ● (die „Referenzstelle“) festgestellten [●Kurs] (der „Kurs“) der Aktien orientiert. (2) Wird die Aktie der Gesellschaft während der Laufzeit der Schuldverschreibungen durch ein Anpassungsereignis oder in sonstiger Weise verändert, so wird die Anzahl der zu liefernden Aktien entsprechend angepasst, oder es werden erforderlichenfalls andere Anpassungen vorgenommen. Diese Anpassungen sowie die Bestimmung des Zeitpunktes, ab dem sie gelten, erfolgen durch die Emittentin nach deren billigem Ermessen (§ 315 BGB) unter Berücksichtigung der Interessen der betroffenen Anleihegläubiger als Gruppe und den dann bestehenden Marktusancen, wie sie im Regelwerk der [EUREX Deutschland] (die „Terminbörse“) oder eine an deren Stelle getretenen Nachfolgeorganisation, für solche Anpassungen bestimmt sind. Dabei ist es das ausschließliche Ziel dieser Anpassungen, den Börsenwert bzw., wenn keine Börsennotierung vorliegt, den Wert der Schuldverschreibungen zu erhalten, den diese vor dem die Anpassung auslösenden Ereignis, dem „Anpassungszeitpunkt“, hatten. Anpassungsereignis (das „Anpassungsereignis“) ist jede Entscheidung oder Maßnahme der zuständigen Organe der Gesellschaft: (a) die in Bezug auf das Kapital oder das Vermögen der Gesellschaft durch diese selbst oder durch einen Dritten getroffen wird (z.B. Kapitalerhöhung durch Ausgabe neuer Aktien gegen Einlage, Ausgabe von Wertpapieren mit Options- oder Wandelrechten auf Aktien, Kapitalerhöhung aus Gesellschaftsmitteln, Aktiensplits, Ausgliederung eines Unternehmensteils, Fusion, Liquidation, Verstaatlichung oder einer anderen Maßnahme) und (b) wegen derer die Terminbörse den Basispreis und /oder die Kontraktgröße für auf die Aktie der Gesellschaft bezogene Optionskontrakte (die „Optionskontrakte“) anpasst oder die Optionskontrakte auf andere Weise verändert. Sind nach dem Regelwerk der Terminbörse wegen dieser Entscheidung oder Maßnahme keine Anpassungen in Bezug auf an der Terminbörse gehandelte, auf die Aktien der Gesellschaft bezogene Optionskontrakte vorzunehmen, so bleibt die Anzahl der zu liefernden Aktien unverändert, es sei denn, es werden solche Anpassungen nach Buchstabe (b) nur deshalb nicht vorgenommen, weil zu dem Zeitpunkt, zu dem sie vorzunehmen wären, an der Terminbörse keine Optionskontrakte ausstehen. In diesem Fall wird die Emittentin Anpassungen entsprechend dem Regelwerk der Terminbörse in der Art und Weise vornehmen, als wenn zum Anpassungszeitpunkt auf die Aktien der Gesellschaft bezogene Optionskontrakte gehandelt würden. (3) Falls die Referenzstelle am Feststellungstag, infolge einer Störung oder Aussetzung des Handels in der Aktie der Gesellschaft einen Kurs für die Aktie nicht feststellen kann (die „Marktstörung“), so gilt für die Möglichkeit der Lieferung von Aktien der wie nachfolgend ermittelte Ersatzkurs. 94 Ersatzkurs ist derjenige Kurs der Aktie der Gesellschaft, der von der Terminbörse beim Handel bzw. der Abwicklung von Optionskontrakten zugrunde gelegt wird, oder, falls ein solcher Kurs nicht erhältlich ist, derjenige Kurs der Aktie der Gesellschaft, der sich als arithmetisches Mittel aus denjenigen Ankaufs- und Verkaufskursen errechnet, welche der Emittentin von drei namhaften, im Handel mit der Aktie der Gesellschaft tätigen Kredit- oder Finanzinstituten etwa zu dem Zeitpunkt, an dem an diesem Tag die Referenzstelle ohne diese Marktstörung einen Börsenkurs bekannt gegeben hätte, für die Aktie der Gesellschaft genannt werden. Sind solche Kurse nicht erhältlich, so wird die Emittentin nach billigem Ermessen (§ 315 BGB) unter Berücksichtigung der Interessen der betroffenen Anleihegläubiger als Gruppe und den dann bestehenden Marktusancen einen Ersatzkurs bestimmen, der nach ihrer Beurteilung den zu diesem Zeitpunkt herrschenden Marktgegebenheiten entspricht.] [bei Tilgungswahlrecht der Emittentin zum Nennbetrag oder durch Lieferung von Rentenpapieren in Form von ● [(1)]Die Schuldverschreibungen werden am ● (der „Fälligkeitstag“) nach Wahl der Emittentin entweder zum Nennbetrag oder durch Lieferung [eines noch zu emittierenden Rentenpapiers (das „Rentenpapier“) der NORD/LB mit folgender Ausstattung zurückgezahlt: [●] (Nennbetrag, Währung, Verzinsungsart, ggf. Zinssatz, Laufzeit einsetzen).] [eines Rentenpapiers (das „Rentenpapier“) der [●] (Emittent einsetzen) mit folgender Ausstattung zurückgezahlt: [●] (Nennbetrag, Währung, Verzinsungsart, ggf. Zinssatz, Laufzeit einsetzen).] Die Emittentin wird die Entscheidung über die Ausübung am ● (der „Feststellungstag“) treffen und unverzüglich gemäß § [14] bekannt machen. [(2)Falls ● (die „Referenzstelle“) am Feststellungstag, infolge einer Störung oder Aussetzung des Handels in dem Rentenpapier den [Kurs] für das Rentenpapier nicht bekannt gibt (die „Marktstörung“), so gilt für die Möglichkeit der Lieferung der Rentenpapiere der wie folgt ermittelte Ersatzkurs (der „Ersatzkurs“). Ersatzkurs ist derjenige Kurs der Rentenpapiere, der sich als arithmetisches Mittel aus der Quotierung von mindestens zwei Banken, welche mit den Rentenpapieren handeln, etwa zu dem Zeitpunkt, an dem an diesem Tag die Referenzstelle ohne diese Marktstörung einen [Kurs] bekannt gäbe, für die Rentenpapiere genannt werden. Sind solche Kurse nicht erhältlich, so wird die Emittentin nach billigem Ermessen (§ 315 BGB) unter Berücksichtigung der Interessen der betroffenen Anleihegläubiger als Gruppe und den dann bestehenden Marktusancen einen Ersatzkurs bestimmen, der nach ihrer Beurteilung den zu diesem Zeitpunkt herrschenden Marktgegebenheiten entspricht.]] [bei Tilgung in Abhängigkeit von einem Basiswert (1) Die Schuldverschreibungen werden am ● (der „Fälligkeitstag“) wie folgt getilgt: [bei Schuldverschreibungen mit Partizipation an einem steigenden Basiswert (i) Notiert der ● (Bezeichnung des relevanten Wertes einsetzen; der „Kurs“) des ● (der „Basiswert“) (ISIN:●) am ● (der „Feststellungstag“) oberhalb oder mindestens bei ● Punkten (der „Schwellwert“), erhält der Anleihegläubiger den [Nennbetrag] [●% des Nennbetrages] zuzüglich einer Partizipation zurück. Die Partizipation beträgt P (der „Partizipationsfaktor“) multipliziert mit der positiven relativen Wertentwicklung des Basiswertes. Die positive relative Wertentwicklung des Basiswertes entspricht dem Quotient aus der Zahl, um die der Kurs des Basiswertes am Feststellungstag den Schwellwert überschreitet und dem Schwellwert. [Es werden jedoch maximal ●% des Nennbetrages zurückgezahlt (der „Cap“).] Daraus ergibt sich folgende Berechnungsformel für den Rückzahlungskurs: Min – Schwellwert) ; Cap {[100% + (P * (Kurs am Feststellungstag )] } Schwellwert (ii) Notiert der Basiswert am Feststellungstag unterhalb des Schwellwertes, so werden die Schuldverschreibungen zu [ihrem Nennbetrag] [●% des Nennbetrages] eingelöst. 95 (iii)Ein Punkt des Basiswertes entspricht ●.] [bei Schuldverschreibungen mit Partizipation an einem sinkenden Basiswert (i) Notiert der ● (Bezeichnung des relevanten Wertes einsetzen; der „Kurs“) des ● (der „Basiswert“) (ISIN: ●) am ● (der „Feststellungstag“) oberhalb oder mindestens bei ● Punkten (der „Schwellwert“), so werden die Schuldverschreibungen zu [ihrem Nennbetrag] [●% des Nennbetrages] eingelöst. [bei einem Cash Settlement mit Partizipationsfaktor (ii) Notiert der Basiswert am Feststellungstag unterhalb des Schwellwertes, so werden die Schuldverschreibungen anteilig eingelöst. Der Anteil beträgt 100 % des Nennbetrages der Schuldverschreibungen abzüglich einer Partizipation an der negativen relativen Wertentwicklung des Basiswertes. Die Partizipation beträgt P (der „Partizipationsfaktor“) multipliziert mit der negativen relativen Wertentwicklung des Basiswertes. Die negative relative Wertentwicklung entspricht dem Quotient aus der Zahl, um die der Kurs des Basiswertes am Feststellungstag den Schwellwert unterschreitet und dem Schwellwert. [Es werden jedoch mindestens ●% des Nennbetrages zurückgezahlt (der „Floor“).] Daraus ergibt sich folgende Berechnungsformel für den Rückzahlungskurs: Max Kurs am Feststellungstag) ; Floor {[100% – (P * (Schwellwert –Schwellwert )] } (iii)Ein Punkt des Basiswertes entspricht ●.] [bei einem Basiswert in Form eines Index mit Physical Delivery der enthaltenen Aktien (ii) Notiert der Basiswert am Feststellungstag unterhalb des Schwellwertes, so werden die Schuldverschreibungen durch Lieferung der am Feststellungstag im Basiswert enthaltenen Aktien entsprechend der an diesem Tag dort geltenden Gewichtung zurückgezahlt. Bruchteile von Aktien werden nicht geliefert. Etwaige Spitzen werden durch Zahlung eines ● Betrages (Währung einsetzen) ausgeglichen, wobei sich der Wert der auszugleichenden Bruchteile an dem am Feststellungstag von der ● (die „Referenzstelle“) festgestellten [●Kurs] (der „Kurs“) der Aktien orientiert. (iii)Ein Punkt des Basiswertes entspricht ●.]] [bei Schuldverschreibungen mit Partizipation an einem steigenden und sinkenden Basiswert Die Partizipation der Schuldverschreibungen an einem steigenden Basiswert richtet sich nach den nachfolgend unter (i) dargestellten Grundsätzen, die Partizipation der Schuldverschreibungen an einem sinkenden Basiswert richtet sich nach den nachfolgend unter (ii) dargestellten Grundsätzen. (i) Notiert der ● (Bezeichnung des relevanten Wertes einsetzen; der „Kurs“) des ● (der „Basiswert“) [(ISIN:●)] am ● (der „Feststellungstag“) oberhalb oder mindestens bei ● Punkten (der „Schwellwert“), erhält der Anleihegläubiger ●% des Nennbetrages zuzüglich einer Partizipation zurück. Die Partizipation beträgt Ppositiv (der „positive Partizipationsfaktor“) multipliziert mit der positiven relativen Wertentwicklung des Basiswertes. Die positive relative Wertentwicklung des Basiswertes entspricht dem Quotienten aus dem Wert, um den der Kurs des Basiswertes am Feststellungstag den Schwellwert überschreitet und dem Schwellwert. [Der Anleihegläubiger erhält jedoch maximal ●% (der „Cap“) des Schwellwertes.] (ii) Notiert der Basiswert am Feststellungstag unterhalb des Schwellwertes, so werden die Schuldverschreibungen dann nur anteilig eingelöst, wenn der Basiswert am Feststellungstag nur noch ●% des Schwellwertes oder weniger (der „Minderungswert“) erreicht. Der Anteil beträgt in diesem Fall ●% des Nennbetrages der Schuldverschreibungen abzüglich einer Partizipation an der den Minderungswert überschreitenden negativen relativen Wertentwicklung des Basiswertes. Die Partizipation beträgt Pnegativ (der „negative Partizipationsfaktor“) multipliziert mit der den Minderungswert überschreitenden negativen relativen Wertentwicklung des Basiswertes. Die den Minderungswert überschreitende negative relative Wertentwicklung entspricht dem Quotient aus dem Wert, um den der Basiswert am Feststellungstag das Produkt aus Minderungswert und Schwellwert unterschreitet und dem Schwellwert. 96 (iii)Der Rückzahlungskurs lässt sich, in Abhängigkeit vom Kurs des Basiswertes am Feststellungstag wie folgt berechnen: (a) Notiert der Kurs des Basiswertes am Feststellungstag über oder mindestens bei dem Schwellwert ergibt sich folgende Berechnungsformel: ( 100 % + Min Ppositiv * (Kurs am Feststellungstag – Schwellwert) ; Cap Schwellwert ) (b) Notiert der Kurs des Basiswertes am Feststellungstag unterhalb des Schwellwertes, aber überhalb des Minderungswertes werden ● % des Nennbetrages zurückgezahlt. (c) Notiert der Kurs des Basiswertes am Feststellungstag unter oder mindestens bei dem Minderungswert ergibt sich folgende Berechnungsformel: 100 % – Pnegativ * (Minderungswert * Schwellwert – Kurs am Feststellungstag) Schwellwert (iv)Ein Punkt des Basiswertes entspricht ●.] (2) [bei einem Basiswert in Form eines Index Grundlage für die obigen Feststellungen und Berechnungen ist der Basiswert in Form eines Index mit seinen jeweils anwendbaren Regeln (das „Index-Konzept“). [Diese wurden von ● aufgestellt. Die jeweilige Art und Weise der Berechnung, Feststellung und Veröffentlichung des Index erfolgt durch ● (der „Sponsor“)] 1). [Der Index wird abgebildet aus [●] [● mit einem Anteil am Index von ● und ● mit einem Anteil am Index von ● und ● mit einem Anteil am Index von ● [und ●] (jeweils die „Indexkomponente“). Der Index wird gemäß den vorgenannten Regeln [täglich] [wöchentlich] um [●] (Uhrzeit einsetzen) festgestellt und auf ● veröffentlicht. Die Feststellung und Veröffentlichung des Index erfolgt durch ● (der „Sponsor“)] 2). Das Index-Konzept gilt auch dann, wenn sich während der Laufzeit der Schuldverschreibungen Veränderungen in der Berechnung [des Index oder seiner Zusammensetzung] [der Indexkomponenten oder ihrer Zusammensetzung], gleich welcher Art, ergeben oder andere Maßnahmen vorgenommen werden, die sich auf das Indexkonzept auswirken, es sei denn, aus den nachstehenden Bestimmungen ergibt sich etwas anderes. [Wird der Index] [Werden die Indexkomponenten] nicht mehr vom ursprünglichen Sponsor, sondern von einer anderen Person, Gesellschaft oder Institution, die die Emittentin für geeignet hält (der „Nachfolgesponsor“) berechnet und veröffentlicht, so werden die oben benannten Feststellungen und Berechnungen auf der Grundlage des vom Nachfolgesponsor berechneten und veröffentlichten Index berechnet. Jede in diesen Anleihebedingungen enthaltene Bezugnahme auf den ursprünglichen Sponsor gilt, sofern es der Zusammenhang erlaubt, als Bezugnahme auf den Nachfolgesponsor. [Wird der Index] [Werden die Indexkomponenten] ganz oder teilweise aufgehoben bzw. durch ein anderes Indexkonzept ersetzt, wird die Emittentin nach billigem Ermessen (§ 315 BGB) unter Berücksichtigung der Interessen der betroffenen Anleihegläubiger als Gruppe und den dann bestehenden Marktusancen bestimmen, ob und welches andere Indexkonzept (der „Ersatzindex“; die „Ersatzkomponente“) künftig für die obigen Feststellungen und Berechnungen zugrunde zu legen sind, und diese Angaben gemäß § [14] bekannt machen. Jede in diesen Anleihebedingungen enthaltene Bezugnahme auf [den Index] [die Indexkomponenten] gilt dann, sofern es der Zusammenhang erlaubt, als Bezugnahme auf [den Ersatzindex] [die Ersatzkomponente]. Ist nach Ansicht der Emittentin die Festlegung [eines anderen maßgeblichen Indexkonzeptes] [einer anderen maßgeblichen Indexkomponente], aus welchen Gründen auch immer, nicht möglich, wird die Emittentin für die Weiterberechnung und Veröffentlichung des für die obigen Feststellungen und Berechnungen maßgeblichen Wertes auf der Grundlage des bisherigen Konzeptes und dessen zuletzt festgestellten Werten Sorge tragen, und diese Angaben gemäß § [14] bekannt machen. 1) Nur bei bestehendem Index, z.B. DAX etc. 2) Nur bei individuell gebildetem Index. 97 Sollte am Feststellungstag [der Index oder ein Ersatzindex] [eine Indexkomponente oder eine Ersatzkomponente] nicht festgestellt und veröffentlicht werden oder nach Auffassung der Emittentin eine Marktstörung vorliegen, so gilt der nächstfolgende Bankarbeitstag, an dem diese wieder festgestellt und veröffentlicht wird und an dem keine Marktstörung vorliegt, als Feststellungstag. Wird der Feststellungstag auf den dritten Bankarbeitstag nach dem Fälligkeitstag verschoben und wird auch an diesem Tag der o.g. Wert nicht festgestellt und veröffentlicht oder liegt nach Auffassung der Emittentin eine Marktstörung vor, dann wird die Emittentin den maßgeblichen Kurs unter Anwendung der zuletzt für die Berechnung des o.g. Wertes gültigen Berechnungsmethode errechnen, wobei die Emittentin für die Berechnung die Kurse der [im Index] [in der Indexkomponente] enthaltenen Wertpapiere an diesem Tag zu dem Zeitpunkt zugrunde legt, an dem üblicherweise deren maßgeblicher Kurs bestimmt wird (der „Feststellungszeitpunkt“). Sollte der Handel eines oder mehrerer der für die Berechnung [des Index] [der Indexkomponente] maßgeblichen Wertpapiere an einem solchen Tag ausgesetzt oder wesentlich eingeschränkt sein, wird die Emittentin unter Hinzuziehung eines unabhängigen Sachverständigen sowie unter Berücksichtigung der an dem Feststellungszeitpunkt herrschenden Marktgegebenheiten den Kurs der jeweiligen Wertpapiere zu dem Feststellungszeitpunkt nach billigem Ermessen (§ 315 BGB) unter Berücksichtigung der Interessen der betroffenen Anleihegläubiger als Gruppe und den dann bestehenden Marktusancen schätzen. Marktstörung bedeutet für diesen Absatz die Aussetzung oder die Einschränkung des Handels der [im Index] [in der Indexkomponente] enthaltenen Wertpapiere an den Wertpapierbörsen oder Handelssystemen, deren Kurse für die Berechnung [des Index] [der Indexkomponente] herangezogen werden, sofern eine solche Aussetzung oder Einschränkung nach Auffassung der Emittentin eine Berechung wesentlich beeinflusst oder eine Aussetzung oder Einschränkung des Handels von auf [den Index] [die Indexkomponente] bezogenen Terminkontrakten oder Optionskontrakten an der Terminbörse mit dem größten Handelsvolumen in auf [den Index] [die Indexkomponente] bezogenen Terminkontrakten oder Optionskontrakten vorliegt.] [bei einem Basiswert in Form einer Aktie Grundlage für die obigen Feststellungen und Berechnungen ist der Basiswert in Form einer Aktie. Wird die Aktie der Gesellschaft während der Laufzeit der Schuldverschreibungen durch ein Anpassungsereignis oder in sonstiger Weise verändert, so wird die Emittentin die erforderlichen Anpassungen vornehmen. Diese Anpassungen sowie die Bestimmung des Zeitpunktes, ab dem sie gelten, erfolgen durch die Emittentin nach deren billigem Ermessen (§ 315 BGB) unter Berücksichtigung der Interessen der betroffenen Anleihegläubiger als Gruppe und den dann bestehenden Marktusancen, wie sie im Regelwerk der [EUREX Deutschland] (die „Terminbörse“) oder eine an deren Stelle getretenen Nachfolgeorganisation, für solche Anpassungen bestimmt sind. Dabei ist es das ausschließliche Ziel dieser Anpassungen, den Börsenwert bzw., wenn keine Börsennotierung vorliegt, den Wert der Schuldverschreibungen zu erhalten, den diese vor dem die Anpassung auslösenden Ereignis, dem „Anpassungszeitpunkt“, hatten. Anpassungsereignis (das „Anpassungsereignis“) ist jede Entscheidung oder Maßnahme der zuständigen Organe der Gesellschaft: (a) die in Bezug auf das Kapital oder das Vermögen der Gesellschaft durch diese selbst oder durch einen Dritten getroffen wird (z.B. Kapitalerhöhung durch Ausgabe neuer Aktien gegen Einlage, Ausgabe von Wertpapieren mit Options- oder Wandelrechten auf Aktien, Kapitalerhöhung aus Gesellschaftsmitteln, Aktiensplits, Ausgliederung eines Unternehmensteils, Fusion, Liquidation, Verstaatlichung oder einer anderen Maßnahme) und (b) wegen derer die Terminbörse den Basispreis und /oder die Kontraktgröße für auf die Aktie der Gesellschaft bezogene Optionskontrakte (die „Optionskontrakte“) anpasst oder die Optionskontrakte auf andere Weise verändert. Sind nach dem Regelwerk der Terminbörse wegen dieser Entscheidung oder Maßnahme keine Anpassungen in Bezug auf an der Terminbörse gehandelte, auf die Aktien der Gesellschaft bezogene Optionskontrakte vorzunehmen, so werden durch die Emittentin keine Anpassungen vorgenommen, es sei denn es werden solche Anpassungen nach Buchstabe (b) nur deshalb nicht vorgenommen, weil zu dem Zeitpunkt, zu dem sie vorzunehmen wären, an der Terminbörse keine Optionskontrakte aus- 98 stehen. In diesem Fall wird die Emittentin Anpassungen entsprechend dem Regelwerk der Terminbörse in der Art und Weise vornehmen, als wenn zum Anpassungszeitpunkt auf die Aktien der Gesellschaft bezogene Optionskontrakte gehandelt würden. Falls am Feststellungstag, infolge einer Störung oder Aussetzung des Handels in der Aktie der Gesellschaft, ein Kurs für die Aktie nicht festgestellt werden kann (die „Marktstörung“), so gilt für die Möglichkeit der Lieferung von Aktien der wie nachfolgend ermittelte Ersatzkurs: Ersatzkurs ist derjenige Kurs der Aktie der Gesellschaft, der von der Terminbörse beim Handel bzw. der Abwicklung von Optionskontrakten zugrunde gelegt wird, oder, falls ein solcher Kurs nicht erhältlich ist, derjenige Kurs der Aktie der Gesellschaft, der sich als arithmetisches Mittel aus denjenigen Ankaufs- und Verkaufskursen errechnet, welche der Emittentin von drei namhaften, im Handel mit der Aktie der Gesellschaft tätigen Kredit- oder Finanzinstituten etwa zu dem Zeitpunkt, an dem an diesem Tag die Referenzstelle ohne diese Marktstörung einen Börsenkurs bekannt gegeben hätte, für die Aktie der Gesellschaft genannt werden. Sind solche Kurse nicht erhältlich, so wird die Emittentin nach billigem Ermessen (§ 315 BGB) unter Berücksichtigung der Interessen der betroffenen Anleihegläubiger als Gruppe und den dann bestehenden Marktusancen einen Ersatzkurs bestimmen, der nach ihrer Beurteilung den zu diesem Zeitpunkt herrschenden Marktgegebenheiten entspricht.]] [§ [6] Rückkauf nicht nachrangiger Schuldverschreibungen Die Emittentin ist berechtigt, jederzeit und zu jedem Kurs nicht nachrangige Schuldverschreibungen im Markt oder anderweitig zu kaufen und diese nach ihrer Wahl zu halten, zu tilgen oder wieder zu verkaufen.] [§ [7] Vorzeitige Rückzahlung [(1)]Rückzahlung von Schuldverschreibungen, die nicht nachrangig sind oder längerfristige nachrangige Verbindlichkeiten darstellen, aus steuerlichen Gründen Sollte infolge einer nach Begebung der Schuldverschreibungen, die nicht nachrangig sind oder längerfristige nachrangige Verbindlichkeiten im Sinne des KWG darstellen, wirksam werdenden Änderung der in dem Land, in dem die Emittentin ihren Sitz hat, geltenden Rechtsvorschriften oder einer Änderung in deren Anwendung oder amtlicher Auslegung die Emittentin zur Zahlung zusätzlicher Beträge gemäß § [9] verpflichtet sein [oder im Falle ihrer Inanspruchnahme aus der Garantie die Garantin zur Zahlung zusätzlicher Beträge gemäß den Bestimmungen der Garantie verpflichtet sein], so ist die Emittentin berechtigt, mit einer Frist von mindestens 30 und höchstens 60 Tagen durch Bekanntmachung gemäß § [14] die ausstehenden Schuldverschreibungen insgesamt, jedoch nicht teilweise, zur vorzeitigen Rückzahlung zum [Nennbetrag zuzüglich Stückzinsen/Amortisierungsbetrag (wie nachstehend definiert)] zu kündigen. Eine solche Kündigung darf jedoch frühestens 90 Tage vor dem Zeitpunkt erfolgen, an welchem die Änderung der Rechtsvorschriften oder ihrer Anwendung durch amtliche Auslegung wirksam wird. [(2) [Rückzahlung nur nicht nachrangiger Schuldverschreibungen nach Wahl der Emittentin (call) Die Emittentin kann die Schuldverschreibungen insgesamt, jedoch nicht einzeln, [zu einem Kurs, der [ihrem Nennbetrag entspricht] [der ● entspricht] (der „Rückzahlungsbetrag“) zuzüglich der bis zu dem für die Rückzahlung bestimmten Tag aufgelaufenen Stückzinsen/zum Amortisierungsbetrag (wie nachstehend definiert)] [[jeweils] zum ●] mit einer Ankündigungsfrist von ● Tagen zur Rückzahlung kündigen. Die Kündigung ist gemäß § [14] bekannt zu machen.] [Rückzahlung nur nicht nachrangiger Schuldverschreibungen nach Wahl der Gläubiger (put) Jeder Gläubiger von Schuldverschreibungen ist berechtigt zu verlangen, dass die Emittentin Schuldverschreibungen am ● [zu einem Kurs, der [ihrem Nennbetrag entspricht/der ● entspricht] (der „Rückzahlungsbetrag“) zuzüglich etwaiger bis zu dem für die Rückzahlung bestimmten Tag aufgelaufenen Stückzinsen/zum Amortisierungsbetrag] zurückzahlt. Zur Ausübung dieses Rechts muss der Gläubiger der Schuldverschreibungen mindestens 45 Tage vor dem für die Rückzahlung bestimmten Tag seine Schuldverschreibungen bei einer Zahlstelle hinterlegen und dieser eine ordnungsgemäß ausgefüllte Ausübungserklärung gemäß Vordruck, der bei jeder Zahlstelle erhältlich ist, übermitteln.]] 99 [(3)][Amortisierungsbetrag Der Amortisierungsbetrag entspricht der Summe des (i) Emissionspreises und (ii) des Produktes des Emissionspreises und der jährlich kapitalisierten Emissionsrendite bezogen auf den Zeitraum, der am Ausgabetag (einschließlich) beginnt und der mit dem Rückzahlungstag (ausschließlich) (der „Rückzahlungstag“) endet. Soweit dieser Zeitraum nicht einer ganzen Zahl von Kalenderjahren entspricht, so erfolgt die Berechnung auf Grundlage des Zinstagequotienten, gemäß § [4] Abs. (2). Der Rückzahlungstag im Sinne dieses § [7] Abs. 3 ist der frühere der Tage, zu dem die Schuldverschreibungen vorzeitig fällig gestellt werden oder an dem die vorzeitige Zahlung erfolgt.]] [§ [8] Kündigungsgründe bei nicht nachrangigen Schuldverschreibungen (1) Jeder Gläubiger von Schuldverschreibungen ist berechtigt, seine Schuldverschreibungen zur Rückzahlung [zum Nennbetrag zuzüglich aufgelaufener Zinsen/zum Amortisierungsbetrag] zu kündigen, falls (a) die Emittentin Kapital oder Zinsen nicht innerhalb von 30 Tagen nach dem betreffenden Fälligkeitstag zahlt, oder (b) die Emittentin die ordnungsgemäße Erfüllung irgendeiner sonstigen Verpflichtung aus den Schuldverschreibungen [oder die Garantin die Erfüllung einer Verpflichtung aus der Garantie] unterlässt und, es sei denn, eine Heilung der Unterlassung ist unmöglich, die Unterlassung länger als 30 Tage fortdauert, nachdem die Emittentin [oder die Garantin] hierüber eine Benachrichtigung von dem Gläubiger erhalten hat, oder (c) ein Gericht oder eine Behörde im Land des Sitzes der Emittentin ein Insolvenzverfahren oder ein dem gleichstehendes Verfahren gegen die Emittentin [oder die Garantin] eröffnet oder die Emittentin [oder die Garantin] ein solches Verfahren beantragt oder einleitet, ihre sämtlichen Zahlungen einstellt oder die Zahlungseinstellung ankündigt oder eine allgemeine Schuldenregelung zugunsten ihrer Gläubiger anbietet oder trifft, oder (d) die Emittentin [oder die Garantin] aufgelöst oder liquidiert wird oder ihren gesamten oder einen wesentlichen Teil ihrer Geschäftstätigkeit aufgibt, es sei denn, dass ein solcher Vorgang im Zusammenhang mit einer Verschmelzung, Konsolidierung oder einer anderen Form des Zusammenschlusses mit einer anderen Gesellschaft oder einer Umwandlung vorgenommen wird und diese Gesellschaft, im Fall der Emittentin, alle Verpflichtungen aus diesen Anleihebedingungen [oder im Fall der Garantin, alle Verpflichtungen aus der nicht nachrangigen Garantie] übernimmt [oder] [(e)die Garantie nicht mehr wirksam ist oder die Garantin öffentlich behauptet, dass die Garantie nicht mehr wirksam ist und die Ratingagenturen ( Moody’s Investors Ltd.; Fitch Ratings Ltd. Inc.) wegen dieser Behauptung ein mögliches Downgrading bekannt geben]. (2) Eine Kündigungserklärung gemäß Abs. 1 ist in Schriftform (§ 126 BGB) abzugeben. Die elektronische Form ist ausgeschlossen. Mit dem Zugang dieser Erklärung bei der Emittentin und dem Vorliegen eines Kündigungsgrundes gemäß Abs. 1 werden die gekündigten Schuldverschreibungen [zum Nennbetrag zuzüglich aufgelaufener Stückzinsen/zum Amortisierungsbetrag] sofort fällig, es sei denn, dass vor dem Zugang der Erklärung alle Ereignisse, die die Kündigung ausgelöst haben, für sämtliche Schuldverschreibungen nicht mehr bestehen.] § [9] Quellensteuer (1) Kapital und Zinsen auf die Schuldverschreibungen sind von der Emittentin ohne Einbehalt oder Abzug von gegenwärtigen oder zukünftigen Steuern, Abgaben oder Gebühren, die durch das oder in dem Land, in dem die Emittentin ihren Sitz hat, auferlegt, erhoben oder eingezogen werden („Quellensteuern“) zu zahlen, es sei denn, dass ein solcher Einbehalt oder Abzug gesetzlich vorgeschrieben ist. Wenn ein Einbehalt oder Abzug von Quellensteuern durch die Emittentin gesetzlich vorgeschrieben ist, ist die Emittentin verpflichtet, diejenigen zusätzlichen Beträge an die Gläubiger der Schuldverschreibungen 100 zu zahlen, die erforderlich sind, damit die von den Gläubigern der Schuldverschreibungen empfangenen Nettobeträge nach solchen Einbehalten oder Abzügen den jeweiligen Beträgen an Kapital und Zinsen entsprechen, die sie ohne solche Einbehalte oder Abzüge empfangen hätten. Die Emittentin ist jedoch nicht verpflichtet, zusätzliche Beträge im Hinblick auf solche Quellensteuern zu zahlen: (a) die durch die Erfüllung von gesetzlichen Anforderungen oder durch die Vorlage einer Nichtansässigkeitserklärung oder durch die sonstige Geltendmachung eines Anspruchs auf Befreiung gegenüber der betreffenden Steuerbehörde vermeidbar sind oder gewesen wären; oder (b) die nur deshalb zahlbar sind, weil der Gläubiger der Schuldverschreibungen in einer anderen Beziehung zu dem Land steht, in dem die Emittentin ihren Sitz hat, als dem bloßen Umstand, dass er Gläubiger der Schuldverschreibungen oder des Zinsscheines ist, auf die bzw. auf den die Zahlung erfolgt; oder (c) denen der Gläubiger der Schuldverschreibungen nicht unterläge, wenn er innerhalb von 30 Tagen nach dem jeweiligen Fälligkeitstag bzw. nach dem Tag, an dem die für eine solche Zahlung erforderlichen Beträge bei dem Fiscal Agent eingegangen sind und dies gemäß § [14] bekannt gemacht worden ist, die Zahlung von Kapital und Zinsen verlangt hätte; oder (d) die von einer Zahlstelle abgezogen oder einbehalten werden, wenn die Zahlung durch eine andere, insbesondere eine ausländische Zahlstelle ohne einen solchen Abzug oder Einbehalt hätte erfolgen können; oder (e) die nur deshalb abgezogen oder einbehalten werden, weil Schuldverschreibungen oder Zinsscheine effektiv zur Einlösung vorgelegt werden; oder (f) die aufgrund einer Richtlinie oder Verordnung der Europäischen Union betreffend die Besteuerung von Zinserträgen oder einer zwischenstaatlichen Vereinbarung über deren Besteuerung, an der die Bundesrepublik Deutschland oder die Europäische Union beteiligt ist, oder einer gesetzlichen Vorschrift, die diese Richtlinie, Verordnung oder Vereinbarung umsetzt oder befolgt, abzuziehen oder einzubehalten sind; oder (g) die auch dann nach Maßgabe der vorstehenden Regelungen (a) bis (f) die Emittentin nicht zur Zahlung von zusätzlichen Beträgen verpflichtet hätten, wenn ein vom rechtlichen Gläubiger der Schuldverschreibungen abweichender wirtschaftlicher Eigentümer der Schuldverschreibungen selbst Gläubiger der Schuldverschreibungen gewesen wäre. (2) Jede Bezugnahme in diesen Anleihebedingungen im Zusammenhang mit dem zu zahlenden Betrag an Kapital und Zinsen umfasst auch zusätzliche Beträge gemäß diesem § [9]. § [10] Emissionsstelle, Zahlstellen, Berechnungsstelle; Zahlungen [und/oder Tilgungen] (1) Die anfänglich bestellte Emissionsstelle, die anfänglich bestellten Zahlstelle(n) und die anfänglich bestellte Berechnungsstelle sowie deren anfänglich bezeichneten Geschäftsstellen lauten wie folgt: Emissionsstelle: ● Zahlstelle(n): ● Berechnungsstelle: ● Die Emissionsstelle, die Zahlstelle(n) und die Berechnungsstelle behalten sich das Recht vor, jederzeit die bezeichnete Geschäftsstelle durch eine andere bezeichnete Geschäftsstelle in derselben Stadt zu ersetzen. (2) Die Emittentin behält sich das Recht vor, jederzeit die Bestellung einer Emissionsstelle oder einer Zahlstelle oder der Berechnungsstelle zu ändern oder zu beenden und eine andere Emissionsstelle oder andere / zusätzliche Zahlstelle oder eine andere Berechnungsstelle zu bestellen. Die Emittentin wird jederzeit (i) eine Emissionsstelle unterhalten und (ii) eine Zahlstelle (die die Emissionsstelle sein kann) mit bezeichneter Geschäftsstelle in einer kontinentaleuropäischen Stadt unterhalten [und (iii) solange die Schuldverschreibungen an der Börse ● notiert sind, eine Zahlstelle (die die Emissionsstelle sein kann) mit bezeichneter Geschäftsstelle am Sitz der Börse und/oder an solchen anderen Orten unterhalten, die die Regeln dieser Börse verlangen] [und (iv) falls Zahlungen bei den oder durch die Geschäftsstellen aller Zahlstellen außerhalb der Vereinigten Staaten aufgrund der Einführung von Devisenbeschränkungen oder ähnlichen Beschränkungen hinsichtlich der teil- 101 weisen oder vollständigen Zahlung oder des Empfangs der entsprechenden Beträge in US-Dollar widerrechtlich oder tatsächlich ausgeschlossen werden, eine Zahlstelle mit bezeichneter Geschäftsstelle in New York City unterhalten]. Eine Änderung, Abberufung, Bestellung oder ein sonstiger Wechsel wird nur wirksam, außer im Insolvenzfall, in dem eine solche Änderung sofort wirksam wird, sofern die Gläubiger hierüber gemäß § [14] vorab unter Einhaltung einer Frist von mindestens 30 Tagen und nicht mehr als 45 Tagen informiert wurden. (3) Die Zahlstellen handeln ausschließlich als Erfüllungsgehilfen der Emittentin. Sie haben daher keinerlei Pflichten gegenüber den Gläubigern von Schuldverschreibungen oder Zinsscheinen und stehen auch nicht in einem Auftragsverhältnis zu diesen. (4) Die Emittentin wird sämtliche Zahlungen, soweit diese nach diesen Bedingungen geschuldet sind, auf den Nennbetrag der Schuldverschreibungen bei Fälligkeit in ● (Währung einsetzen) leisten. Die Emittentin wird sämtliche Zahlungen, soweit diese nach diesen Bedingungen geschuldet sind, auf die Zinsscheine bei Fälligkeit in ● (Währung einsetzen) leisten. (5) Die Zahlungen [oder, soweit geschuldet, sonstigen Tilgungsleistungen] auf die Schuldverschreibungen und Zinsscheine erfolgen, ohne dass, abgesehen von der Beachtung etwaiger Steuer-, Devisen-, und sonstigen Vorschriften des Landes der betreffenden Zahlstelle, die Ausfertigung einer gesonderten Erklärung oder die Erfüllung einer sonstigen Formalität verlangt werden darf. Die Zahlungen [oder, soweit geschuldet, sonstigen Tilgungsleistungen] auf die Schuldverschreibungen und Zinsscheine, die sich in Girosammelverwahrung einer oder mehreren Wertpapiersammelbank(en) befinden, erfolgen an die Wertpapiersammelbank(en) zur Gutschrift auf den Konten der jeweiligen Kontoinhaber der Wertpapiersammelbank(en), die Hinterleger der Schuldverschreibungen und Zinsscheine sind. Zahlungen [oder sonstige Tilgungsleistungen] der Emittentin an die Wertpapiersammelbank(en) befreien die Emittentin in Höhe der geleisteten Zahlungen von ihren Zahlungs[-/Tilgungs]verbindlichkeiten aus den Schuldverschreibungen und Zinsscheinen. [(6)Zahlungen auf Schuldverschreibungen und Zinsscheine, die sich nicht in Girosammelverwahrung einer Wertpapiersammelbank befinden, erfolgen gegen Einreichung der Schuldverschreibungen oder der Zinsscheine [bei Zahlungen in Euro: - bei Zahlstellen im Inland durch Barauszahlung; - bei Zahlstellen im Ausland durch einen Scheck der auf Euro lautet bezogen auf eine Bank im Inland oder durch Überweisung auf ein Euro-Konto des Empfängers.] [bei Zahlungen in anderer Währung als Euro: - durch Überweisung auf ein Währungskonto des Empfängers oder durch einen Scheck in der Währung der Schuldverschreibungen bezogen auf eine Bank an einem Hauptfinanzplatz im Lande der Währung.]] [(7)[Die zur Rückzahlung fälligen Schuldverschreibungen sind [bei einer festverzinslichen Serie] mit allen am Tag der Fälligkeit der Schuldverschreibungen noch nicht fälligen Zinsscheinen einzureichen. Der Betrag fehlender noch nicht fälliger Zinsscheine wird vom Rückzahlungsbetrag abgezogen.] [Die zur Rückzahlung fälligen Schuldverschreibungen sind [bei variabel verzinslicher Serie] mit allen am Tage der Fälligkeit der Schuldverschreibungen noch nicht fälligen Zinsscheinen einzureichen. Zinsscheine, die bis zum Zeitpunkt der Fälligkeit der Schuldverschreibungen noch nicht fällig geworden sind, werden am Fälligkeitstag der Schuldverschreibungen ungültig.]] [(8)Eine Zahlstelle ist nicht verpflichtet, die Berechtigung des Einreichers von Schuldverschreibungen oder Zinsscheinen zu prüfen.] [(9)Die Emittentin ist berechtigt, die von den Gläubigern innerhalb von zwölf Monaten nach Fälligkeit nicht erhobenen Beträge an Kapital und Zinsen bei dem Amtsgericht Hannover zu hinterlegen. Soweit die Emittentin auf das Recht zur Rücknahme der hinterlegten Beträge verzichtet, erlöschen die betreffenden Ansprüche der Gläubiger gegen die Emittentin.] 102 [§ [11] Vorlegungsfrist, Ausschluss des Anspruches wegen abhandengekommener oder vernichteter Zinsscheine Die in § 801 Absatz (1) Satz 1 BGB bestimmte Vorlegungsfrist wird für die Schuldverschreibungen auf zehn Jahre abgekürzt. Die Vorlegungsfrist für die Zinsscheine beträgt nach Maßgabe von § 801 Absatz (2) BGB vier Jahre, beginnend mit dem Ende des Kalenderjahres, in dem der betreffende Zinsschein fällig wird. Der Anspruch der Inhaber von Zinsscheinen wegen abhandengekommener oder vernichteter Zinsscheine gemäß § 804 Absatz (1) Satz 1 BGB ist ausgeschlossen. (vgl. § 804 Absatz (2) BGB).] § [12] Ersetzung der Emittentin (1) Die Emittentin kann, sofern sie sich mit keiner Zahlung auf Kapital oder Zinsen der Schuldverschreibungen im Rückstand befindet, jederzeit ohne Zustimmung der Gläubiger hinsichtlich sämtlicher Rechte und Pflichten aus oder im Zusammenhang mit den Schuldverschreibungen [durch eine Tochtergesellschaft der Emittentin/durch die Garantin oder eine Tochtergesellschaft der Garantin] (die „Neue Emittentin“) ersetzt werden, wenn: (a) ein für die Emittentin wichtiger Grund vorliegt, wie insbesondere jedoch nicht ausschließlich die Einführung einer Quellensteuer, die die Emittentin zu Zusatzzahlungen verpflichtet, eine wesentliche Änderung im Kapitalmarkt stattfindet oder eine wesentliche Änderung aufsichtsrechtlicher Bestimmungen im Sitzland der Emittentin eintritt und (b) die Neue Emittentin alle Verpflichtungen der Emittentin aus oder in Verbindung mit den Schuldverschreibungen und unter diesen Anleihebedingungen durch einen wirksamen schriftlichen Übertragungsvertrag einschließlich gegebenenfalls weiterer zur Wirksamkeit der Ersetzung erforderlicher Verträge, Erklärungen und Genehmigungen (gemeinsam die „Übertragungsdokumente“) dergestalt übernimmt, dass die Neue Emittentin jedem Anleihegläubiger gegenüber die Verpflichtung aus diesen Anleihebedingungen in demselben Umfang übernimmt, als wenn die Neue Emittentin in den Schuldverschreibungen und Anleihebedingungen anstelle der Emittentin (oder anstelle einer vorherigen Neuen Emittentin) als Hauptschuldnerin genannt worden wäre und (c) die Emittentin und die Neue Emittentin alle erforderlichen staatlichen Genehmigungen und Erlaubnisse für die Ersetzung nach Maßgabe dieses § [12] erhalten haben und (d) die Neue Emittentin imstande ist, sämtliche Zahlungsverpflichtungen aus oder im Zusammenhang mit den Schuldverschreibungen in der Währung der Schuldverschreibungen ohne Abzug oder Einbehalt von oder wegen Steuern, Abgaben oder amtlichen Gebühren zu erfüllen und [(e)jede Börse, an der die Schuldverschreibungen notiert werden, bestätigt hat, dass die Schuldverschreibungen nach der geplanten Ersetzung der Emittentin durch die Neue Emittentin weiterhin an der betreffenden Wertpapierbörse notiert sind und] [(f)sofern die Neue Emittentin nicht die Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale („NORD/LB“) ist, die NORD/LB die Verpflichtungen der Neuen Emittentin aus oder im Zusammenhang mit den Schuldverschreibungen durch eine [nicht nachrangige/nachrangige] Garantie garantiert und] [(g)wenn es sich darüber hinaus bei den Schuldverschreibungen um nachrangige Schuldverschreibungen handelt, (i) die Neue Emittentin ein Tochterunternehmen im Sinne der §§ 1 Abs. 7 und 10 Abs. 5a Satz 11 KWG ist, (ii) die von der Neuen Emittentin übernommenen Verbindlichkeiten zu Bedingungen nachrangig sind, die mit den Nachrangbestimmungen der übernommenen Verbindlichkeiten identisch sind, (iii) die Neue Emittentin den Betrag der Schuldverschreibungen bei der NORD/LB zu Bedingungen anlegt, die denen der nachrangigen Schuldverschreibungen entsprechen und (iv) die NORD/LB die Verbindlichkeiten der neuen Emittentin aus den Schuldverschreibungen auf nachrangiger Basis garantiert und] [(h)]wenn Rechtsgutachten seitens von der Emittentin ausgewählter Rechtsberater einer international anerkannten Sozietät von Rechtsanwälten gegenüber der Emissionsstelle abgegeben worden sind, die jeweils nicht mehr als drei Tage vor dem geplanten Ersetzungstermin datieren dürfen, und zwar für die Rechtsordnungen, in denen die Neue Emittentin ihren eingetragenen Sitz hat sowie für die Bundesrepublik Deutschland. Diese Rechtsgutachten müssen in geeigneter Form bestätigen, dass nach erfolgter Ersetzung die Voraussetzungen der vorstehenden Abschnitte vorliegen. 103 (2) Im Falle einer solchen Ersetzung sind sämtliche Bezugnahmen in diesen Anleihebedingungen (einschließlich § [12] Abs. 1) auf die „Emittentin“ bzw. die „Garantin“ auf die „Neue Emittentin“ und, im Falle der Ersetzung der Emittentin, sämtliche Bezugnahmen auf das „Land der Emittentin“ auf das Land, in dem die Neue Emittentin ihren Sitz hat oder als Steuerinländer gilt, zu beziehen. (3) Eine Ersetzung der Emittentin gemäß § [12] Absatz 1 ist gemäß § [14] bekannt zu machen. § [13] Begebung weiterer Schuldverschreibungen Die Emittentin behält sich vor, ohne Zustimmung der Gläubiger weitere Schuldverschreibungen mit gleicher Ausstattung in der Weise zu begeben, dass sie mit den Schuldverschreibungen zusammengefasst werden, eine einheitliche Serie mit ihnen bilden und ihren Gesamtnennbetrag erhöhen. Der Begriff „Schuldverschreibungen“ umfasst im Falle einer solchen Erhöhung auch solche zusätzlich begebenen Schuldverschreibungen. § [14] Bekanntmachungen (1) [Für die Schuldverschreibungen erfolgt die Bekanntmachung in Deutschland in einem überregionalen Börsenpflichtblatt der Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse, voraussichtlich im [Handelsblatt].] [Für die Schuldverschreibungen erfolgt die Bekanntmachung in einer führenden Tageszeitung mit allgemeiner Verbreitung in Luxemburg, voraussichtlich im [Luxemburger Wort].] [Für die Schuldverschreibungen erfolgt die Bekanntmachung im Einklang mit den Regeln der Börse, an der die Schuldverschreibungen notiert sind.] [Für die Schuldverschreibungen erfolgt die Bekanntmachung voraussichtlich im [Bundesanzeiger].] (2) Jede Bekanntmachung gilt mit dem Tag der Veröffentlichung (bei mehreren Veröffentlichungen mit dem Tag der ersten solchen Veröffentlichung) als wirksam erfolgt. [(3)Die Emittentin ist berechtigt, eine Zeitungsveröffentlichung nach Abs. 1 durch eine Mitteilung an die Clearing Systeme zur Weiterleitung an die Gläubiger zu ersetzen, vorausgesetzt, dass in den Fällen, in denen die Schuldverschreibungen an einer Börse notiert sind, die Regeln dieser Börse diese Form zulassen 3). Jede derartige Mitteilung gilt am 7. Tag nach dem Tag ihrer Mitteilung an die Clearing Systeme als den Gläubigern mitgeteilt.] § [15] Verschiedenes (1) Form und Inhalt der Schuldverschreibungen und der Zinsscheine sowie die Rechte und Pflichten der Gläubiger, der Emittentin und der Garantin bestimmen sich in jeder Hinsicht nach deutschem Recht. Die englische Sprachfassung der abgedruckten Anleihebedingungen dient lediglich der unverbindlichen Information, rechtlich bindend ist ausschließlich die deutsche Sprachfassung der abgedruckten Anleihebedingungen. (2) Erfüllungsort im Zusammenhang mit den Schuldverschreibungen ist Hannover. Für Kaufleute, juristische Personen des öffentlichen Rechts, öffentlich-rechtliche Sondervermögen und Personen ohne allgemeinen Gerichtsstand in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland ist Hannover der nicht ausschließliche Gerichtsstand für alle Rechtsstreitigkeiten aus den in den Anleihebedingungen geregelten Angelegenheiten. (3) Für etwaige Rechtsstreitigkeiten oder sonstige Verfahren vor deutschen Gerichten bestellt die NORD/LB Securities die Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, Friedrichswall 10, 30159 Hannover zum Zustellungsbevollmächtigten. (4) Sollte eine der Bestimmungen dieser Anleihebedingungen ganz oder teilweise unwirksam oder undurchführbar sein oder werden, so bleiben die übrigen Bestimmungen hiervon unberührt. [Anstelle der unwirksamen oder undurchführbaren Bestimmungen gilt eine wirksame bzw. durchführbare Bestimmung, die den wirtschaftlichen Zwecken der unwirksamen bzw. undurchführbaren Bestimmung soweit wie möglich Rechnung trägt.] 4) 3) Nicht bei einer Notierung an der Luxemburger Börse einfügen. 4) Nicht bei einem öffentlichen Angebot einfügen. 104 (5) Jeder Gläubiger von Schuldverschreibungen, die durch Globalurkunden verbrieft sind, kann in Rechtsstreitigkeiten gegen die Emittentin oder Rechtsstreitigkeiten, an denen der Gläubiger und die Emittentin beteiligt sind, im eigenen Namen seine Rechte aus den ihm zustehenden Schuldverschreibungen lediglich unter Vorlage folgender Unterlagen wahrnehmen und durchsetzen: (a) einer Bescheinigung seiner Depotbank, die (i) den vollen Namen und die volle Anschrift des Gläubigers bezeichnet; (ii) einen Gesamtnennbetrag von Schuldverschreibungen angibt, die am Ausstellungstag dieser Bescheinigung dem bei dieser Depotbank bestehenden Depot des Gläubigers gutgeschrieben sind, und (iii) bestätigt, dass die Depotbank die Clearstream, Frankfurt bzw. dem gemeinsamen Verwahrer von Clearstream, Luxembourg oder Euroclear (der „Gemeinsame Verwahrer“) eine schriftliche Mitteilung gemacht hat, die die Angaben gemäß (i) und (ii) enthält, und Bestätigungsvermerke der Clearstream, Frankfurt oder des Gemeinsamen Verwahrers sowie des betroffenen Clearstream, Frankfurt-Kontoinhabers oder Clearstream, Luxembourg- oder Euroclear-Teilnehmers trägt, sowie (b) einer von einem Vertretungsberechtigten der Clearstream, Frankfurt oder des Gemeinsamen Verwahrers beglaubigten Ablichtung der Globalurkunde. Im Sinne der vorstehenden Bestimmungen ist „Depotbank“ eine Bank oder sonstiges Finanzinstitut (einschließlich Clearstream, Frankfurt; Clearstream, Luxembourg und Euroclear), das über die erforderlichen Genehmigungen für das Wertpapier-Depotgeschäft verfügt und bei dem der Gläubiger Schuldverschreibungen im Depot verwahren lässt. 105 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE INSTRUMENTS The English language version of the printed terms and conditions of the Instruments is for information only and is non-binding. Only the German language version of the printed terms and conditions of the Instruments is legally binding. The Instruments will be issued under this programme for the issuance of Instruments (Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments) dated 17 September 2003 by Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale (“NORD/LB”) and NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC (“NORD/LB Securities”) in series (“Series”). Each Series is the subject of a Pricing Supplement (“Pricing Supplement”). The Pricing Supplement will determine the terms and conditions of the Instruments applying to the respective Series. For each Series, which is offered publicly, the Pricing Supplement will convey the complete terms and conditions of the Instruments including the relevant sections of the following terms and conditions (consolidated terms and conditions). For each Series, which is not offered publicly, the Pricing Supplement will determine the complete text of the terms and conditions of the Instruments for the Series in question by supplementing, completing and omitting provisions in the following terms and conditions (unconsolidated terms and conditions). The Pricing Supplement may also provide for terms and conditions of the Instruments for a Series which are additionally as well as supplementary to the following terms and conditions. The Pricing Supplement for each Series may be obtained free of charge from the designated offices of the Paying Agents for the Series in question [from the date of issue/commencement of the Series offer]. The following terms and conditions of the Instruments contain a number of provisions, which are envisaged for alternative use. The choice of the provisions applicable to a Series will only apply to Instruments in this Series following completion of the blank spaces contained in the following terms and conditions marked “[ ]” or “●” with the details applying to the Series in question. The same applies to provisions that are adapted to the respective conditions or omitted in their entirety from the terms and conditions for the Series in question. The issue of Instruments will take place in accordance with the provisions of a Fiscal Agency Agreement (“Fiscal Agency Agreement”) dated 17 September 2003 between NORD/LB and NORD/LB Securities on the one hand and Deutsche Bank AG London as Fiscal Agent (“Fiscal Agent”) and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., Deutsche Bank AG Paris Branch and NORD/LB (together with the Fiscal Agent the “Paying Agents”) on the other hand. The Fiscal Agency Agreement may be obtained free of charge from the Paying Agents. § 1 Denomination and Form (1) The issues of a Series of Instruments by ● (the “Issuer”) for a total par value of ● is divided into ● Instruments in bearer form each with a par value of ● (“Instruments”). The Instruments may be represented according to the following provisions as a global instrument (“Global Note”), in definitive form or, in as much as this is legally admissible, in electronic form. (2) [Temporary representation by means of a Temporary Global Notes (without certification that no US ownership is involved (beneficial ownership)) (a) On issue, the Instruments will initially be represented by means of a temporary Global Note (“Temporary Global Note”), which will be exchanged for Instruments in definitive form with interest coupons within a period of not longer than [120] days from the date of issue. (b) The Temporary Global Note is to be signed in their own hand by two persons authorised to represent the Issuer [and in addition in his own hand by an authentication agent of the Fiscal Agent]. The Instruments in definitive form and the interest coupons will bear the facsimile signatures of two persons authorised to represent the Issuer [and are also to be provided with the Issuer’s impressed stamp]. [The Instruments in definitive form are also to be signed by an authentication agent of the Fiscal Agent].] 106 [Representation by means of a Temporary Global Note (with certification that no US ownership is involved (beneficial ownership)) (a) On issue, the Instruments will initially be represented by means of a temporary Global Note (“Temporary Global Note”). The Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for [a permanent Global Note (“Permanent Global Note”), which represents the Instruments for their entire residual life] [Instruments in definitive form with interest coupons that are numbered consecutively]. The exchange will take place 40 days after settlement at the earliest, following presentation of certification that no US ownership is involved (beneficial ownership), which corresponds to the requirements of the laws of the United States of America in terms of content and form or the existing practices of the clearing system(s). (b) The Temporary Global Note is to be signed in their own hand by two persons authorised to represent the Issuer [and in addition in his own hand by an authentication agent of the Fiscal Agent]. The Instruments in definitive form and the interest coupons will bear the facsimile signatures of two persons authorised to represent the Issuer [and are also to be provided with the Issuer’s impressed stamp]. [The Instruments in definitive form are also to be signed by a authentication agent of the Fiscal Agent]. (c) [Should interest on Instruments, which are represented by means of a Temporary Global Note, become due for payment, the interest payments in question will only be effected on the Temporary Global Note in as much as certification that no US ownership (beneficial ownership) is involved is held by the clearing system(s).] [Representation by means of a Permanent Global Note (a) The Instruments will be represented for their entire lifetime by means of a Global Note without interest coupons or, if legally admissible, in electronic form (“Global Note”). Instruments in definitive form and interest coupons will not be issued. (b) The Global Note will be signed in their own hand by two persons authorised to represent the Issuer [and in addition in his own hand by an authentication agent of the Fiscal Agent]; in the case of electronic securitisation, they will be [signed] in accordance with the regulations permitting electronic securitisation.] (3) Clearstream Banking AG, Frankfurt/Main (“Clearstream, Frankfurt”), Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking société anonyme, Luxembourg (“Clearstream, Luxembourg”) may be stipulated as clearing systems (the “Clearing Systems”) for the purposes of these terms and conditions as well as any other clearing system. § 2 Status and Ranking [Unsubordinated Instruments The Instruments and interest coupons establish direct, unconditional, unsubordinated, unsecured liabilities by the Issuer which rank pari passu with each other and with other unsubordinated, unsecured liabilities of the Issuer, except liabilities having prior ranking by law.] [Subordinated Instruments (1) The Instruments and interest coupons establish liabilities by the Issuer ranking at least pari passu with each other and with all other subordinated liabilities of the Issuer. In the event of the Issuer’s dissolution, liquidation or insolvency or in the event of proceedings resulting in the Issuer’s dissolution or liquidation, these liabilities will be subordinated to all the unsubordinated creditors of the Issuer with the result that payments will not be made on the liabilities in any of the cases mentioned until all the Issuer’s unsubordinated creditors have been satisfied in full. (2) The Holders of the Instruments or interest coupons will not be entitled to set off claims under the Instruments or interest coupons against the Issuer’s claims. Holders’ rights under Instruments of this kind or interest coupons may not be secured by the Issuer or a third party in any way at any time. (3) Subsequent agreements restricting subordination in accordance with this Section 2 or accelerating the maturity of the Instruments are inadmissible. If Instruments that constitute longer-term subordinated liabilities for the purposes of the German Banking Act are repaid prior to maturity without the 107 preconditions stipulated in Section 2 Paragraph (1) or Section 7 Paragraph (1) being met, the amount repaid is to be returned to the Issuer without any account being taken of agreements to the contrary unless the liable equity capital created by the Instruments for the purposes of the German Banking Act is replaced by the contribution of liable equity capital being at least equal in value or the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BAFin) has agreed to the premature repayment.] [§ 3 Guarantee [Unsubordinated Instruments (1) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale (the “Guarantor”) has assumed an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee (the “Guarantee”) for the due and punctual fulfilment of all payment obligations of the Issuer under the Instruments. Copies of the Guarantee may be obtained free of charge from designated offices of the Paying Agents. (2) The Guarantee establishes direct, unconditional, unsubordinated liabilities of the Guarantor not secured on its assets and ranking pari passu with each other as well as with all other unsubordinated liabilities of the Guarantor not secured on its assets, except liabilities that have preference by law.] [Subordinated Instruments (1) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale (the “Guarantor”) has assumed an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee (the “Guarantee”) in accordance with the provisions set out below for the due and punctual fulfilment of all payment obligations of the Issuer under the Instruments. Copies of the Guarantee may be obtained free of charge from the designated offices of the Paying Agents. (2) The Guarantee establishes liabilities by the Guarantor ranking at least pari passu with each other as well as with all other subordinated liabilities of the Guarantor. In the event of the Guarantor’s dissolution, liquidation or insolvency or in the event of proceedings resulting in the dissolution, liquidation or insolvency of the Guarantor these liabilities are subordinated to the claims of all unsubordinated creditors of the Guarantor with the result that in a case of this kind no payment will be made on the liabilities until all unsubordinated creditors of the Guarantor have been satisfied in full. (3) Holders of the Instruments or interest coupons will not be entitled to set off claims under the Guarantee with any claims by the Guarantor. The rights of Holders of the Instruments or interest coupons under the Guarantee may not be secured by the Guarantor or a third party in any way at any time. (4) Subsequent agreements restricting the subordination in accordance with this Section 3 or accelerating the maturity of the Guarantee are inadmissible. If the Guarantor makes payments for the Instruments before maturity without the preconditions stipulated in Section 2 Paragraph (3) being met, the amount paid is to be returned to the Guarantor without any account being taken of agreements to the contrary.]] § [4] Interest (1) [Fixed Rate Series The Instruments will bear interest on the par value from ● onwards at an annual rate of ● %. Interest is payable annually in arrears on ● [in ● (insert currency)] of each year (an “Interest Payment Date” in each case) unless the Interest Payment Date in question is not a Business Day (as defined below). In this case, Holders are not entitled to payment before the next Business Day. Holders are not entitled to demand further interest or other payments because of this deferment. For these purposes a “Business Day” is a day on which [commercial banks and foreign exchange markets in ● (insert location) settle payments in ● (insert currency)], [on which banks are open for business in any relevant place of presentation] [and] [all relevant parts of the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer System (“TARGET”) are operating in order to pass on the payments in question]. The first interest payment will be made on ●. If interest is to be calculated for a period of less than one year, the calculation will be based on day count fractions (Section [4] Paragraph 2).] 108 [[Step-Up] [Step-Down] Series The Instruments will bear interest on the par value from ● (inclusive) up to ● (exclusive) at an annual rate of ●%. Unless the Issuer calls the Instruments in accordance with Section [7] Paragraph (2) of these terms and conditions, the Instruments will subsequently bear interest on the par value from ● (inclusive) up to ● (exclusive) at an annual rate of ●% [and unless the Issuer calls the Instruments in accordance with Section [7] Paragraph (2) of these terms and conditions, the Instruments will subsequently bear interest on the par value from ● (inclusive) up to ● (exclusive) at an annual rate of ●%] [and ●]. Interest is payable annually in arrears on ● [in ● (insert currency)] of each year (an “Interest Payment Date” in each case) unless the Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day (as defined below). In this case, Holders are not entitled to payment before the next Business Day. Holders are not entitled to demand further interest or other payments on the basis of this deferment. For these purposes, a “Business Day” is a day on which [commercial banks and foreign exchange markets in ● (insert location) settle payments in ● (insert currency)] [and] [all relevant parts of the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer System (“TARGET”) are operating in order to pass on the payments in question]. The first interest payment will be made on ●. If interest is to be calculated on periods of less than one year, the calculation will be made on the basis of day count fractions (Section [4] Paragraph 2).] [Zero Coupon Series The Instruments will be issued on ● (“Issue Date”) at ● (“Issue Price”). There will be no regular interest payments on the Instruments. Should the Issuer fail to redeem the Instruments on the maturity date or not redeem the Instruments in full, the accrual of interest on the outstanding amount of the Instruments will not end on the maturity date (Section [5]) but upon actual redemption of the Instruments. The interest rate applicable is based on the legal provisions, unless the issuing yield of ●% per annum is higher than the legally stipulated interest rate. In this case, the Instruments will continue to accrue interest at the issuing yield rate.] [Floating Rate Series The Instruments will bear interest on the par value at a floating rate (“Floating Rate”) initially starting from the floating rate interest commencement date (“Floating Rate Interest Commencement Date”) (inclusive) up to the first day of the next following interest period (“Floating Rate Interest Payment Date”) (exclusive) and subsequently from each Floating Rate Interest Payment Date (inclusive) up to the next following Floating Rate Interest Payment Date (exclusive). “Floating Rate Interest Payment Date” is the ● [monthly], [quarterly], [six-monthly] [other Interest Period]. Interest on the Instruments is due and payable in arrears on each Floating Rate Interest Payment Date [in ● (insert currency)]. If a Floating Rate Interest Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the Interest will be paid on the following Business Day. The Floating Rate Interest Period will be extended accordingly. The following Floating Rate Interest Period will be reduced by the number of days by which the previous Floating Rate Interest Period was extended. However, if the following Business Day falls in the following calendar month, the interest due will be paid on the preceding Business Day and the Floating Rate Interest Period will be reduced accordingly. For these purposes, a “Business Day” is a day on which [commercial banks and foreign exchange markets in ● (insert location) settle payments in ● (insert currency)] [and] [all relevant parts of the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer System (“TARGET”) are operating in order to pass on the payments in question]. [The Floating Rate corresponds to the stipulated reference interest rate as explained below.] [The Floating Rate for the respective Floating Rate Interest Period is calculated as a mark-up of ● 109 basis points on the reference interest rate as explained below.] [It amounts to a maximum of ●%.] [It amounts to a minimum of ●%.] The authoritative information source for stipulating the reference interest rate for the respective Floating Rate Interest Period is ● (“Relevant Information Source”). The reference interest rate that will apply in the respective Floating Rate Interest Period will be stipulated by ● (“Calculation Agent” whereby this term will also include its successors in this role) in accordance with the following principles: (i) The Calculation Agent will determine the [rate for deposits] applying to the Floating Rate Interest Period in question (“Reference Interest Rate”) in the currency of the Instruments from the Relevant Information Source at or around [11.00] hours ([Brussels/London time]) [on the first/second [Brussels/London] Business Day before the start] [on the date of the start] of the respective Floating Rate Interest Period (“Interest Determination Date”). (ii) If no Reference Interest Rate is published in the Relevant Information Source on the Interest Determination Date, the following will apply: (1) The Calculation Agent will ask four banks of international standing (“Banks”) to provide their quotations for the Reference Interest Rate in the relevant currency and for the relevant Floating Rate Interest Period. If at least two Banks have quoted, the Reference Interest Rate for the relevant Floating Rate Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of these quotations calculated by the Calculation Agent (if necessary rounded up to the next one hundred thousandth per cent). (2) If Reference Interest Rates in accordance with Paragraph (1) are quoted by only one bank on the Interest Determination Date, the Reference Interest Rate for the next Floating Rate Interest Period will be the rate quoted by this Bank on this Interest Determination Date. (iii)In the event that the Reference Interest Rate cannot be determined in accordance with Paragraph (ii), the rate published in the Relevant Information Source on the immediately preceding Business Day in [Brussels/London] will apply for the following Floating Rate Interest Period.] (2) The interest payable on each Instrument will be calculated on the par value of the Instrument using the interest rate and day count fractions (as explained below) applying to the Interest Period in question. The interest amount calculated in this manner will be rounded up to the next sub-unit in the currency of the Instrument with any amount in excess of half a sub-unit of this kind being rounded up each time. With reference to the calculation of interest payable on Instruments for any period (“Interest Calculation Period”) the day count fractions (“Day Count Fractions”) signify: [If Actual/Actual (ISMA Regulation 251) is specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement: (a) In the event that the Interest Calculation Period is equal to or shorter than the period from one Interest Payment Date (inclusive) to the next Interest Payment Date (exclusive) (“Interest Period”): the number of days actually elapsed in this Interest Calculation Period divided by the product of (i) the number of days in this Interest Period and (ii) the number of Interest Periods within a calendar year. (b) In the event that the Interest Calculation Period is longer than an Interest Period: the sum of (i) the number of days actually elapsed in the Interest Calculation Period, which fall in first commencing Interest Period of the Interest Calculation Period, divided by the product of (x) the number of days in this Interest Period and (y) the number of Interest Periods that fall within a calendar year and (ii) the number of days actually elapsed in the Interest Calculation Period falling in the next Interest Period divided by the product of (x) the number of days in this Interest Period and (y) the number of Interest Periods within a calendar year.] [If Actual/365 (fixed) is specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement: the number of days actually elapsed in the Interest Calculation Period divided by 365.] [If Actual/360 is specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement: the number of days actually elapsed in the Interest Calculation Period divided by 360.] 110 [If 30E/360 or Eurobond Basis is specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement: the number of days in the Interest Calculation Period divided by 360. The number of days is to be established on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 months of 30 days each and without taking account of the first and last day of the Interest Calculation Period.] [If 30/360, 360/360 or Bond Basis is specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement: the number of days in the Interest Calculation Period divided by 360 whereby the number of days is to be established on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 months of 30 days each unless, (i) the last day of the Interest Calculation Period falls on the 31st day of a month while the first day of the Interest Calculation Period falls neither on the 30th nor on the 31st day of a month whereby the month containing this day is not to be treated as a month reduced to 30 days in this case, or (ii) the last day of the Interest Calculation Period falls on the last day of February whereby February is not to be treated as a month extended to 30 days in this case.] [(3)The Calculation Agent will arrange to notify the interest rate, the interest payable for the relevant Interest Period and the relevant Interest Payment Date to the Fiscal Agent, who will in turn arrange for the other Paying Agents to be informed as soon as possible after the relevant determination. The determination of the interest rates and the respective interest payable is final in every case and binding on all participants unless there is an obvious mistake.] [(4)Accrual of interest on the Instruments will end on expiry of the date preceding the date on which the Instruments are due for redemption; this also applies when payment is effected on a later date under Section 193 German Civil Code (BGB). Should the Issuer fail to redeem the Instruments on the maturity date or not redeem the Instruments in full, the accrual of interest on the outstanding par value of the Instruments will not end on the maturity date (Section [5]) but upon actual redemption of the Instruments. However, interest will be owed for a maximum of 14 days after the date on which the moneys needed to settle all amounts owed under the Instruments are made available to the Fiscal Agent and notice thereof has been given by publication in accordance with Section [14]. The interest rate applicable is based on the legal provisions, unless the interest rate agreed in accordance with Section [4] Paragraph 1 is higher than the legally stipulated interest rate. In this case, the agreed interest rate will continue to apply.] § [5] Redemption of Instruments [Redemption at fixed value The Instruments will be redeemed on ● (“Maturity Date”) [at par value] [at ●%]. [Option on the part of the Issuer to redemption in principal or by delivery of shares (1) The Instruments will be redeemed on ● (“Maturity Date”) at the option of the Issuer either by payment in principal or by delivering ● shares (ISIN: ●) (“Shares”) in ● (“Company”) per Instrument equal to the par value of ● each. The Issuer will decide which option to exercise on ● (“Determination Date”) and will announce it without delay in accordance with Section [14] below. If necessary, the number of shares to be delivered may be adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 2. No share fractions will be delivered. Any fractions will be evened out by payment of an ● amount (insert currency), whereby the value of the fractions to be evened out will be based on the [● price] (“Price”) of the shares determined by ● (“Reference Agent”) on the Determination Date. (2) If the Company’s shares changes during the life of the Instruments as a result of an adjustment or some other event, the number of shares to be delivered will be adjusted accordingly or other adjustments will be made if necessary. 111 These adjustments and the determination of the time from which they will apply will be effected by the Issuer at its discretion (Section 315 BGB) taking account of the interests of the Instrument Holders involved as a group and existing market practice at the time as established in the Rules of [EUREX Deutschland] (“Futures and Options Exchange”) or a successor organisation replacing it for adjustments of this kind. The sole aim of these adjustments is to maintain the stock market value or, if there is no stock market quotation, the value of the Instruments before the event triggering the adjustment, the “Adjustment Date”. An adjustment event (“Adjustment Event”) is any decision or action by the Company’s executive bodies: (a) that is reached by the bodies themselves or a third party with regard to the Company’s capital or assets (e.g. capital increase by issuing new shares in return for contributions, issuing securities with option or conversion rights to shares, increasing capital from company funds, share splits, hiving off part of the company, merger, liquidation, nationalisation or another measure) and (b) because of which the Futures and Options Exchange adjusts the strike price and/or the contract size for option contracts relating to the Company’s shares (“Option Contracts”) or amends the Option Contracts in some other way. If, according to the Rules of the Futures and Options Exchange, no adjustments are to be made with regard to the Option Contracts relating to the Company’s shares traded on the Futures and Options Exchange because of this decision or action, the number of shares to be delivered will remain unchanged unless adjustments of this kind in accordance with (b) were not carried out only because there were no Option Contracts outstanding on the Futures and Options Exchange at the time they would have to be carried out. In this case, the Issuer will carry out adjustments in accordance with the Rules of the Futures and Options Exchange as if Option Contracts relating to the Company’s shares were traded at the Adjustment Date. (3) If the Reference Agent is unable to determine a price for the shares on the Determination Date because trading in the Company’s shares is interrupted or suspended (“Market Interruption”), the replacement price, as established below, will apply to the option of delivering shares. The replacement price is the price of the Company’s shares used as a basis by the Futures and Options Exchange in trading or settling Options Contracts or if such a price is unobtainable, the price of the Company’s shares being the arithmetic mean of the purchase and selling prices for the Company’s shares, which would be quoted to the Issuer by three reputable banks or credit institutions involved in trading in the Company’s shares at about the date on which the Reference Agent would have announced a stock market price without this Market Interruption. If prices of this kind are unobtainable, the Issuer will at its discretion (Section 315 BGB) determine a replacement price taking account of the interests of the Instrument Holders involved as a group and existing market practice at the time, which in its opinion corresponds to the market circumstances prevailing at this time.] [Option on the part of the Issuer to redemption in principal or by delivery of bonds in the form of ● [(1)]The Instruments will be redeemed on ● (“Maturity Date”) at the option of the Issuer either by payment in principal or by delivering [a bond that is still to be issued (“Bond”) by NORD/LB with the following terms: [●] (insert par value, currency, type of interest payment, interest rate, if applicable, maturity).] [a bond (“Bond”) issued by [●] (insert Issuer) with the following terms: [●] (insert par value, currency, type of interest payment, interest rate, if applicable, maturity).] The Issuer will decide which option to exercise on ● (“Determination Date”) and will announce it without delay in accordance with Section [14]. [(2)If ● (“Reference Agent”) does not announce the [ price] for the Bond on the Determination Date because trading in the Bond is interrupted or suspended (“Market Interruption”), the replacement price (“Replacement Price”), as established below, will apply to the option of delivering bonds. The Replacement Price is the price of the Bonds being the arithmetic mean of the quotation specified for the Bonds by at least two banks dealing in the Bonds at around the date on which the Reference Agent would have announced a [Price] on this date without this Market Interruption. If prices of this 112 kind are unobtainable, the Issuer will at its discretion (Section 315 BGB) determine a replacement price taking account of the interests of the Bond Holders involved as a group and existing market practice at the time, which, in its opinion, corresponds to the market circumstances prevailing at this time.]] [Redemption depending on an Underlying Value (1) The Instruments will be redeemed on ● (“Maturity Date”) as follows: [Instruments with participation in a rising Underlying Value (i) If the ● (insert description of the value in question; “Price”) of the ● (“Underlying Value”) (ISIN:●) is listed above or at least at ● points (“Threshold Value”) on ● (“Determination Date”), the Holder of Instruments will receive the [par value] [●% of the par value] plus a participation. The participation will amount to P (“Participation Factor”) multiplied by the relative increase in value in the Underlying Value. The relative increase in value of the Underlying Value corresponds to the quotient from the figure by which the price of the Underlying Value exceeds the Threshold Value on the Determination Date and the Threshold Value. [However, a maximum amount of ●% of the par value will be redeemed (“Cap”).] This produces the following calculation formula for the redemption price: Min Date – Threshold Value) ; Cap {[100% + (P * (Price on the Determination )] } Threshold Value (ii) If the Underlying Value is listed below the Threshold Value on the Determination Date, the Instruments will be redeemed [at their par value] [●% of their par value]. (iii)One point correponds with ●.] [Instruments with participation in a falling Underlying Value (i) If the ● (insert description of the value in question; the “Price” ) of the ● (“Underlying Value”) (ISIN:●) is listed above or at least at ● points (“Threshold Value”) on ● (“Determination Date”), the Instruments will be redeemed at [their par value] [at ●% of their par value]. [Cash Settlement with a Participation Factor [(ii) If the Underlying Value is listed below the Threshold Value on the Determination Date, the Instruments will be redeemed proportionately. The proportion will amount to 100% of the par value of the Instruments less a participation in the relative fall in value in the Underlying Value. The participation will amount to P (“Participation Factor”) multiplied by the relative fall in value in the Underlying Value. The relative fall in value corresponds to the quotient from the figure by which the price of the Underlying Value falls below the Threshold Value on the Determination Date and the Threshold Value. [However, a minimum of ●% of the par value will be redeemed (“Floor”).] This produces the following calculation formula for the redemption price: Max Price on the Determination Date) ; Floor {[100% – (P * (Threshold Value –Threshold )] } Value (iii)One point correponds with ●.] [Underlying Value in the form of an index with Physical Delivery of the shares contained in the Underlying Value (ii) If the Underlying Value is listed below the Threshold Value on the Determination Date, the Instruments will be redeemed by delivery of the shares contained in the Underlying Value on the Determination Date in accordance with the weighting applying on this date. No share fractions will be delivered. Any fractions will be evened out by payment of an ● amount (insert currency) whereby the value of the fractions to be evened out will be based on the [● price] (“Price”) of the shares established by ● (“Reference Agent”) on the Determination Date. (iii)One point correponds with ●.]] 113 [Instruments with participation in a rising and falling Underlying Value The participation of Instruments in a rising Underlying Value is based on the principles presented below under (i), the participation of Instruments in a falling Underlying Value is based on the principles presented below under (ii). (i) If the ● (insert description of the value in question; the “Price”) of the ● (“Underlying Value”) [(ISIN:●)] is listed above or at least at ● points (“Threshold Value”) on ● (“Determination Date”), the Holder of Instruments will receive ●% of the par value plus a participation. The participation will amount to Ppositive (“Positive Participation Factor”) multiplied by the relative increase in value in the Underlying Value. The relative increase in value in the Underlying Value corresponds to the quotient from the value by which the price of the Underlying Value exceeds the Threshold Value on the Determination Date and the Threshold Value. [However, the Holder of Instruments will receive a maximum of ●% (“Cap”) of the Threshold Value.] (ii) If the Underlying Value is listed below the Threshold Value on the Determination Date, the Instruments will only be redeemed proportionately, if the Underlying Value only reaches ●% of the Threshold Value or less (“Reduced Value”) on the Determination Date. In this case, the proportion will amount to ●% of the par value of the Instruments less a participation in the relative fall in value in the Underlying Value in excess of the Reduced Value. The participation will amount to Pnegative (“Negative Participation Factor”) multiplied by the relative fall in value in the Underlying Value in excess of the Reduced Value. The relative fall in value in excess of the Reduced Value corresponds to the quotient from the value by which the Underlying Value falls below the product of the Reduced Value and the Threshold Value on the Determination Date and the Threshold Value. (iii)The redemption price can be calculated as follows on the basis of the price of the Underlying Value: (a) If the price of the Underlying Value on the Determination Date is above or at least the Threshold Value, the calculation formula is as follows: ( 100 % + Min Ppositive * (Price on the Determination Date – Threshold Value) ; Cap Threshold Value ) (b) If the price of the Underlying Value on the Determination Date is under the Threshold Value but beyond the Reduced Value ●% of the par value is redeemed. (c) If the price of the Underlying Value on the Determination Date is below or at least the Reduced Value, the calculation formula is as follows: 100 % – Pnegative * (Reduced Value * Threshold Value – Price on the Determination Date) Threshold Value (iv)One point correponds with ●.] (2) [Underlying Value in the form of an index The Underlying Value in the form of an index with the rules applicable to it at any time (“Index Concept”) is the basis for the above determinations and calculations. [These were drawn up by ●. The respective means of calculating, determing and publishing the index is carried out by ● (“Sponsor”)] 1). [The index is reproduced from [●] [● with part of the index of ● and ● with part of the index of ● and ● with part of the index of ● [and ●] (each “Index Components”). The index will be determined [daily] [weekly] at [●] (insert time) in accordance with the above mentioned rules and published on ●. The index will be determined and published by ● (“Sponsor”)] 2). The Index Concept will also apply if changes in the calculation [of the index or its composition] [of the Index Components or their composition], of whatever kind, occur or other measures are undertaken during the life of the Instruments having an impact on the Index Concept unless otherwise specified in the following provisions. 1) Only for an existing index e.g. DAX etc. 2) Only for an individually created index. 114 [If the index is] [if the Index Components are] no longer calculated and published by the original Sponsor but calculated and published by another person, company or institution, which the Issuer considers suitable (“Successor Sponsor”), the above mentioned determinations and calculations will be calculated on the basis of the index calculated and published by the Successor Sponsor. Each reference to the original Sponsor contained in these terms and conditions will count, where the context so permits, as a reference to the Successor Sponsor. [If the index is] [if the index components are] are abolished in whole or in part or replaced by another Index Concept, the Issuer will at its discretion (Section 315 BGB) taking account of the interests of the Instrument Holders involved as a group and existing market practice at the time determine whether and which other Index Concept (“Replacement Index”; “Replacement Components”) is to be used in future as a basis for the above determinations and calculations and will announce these details in accordance with Section [14]. Each reference contained in these terms and conditions to [the Index] [the Index Components] will then be deemed to be, where the context so permits, as a reference to [the Replacement Index] [the Replacement Components]. If, in the view of the Issuer, it is impossible to determine [another authoritative Index Concept] [other authoritative Index Components] for whatever reason, the Issuer will ensure the continued calculation and publication of the authoritative value for the above determinations and calculations on the basis of the previous concept and announce these details in accordance with Section [14]. Should [the Index or a Replacement Index] [an Index Component or a Replacement Component] not be determined and published or if, in the view of the Issuer, there is a Market Interruption, the following Business Day on which it is determined and published and on which there is no Market Interruption will be deemed to be the Determination Date. If the Determination Date is postponed to the third Business Day after the Maturity Date and the above mentioned value is not determined and published on this date or if, in the opinion of the Issuer, there is a Market Interruption, the Issuer will then calculate the authoritative Price applying the calculation method last applying to the calculation of the above mentioned value whereby the Issuer will take the prices of the securities contained [in the Index] [in the Index Components] on this date at the time their authoritative value price is usually determined (“Determination Time”) as a basis for the calculation. Should trading in one or more of the material securities for calculating [the Index] [the Index Components] be suspended or significantly restricted on such a day, the Issuer will involve an independent expert and take account of the market circumstances prevailing at the time in estimating the price of the relevant securities at its discretion (Section 315 BGB) taking account of the interests of the Instrument Holders involved as a group and existing market practice at the time. For the purposes of this Paragraph, a Market Interruption signifies the suspension of or restriction in trading of the securities contained [in the Index] [in the Index Components] on stock exchanges or trading systems, the prices of which are used for calculating [the Index] [the Index Components] if, in the view of the Issuer, a suspension or restriction of this kind will have a significant impact on the calculation or trading in futures contracts or option contracts related to [the Index] [the Index Components] has been suspended or restricted on the Futures and Options Exchange with the greatest trading volume in futures contracts or option contracts related to [the Index] [the Index Components].] [Underlying Value in the form of shares The Underlying Value in the form of shares is the basis for the above determinations and calculations. If the Company’s shares change as a result of an adjustment or other event during the life of the Instruments, the Issuer will make the necessary adjustments. These adjustments and determination of the time from which they apply will be effected by the Issuer at its discretion (Section 315 BGB) taking account of the interests of the Instrument Holders involved as a group and existing market practice at the time, as established in the Rules of [EUREX Deutschland] (“Futures and Options Exchange”) or a successor organisation replacing it for adjustments of this kind. The sole aim of these adjustments is to maintain the stock market value or, if there is no stock market quotation, the value of the Instruments before the event triggering the adjustment, the “Adjustment Date”. 115 An adjustment event (“Adjustment Event”) is any decision or action by the Company’s executive bodies: (a) that is reached by the bodies themselves or a third party with regard to the Company’s capital or assets (e.g. capital increase by issuing new shares in return for contributions, issuing securities with option or conversion rights to shares, increasing capital from company funds, share splits, hiving off part of the company, merger, liquidation, nationalisation or another measure) and (b) because of which the Futures and Options Exchange adjusts the strike price and/or contract size for option contracts relating to the Company’s shares (“Option Contracts”) or amends the Option Contracts in some other way. If, according to the Rules of the Futures and Options Exchange, no adjustments are to be made with regard to the Option Contracts relating to the Company’s shares traded on the Futures and Options Exchange because of this decision or action, the Issuer will not undertake any adjustments unless adjustments of this kind in accordance with (b) were not carried out only because there were no Option Contracts outstanding at the time they would have to have been carried out. In this case, the Issuer will carry out adjustments in accordance with the Rules of the Futures and Options Exchange as if Option Contracts relating to the Company’s shares were traded at the Adjustment Date. If a price for the shares cannot be determined on the Determination Date because trading in the Company’s shares is interrupted or suspended (“Market Interruption”), the replacement price, as established below, will apply to the option of delivering shares: The replacement price is the price of the Company’s shares that is used as a basis by the Futures and Options Exchange in trading or settling Options Contracts, or, if such a price is unobtainable, the price of the Company’s shares that works out as the arithmetic mean of the purchase and selling prices, which would be quoted to the Issuer by three reputable banks or credit institutions involved in trading the Company’s shares at about the date on which the Reference Agent would have announced a stock market price without this Market Interruption. If prices of this kind are unobtainable, the Issuer will at its discretion (Section 315 BGB) determine a replacement price taking account of the interests of the Instrument Holders involved as a group and existing market practice at the time, which in its opinion corresponds to the market circumstances prevailing at this time.]] [§ [6] Purchase of unsubordinated Instruments The Issuer is entitled, to purchase unsubordinated Instruments in the market or elsewhere at any time and to opt to hold them, redeem them or re-sell them.] [§ [7] Early Redemption [(1)]Redemption of Instruments that are unsubordinated or constitute longer-term subordinated liabilities for taxation reasons Should the Issuer be obliged to pay additional amounts in accordance with Section [9] as a result of a change affecting the legal provisions applying in the country in which the Issuer’s registered office is situated after the issue of Instruments being unsubordinated or longer-term subordinated liabilities for the purposes of the German Banking Act (KWG) or as a result of a change in their application or official interpretation, [or in the event of a claim on its guarantee the Guarantor be obliged to pay additional amounts in accordance with the provisions of the guarantee] the Issuer is entitled to give notice – by means of an announcement in accordance with Section [14] of at least 30 and at most 60 days that it will call in the outstanding Instruments in total – not in part – for early redemption at [par value plus accrued interest/redemption amount (as defined below)]. However, notice of this kind may be given no earlier than 90 days before the date on which the change in the legal provisions or their application through official interpretation comes into effect. [(2)Redemption of unsubordinated Instruments only at the option of the Issuer (call) The Issuer may give notice that the Instruments will be redeemed in total, but not individually, [at a price that [corresponds to their par value] [that corresponds to ●] (“Redemption Amount”) plus the accrued interest accumulated up to the date destined for redemption/at the amortised face value 116 (as defined below)] [[each] at ●] with a notice period of ● days to repayment. Notice is to be given in accordance with Section [14].] [Redemption of unsubordinated Instruments only at the option of the Holder (put) Each Instrument Holder is entitled to demand that the Issuer redeems Instruments on ● [at a price, which [corresponds to their par value/which corresponds to ●] (“Redemption Amount”) plus any accrued interest accumulated up to the date specified for redemption/at the amortised face value]. To exercise this right, the Holder of the Instruments must deposit his Instruments with a Paying Agent at least 45 days before the date specified for repayment and convey to the Paying Agent a properly completed statement that he is exercising his right using the form obtainable from every Paying Agent.] [(3)] [Amortised face value The amortised face value corresponds to the sum of the (i) issue price and (ii) the product of the issue price and the annually capitalised issuing yield relating to the period that starts on the issue date (inclusive) and ends on the redemption date (exclusive) (“Redemption Date”). If this period does not equate to a whole number of calendar years, the calculation is based on day count fractions, as per Section [4] Paragraph (2). The Redemption Date for the purposes of this Section [7] Paragraph 3 is the earlier of the days on which the Instruments are called for early redemption or on which the early payment takes place.]] [§ [8] Events of Default for unsubordinated Instruments (1) Each Instrument Holder is entitled to demand early redemption of his Instruments at [par value plus accrued interest/the amortised face value] if (a) the Issuer fails to pay principal or interest within 30 days of the Maturity Date in question or (b) the Issuer omits proper fulfilment of any other obligation under the Instruments [or, the Guarantor omits to fulfil an obligation under the Guarantee] and, if it is impossible to rectify the omission, the omission lasts longer than 30 days from the Issuer [or, the Guarantor] receiving notification of this from the Holder or (c) a court or an authority in the country where the Issuer’s registered office is located opens insolvency proceedings or proceedings equal to this against the Issuer [or, the Guarantor] or the Issuer [or, the Guarantor] applies for or initiates proceedings of this kind, suspends all its payments or announces suspension of payments or offers or arranges a general debt settlement in favour of its creditors or (d) the Issuer [or, the Guarantor] is dissolved or liquidated or gives up its entire business activity or a substantial part thereof unless proceedings of this kind are carried out in connection with a merger, consolidation or another form of merger with another company or a conversion and this company, in the case of the Issuer, assumes all the obligations under these terms and conditions, [or, in the case of the Guarantor, assumes all obligations under the unsubordinated Guarantee] [or] [(e)the Guarantee is no longer effective or the Guarantor publicly asserts that the Guarantee is no longer effective and the rating agencies (Moody’s Investors Ltd., Fitch Ratings Ltd. Inc.) announce a possible downgrading because of this assertion]. (2) A declaration of notice of early redemption for the Instruments in accordance with Paragraph 1 is to be submitted in writing (Section 126 BGB). The electronic form may not be used. On receipt of this declaration by the Issuer and the existence of an event of default in accordance with Paragraph 1, the Instruments will immediately become due [at par value plus accumulated interest/at the amortised face value] unless all the events that triggered the notice of early redemption no longer apply to all the Instruments prior to receipt of the declaration.] § [9] Withholding Tax (1) Principal and interest on the Instruments are to be paid by the Issuer without withholding or deduction for present or future taxes, contributions or fees that may be imposed, levied or collected by the 117 country or in the country where the Issuer’s registered office is located (“Withholding Taxes”) unless a withholding or deduction of this kind is prescribed by law. If a withholding or deduction of Withholding Taxes by the Issuer is prescribed by law, the Issuer will be obliged to pay those additional amounts to the Holders of the Instruments that are needed to ensure that the net amounts received by the Holders of the Instruments after withholdings or deductions of this kind correspond to the respective amounts of capital and interest that they would have received without withholdings or deductions of this kind. However, the Issuer is not obliged to pay additional amounts with respect to Withholding Taxes of this kind: (a) that are avoidable or would have been avoidable through fulfilment of statutory requirements or through the submission of a declaration of non-residence or by otherwise enforcing a claim for exemption vis à vis the relevant tax authority; or (b) that are only payable because the Holder of the Instruments has another relationship with the country in which the Issuer’s registered office is situated other than merely the fact that he is a Holder of the Instruments or the interest coupon on which the payment is effected; or (c) that the Holder of the Instruments would not be subject to if he had demanded payment of capital and interest within 30 days of the respective Maturity Date or after the date on which the moneys needed for a payment of this kind were received by the Fiscal Agent and this has been announced in accordance with Section [14]; or (d) that are deducted or retained by a Paying Agent, if the payment could have been effected by another Paying Agent, in particular, a foreign Paying Agent, without a withholding or deduction of this kind; or (e) that are only deducted or retained because Instruments or interest coupons are effectively presented for redemption; or (f) that are to be deducted or retained on the basis of a directive or regulation of the European Union relating to the taxation of interest income or an inter-governmental agreement on its taxation in which the Federal Republic of Germany or the European Union is involved or a statutory provision that implements or follows this directive, regulation or agreement; or (g) that would not have obliged the Issuer to pay additional amounts in accordance with the above regulations (a) to (f) even if a beneficial owner of the Instruments other than the legal Holder of the Instruments had himself been the Holder of the Instruments. (2) Each reference in these terms and conditions in connection with the amount of capital and interest to be paid also encompasses additional amounts in accordance with the present Section [9]. § [10] Fiscal Agent, Paying Agents, Calculation Agent; Payments [and/or Redemptions] (1) The initially appointed Fiscal Agent, the initially appointed Paying Agent(s) and the initially appointed Calculation Agent as well as their initially appointed offices are as follows: Fiscal Agent: ● Paying Agent(s): ● Calculation Agent: ● The Fiscal Agent, the Paying Agent(s) and the Calculation Agent reserve the right to replace the designated office with another designated office in the same town at any time. (2) The Issuer reserves the right to change or end the appointment of an Fiscal Agent or a Paying Agent or a Calculation Agent at any time and to appoint another Fiscal Agent or another/an additional Paying Agent or another Calculation Agent at any time. At all times, the Issuer will maintain (i) an Fiscal Agent and (ii) a Paying Agent (who may be the Fiscal Agent) with a designated office in a continental European city [and (iii) as long as the Instruments are listed on the stock exchange ●, a Paying Agent (which may be the Fiscal Agent) with a designated office at the stock exchange’s registered office and/or at such other places as required by the rules of this stock exchange] [and (iv) if payments are illegal or actually ruled out at or by the 118 offices of all Paying Agents outside the United States because of the introduction of exchange restrictions or similar restrictions with respect to the partial or complete payment or reception of the corresponding amounts in US Dollars, will maintain a Paying Agent with a designated office in New York City]. Any variation, dismissal, appointment or other change will only become effective, except in the event of insolvency when a change of this kind will become effective immediately, if the Instrument Holders were informed of this in accordance with Section [14] in advance subject to compliance with a notice period of at least 30 days and not more than 45 days. (3) The Paying Agents will act solely as the Issuer’s vicarious agents. They therefore have no duties vis à vis Holders of Instruments or interest coupons and will not act as their agents in any way. (4) The Issuer will make all payments, inasmuch as they are owed in accordance with these terms and conditions, on the par value of the Instruments on maturity in ● (insert currency). The Issuer will make all payments, inasmuch as they are owed in accordance with these terms and conditions, on the interest coupons on maturity in ● (insert currency). (5) The payments [or, if owed, other redemption payments] on the Instruments and interest coupons, will be effected without the issue of a separate declaration or fulfilment of any other formality having to be demanded apart from compliance with possible tax, foreign exchange and other provisions in the country where the relevant Paying Agent is based. The payments [or, if owed, other redemption payments] on the Instruments and interest coupons, that are held in general current deposit with one or more clearing system(s) will be effected to the clearing system(s) for crediting to the accounts of the respective account holders with the clearing system(s), who have deposited the Instruments and interest coupons. The payments [or other redemption payments] by the Issuer to the clearing system(s) will release the Issuer from its payment/[redemption] liabilities under the Instruments and interest coupons up to the level of the payments made. [(6)Payments on Instruments and interest coupons that are not held in general current deposit with a clearing system, will be made against submission of the Instruments or the interest coupons [payments in Euro: - at Paying Agents in Germany by means of a cash payment; - at Paying Agents abroad by means of a cheque denominated in Euro drawn on a bank in Germany or by credit transfer to a Euro account held by the recipient.] [payments in another currency other than Euro: - by credit transfer to a currency account held by the recipient or by a cheque in the currency of the Instruments drawn on a bank at a main financial centre in the country of the currency.]] [(7)[The Instruments due for redemption are [in the case of a Fixed Rate Series] to be presented with all the interest coupons that are not yet due on the Maturity Date of Instruments. The amount of missing interest coupons that are not yet due will be deducted from the redemption amount.] [The Instruments due for redemption are [in the case of a Floating Rate Series] to be presented with all interest coupons being not yet due on the Maturity Date of Instruments. Interest coupons that have not become due by the Maturity Date of Instruments will become invalid on the Maturity Date of Instruments.]] [(8)A Paying Agent is not obliged to check the entitlement of the person presenting the Instruments or interest coupons.] [(9)The Issuer is entitled to deposit amounts of capital and interest not collected by Holders within twelve months of maturity with the Hanover District Court. If the Issuer waives its right to take back the amounts deposited, the Holders’ relevant claims against the Issuer will lapse.] [§ [11] Presentation Period, Exclusion of any Claim on the grounds of mislaid or destroyed Interest Coupons The presentation period stipulated in Section 801 Paragraph (1) Clause 1 BGB is reduced to ten years for the Instruments. According to the provisions of Section 801 Paragraph (2) BGB the presentation 119 period for the interest coupons will amount to four years starting from the end of the calendar year in which the interest coupon in question becomes due. The claim of Holders of interest coupons on the grounds of mislaid or destroyed interest coupons under Section 804 Paragraph (1) Clause 1 BGB is excluded. (cf. Section 804 Paragraph (2) BGB).] § [12] Substitution of the Issuer (1) If no payment of capital or interest on the Instruments is in arrears, the Issuer may be substituted at any time without the Holders’ consent with respect to all rights and obligations arising under or in connection with the Instruments by a [subsidiary of the Issuer/by the Guarantor or a subsidiary of the Guarantor] (“New Issuer”), if: (a) the Issuer has good cause, such as, in particular, but not exclusively the introduction of a withholding tax that would oblige the Issuer to make additional payments, a significant change takes place in the capital market or a significant change occurs in the provisions of supervisory law in the country where the Issuer’s registered office is situated; and (b) the New Issuer assumes all the Issuer’s obligations under or in connection with the Instruments and under these terms and conditions by means of an effective, written transfer agreement including, if applicable, further agreements, declarations and permits needed to make the replacement effective (together the “Transfer Documents”) in such a way that the New Issuer assumes the obligation to each Instrument Holder under these terms and conditions to the same extent as if the New Issuer had been named in the Instruments and the terms and conditions as the principal debtor in place of the Issuer (or in place of a previous New Issuer); and (c) the Issuer and the New Issuer have obtained all government approvals and permits required for the substitution in accordance with the provisions of the present Section [12]; and (d) the New Issuer is able to fulfil all payment obligations under or in connection with the Instruments in the currency of the Instruments without any deduction or withholding of or because of taxes, contributions or official fees; and [(e)each stock exchange on which the Instruments are listed has confirmed that the Instruments will continue to be listed on the stock exchange in question after the planned substitution of the Issuer by the New Issuer; and] [(f)if the New Issuer is not Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale (“NORD/LB”), NORD/LB will guarantee the New Issuer’s obligations under or in connection with the Instruments through a [unsubordinated/subordinated] Guarantee; and] [(g)if, furthermore, the Instruments are subordinated Instruments, (i) the New Issuer is a subsidiary for the purposes of Section 1 Paragraph 7 and 10 Paragraph 5a Clause 11 KWG, (ii) the liabilities assumed by the New Issuer are subordinated on terms that are identical with the subordination provisions of the assumed liabilities, (iii) the New Issuer will invest the amount of the Instruments with NORD/LB on terms that match those of the subordinated Instruments and (iv) NORD/LB will guarantee the New Issuer’s liabilities under the Instruments on a subordinated basis; and] [(h)]if legal opinions of legal advisors from an internationally recognised law firm chosen by the Issuer have been given to the Fiscal Agent, which in each case may not be dated more than three days before the planned substitution date for the jurisdictions in which the New Issuer has its registered office and for the Federal Republic of Germany. These legal opinions must confirm in a suitable form that, following the substitution, the preconditions of the Sections above will have been met. (2) In the event of a substitution of this kind all references in these terms and conditions (including Section [12] Paragraph 1) to the “Issuer” or the “Guarantor” are to refer to the “New Issuer” and, in the event of the Issuer being substituted, all references to the “Issuer’s country” will apply to the country in which the New Issuer has its registered office or is deemed to be tax resident. (3) Any substitution of the Issuer in accordance with Section [12] Paragraph 1 is to be announced in accordance with Section [14]. 120 § [13] Issue of further Instruments The Issuer reserves the right to issue further Instruments with the same terms without the consent of Holders in such a way that they will be consolidated with the Instruments, form a uniform Series with them and increase their total par value. In the event of an increase of this kind, the term “Instruments” also encompasses additional Instruments issued in this way. § [14] Announcements (1) [For the Instruments, announcements in Germany will be made in a national newspaper authorised by the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, probably in the [Handelsblatt].] [For the Instruments, announcements will be made in a leading daily newspaper with a circulation in all of Luxembourg, probably in the [Luxemburger Wort].] [For the Instruments, announcements will be made in line with the rules of the stock exchange on which the Instruments are listed.] [For the Instruments, announcements will be made probably in the [Bundesanzeiger].] (2) Every announcement will be deemed to be effective on the date of publication (on the date of the first publication of this kind in the case of several publications). [(3)The Issuer is entitled, if no Instruments are listed on the Luxembourg stock exchange, to replace an announcement in a newspaper in accordance with Paragraph 1 with a notice to the Clearing Systems to pass on to the Holders provided that, in cases where the Instruments are listed on a stock exchange, the rules of this stock exchange permit this form 3). Each notification of this kind will be deemed to have been made to the Holders from the 7th day after the date of its notification to the Clearing Systems.] § [15] Miscellaneous (1) The form and content of the Instruments and the interest coupons as well as the rights and duties of the Holders, the Issuer and the Guarantor are determined by German law in every respect. The English language version of the printed terms and conditions is for information only and is nonbinding. Only the German language version of the printed terms and conditions is legally binding. (2) Hanover is the place of performance in connection with the Instruments. For merchants, legal persons under public law, special government funds and persons without a general place of jurisdiction in the Federal Republic of Germany Hanover is the non-exclusive place of jurisdiction for all disputes arising under the matters regulated in the terms and conditions. (3) For any legal disputes or other proceedings before German courts NORD/LB Securities will appoint Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, Friedrichswall 10, D-30159 Hanover as agent for the service of process. (4) Should one of the provisions of these terms and conditions be or become ineffective or invalid in whole or in part, this will not affect the remaining provisions. [The ineffective or invalid provision is to be replaced by an effective or valid provision, which comes as close to the commercial intent of the ineffective or invalid provision.] 4) (5) In legal disputes against the Issuer or legal disputes in which the Holder and Issuer are involved, each Holder of Instruments that are represented by global instruments may protect and assert his rights under his Instruments in his own name by presenting the following documents: (a) a certificate from his Depository Bank that states (i) the full name and full address of the Holder; (ii) gives a total par value for the Instruments that are credited to the Holder’s securities deposit account with this Depository Bank on the date this certificate is issued and (iii) confirms that the Depository Bank has sent a written notification to Clearstream, Frankfurt or the common depository of Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear (“Common Depository”) containing the 3) Do not include for a listing on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. 4) Do not include for a retail placement. 121 details in (i) and (ii) and bearing the certificate of Clearstream, Frankfurt or the Common Depository and the Clearstream, Frankfurt account holder in question or the participant in Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear, as well as (b) a copy of the global instrument certified by an authorised representative of Clearstream, Frankfurt or the Common Depository. For the purposes of the above provisions, “Depository Bank” is a bank or other credit institution (including Clearstream, Frankfurt; Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear), which has the necessary permits for securities deposit business and with which the Holder has Instruments held on deposit. 122 FORM OF PRICING SUPPLEMENT (MUSTER-KONDITIONENBLATT) Pricing Supplement Konditionenblatt [Title of relevant Series of Instruments] [Bezeichnung der betreffenden Serie der Schuldverschreibungen] issued pursuant to the begeben aufgrund des USD 20,000,000,000 Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments of der Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale und NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC dated [ vom [ ] ] Issue Price: [ ] per cent. Emissionspreis:[ ]% Issue Date: [ Ausgabetag: [ ] ] Series No.: [ Serien Nr.: [ ] ] This Pricing Supplement is issued to give details of an issue of Instruments under the USD 20,000,000,000 Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments [of Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale], [of NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC] (the “Programme”). Dieses Konditionenblatt enthält Angaben zur Emission von Schuldverschreibungen unter dem USD 20,000,000,000 Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments [der Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale], [der NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC] (the “Programme”). It is to be read in conjunction with the Terms and Conditions of the Instruments (the “Terms and Conditions”) set forth in the Information Memorandum pertaining to the Programme dated 17 September 2003. Capitalised Terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Terms and Conditions. Es ist in Verbindung mit den Anleihebedingungen für Schuldverschreibungen (die „Anleihebedingungen“) zu lesen, die in der Fassung vom 17. September 2003 des Information Memorandum über das Programm enthalten sind. Begriffe, die in den Anleihebedingungen definiert sind, haben, falls das Konditionenblatt nicht etwas anderes bestimmt, die gleiche Bedeutung, wenn sie in diesem Konditionenblatt verwendet werden. All provisions in the Terms and Conditions, which are available in this Pricing Supplement, which are either not selected or completed or which are deleted shall be deemed to be deleted from the Terms and Conditions applicable to the Instruments. If Instruments are not offered publicly, a non-consolidated Pricing Supplement including non consolidated Terms and Conditions will be prepared and deposited. The Pricing Supplement of a relevant Series 123 of Instruments may specify additional or modified Terms and Conditions in the case of a non public offering. If Instruments are offered publicly, a consolidated Pricing Supplement including non consolidated Terms and Conditions will be deposited with the relevant Clearing System. A consolidated Pricing Supplement including consolidated Terms and Conditions will be provided for publication and obtained upon request of the Investor free of charge as general information at the office of Issuer, the Guarantor or the relevant Paying Agent. In this case the consolidated Terms and Conditions are considered as the applicable document. Sämtliche Bestimmungen der Anleihebedingungen, die in diesem Konditionenblatt zur Auswahl stehen, die weder angekreuzt noch ausgefüllt sind oder die gestrichen sind, gelten für die auf die Schuldverschreibungen anwendbaren Anleihebedingungen als gestrichen. Werden die Schuldverschreibungen nicht öffentlich zum Verkauf angeboten, wird ein nicht konsolidiertes Konditionenblatt inklusive nicht konsolidierter Anleihebedingungen erstellt und hinterlegt. Das Konditionenblatt einer bestimmten Serie von Schuldverschreibungen kann im Fall eines nicht öffentlichen Angebots ergänzende oder abgeänderte Emissionsbedingungen festlegen. Werden die Schuldverschreibungen öffentlich zum Verkauf angeboten, wird ein konsolidiertes Konditionenblatt inklusive nicht konsolidierter Anleihebedingungen bei der jeweiligen Wertpapiersammelbank hinterlegt. Ein konsolidiertes Konditionenblatt inklusive konsolidierter Anleihebedingungen wird für die Veröffentlichung erstellt und als Kurzinformation für den Anleger bei der Emittentin, der Garantin oder den Zahlstellen auf Anfrage kostenlos ausgehändigt. In diesem Fall gelten die konsolidierten Anleihebedingungen als das maßgebliche Dokument. All references in this Pricing Supplement to numbered sections and subsections are to sections and subsections of the Terms and Conditions. Bezugnahmen in diesem Konditionenblatt auf Paragraphen und Absätze beziehen sich auf die Paragraphen und Absätze der Anleihebedingungen. Issuer Emittentin Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC Language of Conditions Sprache der Bedingungen German only ausschließlich Deutsch German and English (German binding) Deutsch und Englisch (deutscher Text maßgeblich) Denomination (§ 1(1)) Stückelung (§ 1(1)) Specified Currency Festgelegte Währung [ ] Total Par Value Gesamtnennbetrag [ ] Specified Denomination Festgelegte Stückelung [ ] 124 Documentation (§ 1(2)) Verbriefung (§ 1(2)) Permanent Global Note Dauerglobalurkunde Temporary Global Note exchangeable for Permanent Global Note with certification of non-US beneficial ownership Vorläufige Globalurkunde austauschbar gegen Dauerglobalurkunde mit Bescheinigung des Nichtbestehens von US Inhaberschaft Temporary Global Note exchangeable for Definitive Instruments with certification of non-US beneficial ownership Vorläufige Globalurkunde austauschbar gegen effektive Stücke mit Bescheinigung des Nichtbestehens von US Inhaberschaft Temporary Global Note exchangeable for Definitive Instruments without certification of non-US beneficial ownership Vorläufige Globalurkunde austauschbar gegen effektive Stücke ohne Bescheinigung des Nichtbestehens von US Inhaberschaft Other – (specify) Sonstige – (angeben) [ ] Authorised officer, if not Fiscal Agent Kontrollbeauftragter, wenn nicht Fiscal Agent [ ] [ ] Clearing System (§ 1(3)) Clearingsystem (§ 1(3)) Clearstream Banking AG, Frankfurt am Main Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, Luxembourg Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as Operator of the Euroclear System Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., als Betreiber des Euroclear System Other – (specify) Sonstige – (angeben) Status (§ 2) Status (§ 2) not subordinated nicht nachrangig subordinated nachrangig Guarantee (§ 3) Garantie (§ 3) Interest (§ [4](1)) Zinsen (§ [4](1)) Fixed Rate Instruments Festverzinsliche Schuldverschreibungen [Yes/No] [Ja/Nein] 125 Rate of Interest Zinssatz [ ] per cent. per annum [ ] % per annum Interest Commencement Date Verzinsungsbeginn [ ] Fixed Interest Date(s) Zinszahlungstage(e) [ ] First Interest Payment Date Erster Zinszahlungstag [ ] Currency Währung [ ] Initial Broken Amount(s) (per specified Denomination) Anfängliche(r) Bruchteilzinsbetrag (-beträge) (für jede festgelegte Stückelung) [ ] Fixed Interest Date preceding the Maturity Date Festzinstermin, der dem Fälligkeitstag vorangeht [ ] Final Broken Amount(s) (per specified Denomination) Abschließende(r) Bruchteilzinsbetrag(-beträge) (für jede festgelegte Stückelung) [ ] Relevant Financial Centres Relevante Finanzzentren [ ] step-up/ step-down Instruments Step-up/ Step-down Schuldverschreibungen First Rate of Interest Erster Zinssatz [ ] per cent. per annum [ ] % per annum Second Rate of Interest Zweiter Zinssatz [ ] per cent. per annum [ ] % per annum Further Rate of Interest Weitere Zinssätze [ ] per cent. per annum [ ] % per annum Interest Commencement Date first Rate of Interest/ up to (excluding) Verzinsungsbeginn erster Zinssatz/bis ausschließlich [ ] Interest Commencement Date second Rate of Interest/ up to (excluding) Verzinsungsbeginn zweiter Zinssatz/bis ausschließlich [ ] Interest Commencement Date further Rate of Interest/ up to (excluding) Verzinsungsbeginn weitere Zinssätze/ bis ausschließlich [ ] Fixed Interest Date(s) Zinszahlungstag(e) [ ] First Interest Payment Date Erster Zinszahlungstag [ ] Currency Währung [ ] Initial Broken Amount(s) (per specified Denomination) Anfängliche(r) Bruchteilzinsbetrag (-beträge) (für jede festgelegte Stückelung) [ ] Fixed Interest Date preceding the Maturity Date Festzinstermin, der dem Fälligkeitstag vorangeht [ ] Final Broken Amount(s) (per specified Denomination) Abschließende(r) Bruchteilzinsbetrag(-beträge) (für jede festgelegte Stückelung) [ ] 126 Relevant Financial Centres Relevante Finanzzentren [ ] [ ] Floating Interest Commencement Date Variabler Verzinsungsbeginn [ ] Floating Specified Interest Payment Dates Variable festgelegte Zinszahlungtage [ ] Zero Coupon Instruments Nullkupon-Schuldverschreibungen Amortization Yield Emissionsrendite Floating Rate Instruments Variabel verzinsliche Schuldverschreibungen Interest Payment Dates Zinszahlungstage Floating specified Interest Period(s) Variable festgelegte Zinsperiode(n) [ [ ] weeks/month/ other - specify] ] Wochen/Monate/andere - angeben] First Interest Payment Date Erster Zinszahlungstag [ ] Currency Währung [ ] Business Day Convention Geschäftstagskonvention Modified Following Business Day Convention Modifizierte-Folgender-Geschäftstag-Konvention FRN Convention (specify period(s)) FRN-Konvention (Zeitraum angeben) [ [ ] month/ other - specify] ] Monate/andere – angeben] Following Business Day Convention Folgender-Geschäftstag-Konvention Preceding Business Day Convention Vorangegangener-Geschäftstag-Konvention Relevant Financial Centres Relevante Finanzzentren [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] Rate of Interest and relevant information source Referenzzinssatz und relevante Informationsquelle EURIBOR (11.00 a.m. Brussels time/TARGET Business Day/ Interbank Market in the Euro-zone) EURIBOR (11.00 Uhr Brüsseler Ortszeit/TARGET Geschäftstag/ Interbankenmarkt in der Euro-Zone) Screen Page Bildschirmseite LIBOR (London time/London Business Day/London Interbank Market) LIBOR (Londoner Ortszeit/Londoner Geschäftstag/Londoner Interbankenmarkt) Screen page Bildschirmseite Other (specify) Sonstige (angeben) Screen page Bildschirmseite 127 Other applicable rounding provision (specify) Andere anwendbare Rundungsbestimmung (angeben) [ Margin Marge plus [ plus [ ] ] basis points ] Basispunkte Interest Determination Date Zinsfestsetzungstag second Business Day prior to commencement of Interest Period zweiter Geschäftstag vor Beginn der jeweiligen Zinsperiode other (specify) sonstige (angeben) Calculation Agent, sofern nicht Fiscal Agent Zinsfestsetzungsbank, wenn nicht Fiscal Agent [ ] [ ] Minimum and Maximum Rate of Interest Mindest- und Höchstzinssatz Minimum Rate of Interest Mindestzinssatz [ ] per cent. per annum [ ] % per annum Maximum Rate of Interest Höchstzinssatz [ ] per cent. per annum [ ] % per annum Interest Amount (§ [4](2)) Zinsbetrag (§ [4](2)) 0.5 of applicable unit to be rounded upwards Aufrundung von 0,5 der anwendbaren Einheit Insert other applicable rounding provisions Andere anwendbare Rundungsbestimmungen einfügen [ ] [ ] Day Count Fraction (§ [4](2)) Zinstagequotient (§ [4](2)) Actual/Actual (ISMA Rule 251) Actual/365 (Fixed) Actual/360 30/360 or 360/360 (Bond Basis) 30E/360 (Eurobond Basis) Other Sonstige REDEMPTION (§ [5]) RÜCKZAHLUNG (§ [5]) Final Redemption Rückzahlung bei Endfälligkeit Maturity Date Fälligkeitstag Par Value Nennbetrag Others (specify) Sonstige (angeben) [Yes / No] [Ja / Nein] [ ] 128 Redemption in principal or by delivery of shares 1) Rückzahlung zum Nennbetrag oder in Aktien Public Company Gesellschaft [ ] Registered Office Sitz [ ] Commercial Register Number Handelsregister Nummer [ ] ISIN-CODE of the shares ISIN-CODE der Aktie [ ] Number of shares for each denomination Aktienstückzahl je festgelegte Stückelung [ ] Determination Date Feststellungstag [ ] Price Kurs [ ] Currency Währung [ ] Futures and Options Exchange Terminbörse [ ] Reference Agent Referenzstelle [ ] Other – (specify) Sonstige – (angeben) [ ] Bond Rentenpapier [ ] Issuer of the Bond Emittent des Rentenpapiers [ ] Currency Währung [ ] Rate of Interest Zinssatz [ ] Day Count Fraction Zinstagequotient [ ] Maturity Laufzeit [ ] ISIN-CODE of the bond ISIN-CODE des Rentenpapiers [ ] Par value for each denomination Nennbetrag je festgelegte Stückelung [ ] Determination Date Feststellungstag [ ] Financial information of the public company is attached to this Pricing Supplement. Finanzzahlen der Gesellschaft sind diesem Konditionenblatt beigefügt. Redemption in principal or by delivery of bonds 1) Rückzahlung zum Nennbetrag oder in Renten ) Only applicable for Instruments listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. Nur für Emissionen, die an der Börse in Luxemburg notiert werden. 1 129 Price Kurs [ ] Other (specify) Sonstige (angeben) [ ] Futures and Options Exchange Terminbörse [ ] Reference Agent Referenzstelle [ ] Redemption of Instruments with participation in a rising Underlying Value Rückzahlung von Schuldverschreibungen mit Partizipation an einem steigenden Basiswert or oder Redemption of Instruments with participation in a falling Underlying Value Rückzahlung von Schuldverschreibungen mit Partizipation an einem sinkenden Basiswert or oder Redemption of Instruments with participation in a rising and a falling Underlying Value Rückzahlung von Schuldverschreibungen mit Partizipation an einem steigenden und sinkenden Basiswert Underlying Value Basiswert [ ] ISIN-CODE of the Underlying Value ISIN-CODE des Basiswerts [ ] Threshold Value Schwellwert [ ] Determination Date Feststellungstag [ ] Value in question Relevanter Wert [ ] Redemption Amount in Section 1 (i) Rückzahlungsbetrag in Absatz 1 (i) [ ] Redemption Amount in Section 1 (ii) Rückzahlungsbetrag in Absatz 1 (ii) [ ] Reduced Value Minderungswert [ ] (Positiv) Participation Factor Partizipationsfaktor (positiv) [ ] (Negative) Participation Factor Partizipationsfaktor (negativ) [ ] Cap Cap [ ] Floor Floor [ ] Sponsor Sponsor [ ] Index Components Indexkomponente [ ] 130 Determination Feststellung [ ] Publication Veröffentlichung [ ] Futures and Options Exchange Terminbörse [ ] Physical Settlement, specify 2) Physical Settlement, spezifizieren [ ] Currency Währung [ ] Reference Agent Referenzstelle [ ] Price of shares Kurs der Aktien [ ] Structural risks Strukturelle Risiken [ ] Volatility Volatilität [ ] Others (specify) Sonstige (angeben) [ ] Early Redemption at the Option of the Issuer (§ [7](2)) Vorzeitige Rückzahlung nach Wahl der Emittentin (§ [7](2)) [Yes/No] [Ja/Nein] Redemption Amount Rückzahlungsbetrag [ ] Call Redemption Date(s) Wahlrückzahlungstag(e) (Call) [ ] Notice to Holders Ankündigungsfrist [ ] Early Redemption at the Option of a Holder (§ [7](3)) Vorzeitige Rückzahlung nach Wahl des Gläubigers (§ [7](3)) [Yes/No] [Ja/Nein] Put Redemption Date(s) Wahlrückzahlungstag(e) (Put) [ ] Redemption Amount(s) Rückzahlungsbetrag/-beträge (Put) [ ] Calculation Agent, if not Fiscal Agent/specified office Berechnungsstelle, wenn nicht Fiscal Agent/bezeichnete Geschäftsstelle [ ] Paying Agent(s)/specified office(s) Zahlstelle(n)/bezeichnete Geschäftsstelle(n) [ ] Issue Agent, Paying Agents, Calculation Agent (§ [10]) Emissionsstelle, Zahlstellen, Berechnungsstelle (§ [10]) ) Only applicable for Instruments listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. Nur für Emissionen, die an der Börse in Luxemburg notiert werden. 2 131 Fiscal Agent/specified office Emissionsstelle/bezeichnete Geschäftsstelle [ ] Currency Währung [ ] GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE INSTRUMENTS ALLGEMEINE BESTIMMUNGEN HINSICHTLICH DER SCHULDVERSCHREIBUNG(EN) Listing(s) Börsenzulassung(en) [Yes/No] [Ja/Nein] Frankfurt am Main Frankfurt am Main Luxembourg Luxemburg Other (specify) sonstige (angeben) [ ] Management Group or Dealer (specify) Bankenkonsortium oder Plazeur (angeben) [ ] Net proceeds Netto-Emissionserlös [ ] Commissions Provisionen [ ] Method of distribution Vertriebsmethode Non-syndicated Nicht syndiziert Syndicated Syndiziert Management Details Einzelheiten bezüglich des Bankenkonsortiums Stabilising Manager Kursstabilisierender /Manager [insert details/None] [Einzelheiten einfügen/keiner] Securities Identification Numbers Wertpapierkennummern Common Code Common Code [ ] ISIN-CODE ISIN-CODE [ ] German Securities Code Wertpapierkennummer (WKN) [ ] Any other securities number Sonstige Wertpapierkennummer [ ] 132 Selling Restrictions Verkaufsbeschränkungen Additional selling restrictions (specify) Zusätzliche Verkaufsbeschränkungen (angeben) Governing Law Anwendbares Recht [ ] German Law Deutsches Recht Other relevant terms and conditions (specify) Andere relevante Bestimmungen (einfügen) [ ] [Listing: 3) Börsenzulassung: The above Pricing Supplement comprises the details required to list this issue of Instruments as from [insert Issue Date] pursuant to the USD 20,000,000,000 Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments of Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale and NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC. Das vorstehende Konditionenblatt enthält die Angaben, die für die Zulassung dieser Schuldverschreibungen gemäß dem USD 20,000,000,000 Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments der Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale und der NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC ab dem [Ausgabetag eingeben] erforderlich sind. RESPONSIBILITY VERANTWORTLICHKEIT The Issuer accepts responsibility for the information contained in this Pricing Supplement. Die Emittentin übernimmt für die in diesem Konditionenblatt enthaltenen Informationen die Verantwortung. (as Issuer) (als Emittentin) [(as Guarantor) (als Garantin)]] ) Include only in the version of the Pricing Supplement which is submitted to the relevant stock exchange in the case of Instruments to be listed on such stock exchange. Nur in derjenigen Fassung des Konditionenblattes einzufügen, die der betreffenden Börse, bei der die Schuldverschreibungen zugelassen werden sollen, vorgelegt wird. 3 133 MUSTER DER GARANTIE NICHT NACHRANGIGE GARANTIE der Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Hannover, Bundesrepublik Deutschland zugunsten der Anleihegläubiger der [Schuldverschreibung] im Gesamtnennbetrag von [ ] der NORD/LB NORDDEUTSCHE SECURITIES PLC Die Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale (die “Garantin”) hat die unbedingte und unwiderrufliche Garantie (die „Garantie“) für die ordnungsgemäße und pünktliche Erfüllung sämtlicher Zahlungsverpflichtungen der Emittentin aus den Schuldverschreibungen übernommen. Die Garantie begründet unmittelbare, unbedingte, nicht nachrangige und nicht dinglich besicherte Verbindlichkeiten der Garantin, die untereinander und mit sämtlichen anderen nicht nachrangigen und nicht dinglich besicherten Verbindlichkeiten der Garantin in gleichem Rang stehen, ausgenommen Verbindlichkeiten, die kraft Gesetzes Vorrang haben. Die Rechte und Pflichten aus dieser Garantie bestimmen sich in jeder Hinsicht nach dem Recht der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. Erfüllungsort und Gerichtsstand ist Hannover. Ansprüche gegen die Garantin können jedoch auch vor Gerichten in jedem anderen Land, bei denen ein Gerichtsstand für Rechtsstreitigkeiten mit der Garantin besteht, geltend gemacht werden. Die Garantin verzichtet hiermit auf ein etwaiges Recht, in Ländern, in denen Verfahren zur Durchsetzung dieser Garantie zulässig sind, den Einwand fehlender Gerichtszuständigkeit oder Immunität gegen Klage, Urteil, Vollstreckung, Pfändung (sei es nach oder vor Urteilserlass) oder andere Maßnahmen geltend zu machen. Hannover, im [ ] Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Hannover Bundesrepublik Deutschland 134 The Guarantee in the German language will be legally binding; its non-binding translation is as follows: UNSUBORDINATED GUARANTEE of the Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Hannover, Federal Republic of Germany in favour of the Holders of the [Instruments] in an aggregate principal amount of [ ] NORD/LB NORDDEUTSCHE SECURITIES PLC Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale (the “Guarantor”) has assumed an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee (the “Guarantee”) for the due and punctual fulfilment of all payment obligations of the Issuer under the Instruments. The Guarantee establishes direct, unconditional, unsubordinated liabilities of the Guarantor not secured on its assets, ranking pari passu with each other as well as with all other unsubordinated liabilities of the Guarantor not secured on its assets, except liabilities that have preference by law. The rights and obligations arising from this guarantee shall in all respects be determined in accordance with the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany. Place of performance and place of jurisdiction is Hannover. Claims against the Guarantor may also be asserted in the courts of each other state in which jurisdiction exists for legal actions against the Guarantor. The Guarantor hereby waives any rights, in jurisdictions in which procedures for the enforcement of this guarantee are admissible, to assert lack of jurisdiction or immunity from legal action, judgment, execution, attachment (be it before or after judgment is issued) or other procedures. Hannover, [ ] Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Hannover Federal Republic of Germany 135 NACHRANGIGE GARANTIE der Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Hannover, Bundesrepublik Deutschland zugunsten der Anleihegläubiger der [Schuldverschreibung] im Gesamtnennbetrag von [ ] der NORD/LB NORDDEUTSCHE SECURITIES PLC Die Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale (die “Garantin”) hat nach Maßgabe der nachstehend wiedergegebenen Bestimmungen die unbedingte und unwiderrufliche Garantie (die „Garantie“) für die ordnungsgemäße und pünktliche Erfüllung sämtlicher Zahlungsverpflichtungen der Emittentin aus den Schuldverschreibungen übernommen. Die Garantie begründet Verbindlichkeiten der Garantin, die untereinander und mit sämtlichen anderen nachrangigen Verbindlichkeiten der Garantin mindestens in gleichem Rang stehen. Im Falle der Auflösung, Liquidation oder Insolvenz der Garantin oder im Falle eines Verfahrens, das die Auflösung, Liquidation oder Insolvenz der Garantin zur Folge hat, sind diese Verbindlichkeiten nachrangig gegenüber den Ansprüchen aller nicht nachrangigen Gläubiger der Garantin mit der Folge, dass in einem solchen Fall keine Zahlungen auf die Verbindlichkeiten geleistet werden, solange nicht alle nicht nachrangigen Gläubiger der Garantin vollständig befriedigt worden sind. Die Gläubiger der Schuldverschreibungen oder Zinsscheine sind nicht berechtigt, mit Ansprüchen aus der Garantie gegen irgendwelche Ansprüche der Garantin aufzurechnen. Die Rechte der Gläubiger der Schuldverschreibungen oder Zinsscheine aus der Garantie dürfen zu keiner Zeit von der Garantin oder einem Dritten in irgendeiner Weise besichert werden. Nachträgliche Vereinbarungen, die den Rangrücktritt gemäß dieser Garantie beschränken oder die Fälligkeit der Garantie vorverlegen, sind unzulässig. Werden für Schuldverschreibungen vor dem Fälligkeitstermin von der Garantin Zahlungen geleistet, ohne dass die in § 2 Abs. (3) der Anleihebedingungen genannten Voraussetzungen vorliegen, so ist der Garantin der gezahlte Betrag ohne Rücksicht auf entgegenstehende Vereinbarungen zurückzugewähren. Die Rechte und Pflichten aus dieser Garantie bestimmen sich in jeder Hinsicht nach dem Recht der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. Erfüllungsort und Gerichtsstand ist Hannover. Ansprüche gegen die Garantin können jedoch auch vor Gerichten in jedem anderen Land, bei denen ein Gerichtsstand für Rechtsstreitigkeiten mit der Garantin besteht, geltend gemacht werden. Die Garantin verzichtet hiermit auf ein etwaiges Recht, in Ländern, in denen Verfahren zur Durchsetzung dieser Garantie zulässig sind, den Einwand fehlender Gerichtszuständigkeit oder Immunität gegen Klage, Urteil, Vollstreckung, Pfändung (sei es nach oder vor Urteilserlass) oder andere Maßnahmen geltend zu machen. Hannover, im [ ] Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Hannover Bundesrepublik Deutschland 136 The Guarantee in the German language will be legally binding; its non-binding translation is as follows: SUBORDINATED GUARANTEE of the Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Hannover, Federal Republic of Germany in favour of the Holders of the [Instruments] in an aggregate principal amount of [ ] NORD/LB NORDDEUTSCHE SECURITIES PLC Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale (the “Guarantor”) has assumed an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee (the “Guarantee”) in accordance with the provisions set out below for the due and punctual fulfilment of all payment obligations of the Issuer under the Instruments. The Guarantee establishes liabilities by the Guarantor ranking at least pari passu with each other as well as with all other subordinated liabilities of the Guarantor. In the event of the Guarantor`s dissolution, liquidation or insolvency or in the event of proceedings resulting in the dissolution, liquidation or insolvency of the Guarantor, these liabilities are subordinated to the claims of all unsubordinated creditors of the Guarantor with the result that in a case of this kind no payment will be made on the liabilities until all unsubordinated creditors of the Guarantor have been satisfied in full. Holders of the Instruments or interest coupons will not be entitled to set off claims under the Guarantee with any claims by the Guarantor . The rights of Holders of the Instruments or interest coupons] under the Guarantee may not be secured by the Guarantor or a third party in any way at any time. Subsequent agreements restricting the subordination in accordance with this Guarantee or accelerating the maturity of the Guarantee are inadmissible. If the Guarantor makes payment for the Instruments before maturity without the preconditions stipulated in section 2 Para. (3) of the terms of conditions of the Instruments being met, the amount paid is to be returned to the Guarantor without any account being taken of agreements to the contrary. The rights and obligations arising from this guarantee shall in all respects be determined in accordance with the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany. Place of performance and place of jurisdiction is Hannover. Claims against the Guarantor may also be asserted in the courts of each other state in which jurisdiction exists for legal actions against the Guarantor. The Guarantor hereby waives any rights, in jurisdictions in which procedures for the enforcement of this guarantee are admissible, to assert lack of jurisdiction or immunity from legal action, judgment, execution, attachment (be it before or after judgment is issued) or other procedures. Hannover, [ ] Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Hannover Federal Republic of Germany 137 NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE Name, registered offices, functions, business activities and supervisory authorities Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, Certificate of registration: HR A 26247 (also referred to as NORD/LB) was established on 1 July 1970 pursuant to § 1 of the Act of 14 May 1970 pertaining to Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale (Lower Saxony law GVBl. p 186) through a merger of Niedersächsische Landesbank Girozentrale (founded in 1917), Braunschweigische Staatsbank (founded in 1765), Hannoversche Landeskreditanstalt (founded in 1840) and Niedersächsische Wohnungskreditanstalt-Stadtschaft (founded in 1918). By way of universal succession, all rights and obligations of the unified financial institutions passed to Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale without prior settlement proceedings. In accordance with the statutes of Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, which were resolved by the Owners’ Meeting and published on 12 March 2003, Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale constitutes a corporation with legal capacity under public law, with registered offices in Hannover, Braunschweig (Brunswick), Magdeburg and Schwerin. The administrative head office is located in Hannover. Under the terms of the State Treaties agreed on 19 August 1991 between Lower Saxony and Saxony-Anhalt and on 22/23 and 28 October 1992 between Lower Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania concerning Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, NORD/LB was also established as the State Bank for the two new Federal States of Saxony-Anhalt and Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania. The State of Lower Saxony, the State of Saxony-Anhalt, the State of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania (together the “State Owners”), Niedersächsischer Sparkassen- und Giroverband (the “Savings Banks and Giro Association of Lower Saxony”) (the “Association”), Sparkassenbeteiligungsverband Sachsen-Anhalt (the “Savings Banks Holding Association of Saxony-Anhalt”) (the “Holding Association”) and Sparkassenbeteiligungsverband der Sparkassen in Mecklenburg-Vorpommern (the Special Purpose Holding Association of the Savings Banks of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania) (the “Mecklenburg Association”) (together the “Savings Banks Owners” and together with the State Owners, the “Owners”) by virtue of the State Treaty between Lower Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania concerning Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, dated 22 May 2002, paragraph 7, sub-section 3, ratified by acts of parliament, are liable for the fulfillment of NORD/LB’s obligations jointly and severally in the event that the assets of NORD/LB are insufficient to satisfy such obligations in accordance with “grandfathering” principles as set out under the Section “EU-State Aid Discussion”. NORD/LB is entitled to establish and maintain subsidiaries. It currently operates ten main branches based in Braunschweig (two), Hannover, Bad Harzburg, Helmstedt, Holzminden, Salzgitter, Seesen, Wolfsburg/Vorsfelde and Wolfenbüttel, with a further network of 108 branches. Branches are also operated in Berlin, Hamburg, Halle, Magdeburg, Schwerin, Helsinki, London, New York, Singapore and Stockholm. Principal banking subsidiaries NORD/LB holds a stake of 92.5 per cent in Bremer Landesbank Kreditanstalt Oldenburg - Girozentrale, Bremen. Norddeutsche Landesbank Luxembourg S.A., Luxembourg is a wholly owned subsidiary of NORD/LB. In addition Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale holds a stake of 100.0 per cent of the shares in MHB Mitteleuropäische Handelsbank Deutsch-Polnische Bank AG, Frankfurt and indirectly (through Norddeutsche Landesbank Luxemburg S.A.) in Skandifinanz Bank AG, Zurich, a stake of 97.0 per cent in A/S NORD/LB Latvija and a stake of 93.09 per cent in AB Bankas NORD/LB Lietuva. The financial results of all these subsidiaries are consolidated in the Group accounts of NORD/LB. NORD/LB is the ultimate parent company of the NORD/LB Group. 138 Functions and activities According to its statutes, NORD/LB’s functions are those of a State Bank for its State Owner, a central and clearing bank to the member savings banks of its Savings Banks Owners and a commercial bank. It may in addition pursue other business of any kind that serves the purposes either of the NORD/LB, of its Owners or of the local authorities within the States. It may assume special tasks related to economic or fiscal policy. It is authorised to issue mortgage-backed securities, public-debt bonds or other bonds. It may conduct building society business itself or through independent affiliated operations. NORD/LB’s business shall be conducted in accordance with good commercial practice whilst paying due regard to the interests of the economy as a whole. To the extent that particular aspects of the public interest so require, the goal of profitability shall be secondary. The business activities of NORD/LB include the following areas: - acting in the capacity of the bank of Lower Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania - acting in the capacity of the central clearing bank of savings banks located in Lower Saxony, SaxonyAnhalt and Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania - acting in the capacity of a universal bank - acting in the capacity of a savings bank in the Braunschweig region - acting in the capacity of regional trust offices. Supervisory authorities NORD/LB is supervised by the Ministry of Finance of the State of Lower Saxony in consultation with the Ministries of Finance of Saxony-Anhalt and Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania. The supervisory authorities must ensure that NORD/LB duly fulfils its functions in accordance with the law. Correspondingly, § 44 of the German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz) applies. Governing bodies of NORD/LB The governing bodies of NORD/LB are the Management Board, the Supervisory Board and the Owners’ Meeting. Management Board The Management Board is appointed by the Supervisory Board. The current Board members, whose principal outside activities are specified in the financial statements and who can be contacted at the NORD/LB address, are: Dr. h.c. Manfred Bodin, Chair Dr. Hannes Rehm, Deputy Chair Dr. Jürgen Allerkamp Dr. Gunter Dunkel Dr. Gerhard Holterhus Jürgen Kösters Klaus Schiersmann Bernd Schuster Dr. Hans Vieregge 139 Supervisory Board (1) The Supervisory Board shall be composed of: 1. the competent member of each of the State Governments of Lower Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, 2. the Chair of the Savings Banks and Giro Association of Lower Saxony, 3. the General Managers of the Holding Association and the Mecklenburg Association, 4. sixteen further members, to be appointed by the Owners in accordance with the following formula to serve for a term of four years: a) six members appointed by the State of Lower Saxony, b) one member appointed by the State of Saxony-Anhalt, c) one member appointed by the State of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, d) six members appointed by the Association, e) one member appointed by the Holding Association and f) one member appointed by the Mecklenburg Association. Of the members appointed by the Association, three should be representatives of the municipal owners of the savings banks – including one representative of the municipal authorities within the area of Braunschweigische Landessparkasse – and three should be Chairs of the Boards of Management of savings banks in Lower Saxony. Of the members appointed by the Holding Association and the Mecklenburg Association pursuant to No 3. above and to clauses e) and f) of this No. 4, one of each should be the Chair of the Board of Management of a savings bank. 5. representatives of the Bank’s employees, who together shall constitute one-third of the members and who shall be appointed to the Supervisory Board in accordance with the provisions of the applicable legislation on employees’ representation (§ 23). (2) Members of the Supervisory Board pursuant to (1) No. 4 above may resign at any time. Their appointment may be terminated prematurely for good reason by the Owner who appointed them. If a member leaves the Board prematurely, a successor shall be appointed for the remainder of his or her term of office. The current Supervisory Board members are specified in the financial statements and can be contacted at the NORD/LB address. Duties of the Supervisory Board 1. The Supervisory Board shall advise the Board of Management and supervise its conduct of the Bank`s business. 2. In addition to the other matters mentioned in the Statutes, the Supervisory board shall decide on: a) the appointment, dismissal and conditions of employment contracts of the members of the Board of Management b) general guidelines for the Bank’s business c) Standing Orders for the Board of Management d) the establishment of branches e) appointment of the auditor f) the adoption of the annual financial statements g) the acquisition of equity interests 3. The Supervisory Board may resolve that other types of business and activities that are of particular importance to the Bank shall be subject to its approval. 140 Owners’ Meeting (1) Each Owner shall delegate up to two representatives to the Owners’ Meeting. The representatives of each Owner may only vote unanimously. The Chair of the Board of Management shall take part in the meetings in an advisory capacity, but without voting rights. (2) The Chair of the Owners’ Meeting shall be the responsible Minister from the Government of the State of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania. (3) The Owners’ Meeting must be convened if one of the Owners, at least twelve members of the Supervisory Board or the Board of Management so demand, giving reasons for their action. The Owners’ Meeting shall be convened, and the agenda circulated, with two weeks’ notice. (4) In addition to the other items mentioned in the Statutes, the Owners’ Meeting shall decide on: a) general principles of business policy, b) the approval of the appointment of the Chair of the Board of Management, c) the appointment of Committee members who are not members of the Supervisory Board, d) the granting of discharge to the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board, e) the level of remuneration of the members of the Supervisory Board, the Committees and the Advisory Councils, f) the determination and the alteration of the capital stock, g) the raising, and the determination of the amount and conditions of, other forms of liable equity capital, h) changes in the proportions of the holdings of the capital stock, i) the acceptance of other entities incorporated under public law into the Bank and the taking of stakes in such entities by the Bank, or the merger of the Bank with other banks established under public law through a merger agreement as provided for under § 24 of the Statutes, j) the appropriation of the surplus, k) the amendment of the Statutes, l) the establishment, transfer and closure of branches, m) the commencement of building society operations in Saxony-Anhalt or Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, n) the resolution on arrangements relating to the costs and risks of establishing institutions with partial legal capacity, o) the separate accounts of Braunschweigische Landessparkasse. (5) Resolutions pursuant to (4) a), f), h), i), k), l), m), n) or o) above require unanimity. In other cases, resolutions of the Owners’ Meeting require a three-quarters majority. (6) The Chair of the Owners’Meeting may also seek the adoption of a resolution by the Owners’Meeting by circulating it to the members in writing, by either letter or facsimile. Subject to there being technical provision for the unequivocal identification of the sender of a message, such a proposal may also be circulated electronically. In all such cases, the proposed resolution shall require the explicit approval of all members. The members of the Owners’ Meeting are specified in the financial statements and can be contacted under the NORD/LB address. EU – State Aid Discussion On 8 May 2001, the European Commission (the “Commission”) made proposals requesting the German Government to take measures in order to make Gewährträgerhaftung (“Guarantee Obligation”) and Anstaltslast (“Maintenance Obligation”) compatible with the state aid rules of the EC Treaty. Gewährträgerhaftung and Anstaltslast are two forms of support enjoyed by public law credit institutions, including NORD/LB, in the Federal Republic of Germany. 141 “Anstaltslast” means that the Owners are jointly and severally responsible for maintaining NORD/LB’s economic viability, to keep it in condition to perform its functions at any time and to enable it to fulfil its obligations when due. „Gewährträgerhaftung“ means the liability of the Owners for the obligations of NORD/LB. Unlike Anstaltslast, it gives a creditor a direct claim against the Owners which are jointly and severally responsible for the liabilities of NORD/LB to the extent the liability cannot be recovered out of the assets of NORD/LB. This liability is not limited in amount and encompasses all obligations of NORD/LB. On 17 July 2001 the European Commissioner Mario Monti and a German governmental delegation reached an understanding as to the key aspects of measures to be implemented by the German Government as well as to the process and timing of their implementation, including transitional arrangements completed by conclusions agreed on 28 February 2002. Specifically, the following “grandfathering” principles were agreed and incorporated in a decision of the European Commission of 27 March 2002: 1. the concept of Maintenance Obligation will be replaced as from 19 July 2005 by a form of a normal relationship between the relevant financial institution and its respective owner(s), more akin to limited liability corporate structures and without prejudice to the possibility of the owner to grant economic support in conformity with state aid rules of the EC Treaty; 2. the concept of Guarantee Obligation will be abolished at the end of the grandfathering periods described below. Liabilities having been agreed as at 18 July 2001, the date of formal acceptance by the German authorities of the understanding of 17 July 2001, will continue to benefit from the Guarantee Obligation as presently existing for their full term. A transitional period will last until 18 July 2005 during which the Maintenance Obligation and Guarantee Obligation can be maintained in their present form. As of the final date of this transitional period any liability having been agreed by then and created after 18 July 2001, whose maturity does not go beyond 31 December 2015, will continue to be covered by Guarantee Obligation for immediate payment after the Owners have duly established in writing at maturity that fulfilment out of NORD/LB’s assets is not possible. The above mentioned understanding between the Commission and Germany entails that after 18 July 2005 German public banking institutions will be subject to the same regulations in the case of an insolvency as German private credit institutions. Therefore NORD/LB will be capable of insolvency as from 19 July 2005. The German authorities have accepted the Commission’s decision of 27 March 2002. For NORD/LB a State Treaty (the “NORD/LB State Treaty”) between its State Owners in full compliance with the Commission’s decision of 27 March 2002 was signed on 22 May 2002, and was ratified by all relevant State Parliaments and has come into force on 1 January 2003. The Commission has confirmed full compliance of NORD/LB with its decision through a letter from the responsible commissioner, Mario Monti, to the Minister of Finance of Lower Saxony dated 1 August 2002. 142 The latest financial figures as of June 2003 – based on unaudited figures At the end of June 2003 the credit volume stood at EUR 120.9 billion. Net interest income amounted to EUR 490.1 million (+ 7.4 per cent), while administrative expenses fell by 0.5 per cent to EUR 347.5 million. Three Year Summary The following table reflects the material balance sheet positions of NORD/LB for the last three years (1). 2002 Business Volume Balance Sheet Total Claims on Credit Institutions Claims on non-bank clients Securities Holdings Liabilities to Credit Institutions Liabilities to non-bank clients – Savings Deposits – securitised Liabilities Capital (2) (1) 31 December 2001 EUR million 2000 164,646 146,458 50,293 49,690 167,181 146,658 48,227 49,625 157,792 136,732 43,171 46,807 33,868 2,980 48,322 33,037 2,016 47,344 5,238 36,465 3,092 51,493 30,959 2,207 47,714 5,208 30,647 2,423 49,055 30,447 2,101 41,455 4,451 The information in this table is extracted without material adjustment from the audited consolidated financial statements of NORD/LB for the three financial years ended 31 December 2002. A financial year is a calendar year. (2) Including profit-participation certificates. 143 Capitalisation – based on unaudited figures The following table shows the unaudited consolidated capitalisation of the NORD/LB Group as at 30 June 2003: 30 June 2003 (EUR million) (unaudited) Share capital Capital contribution pursuant to Paragraph 23 (1) of the NORD/LB State Treaty (1) Silent participations (2) Capital reserves: (a) specific reserves (b) other 375 51 426 1,988 767 537 1,304 Retained income Deposit pursuant to Paragraph 23 (2), of the NORD/LB State Treaty (3) Profit-sharing certificates (4) 1,168 38 1,139 Minority interests Total Capital Funds 66 6,129 Indebtedness Liabilities (long term) Securitised liabilities Total Capitalisation 43,883 61,895 111,907 (1) Article 23(1) of the NORD/LB State Treaty states that “In respect of its holding in NORD/LB the Lower Saxony Savings Banks and Giro Association has paid to the State of Lower Saxony (”Land Niedersachsen“) a consideration of EUR 51,129,188.12.The Land Niedersachsen has made this sum available to NORD/LB as a special capital deposit”. (2) Silent Participations are of the kind as provided in Sections 230 to 236 of the German Commercial Act (Handelsgesetzbuch) on atypical terms comparable to perpetual non-cumulative preferred shares with a call option after 10 years subject to the consent of the German banking supervisory authority, qualifying them as tier I capital of NORD/LB as a bank under the Capital Adequacy Rules of Germany, the EU Capital Adequacy Guidelines and the Basel Committee Convention. (3) Article 23(2) of the NORD/LB State Treaty states that “In consideration of the assets of the Hannoversche Landeskreditanstalt and the Niedersächsische Wohnungskreditanstalt –Stadtschaft –contributed by the Land, the Bank will be indebted to the Land in respect of a loan of EUR 37,579,953.27. This loan may be discharged in whole or in part by capital payments or converted into a special contribution of the Land.” Such contribution as provided for in the NORD/LB State Treaty as a loan from the Land is by its terms as agreed by contract (between NORD/LB and its founding Owners, the Land, represented by its Minister of Finance as provided in Article 23(3) of the NORD/LB State Treaty, and the Association dated 10 August 1970) subordinated to all creditors of NORD/LB and callable/repayable only upon five years notice and accordingly acknowledged by the German banking supervisory authority (Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht) in consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank as “capital reserve in the meaning of Section 10 Paragraph 2 No.5 Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz)”. (4) Profit Sharing Certificates are subordinated, loss-sharing, profit dependent long term liabilities on terms qualifying them as tier II capital elements of German banks according to Section 10 Part (5) of the German Banking Act, the EU Capital Adequacy Guidelines and the Basel Committee Convention. As at 30 June 2003 NORD/LB Group had contingent liabilities (unaudited) of EUR 23,200 million. Since 30 June 2003 there has been no material change in the total unaudited consolidated capitalisation, indebtedness, guarantees and unaudited contingent liabilities of the NORD/LB Group. 144 Share Ownership 40 per cent of the share capital has been subscribed by the State of Lower Saxony, 10 per cent by the State of Saxony-Anhalt,26 2/3 per cent by the Savings Banks and Giro Association of Lower Saxony, 6 2/3 per cent by the Savings Banks Holding Association of Saxony-Anhalt, 10 per cent by the State of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania and 6 2/3 per cent by the Special Purpose Holding Association of the Savings Banks of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania. EU-Investigation on State Aid By letter dated 13 November 2002, received on 15 November 2002, the Commission has commenced a formal investigation procedure against Germany under Article 88 (2) of the EC Treaty in order to determine whether NORD/LB received an economic advantage not in accordance with the provisions of EU state aid law as a result of the transfer in 1991 by the Land of Lower-Saxony of development support assets (to promote housing, reconstruction, agriculture and trade/industry) to NORD/LB which could be used since as Tier I capital in the amount of approximately EUR 767 million and the remuneration and/or interest paid by NORD/LB in that respect. NORD/LB believes that the transfer and the rate of interest paid by it to the State of Lower-Saxony were subject to normal market conditions and compatible with the market-economy investor principle as well as other provisions of EU state aid law. In case the Commission decides otherwise, NORD/LB may provisionally have to pay in fulfilment of such decision, subject however to review upon appeal by the European Courts of Justice, a higher remuneration to the State of Lower-Saxony for the transfer of these assets. The ability of NORD/LB to meet its obligations under the issue of the Instruments would not be negatively affected by such a decision. Furthermore, the obligations of NORD/LB under the issue of the Instruments will be subject to “Gewährträgerhaftung” and therefore the Owners will be liable for those obligations in accordance with the “grandfathering” principles set out above. 145 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2002 146 Reports on the annual accounts Group directors’ report and company directors’ report The NORD / LB Group in all areas of the banking sector and services a number of savings banks in northern The NORD/LB Group’s activities are con- Lower Saxony. centrated on the banking and financial sector. In terms of total assets, the Group’s largest In addition, the Group is also active in the foreign subsidiary is NORD/LB Luxem- property business via its subsidiaries. bourg S.A., which operates in the lending, As the parent company, NORD/LB per- deposit and dealing business. It also owns forms the functions of a state bank (Landes- 100 per cent of the shares in Skandifinanz bank), central bank of the savings banks and Bank AG, Zurich. Following the receipt of a commercial bank. Domestic activities are full banking license in 2002, Skandifinanz focused in the federal states of Lower Saxony, will gradually expand its activities beyond Saxony-Anhalt and Mecklenburg-Western the forfaiting business in which it has been Pomerania. In line with this regional focus, predominantly involved to date. the Bank’s head offices are located in In line with its North East Europe strategy, Hannover, Braunschweig, Magdeburg and the NORD/LB Group also has branches in Schwerin. Furthermore, NORD/LB main- Helsinki, Stockholm as well as representative tains branches in Berlin, Hamburg and offices in Oslo and Tallinn. In addition, the Halle/Saale. In the Braunschweig region, NORD/LB Group is represented in the Lat- where it maintains a closely linked branch vian capital of Riga through its subsidiary, network, NORD/LB is present as a savings JSC Pirma Banka, which has a branch net- bank. work and is active in the regional market. In The NORD/LB Group’s international focus the past financial year, NORD/LB increased is characterised by a series of subsidiaries, its majority shareholding in MHB Mittel- branches and representative offices abroad. europäische Handelsbank AG, Frankfurt, to Thus the Group is represented by branches 100 per cent. MHB concentrates largely on in New York, Singapore and London and business links with Poland and started opera- by a representative office in Beijing. These tions there in 2002 with a new subsidiary, branches operate primarily in investment MHB Bank Polska S.A., the registered office banking as well as in the local lending and of which is in Warsaw. The Lithuanian Bank deposit business. Lietuvos Zemes Ukio Bankas (LZUB), in NORD/LB’s largest subsidiary is Bremer which NORB/LB purchased a 93 per cent Landesbank – Kreditanstalt Oldenburg – shareholding when it was privatised, is a Girozentrale (BLB) with its registered office further addition to the NORD/LB Group. in Bremen. In turn, BLB functions as the NORD/LB’s activities in the property sector parent company of a sub-group, is involved are managed as a sub-group headed by Reports on the annual accounts NORD/LB Immobilien Holding GmbH. DekaBank, which were held by various Within this sub-group in 2002, Nord- Group companies, were sold to GLB GmbH deutsche Beteiligungsgesellschaft für Immo- & Co OHG, Frankfurt. bilien in Hamburg was merged with Woh- The regional trustee offices and regional nungsgesellschaft Norden and Norddeutsche development offices, which are not part of Beteiligungsgesellschaft für Immobilien in the competitive market, are also based in Niedersachsen was amalgamated with Woh- NORD/LB offices. In addition to their role nungsbau Niedersachsen GmbH. The two in dealing with government programmes for railway housing companies, WG Norden and the promotion of residential property, trade Wohnungsbau Niedersachsen GmbH, were and industry and agriculture in Lower taken over by NORD/LB Immobilien Hold- Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Mecklenburg- ing GmbH at the end of 2000 as part of the Western Pomerania, their responsibilities privatisation of a total of 18 housing compa- increasingly also include the provision of nies. The holding company was the lead bank development aid advice and services. in the consortium which, after lengthy negotiations, won the contract. Since then, thanks to a significant increase in rental activities and Economic situation the establishment of an active sales depart- Having stabilised hesitantly at the beginning ment, the two companies have become high- of 2002, the economic situation in Germany earning companies within the sub-group weakened markedly over the rest of the year. managed by NILEG. NORD/LB Immo- The reasons for this include the sluggish bilien Holding GmbH further expanded its recovery in the global economy and weak property portfolio in 2002 with the acqui- domestic demand. Against the background of sition of Osnabrücker Wohnungsbauge- sharp falls on stock exchanges, continuing sellschaft 30,000 doubts about the robustness of the American dwellings, now ranks as one of the top 5 economy as well as the Iraq crisis, insecurity property companies in North Germany. among investors and consumers grew. The NORD/LB holds its shares in Bank- debate surrounding price rises following the gesellschaft Berlin via Norddeutsche Inves- introduction of euro notes and coins and the titionen Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH in problems on the labour market depressed Hannover. NORD/LB has transferred its 44 private consumption further. per cent shareholding in LBS Norddeutsche As a result of the pronounced weakness in Landesbausparkasse Berlin-Hannover, which consumer spending and investment, growth is consolidated pro rata in the accounts, to its in the German economy only amounted to subsidiary Nord-Ostdeutsche Bankbeteili- 0.2 per cent in the past year. The fall of gungs GmbH in Hannover. Furthermore, 9.4 per cent in investment in machinery some of the shareholdings in Frankfurt-based and equipment was even sharper than in the and with more than 147 148 Reports on the annual accounts previous year. The previous year’s downward Financial markets trend in construction investment (– 5.9 per The hopes of an economic recovery in the cent) also continued. Private consumption second half of the year and the associated (– 0.6 per cent) fell for the first time in 20 monetary policy reactions in the USA and years. As in the previous year, exports pro- the euro-zone impacted negatively on finan- vided the only stimulus for growth, rising cial markets until the middle of 2002. Long- by 2.6 per cent whereas imports fell. term rates on the money market rose sharply At 1.0 per cent, the disposable income of pri- until June because many market players vate households registered a much weaker expected the ECB tender rate to rise in the increase in 2002 than in the previous year. middle of the year. Long-term capital market Consumer restraint led to the savings ratio yields also rose by 0.25 percentage points rising from 10.1 to 10.4 per cent. Consumer compared with the beginning of the year. prices increased by an average 1.4 per cent The accounting scandals at companies in the over the year. USA and the intensifying Iraq conflict also The weak economic growth depressed the led to drastic falls in share prices towards the situation on the labour market and at the middle of the year. Together with the changes year-end, the number of unemployed stood to economic policy in Germany, these devel- at 4.2 million. The average annual rate of opments made a lasting change to the frame- unemployment for Germany as a whole rose work conditions for financial markets in the from 9.4 per cent to 9.8 per cent. course of the second half-year. In response to the renewed economic downturn in the eurozone, the ECB cut its tender rate by 50 basis points to 2.75 per cent at the beginning of December despite inflation rates of over 2 per cent. On the money market, expectations among market players of further monetary policy measures in winter 2002/2003 led to a slightly inverse interest rate structure. The development was even more pronounced on the capital market. At the year end, yields on 10 year federal bonds fell by 1 percentage point to 4.2 per cent. 10 year bank debentures offered a yield of 4.4 per cent, which is the lowest figure in the current interest rate cycle. Reports on the annual accounts The euro recovered strongly in the course Bremen of 2002 rising from 0.88 USD/EUR to 1.04 With growth in gross domestic product of USD/EUR at the year end. This was prima- 0.9 per cent compared with 2001, economic rily due to a more sceptical assessment of US development in Bremen was also weak. economic growth and, above all, the increas- However, it was markedly better than in ing fear of war. Germany as a whole. The increase in economic output is mainly due to the dynamism Lower Saxony of the export-oriented manufacturing indus- Lower Saxony’s economic situation mirrored try. By contrast, results in the construction that of Germany during the course of 2002. industry were less favourable. Despite slight Provisional economic economic growth, the average annual unem- growth of only 0.2 per cent. The fall in out- ployment rate in Bremen rose to 12.6 per put in the manufacturing industry was a deci- cent. calculations show sive factor behind the weakness in the economy. Growth in the construction industry was Saxony-Anhalt also weak, although markedly better than the At 0.5 per cent, Saxony-Anhalt’s economic national average. The lack of dynamism in growth was slightly above the national aver- the services sector meant that it failed to age in 2002 and higher than the average for provide any positive stimulus for the gross eastern Germany of 0.1 per cent. This was domestic product and there was a weak primarily attributable to the increase in out- development in both services dependent on put by the manufacturing industry, which private consumption and company-oriented came mainly from the important chemical, services. The average annual unemployment food and metal sectors. By contrast, the con- rate for Lower Saxony in 2002 rose by 0.1 struction industry once again recorded falling percentage points to 9.2 per cent. sales, although the downturn was less marked than in the previous year. Companyoriented services as well as trade and transport performed in line with east German trends. At 19.6 per cent in 2002, the average annual unemployment rate remains SaxonyAnhalt’s greatest problem. 149 150 Reports on the annual accounts Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania Over the year as a whole Mecklenburg-West- Economic and political prospects in North East Europe ern Pomerania’s economy did not entirely fulfil the expectations generated by its very The decision by the Copenhagen EU summit positive semi-annual results. Nevertheless, at in December 2002 in favour of expansion was 0.2 per cent, growth in domestic product was a tribute to the transformation and moderni- slightly up on the east German average of 0.1 sation processes that have successfully taken per cent. As elsewhere, the difficult situation place in the Baltic states and Poland. If there in the construction industry also had a detri- is positive response in the referenda taking mental effect while the manufacturing indus- place in the accession countries this year, try provided some positive stimulus. The the single European market will shortly com- services sector benefited from a further rise in prise of 25 countries. tourism figures and – together with the trans- However, the southern countries bordering port and ports sectors – was one of the main- the Baltic are already benefiting from virtual- stays of the Mecklenburg-Western Pomeran- ly unrestricted access to the single market ian economy. However, the unemployment in the run-up to their accession to the EU. rate rose in December for the first time to the Furthermore, the adjustment process has led highest level in eastern Germany with the to greater legal security and better frame- average annual rate standing at 18.6 per cent. work conditions for investment. As a result, the countries’ credit rating has risen and they are now rated at the much coveted “Investment Grade” by international rating agencies, which, in turn, has increased their attractiveness for foreign direct investment. Poland and Estonia lead the statistics on capital inflows to central and eastern Europe but Latvia and Lithuania have also been able to attract more foreign capital in recent years. At the same time, the so-called risk premium for these countries has fallen and this has led to much lower borrowing rates. Domestic investment has risen sharply as a result. The Baltic countries, in particular, reported growth rates in the period under review, which were well above the average, with the economy in Estonia growing by 5.6 per cent, in Latvia by 4.5 per cent and in Lithuania by Reports on the annual accounts 5.0 per cent. At the same time, the good eco- Accession to the EEMU is also again increas- nomic development is being accompanied by ingly a topic for discussion in Sweden. In low inflation rates. A sustained need for December of the year under review, the modernisation, increasing purchasing power Swedish parliament decided to have this and a growing demand for consumer goods question answered by a referendum on are leading to a rapid rise in imports. Foreign September 14, 2003. Even if the majority of trade balances will therefore remain in deficit Swedes should reject the introduction of the Key balance sheet figures Net interest income EUR million 1274 1146 1060 1040 1002 947 918 737 778 731 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 NORD / LB NORD / LB Group for the foreseeable future. However, since Euro, NORD/LB continues to be convinced large parts of the current account deficits are of the very good locational potential in Swe- offset by foreign direct investment and all den’s general macroeconomic picture. Since the southern Baltic Rim countries have access the crisis at the beginning of the 1990s, to international capital markets, these imbal- Sweden has subjected its public finances to ances do not constitute a problem. wide-ranging reforms and thus laid the basis The Baltic countries’ exchange rates are tied for a sustained economic upturn which, up to the euro in Currency Boards (Estonia, until 2001, was characterised by high growth Lithuania) or to the IMF’s special drawing rates and falling unemployment rates. The rights (Latvia). Since the appreciation of public finances have recorded surpluses since the currencies in real terms is below the 1995. economies’ improvements in productivity, Norway is the world’s second largest oil the exporters’ international competitiveness exporter and is currently benefiting from the is guaranteed. Poland’s Zloty has been float- high price of oil. Moreover, interest rate dif- ing freely since April 12, 2000. On accession ferences and weak share markets tempted a to the EU, all four countries will join the large number of investors into the relatively EMS-II exchange rate mechanism. safe haven of Norwegian securities last year. 151 152 Reports on the annual accounts These factors led to a marked appreciation income and earnings from sales of partici- in the Norwegian Kroner, which adversely pations as part of the reorganisation of the affected the competitiveness of the export Bank’s investment portfolio. The NORD/LB industry and caused the government to inter- Group accounts therefore show an overall vene. This intervention, in conjunction with positive Group result. falling interest rates and the worsening of the Changes in the scope of consolidation have Iraq crisis, led to a correction in the over- not significantly affected the Group result valuation of the Norwegian Kroner. and therefore can be disregarded in the Extensive structural reforms and deregu- observations that follow, including with lation made Finland a sought-after corporate regard to the previous year’s figures. location after the crisis years at the beginning The NORD/LB Group net interest income of the 1990s: In the latest World Competi- continued to grow in financial year 2002 and tiveness Yearbook, Finland ranks second at EUR 1,274.1 million, it rose by EUR 127.8 behind the USA. The IT industry is respon- million (11 per cent) on the previous year. sible for approximately a third of all Finnish This was achieved because the interest rate exports and has again reported positive for deposits fell more markedly than for growth trends since the end of 2001. The net lending products. Interest income from lend- production of the timber processing industry, ing and money market operations fell by which continues to be important for the EUR 0.8 billion and that from fixed interest country’s rate securities and registered securities by economy, has also increased sharply. EUR 0.2 billion. On the other hand, interest expenditure reduced by EUR 1.2 billion. Good results from the international branches Earnings once again contributed to net interest Despite a difficult economic environment, income. Current income from participations the NORD/LB Group posted a satisfactory fell further. However, this fall was offset by overall result in 2002. Whilst operating an increase in income from profit transfer income stabilised further on the previous agreements. year, the overall result was once again In the year under review, net commission adversely affected by higher risk provisions income remained at almost the same level as in lending operations and value adjustments in the previous year. The strained conditions in connection with the investment in Bank- on the securities markets led to a further gesellschaft Berlin. However, the value decline in performance, especially in the adjustments Bankgesellschaft securities business. The Group’s net commis- Berlin were lower than those made in the sion income of EUR 188.6 million was only previous year. These negative effects were EUR 6.8 million (4 per cent) down on the overcompensated previous year. relating for to by the operating Reports on the annual accounts For trading operations the NORD/LB The rise in costs for general administrative Group reported net expenditure on financial expenditure was the most noticeable factor. transactions of EUR 14.7 million. Contribu- They increased by EUR 61.3 million (19 per tions from share trading and interest rate- cent) to reach a total of EUR 383.6 million. linked derivatives, which could not be offset The biggest cost drivers were expenses for by other positive trading results, played a premises, as well as IT and telecommuni- decisive role here. cations costs. At EUR 954.4 million, general administrative Depreciation on fixed assets was EUR 76.1 expenditure within the Group was EUR million in financial year 2002. This princi- 123.5 million (15 per cent) up on the previous pally refers to NORD/LB itself and the year. One reason for this was the EUR 62.2 property companies. million increase in personnel costs to EUR Other operating earnings and expenditure 570.8 million. This figure includes the 26 per mainly arose from NORD/LB’s individual cent (EUR 40.0 million) increase in social accounts and the subsidiaries’ real estate security contributions and retirement pen- operations. There was a considerable drop of sions. This rise was mainly caused by EUR 171.7 million to EUR 287.8 million in NORD/LB setting up a provision for the other operating earnings. This was due to the Key balance sheet figures Balance sheet total EUR million 200 197 186 171 152 147 137 127 146 111 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 NORD / LB NORD / LB Group first time to cover medical assistance for the fact that special effects resulting from the sale staff. However, the increase is also due to of property assets in the previous year no extending the scope of consolidation, partic- longer apply and because of lower LTS ularly through Lietuvos Zemes Ukio Bankas income. Conversely, other operating expen- (LZUB), Latvia. At the year-end, the Group diture within the Group rose by EUR 57.0 employed 9,775 staff. million to EUR 258.0 million. This rise was caused by NORD/LB setting up provisions 153 154 Reports on the annual accounts to meet obligations resulting from the LTS EUR 3.4 million, the NORD/LB Group contribution agreement. posted a distributable Group profit of EUR Depreciation and write-offs on receivables 35.1 million for financial year 2002. and certain securities and additions to loan There are no known events of particular loss provisions constitute one reporting item importance that would have had to be taken and posted an increase of EUR 271.8 million into consideration in the accounts at the time on the previous year to EUR 438.3 million. when the accounts were prepared. The result was adversely affected by a need The results within the NORD/LB Group for higher loan loss provisions and an were chiefly determined by the development increase in depreciation on securities. In of NORD/LB itself. However, not all special addition, a provision for general banking factors affecting the NORD/LB accounts risks was created in 2002. have also impacted on the Group. In parti- Income from additions to participations, cular, profits made from the sale of parti- shares in associated companies and securities cipations treated as fixed assets totalled EUR 233.3 NORD/LB’s company and Group accounts. million. There was still a corresponding Net interest income at NORD/LB rose again expenditure item in the previous year. The in 2002. However, the increase of EUR 28.9 change in net value is due to the special million (3.1 per cent) to EUR 947.3 million effects arising from the sale of participations, is more moderate than in the previous year. as well as value adjustments in connection A stronger fall in the rates of interest for with the investment in Bankgesellschaft deposits than those for lending products Berlin. played a decisive role here. The international The result from ordinary operating activities branches again made a significant contribu- therefore amounts to EUR 256.9 million, tion to the net interest income. Thus the fall which is more than double the figure for in income from participations and associated 2001. Tax charges were EUR 72.6 million and companies amounting to EUR 95.7 million were thus only about half the level of the pre- was more than compensated for. NORD/LB vious year. The Group set aside EUR 128.5 Luxembourg and Bremer Landesbank made million for servicing silent capital contribu- the biggest contribution to income from tions. To safeguard against general business- participations. Income from profit transfer specific risks, EUR 30.0 million was allocated agreements rose to EUR 63.0 million. to the fund for general banking risks at Despite difficult stock market conditions, net Group level. The Group net income for the commission income only fell by a slight 7 per year was EUR 25.9 million added to which is cent to EUR 142.1 million. There was how- the profit brought forward of EUR 12.6 mil- ever a detrimental impact on net earnings lion. After deducting profit shares attributa- from financial transactions, with NORD/LB ble to minority interests in an amount of having to post a negative value of EUR 17.3 produced different effects in Reports on the annual accounts million. Therefore, and given the strained The balance for depreciation and income market situation, we were not able to meet from participations as well as securities treat- expectations. ed as fixed assets was a positive EUR 215.1 Personnel costs rose by EUR 32.1 million to million in the financial year. This includes EUR 392.5 million, an increase of 9 per cent. EUR 326.6 million profits made from the sale This was due to the first time allocation to of participations as part of corporate restruc- a provision to cover medical assistance for turing measures. staff. Other administrative expenditure saw NORD/LB’s result from ordinary operating a bigger increase of EUR 46.3 million (19 per activities thus amounts to EUR 178.4 million; cent) to a total of EUR 290.4 million. This an increase of EUR 63.4 million (55 per cent) was mainly caused by increased expenditure on the previous year. After taking into on IT, telecommunications and rent. Other consideration taxes of EUR 43.9 million operating earnings were considerably lower and interest on silent capital contributions of at EUR 92.7 million due to the absence of EUR 92.0 million, NORD/LB’s net income the special effects from the previous year. for the year is EUR 42.5 million. Of this Conversely, other operating expenditure was figure, EUR 20.0 million has been transferred higher at EUR 114.7 as a result of transfers to to retained income. the provisions for meeting obligations result- The remaining amount of EUR 22.5 million ing from the LTS contribution agreement. is shown as distributable profit and, as in the At EUR 376.2 million, the result from depre- previous year, will be used to pay a 6 per cent ciation and earnings on receivables and cer- dividend to shareholders. tain securities as well as additions to and writing back of loan provisions was EUR 102.5 million higher than the previous year. This was due to a greater need for provisions in the loan sector. 155 156 Reports on the annual accounts Value added (EUR million) NORD / LB Group 2002 NORD / LB Group 2001 NORD / LB NORD/LB 2002 2001 Employees Government Group/Bank Owners 570.7 71.1 0.0 23.5 508.5 150.1 36.1 22.5 392.5 43.0 20.0 22.5 360.4 46.3 13.5 22.5 Total 665.3 717. 2 478.0 442.7 The value added of the Group decreased The value added of NORD/LB itself rose by again in 2002. Only the value added in the EUR 35.3 million (8 per cent) to EUR 478.0 case of payments for employees increased by million, as a result of higher payments to EUR 62.2 million (12.2 per cent). In contrast, employees. The value added of the govern- tax payments fell by EUR 79 million. No ment fell slightly to EUR 43 million. As a new capital was transferred into the Group result of the transfer of EUR 20 million to reserves in financial year 2002. The amount retained income, the Bank’s value added con- attributable to the owners was EUR 23.5 mil- tribution was up 48 per cent on the previous lion. Overall, the value added figure for the year. Payment to the owners remained Group fell by EUR 51.9 million to EUR unchanged at EUR 22.5 million. 665.0 million. Reports on the annual accounts NORD/ LB Group – key balance sheet figures Taking into account contingent liabilities and irrevocable loan commitments as well as Group total assets, the Group’s business vol- Although the Group’s total assets have ume is EUR 222.6 billion. This is EUR 2.4 steadily grown in the past financial years, the billion down on the figure for 2001. The fall Group suffered a slight downturn this year is accounted for by a lower volume of claims for the first time. The NORD/LB Group’s on financial institutions as well as debentures total assets fell by EUR 2.7 billion to EUR and other fixed interest rate securities. Other 197.2 billion. With NORD/LB’s total assets issuers’ bonds and debentures were at the remaining virtually unchanged, the sub- centre of this. On the liabilities side, almost sidiaries are the reason behind the fall in all items showed only slight variations on the Group total assets. At NORD/LB Luxem- previous year’s figures. Only liabilities to Key balance sheet figures Claims on non-bank clients EUR million 77 77 72 64 57 50 47 43 50 39 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 NORD / LB NORD / LB Group bourg, total assets fell by EUR 1.6 billion non-bank clients saw a marked reduction due (6.3 per cent) to EUR 24.4 billion, after regis- to the difficult general economic conditions. tering strong growth in the previous year. The Group lending volume, which includes The biggest subsidiary, Bremer Landesbank, guarantees and irrevocable loan commit- also posted a fall of EUR 1.5 billion in total ments in addition to claims on financial insti- assets to EUR 33.6 billion. tutions and non-bank clients, fell by EUR 0.5 billion to a total of EUR 161.3 billion. 157 158 Reports on the annual accounts Following a strong increase in 2001, claims Business in the mortgage loan sector regis- on financial institutions, with a volume of tered a slight increase of 2.4 per cent to EUR EUR 58.7 billion, fell by EUR 0.8 billion 10.6 billion. This related to both the residen- in financial year 2002. Demand deposits tial construction business and loans for com- remained virtually unchanged. The fall main- mercial real estate. Regional building society ly relates to transactions with domestic banks building loans accounted for EUR 2.5 billion. Key balance sheet figures Lending volume EUR million 162 161 152 141 125 118 111 104 118 90 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 NORD / LB NORD / LB Group in the short and medium-term segments. The difficult financial situation for the public There was a slight increase for long-term sector authorities and the resultant cost-sav- refinancing loans to domestic banks. ing measures, led to public sector borrowing At EUR 77.1 billion, claims on non-bank only rising slightly. Public sector loans with- clients remained constant at the previous in the Group increased by EUR 0.2 billion to year’s level. There was a slight drop in short- EUR 23.6 billion. The Group achieved term borrowings. By contrast, and as a result increases in the financing of local authorities of the continuing favourable interest rate and local authority associations, which con- situation, utilisation of long-term borrow- tinue to account for the largest share of total ings, which are the focus of the business, volume. By comparison, lendings to the rose. federal states decreased. The private banking business is centred in the Braunschweig region whilst the lending business with corporate clients is carried out across the Group. Reports on the annual accounts Following strong growth in 2001, holdings of Deposits from non-bank clients fell by EUR debentures and fixed interest rate securities 2.4 billion (5.3 per cent) to EUR 43.3 billion fell by EUR 1.9 billion to EUR 45.3 billion. in 2002. The increase in non-bank client The fall mainly related to other issuers’ deposits from companies and private individ- bonds and debentures. Own debentures fell uals could not compensate for the marked in 2002 by EUR 0.7 billion to EUR 5.8 decline in deposits from public authorities. billion whereas money market securities There were hardly any changes to savings remained relatively constant. and home loan savings deposits. On the liabilities side, liabilities to financial Securitised liabilities also contributed to the institutions remained unchanged on 2001 at fall in Group total assets. The volume of EUR 69.1 billion. For domestic financial securities, primarily issued by NORD/LB institutions, business was focussed on the and Bremer Landesbank, fell in the financial medium and long-term. In the case of inter- year by EUR 1.7 billion to a total of EUR national financial institutions, transactions 63.9 billion. By contrast, subordinated lia- were mainly short-term and the share of bilities within the Group rose by EUR 0.5 which also rose further. billion (20 per cent) to EUR 2.9 billion. 159 160 Reports on the annual accounts Equity Development of the parent bank At the year-end, the NORD/LB Group At the year-end, NORD/LB’s total assets reported balance sheet equity of EUR 5,030 amounted to EUR 146.5 billion. This is vir- million, which represents an increase of EUR tually unchanged on last year and equates to 15.9 million on the previous year. The equity some 74 per cent of Group volume. Claims ratio in terms of Group total assets therefore on financial institutions, holdings of bonds amounts to 2.6 per cent compared with 2.5 and debentures as well as shares and other per cent in the previous year. Taking profit variable interest rate securities all contributed sharing certificates and subordinated liabili- significantly to this. ties into account, the ratio amounts to 4.6 per The growth in claims on financial institutions cent (4.3 per cent in 2001). was almost solely attributable to long-term Key balance sheet figures Equity capital EUR million 5030 5014 3538 3418 3316 4250 4198 4070 3937 2881 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 NORD / LB NORD / LB Group As at 31 December 2002, the capital deter- refinancing loans to domestic and interna- mined in accordance with the summarised tional financial institutions, which rose by Principle I amounted to EUR 7,782 million in just on EUR 2.1 billion to EUR 50.3 billion. the NORD/LB Group, of which EUR 5,025 On the other hand, claims on non-bank million was core capital. The capital ratio clients remained almost unchanged at EUR determined for available equity in accordance 49.7 billion. Whereas business in real estate with Principle I amounted to 9.3 per cent and loans and public sectors loans saw some the core capital ratio stood at 6.0 per cent. growth, other business with companies and private individuals fell slightly. Reports on the annual accounts NORD/LB’s loan volume, including loan The difficult economic conditions led to a commitments and guarantees, amounts to a slight downturn of NORD/LB’s business total of EUR 118.2 billion. This is virtually volume, including off-balance sheet items. the same as last year’s figure of EUR 118.4 This dropped by EUR 2.6 billion to EUR billion. Claims on financial institutions rose 164.6 billion. by EUR 2.1 billion, whilst irrevocable loan NORD/LB’s derivative volume saw a con- commitments fell by EUR 1.9 billion. siderable increase of EUR 25.4 billion (17 per In financial year 2002 holdings of debentures cent) to EUR 177.0 billion overall and was and other fixed interest rate securities fell by thus higher than the balance sheet total. This EUR 3.2 billion to EUR 32.8 billion. The corresponds to a credit risk equivalent of main reason for this was a fall in the holdings EUR 1.3 billion. At the year-end, the cover- of other issuers’ bonds and debentures. ing cost for transactions with a positive On the liabilities side, deposits from non- market value amounted to EUR 3.9 billion. bank clients and deposits from financial institutions registered the biggest changes. Whilst liabilities to financial institutions fell by EUR 3.2 billion to EUR 48.3 billion, liabilities to non-bank clients rose by EUR 2.1 billion to EUR 33.0 billion. The volume of certificated NORD/LB securities outstanding dipped by a slight EUR 0.4 billion to EUR 47.3 billion. By contrast, the volume of subordinated liabilities rose by EUR 0.5 billion (26 per cent) to a total of EUR 2.3 billion. Following a marked increase in the previous year, the Bank’s reported equity only rose slightly in 2002. This is accounted for by the transfer to retained income and reporting of net income for the year. Therefore, the rounded figure for reported equity remains at EUR 4.2 billion. 161 162 Reports on the annual accounts Segment report The segment report submitted on the basis of • Corporate client business. the Group figures provides information on This comprises the regional and supra- the individual business sectors of the Group. regional corporate client business including The segments are defined as product or client business transactions with the public sector groups in line with the organisational struc- and syndicated business with the savings tures of the individual Group companies. banks. Calculations are based on internal data from • Special financing. the Group companies. The report is present- The segment comprises, in particular, con- ed in line with recommendation DRS 3–10 of struction financing, agricultural loans and the Deutsche Rechnungslegungsstandards- leasing as well as ship and aircraft financing Committee e.V. (DRSC = German Account- • International markets/Investment banking. ing Standards Committee). The net interest This segment includes business with banks, income of the segments has been calculated savings banks and institutional investors, using the market interest rate method includ- the divisions active in international busi- ing the interest benefit from the capital ness and investment banking as well as the employed. Segment expenditure comprises of results of maturity transformations original expenditure and expenditure allocat- • Private client business. ed on the basis of cost accounting and results This comprises private client lending and accounts. Loan loss provisions have been deposit operations throughout the Group allocated to the segments on the basis of including pro rata business by the regional actual costs. The figures presented are from building societies (Landesbausparkassen) the operating income statement, the risk • Group controlling/Other. assets to be attributed on the basis of banking This segment covers other Group sections supervisory regulations and the committed which have not been included, other con- core capital (reported equity less distrib- solidations and reconciliation items to the utable Group profit plus funds for general overall Group figures. banking risks). Also shown are the cost/income ratio (CIR), defined as the relationship between the total segment income including the balance of other income/expenditure, and the return on equity (ROE) defined as the operating result net of loan loss provisions and valuation measures, in relation to committed capital. The following segments are examined more closely in the segment report: Reports on the annual accounts 163 Segmentation by business area 2002 in EUR million Privat clients Net interest income Net commission income Result from financial transaction Administrative expenditure * Other income/ other expenditure Operating results before loan loss provisions and valuation measures Loan loss provisions/valuation measures Operating results after loans loss provisions and valuation measures Ditto previous year Risk assets Ditto previous year Committed core capital Ditto previous year CIR Ditto previous year ROE Ditto previous yearr Corporate clients Special financing International markets, Investment Banking Group controlling / Other The NORD / LB Group 278.1 64.5 0.8 312.3 355.8 46.2 5.0 166.6 265.0 20.0 5.2 64.6 398.3 40.1 – 5.5 287. 9 – 23.1 17.8 – 20.2 156.3 1,274.1 188.6 – 14.7 987. 7 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 70.3 70.8 31.1 29.8 240.9 263.3 225.6 65.5 145.0 – 28.2 – 111.5 – 67.5 531.1 262.9 1.3 – 18.3 6,844.8 6,148.5 308.0 276.7 90.9 % 94.7 % 0.4 % – 6.6 % – 22.4 99.6 21,859.3 20,511.7 983.7 923.0 40.9 % 43.1 % – 2.3 % 10.8 % 160.1 181.0 19,690.8 20,142.2 886.1 906.4 22.3 % 25.1 % 18.1 % 20.0 % 173.2 214.9 24,678.3 24,791.9 1,110.5 1,115.6 66.5 % 55.6 % 15.6 % 19.3 % – 44.0 – 165.8 10,353.8 10,592.7 1,780.4 1,835.9 ––– ––– ––– ––– 268.2 311.4 83,427.0 82,187.0 5,068.7 5,057.6 65.0 % 58.8 % 5.3 % 6.2 % * including depreciation on tangible fixed assets and intangible assets Segmentation by geographical features 2002 Segmentation by geographical features is based on the country in which the operating unit of the NORD / LB or Group company is situated. The figures show the operating results, the risk assets to be allocated, the committed core capital and the cost income ratio. in EUR million Operating results before loan loss provisions and valuation measures Loan loss provisions/valuation measures Operating results after loan loss provisions and valuation measures Ditto previous year Risk assets Ditto previous year Committed core capital * Ditto previous year * CIR Ditto previous year ROE Ditto previous year Federal Republic Europe excluding of Germany Federal Republic of Germany America Asia The NORD / LB Group 298.2 161.4 153.9 29.6 49.2 81.5 29.8 – 9.6 531.1 262.9 136.8 30.0 61,786.7 60,007. 7 2,780.4 2,777. 9 74.4 % 68.6 % 4.9 % 1.1 % 124.3 200.9 15,980.3 16,219.3 719.1 729.9 38.1 % 25.1 % 17.3 % 27.5 % – 32.3 32.8 3,605.0 3,742.0 162.2 168.4 24.2 % 25.6 % – 19.9 % 19.5 % 39.4 47.7 2,055.0 2,218.0 92.5 99.8 23.6 % 18.6 % 42.6 % 47.8 % 268.2 311.4 83,427.0 82,187.0 5,068.7 5 057. 6 65.0 % 58.8 % 5.3 % 6.2 % * Note: Group value = sum of regions plus reconciliation figure for non-committed core capital, deduction items for holdings etc. 164 Reports on the annual accounts Corporate client business The core segments of the NORD/LB Group Along with traditional forms of financing, comprise business with institutional clients, innovative solutions are becoming increas- small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) ingly important. By making intensive use of in the region and throughout Germany, the our expertise in investment banking and the savings banks’ syndicated business and finan- corporate finance sector we were able to meet cial transactions with public sector bodies. increased demand from our clients for struc- The Group’s regional focus is concentrated tured project finance, borrower’s note issues, on the north of Germany. mezzanine money, credit linked notes and In the syndicated business, NORD/LB other off-balance sheet financing measures. cooperates closely with the savings banks in In addition to preparing to meet the require- Lower Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Mecklen- ments of Basel II, corporate pension provi- burg-Western Pomerania. Together the insti- sion was a focal point of interest for a large tutions in these regions have proved a reliable number of our clients. In cooperation with partner in providing finance for SMEs. our associates from the Savings Banks Asso- In its corporate client business NORD/LB ciation, we found the optimum solution for provides an individually tailored range of each individual case. services for about 6,500 SMEs. In the Braun- The reorganisation of the credit processes schweig area, the Bank is market leader and that was successfully carried out at the begin- looks after approx. 60 per cent of all corpo- ning of 2003 will further improve the pro- rate and commercial clients acting as prin- ductivity of NORD/LB in the corporate cipal banker for the majority of these. client segment. In 2003, the Bank will, for NORD/LB’s understanding of the tradition example, increasingly structure and syndicate role of banks has been a decisive factor in the large volume loans, intensify cross-selling by continued growth of its lending business. integrating all its market products and enhance further its expertise in innovative Business development in 2002 and outlook Due to the generally negative economic trend and the large number of resultant insolvencies, the development of NORD/LB’s corporate client business was unsatisfactory. However, thanks to our many years’ experience in providing support for SMEs, we remained a dependable partner for our clients even in this difficult environment. financing solutions. Reports on the annual accounts Savings banks business Bremer Landesbank The savings banks syndicated business again Bremer Landesbank further strengthened its contributed significantly to the development personal advisory services as part of its busi- of this segment. In 2003 NORD/LB will also ness links with SMEs in the Weser-Ems expand its corporate client business on the region. basis of its strategy to intensify cooperation Questions relating to the introduction of with the savings banks. euro notes and coins and Basel II were dealt with in training sessions as well as events and Major clients seminars, which were offered to corporate In the past financial year, growth in business clients and self-employed professionals. with major clients was restrained. However, Despite the comparatively good economic thanks to a clear client and product focus, development in Bremen, Bremer Landes- income from services improved once again bank’s clients were also affected by the in relation to net interest income. With the noticeable slow-down in economic activity. help of a corresponding risk profile, and Performance by corporate clients varied from despite the difficult market environment, we sector to sector. Whereas the favourable situ- succeeded in establishing a relatively stable ation in the automotive sector had a positive income position in this business sector. We impact on the region’s component suppliers, anticipate an improved development in the the construction sector suffered from the current financial year. negative signals relating to income growth NORD/ LB Norddeutsche Landesbank Luxembourg S. A. The lending business conducted by NORD/LB Luxembourg in conjunction with other banks in the NORD/LB Group continues to account for a significant proportion of the success of the Bank as a whole. At EUR 18.6 billion, the total lending volume consisting of drawings on loans, guarantees and open commitments was virtually unchanged on the previous year. Although open commitments rose by 50 per cent to EUR 4.9 billion, the appreciation of the euro against the US dollar led to drawings on loans falling by EUR 1.7 Mrd. to EUR 13.4 billion. and job security in the private sector. By contrast, the Bremen export industry was able to benefit from the continuing strong demand for German products. 165 166 Reports on the annual accounts Special financing Aircraft and shipping finance The special financing area of shipping performed satisfactorily in the year under review The special financing area of aircraft contin- – despite the general weakness of the global ued to be affected by the consequences of economy and the difficult situation in the 11 September 2001, the weakness of the sector. The ship financing portfolio reduced global economy and structural change in air by EUR 0.4 billion, or 8 per cent, to EUR 4.8 transport. The anticipated uncertainties were billion of which 68 per cent was attributable covered by the risk provisions. to domestic borrowers and 32 per cent to The exchange rate parity of the US dollar, foreign clients. which is critical for international aviation and Loan disbursements from new business, at shipping, has a considerable influence on EUR 1.5 billion, matched the level of the pre- changes in the value of the loan portfolio: vious year. The repayment volume, including during the year under review, the US dollar the calculated exchange rate related reduc- fell against the euro by around 14 per cent. tion, amounted to EUR 2.0 billion. Out- Despite the current turbulence, market par- standing loan commitments halved from ticipants believe that the aviation market EUR 1.8 billion to EUR 0.9 billion in 2002. offers promising opportunities for growth Overall changes in the loan portfoIio there- and development in the medium and long fore reflected the reduction in clients’ term. Accordingly NORD/LB has continued propensity to invest as well as the Bank’s to be involved – although prudently and on ongoing stringent lending policy. a very selective basis – in financing leading airlines’ projects. The aircraft financing portfolio fell from EUR 4.9 billion to around Construction finance and clients EUR 4.5 billion in 2002, due, as with the Despite strained market conditions and the shipping financing portfolio, to the dollar consistent implementation of the Bank’s risk exchange rate. Commitments were attribu- policy, the business sector, construction table as follows: 39 per cent to Europe, 27 per finance and clients, achieved a satisfactory cent to North America and 28 per cent to level of new business with loans totalling Asia and Australia. EUR 1.2 billion approved. Thanks to lower loan loss provisions, the result was higher than in the previous year. As part of our participation in syndicated loans we have expanded foreign property finance – in 2002 it reached 44 per cent of new business. In Germany, the majority of business was transacted in the states of Hesse, Lower Saxony, Bavaria and Berlin. Reports on the annual accounts In terms of property structure, offices and Agricultural lending commercial premises were at the forefront of the Bank’s financing activities, accounting The situation was difficult for the agricultural for 56 per cent of new business. Interest was sector in 2002. In addition to adverse move- also concentrated on shopping centres and ments in prices on the markets for milk, pork the construction of multi-storey housing. and grain, the harvest was below average in Due to developments in the healthcare sector, both quantity and quality. Moreover, some NORD/LB has set demanding decision areas suffered considerable damage as a result parameters for the financing of social proper- of the catastrophic floods in August. ty, which slowed the volume of new business The discussions on the future agricultural in the year under review. policy framework conditions and the rota- The total property finance portfolio stood at tional revaluation of Agenda 2000 also led to almost EUR 6 billion. uncertainty and a lack of willingness to invest by agricultural companies. Leasing finance Nevertheless, the special area of agricultural finance achieved a marked increase in new In addition to providing finance to individual business of 15 per cent. The focus in this leasing companies, the leasing finance seg- segment was the construction of new barns, ment encompasses the provision of loans for the purchase of land and the takeover of large volume leasing structures relating to companies or enterprises. movable equipment and property leasing. In circumstances such as those described The development in new business was pleas- above, the specialised focus on the agricul- ing in 2002: in the year under review, loans tural sector adopted by NORD/LB enables totalling EUR 1.51 billion were disbursed. the Bank to assess the development potential EUR 1.20 billion of this was attributable to of agricultural companies more accurately movable equipment and EUR 310 million to and to provide expert support in all areas of property leasing. The total leasing finance financial services. portfolio increased by 6.8 per cent to EUR 3.45 billion of which EUR 1.9 billion was attributable to movable equipment and EUR 1.6 billion to property leasing. The focus of property leasing was on administrative and logistical properties, large scale retail properties and local authority facilities. Vehicles, IT equipment, machinery and plant facilities constitute the majority of leased movable equipment. 167 168 Reports on the annual accounts Bremer Landesbank In 2002, Bremer Landesbank expanded its International Markets/ Investment Banking North East Europe shipping finance loan volume by 18 per cent despite restrained growth in this sector. In 2002, NORD/LB came a substantial step However, as a result of the depreciation in closer to its strategic goal of establishing a the dollar, the lending volume only reached network of subsidiaries and branches around the previous year’s level of EUR 2.3 billion. the Baltic Sea. Thus it acquired a majority At the same time, exchange rate and interest holding in the third largest bank in Lithuania, rate hedging transactions are becoming Lietuvos Zemes Ukio Bankas (LZUB) at the increasingly important for our shipping com- beginning of the year under review. The pany clients – as is clearly evident from the Bank has since increased this stake to 93.09 growing demand for consultancy services per cent. and the rise in the number of this type of With effect from 30 September 2002, transaction. NORD/LB expanded its shareholding in Bremer Landesbank concluded EUR 87 mil- MHB Mitteleuropäische Handelsbank AG, lion worth of new business in the aircraft a German/Polish commercial bank with finance sector in the year under review. As at registered office in Frankfurt/Main, to 100 31 December 2002, the lending volume per cent. The Warsaw-based wholly owned amounted to EUR 452 million. The Bank subsidiary MHB Bank Polska S.A., which intends to continue its activities in this had previously been established under the market segment in 2003 whilst retaining its umbrella of MHB AG Frankfurt/Main, conservative financing structures. started business operations in April 2002. In the windpark financing segment, Bremer In November of the year under review, Landesbank benefits from the generally posi- NORD/LB officially opened its representa- tive sector environment for renewable ener- tive office in Oslo. Within the context of gies and remains one of the leading providers. continuously expanded its operations, the In the past financial year it committed Bank’s representative office in the Norwe- finance for windparks with a nominal output gian capital will allow it to look after the of around 240 megawatts, thereby increasing market even better and provide greater its new business by 54 per cent compared support for its clients. with the previous year. As a result, the mar- The Bank’s investments in North-East ket share, in terms of newly installed nominal Europe are paying off: the subsidiaries and output in Germany, amounted to approx. 8 branches are making a positive contribution per cent. to the result of NORD/LB’s foreign business. Reports on the annual accounts New York branch Singapore branch Despite the current difficult market envi- In Singapore, NORD/LB was able to clearly ronment, NORD/LB’s New York branch improve its results and key indicators thanks succeeded in further expanding its business to an expansion of its operational business volume. In asset backed finance, in particular, and by writing back risk positions in com- it was able to strengthen client relationships. mercial banking. The focus on growth The Bank won an important consultancy regions such as Singapore, South Korea, mandate as part of a Canadian project to Australia, the Philippines and particularly finance public infrastructure (Public Private China, as well as the clear and differentiated Partnership, PPP), which will be handled sector approach also contributed to the by New York. However, due to the difficult branch’s success. risk situation, the branch reported a negative result. London branch Structured finance In the export and project finance sector NORD/LB achieved a notable increase in Notwithstanding the extraordinarily difficult volume and took a leading role in a large situation in London’s financial markets, number of projects, which led to a distinct NORD/LB’s oldest foreign branch was able rise in commission income. We provided sup- to complete another satisfactory year in port for projects particularly in the field of investment banking, where the Bank’s con- renewable energies where our North German sistent adaptation to changed parameters in clients have an extremely strong market corporate client business is paying off. Pro- position. NORD/LB was also the mandated ject and PPP finance continue to rank among arranger for the financing of an ultra- the branch’s principal activities. As a result of modern, environmentally friendly combined the deterioration in the risk situation, the gas and steam power station. The Bank overall results of the branch were down. therefore expanded its involvement in the structured financing of projects that serve to secure the western European gas supply. NORD/LB was also the lead arranger of an investment project in the pulp industry in Saxony-Anhalt, which is one of the largest project financings of recent years in Germany. In the public sector project finance sector, NORD/LB has concentrated on Public Private Partnership schemes. In order to 169 170 Reports on the annual accounts pool and consolidate its activities in this area, By and large, 2002 was marked by a hesitant the Bank has established its own centre of approach to deals caused by the tight macro- competence, which is also managing the economic situation. Several projects were financing of the renovation of the football postponed until 2003. stadium in Hannover for the World Cup in 2006. Corporate consultancy NORD/LB also registered dynamic growth In the year under review, the main impetus in the area of financial engineering in finan- behind sales was the provision of consultancy cial year 2002. The Bank was successfully services to help corporate clients prepare for involved in a large number of transactions Basel II ratings. Marketed under the name with particular emphasis on US leasing. As “Fit for rating”, this service has been used by part of the Group’s North East Europe strat- companies from various sectors. Increasing egy, the cooperation with the NORD/LB demand was evident from public sector com- branch in Stockholm in this business segment panies, such as public utility and waste dis- was also successfully expanded . In Germany, posal companies and hospitals. NORD/LB’s the Bank ventured into new territory with comprehensive advice on Basel II serves to the financing of a rail network project. This draw clients’ attention to weaknesses, for was the first time in Germany that business example in planning and/or control at an assets of this kind were included in US early stage. leasing structures. Privatisation consultancy Corporate finance With its privatisation consultancy services, NORD/LB provides public sector share- Mergers & Acquisitions holders with support in restructuring their Through its Mergers & Acquisitions (M&A) investment portfolios. This includes individ- department, NORD/LB advises companies ual advice on decision making as well as on the purchase and sale of companies and support in the implementation of the deci- shareholdings as well as on mergers and sions reached. The privatisation of GWK takeovers as part of management buy out Wohnungsbaugesellschaft mbH in Braun- (MBO) and management buy in (MBI) schweig is an example of the projects success- schemes. We therefore support our clients not fully concluded in this field during the year just with the provision of credit finance but under review. also with advice on equity transactions. SMEs also often have an increased demand for consultancy services because of complicated successor problems. This affects clients of the savings banks and state banks in particular. Reports on the annual accounts Investment banking In our issuing business we continue to attach great significance to cooperation with The stock exchange year 2002 was dominated central, by falling share prices: the leading German NORD/LB was thus the lead manager for share index, the DAX, reported heavy losses various issues for the states of Lower Saxony for the third year in succession and was and Saxony-Anhalt. In 2002, the Bank again down 40 per cent in the period under review. ranked among the 50 largest underwriters in The reasons for this include the ongoing the euro capital market. poor economic outlook, higher oil prices and We were able to expand our activities in fear of further terrorist attacks. Notwith- the long-term refinancing segment of the standing appropriate limit reductions and international capital markets still further. restructuring measures, the comprehensive NORD/LB issued a subordinated bond with downward trend on the stock exchanges a nominal volume of EUR 500 million and burdened both our share portfolios and our successfully issued a Jumbo Pfandbrief the trading result. volume of which was last increased to a total regional and local authorities. of EUR 1.5 billion in December. Trading and position management The German and international treasury teams Although the trading in fixed income and in Hannover, London, New York and Singa- credit products was helped by interest rate pore successfully exploited the income levels, credit spreads showed a negative opportunities offered by the ongoing high development. Nevertheless, trading in this levels of volatility in the markets and area was satisfactory as NORD/LB concen- achieved profit contributions. Apart from trated on selected market segments and traditional money market tools, specific use pushed ahead with the development of inno- was also made of derivatives to optimise the vative product ideas. Our strategic approach interest rate structure. of extending product depth still further was The volumes of the commercial paper confirmed by a rise in earnings quality in our programme, successfully launched in 2001, client business. were notably increased in 2002 with average As part of its corporate bond strategy, the maturities tending to be at the upper end of Bank has commenced with the placement of the range. industrial borrower’s notes for SME clients. NORD/LB views this segment as attractive and one that offers a promising future. 171 172 Reports on the annual accounts Institutional clients In 2002, NORD/LB’s institutional clients In the year under review business with insti- were not able to achieve the level of sales of tutional clients was burdened by the weak Riester pension products that they had hoped share markets. As a result of price falls our for, which meant that the volume of funds clients, and particularly the German life available for investment failed to meet expec- assurance companies, reviewed their risk tations. Nevertheless, the private insurance positions on an ongoing basis. The difficult sector is making intensive preparations for market situation led to a drop in turnover of the trade in government promoted retirement share products traded with insurance com- pension panies. pension and retirement funds. NORD/LB By contrast, higher sales were achieved in the supported its clients in these endeavours with fixed interest rate securities sector. After ini- various banking and consultancy services. tial uncertainty regarding future movements The structural deficits and financial bottle- in interest rates, a more positive trend pre- necks of the German social security systems vailed which led to increased investor inter- affected the business with our clients in this est. As was the case in 2001, demand was sector. This led to a reduction in investment directed primarily towards higher interest volumes. As was particularly the case in bearing corporate bonds and structured Lower Saxony, a number of social insurance investment products. companies merged or agreed upon a closer In Singapore, a rise in deposits by institu- cooperation. products by establishing new tional investors in the Far East region led to a strengthening and diversification of the Research short-term funding. NORD/LB has developed further its re- Investment companies, which represent search and consultancy services in close another important institutional client group cooperation with the savings banks. It there- for NORD/LB, were also hard hit by the fore pushed ahead with the division of tasks weakness of the stock exchange. Following between the savings banks and state banks high inflows of funds in previous years, net sought by the Deutsche Sparkassen- und outflows were registered in the period under Giroverband (DSGV – German Savings review. As a result, there was a reduction in Banks and Giro Association), the primary the funds available for investment and/or goal of which is to strengthen the competitive trading this sector as well. Overall last year, position of the savings banks in the securities the market in the field of professional asset business. management by investment companies was marked by a sharp increase in competition. Reports on the annual accounts NORDCON Investment Management AG Over and above its lending business, Bremer Landesbank thus offers its clients the whole Despite the stock market slump, NORD- range of asset management services from CON Investment Management AG in- financial planning and through to asset creased its operating result disproportionate- management. The establishment of this new ly last year. As at the reporting date Decem- business segment is linked to the introduc- ber 31, 2002, it administered some EUR 3.9 tion of products, services and consultancy billion in 62 special funds and individual services and will help the Bank to feature as mandates. 14 funds with a volume of EUR an attractive player in the private banking 1.3 million were newly launched or trans- market. ferred while only four funds with a volume NORD/LB Group will be developed and of EUR 0.1 billion were withdrawn. a more extensive policy of cooperation NORDCON made the development of pursued. innovative fund management methods a At the 2002 year end, the asset management particular point of focus. Thanks to the business segment comprised a deposit and NORDCON value-assuring concept for securities account volume of just on EUR 1 share mandates, our institutional clients were billion, while the lending volume stood at able to benefit from a high degree of flexi- approx. EUR 930 million as at 31 December bility in share investments and predictable 2002. At the end of the period under review, results at the required cut-off date. The com- Bremer Landesbank’s asset management pany also focused on expanding its product team handled a volume of some EUR 200 range as a Master-KAG, improving segment million. The Bank maintains business rela- funds administration and extending its inter- tionships with around 2,700 clients. Synergy potential within the net based eReporting. Financial markets Bremer Landesbank In 2002, the financial markets business segment was significantly affected by both the Asset management restructuring measures as part of the market In November 2002, a new business segment, offensive as well as the dramatic fluctuations asset management, was defined as part of the in the financial markets. These fluctuations “Bremer Landesbank 2004” project. On the were utilised to the benefit of the Bank basis of Bremer Landesbank’s strong regional particularly in the interest and currency links, the aim is to expand and intensify exist- derivatives sectors. ing relationships with high net worth clients. In addition to which, the cross-selling potential is to be developed in the corporate client business sector. 173 174 Reports on the annual accounts As part of the new focus on its financial NORD/ LB Luxembourg S. A. market business, Bremer Landesbank has In the investment banking sector NORD/LB included client groups with a strong affinity Luxembourg S.A. is involved in asset and to capital market oriented products within liability management, trading on its own the area of responsibility of its traditional account on interest markets with terms of up trading business. The aim is to deal with to ten years as well as the purchase of asset regional markets more effectively and to swap packages. exploit the potential available here more In the period under review, it slightly exceed- efficiently. Thus, and despite the extremely ed the extraordinarily good income figure difficult economic situation, a clear improve- achieved in financial year 2001. As was the ment in the overall result was achieved in case in the previous year, this success was the year under review. largely attributable to short-term maturity transformation transactions on the money markets, particularly in euros and US dollars. Skandifinanz Bank AG Higher earnings were also achieved from The market for international trade finance interest derivatives, bonds and borrower’s grew more slowly in the year under review note loans and from increased holdings of and also changed in structure. The Swiss asset swaps. company reacted to this development by extending its activities beyond the secondary market to the primary market. Skandifinanz was transferred from NORD/LB to NORD/LB Luxembourg S.A. with effect from 1 January 2002 in order to exploit synergies and simplify administrative procedures. The granting of a banking licence by the Swiss Banking Commission marked the company’s new focus and it has officially traded as Skandifinanz Bank AG since September 2002. Reports on the annual accounts Private client business Business development investments were withheld and parked in interim deposit accounts. NORD/LB has been represented in the The slide on international financial markets former Duchy of Braunschweig through a that has been ongoing for more than two predecessor institution since 1765. Today, as years continued in 2002, and even accelerated the state savings bank (Landesparkasse) in at times. This, and the scepticism regarding Braunschweig, it maintains a comprehensive global economic growth, led to greater branch network of 118 branches with some restraint in the case of investments in equi- 1,500 employees. The Bank’s private client ties. Although the turnover in securities business is focused on this region of some increased by 7.6 per cent to EUR 1.3 billion, 800,000 inhabitants. With a market share purchases of equities fell by a third. Many of 60 per cent, NORD/LB is the leading private clients looked increasingly for lower provider there and 14,000 new private cur- risk products and invested in structured capi- rent accounts were opened in 2002 alone. tal investments such as the “profit DEPOT”, Compared with 2001, the loan volume to pri- NORD/LB’s fund-based asset management vate clients rose by 10.9 per cent or EUR 440 product. Fixed interest securities and bond- million and stood at some EUR 4.5 billion as based funds were also popular. at 31 December 2002. New commitments amounted to EUR 599 million in total, of which EUR 306 million was attributable Internet branch to private residential property finance. This With the introduction of the internet branch equates to an increase of 13.3 per cent on the (www.nordlb.de/internetfiliale) at the begin- previous year. Parallel to this, there was a 9.2 ning of 2002, NORD/LB created a new, per cent increase in public sector develop- innovative sales outlet as part of its multi- ment grants allocated. Thus, and as was the channel strategy. Its existing internet pres- case in the previous year, this resulted in ence was supplemented by a distinctly a sharp increase of 16.6 per cent in business expanded range of services for private and as a whole. At the 2002 year-end, the total corporate clients. As a result, our clients are private residential property finance portfolio now able to carry out product transactions, stood at EUR 3.0 billion. such as private home finance, online by The deposit business volume rose by one per PIN/TAN, e-mail or printing out the appli- cent to EUR 3.4 billion compared with 2001. cation. An “investment check” and sample Although savings deposits fell by 3.9 per calculations make the decision easier. In addi- cent, there was an above-average rise in call tion, we offer a large number of other infor- money and sight deposits of 32.8 per cent to mation services and contact points in our EUR 178 million. Uncertainty on capital internet branch. For private clients these markets meant that funds for longer-term services include information on investing and 175 176 Reports on the annual accounts saving as well as retirement provisioning Premium Save and Win and insurance. The information for corporate clients includes details on corporate current Clients can participate in the “PS-Sparen und accounts, business start-ups and international Gewinnen” (Premium Save and Win) lottery business. via NORD/LB. For one euro, players partic- Direct banking via the internet, StarMoney ipate in monthly, annual and special drawings software or telephone recorded rapid growth of up to EUR 50,000. However, the regular and the number of users of online banking savings portion of four euros per month is rose by 30 per cent to over 53,000 compared credited in December every year. The with the previous year. This equates to 20 per Niedersächsische Sparkassenstiftung (Lower cent of all clients with current accounts. The Saxon Savings Bank Foundation) receives ten telephone banking client group increased cents of every ticket and, in addition to the by 56 per cent to around 28,000. direct support we give, supports charitable, social and cultural projects in the region with Save & invest plan these donations. On the occasion of the lottery’s 50th anniversary, NORD/LB concen- NORD/LB reacted to the current uncertain trated its sales activities on selling tickets environment on the stock markets with the at the beginning of December 2002 which led introduction of a new product range for its to ticket sales rising by twenty per cent. clients: the save & invest plan allows investors to invest continuously in share, bond or property-based investment funds and, with Retirement pensions monthly saving rates from EUR 50 upwards, The introduction of the Retirement Pension to benefit from the current low prices. Act (AVmG) is aimed at ensuring that the NORD/LB first offered clients this combi- population’s standard of living during retire- nation of an investment fund and a safe ment is secured by private means. At the NORD/LB savings plan in April/May of same time, the move into equity-based retire- 2002 and again in October/November. To ment pensions is leading to a shift in the date, just on 4,400 investors have taken capital markets. NORD/LB began at an early advantage of this investment form with a stage to exploit the changed framework con- minimum monthly deposit of EUR 100. ditions to the benefit of its clients. The Bank pursues a strategy of providing comprehensive advice that is strictly independent of any particular product. Our collaboration partners when advising both employers and employees are Deka-Bank and the public sector insurance companies. Our clients can Reports on the annual accounts choose from a wide range of products in the “Schlafmünzen-Aktion” corporate sector retirement pension includ- Campaign”) under which D-Mark coins ing all the means to implement them. In the could be handed back, NORD/LB received year under review, the pension fund was by 70,550 safe bags with a value of DM 3.6 mil- far the most frequently used means of imple- lion. The exchange period ran very smoothly. (“Stashed Cash mentation. This was followed by direct insurance, benefit funds and direct commitments. On the other hand, and given the situ- Landesbausparkasse ation on the stock exchanges, retirement LBS Norddeutsche Landesbausparkasse funds were of less significance. NORD/LB achieved record results in 2002 despite the has positioned itself extremely well in this sustained economic slowdown: 207,261 new business segment by building up in-depth contracts with a total volume of EUR 3.8 bil- consultancy expertise during the past year. lion made the past financial year the most Here, as in all other areas, tailoring the range successful in the institution’s history. The of products and services to the clients’ number of new contracts rose by 6.4 per cent requirements combined with a strategy of and the savings volume of building society individual advice is proving a great success. savings contracts rose by 9.3 per cent compared with the previous year. Getting ready for the euro with NORD/ LB LBS Nord was therefore able to extend its market leadership and achieved a market share of almost 45 per cent in Lower Saxony This was the motto for the activities of at the year-end. In Berlin it was also able to NORD/LB as it rose to the challenge of hold its own at the top, with a market share the introduction of euro notes and coins. In of a good 26 per cent. the run-up to the introduction of the euro, LBS Nord sees the upturn in building society the Bank made all the personnel and technical business as a result of the increasing attrac- preparations needed to ensure that there tiveness of owner-occupied housing as a would be no problems in supplying both central component of private retirement corporate and private clients with the new provisioning. Furthermore, the economic notes and coins. In the first 14 days of 2002 framework conditions have reinforced the alone, the Bank disbursed EUR 50 million in trend towards safe forms of savings and bank notes via ATMs and EUR 120 million investments. in bank notes via its manned teller counters. In this period, NORD/LB also disbursed 690 containers with a total weight of around 428 tonnes (equivalent to EUR 27 million in coins). In the course of the so-called 177 178 Reports on the annual accounts Risk report Bremer Landesbank Regulatory environment Bremer Landesbank is a financial services Discussions surrounding Basel II and the provider for all private and commercial issuance of the minimum requirements for clients in its territory. It advises clients on all the operation of lending activities (MaK) questions relating to banking, insurance and have made the process of structuring and pensions. By actively addressing its clients, streamlining risk management in the banking Bremer Landesbank is consolidating its exist- sector a matter of public interest. Whilst the ing private and commercial client relation- MaK primarily affect the structural organisa- ships and building up new business relation- tion and workflow management of lending ships. In addition to its existing core product operations, the Basel Accord aims at a higher of commercial finance in the corporate client degree of risk differentiation in the utilisation segment, it is focusing on investments and of the banks’ regulatory equity backing. pensions with company owners, sharehold- There are fears, regarding the last point, ers and corporate directors. At the 2002 year- in particular, that the banks will make their end, the Bank had just on 42,000 client rela- lending policies more restrictive and tighten tionships with private and corporate clients. up their credit terms. As at 31 December 2002, the investment Initial calculations indicate that these fears volume managed by Bremer Landesbank are not unfounded. The players involved are amounted to EUR 340 million, of which still quite a long way off from the goal of EUR 110 million was attributable to securi- keeping the equity backing level constant ties. The lending volume stood at EUR 1.8 overall. We still see room for improvement billion. in this matter. In 2002 the NORD/LB Group and its NORD/ LB Luxembourg S. A. individual Group subsidiaries, which are required to submit reports, complied with The Bank’s asset management team offers the applicable banking supervisory rules on international clients individual asset manage- liquidity and equity. The regulations relating ment solutions and comprehensive support. to lending limits as set out in Sections 13a + As a result of the adverse trends on the stock 13b of the German Banking Act (KWG) markets, income in terms of both portfolio were also met in 2002. and transaction related commission fell slightly compared with the previous year. Reports on the annual accounts Principles of NORD / LB’s risk policy groups and also monitors the development of its participations. Risk management and risk Incurring risks is part and parcel of banking monitoring for all risk types takes place operations. Dealing with these risks in a locally on an ongoing basis in the various responsible manner is at the forefront of Group companies. NORD/LB’s risk policy and we consider the Each quarter the Risk Monitoring depart- quality of our risk management to be a core ment collates the credit rating, country, mar- competitive factor. ket price and liquidity risks and reconciles NORD/LB sees itself first and foremost as the results to the risk capital available using a lending bank with a consciously conser- the model to monitor the risk position of the vative approach. We therefore focus our new Bank as a whole. The risk capital is based on lending on working with clients with a good the available provisions, the operating result credit rating. and existing reserves. The corresponding The strict guidelines for lending operations report is discussed by the Board of Manage- set by Credit Risk Management provide ment and is also a set item on the agenda of the framework within which all the market the Supervisory Board meetings. It is com- divisions of NORD/LB operate. This sup- plemented by monthly reports to the Board ports of Management particularly relating to lend- the Bank’s aim of offering its clients and the savings banks affiliated to ing and market price risks. NORD/LB a comprehensive and diversified The continuous process of refining risk man- range of services. agement covers a range of organisational Accordingly, our investment banking activi- measures, the adjustment of procedures to ties are also governed by the wishes of our quantify risk and the continual updating of clients. risk management parameters. The Bank has initiated projects to ensure compliance with Risk management the numerous requirements arising from the new supervisory authority rules in accor- Risk management in the NORD/LB Group dance with Basel II and the MaK. These is based on a uniform policy. Its actual imple- projects have reached an advanced stage and mentation is documented in a risk handbook the Bank is confident that it will have met all which gives a detailed overview of organisa- the legal requirements in a timely manner. tional matters, definitions, methodology and reporting. In order to ensure the necessary transparency and consistent risk management at all levels, NORD/LB is represented on the supervisory bodies of the various subsidiaries and sub- 179 180 Reports on the annual accounts Credit risks (Corporates and Wholesale) play a particularly important role in the credit risk man- Lending operations are currently being agement process. The departments them- comprehensively reorganised as part of the selves are organised according to sectors or NORDOST II strategic project. The cross- special financing segments. The second loan divisional separation of functions between recommendation under the MaK rests with market and analysis areas, as required by the them, which ensures that the loan decision is new MaK, poses no major challenges for of a high quality. Total limits as at 31. 12. 2002* Service trade and others 24% Financial institutions & insurance companies Manufacturing industry Energy/water supply/mining Building trade 15% 1% Trade/maintenance/repairs 9% 1% Agriculture/forestry/fishing 4% Traffic & news transmission 25% *Commercial borrowers in the euro-zone and the regional business of the foreign branches 21% NORD/LB as the Bank has successfully Credit Risk Monitoring (CRM) is an organi- practised this for large loans for years now. sational unit in the Risk Monitoring depart- We will transfer these tried and tested ment. CRM essentially has two tasks. Firstly, processes and procedures to the small and it is responsible for all internal reporting in medium-sized corporate business sector. connection with the loan portfolio and The implementation of a new Service depart- secondly, it defines the methodical guidelines ment is also a key feature of refocusing activ- on rating, pricing and credit risk quantifica- ities in the lending sectors. In future, this new tion (e.g. portfolio models). department will be responsible for the com- The core of the Bank’s credit risk manage- plete loan administration, which includes all ment system is a differentiated credit rating processes that occur after actual loan system under which the financial capacity of approval has been granted. Over 500 our borrowers is assessed. Using the loan employees are affected by the forthcoming approval and credit monitoring, the Bank’s organisational restructuring process. As the decision is made on a flexible basis according staff representatives are actively supporting to the credit rating and the level of exposure. and advising on this process, we expect the In addition to the credit assessment of the new structures to be in place by 30 June 2003. individual borrower, the Bank rates each The two Credit Risk Management sectors business sector separately. The risk structure Reports on the annual accounts Utilisation as at 31. 12. 2002* The rest of Western Europe Other EU countries 10% 7% EURO countries 36% *International exposure excluding regional business of foreign branches **Including Japan, Singapore and Taiwan Eastern Europe 3% North America 24% Latin America 4% Middle East/Africa 2% 2% Asia Other countries** 12% Supranational 0% of commercial loans is broken down by sec- The GlobON (Global Limit Overnight) tor as follows: system enables NORD/LB to determine and In order to gain more information on the electronically analyse the drawings and limit granularity of our portfolio we also conduct utilisation rates of all borrowers and counter- corresponding analyses at regular intervals. parties consolidated across all credit prod- In the case of loans to business partners situ- ucts. The system is integrated into the exist- ated outside the euro-zone, the Bank carries ing credit risk reporting procedures and in out a country risk assessment in addition to future will also be used above all to carry out the usual credit check. For this, the Bank uses MAK-compliant overdraft analyses. its own analysis of the political and economic For the future, NORD/LB is aiming to use situation as well as a scoring model to rate internal ratings to calculate its equity backing each country and allocate them individual for credit risks. In order to develop the rating limits and maturities. processes in conformity with Basel II, the The international exposure is broken down Bank participates in the relevant projects run as follows according to country groups: by the Association of German Savings Banks (Table graphic at the top) (Sparkassenfinanzverbund) In the retail segment NORD/LB implemented the DSGV’s scoring procedures (application scoring) for the domestic private banking business, as required under Basel II, as early as the end of 2002. In 2003 we will add conduct components to these scorecards. 181 182 Reports on the annual accounts By implementing rating processes calibrated Within the Group, and in conformity with to default probabilities, the Bank is paving the draft of the Ministry of Finance letter the way for the introduction of modern relating to provisions on foreign loans, the credit risk portfolio models which are based Group has set up provisions for country on value at risk. In this respect, we aim to risks amounting to EUR 185 million (EUR introduce the Credit Portfolio View (CPV) 260 million in 2001). For the parent bank system as developed by the German Savings the provisions amounted to EUR 53 million Banks and Giro Association (DSGV). following EUR 92 in the previous year. By using DSGV processes, we can ensure The uncertain economic and geo-political that the systems are completely compatible situation, a far-reaching structural change with the products used by our affiliated (low-cost airlines) and the spread of SARS savings banks. We believe that the resulting have led to significant drops in income for uniformity of risk categories and standards the international aviation industry. We see will provide considerable scope for synergy, the risk of this trend continuing as a threat e.g. in the syndicated business. Standardi- potential for our loan portfolio. At the year- sation also enables the Bank to simplify the end, our volume of aircraft financing totalled structure and sale of securitised transactions. around EUR 4.4 billion, which as a rule are The difficult economic conditions resulted secured by first mortgages on modern pas- in an increased need for provisions for the senger aircraft. lending operations in the year under review. Overall, all known risks arising from these As of December 31, 2002 the NORD/LB lending operations have been adequately Group had specific loan provisions of EUR accounted for. The Bank does not foresee any 1,157 million at its disposal; this is EUR 267 significant easing of general economic condi- million higher than in the previous year. tions in 2003 either in the euro-zone or in The failure rate, defined as the sum of direct America. It is only for the Baltic states that write-offs and the utilisation of specific pro- we are predicting noticeable growth rates, visions set up in the past against the total loan which our strategic focus will allow us to volume – excluding loan commitments as share in. well as claims on financial institutions and public authorities – came to 0.24 per cent. NORD/LB as parent bank, had specific and country provisions amounting to EUR 953 million (previous year: EUR 801 million). The failure rate in relation to the total loan volume was 0.23 per cent. Reports on the annual accounts Participation risks ingly. By far the biggest part of the portfolio relates to ownership interests in other banks An important task of the Group’s head office and in service providers that are directly is to integrate the associated companies into connected to the banking business. the Group strategy and to safeguard the This is the reason why NORD/LB, despite Group’s interests in relation to and between the lasting stock exchange weakness, did not its associated companies. This is why have to make any significant write-offs on NORD/LB sets guidelines to ensure the its shareholdings for the year 2002. The one Group These exception is Bankgesellschaft Berlin, in guidelines include the themes of business which NORD/LB continues to hold a 10.85 strategy, planning, corporate governance, risk per cent stake within the framework of a management and monitoring system, legal mutual strategic alliance. In the year under requirements and preparation of accounts review, we made write-offs and value correc- (IAS). tions amounting to EUR 127 million on this The principles of participation monitoring participation and the associated participation include a timely, transparent and value- in Berliner Hypothekenbank. The amount oriented reporting by all major holdings or stated means that we have taken sufficient participations. The overall performance of all care of the resultant risks. participations is reported to the Board of In summary it can be stated that the partici- Management in connection with a contri- pations monitoring system is able to recog- bution margin account established for each nise at an early stage important developments individual investment. The indicative corpo- which could possibly jeopardise the Bank’s rate value and any possible risks are also existence. There are no known participation included in these reports. risks which exceed the Bank’s risk carrying NORD/LB Immobilien-Holding has a spe- capacity. is managed effectively. cial role to play within the NORD/LB Group. The Bank has integrated all activities into it which are directly connected with all aspects of the property service. In line with the risk monitoring system of the Group the company has developed its own independent risk management system tailored to suit its specific business purpose. As a matter of principle, acquiring industry participations in order to make a profit is not an integral part of NORD/LB’s strategy. Our participation portfolio is structured accord- 183 184 Reports on the annual accounts Market price risks of regulatory parameters (99 per cent confidence level and a holding period of 10 days). The Bank uses both worst case models and The conservative character of the stress sce- value at risk ratios to calculate market price narios and the statistical quality of the value risks. Stress tests are used as a basis to limit at risk procedures are constantly monitored market price risks. These take into particular by extensive back testing analyses. The fol- account the event of all current market mech- lowing diagram shows the structure of the anisms failing and thus causing the collapse market price risks as at 31 December 2002: Structure of market price risks as at 31. 12. 2002 Volatility risk Exchange rate risk 2% 3% Interest rate risk 77% Equities/fund risk 18% of the correlations between the various mar- This diagram clearly shows that interest rate kets calculated by the value at risk model. risks dominate the NORD/LB Group’s mar- The Risk Monitoring department specifies ket price risks. Over 80 per cent of interest which models are to be used for the daily rate risks stem from euro positions. risk measurement as well as the management Market price risks are managed by the trad- parameters and the stress scenarios. The sub- ing and planning departments which are each sidiaries included in the risk calculation allocated a market price risk limit. The risk assess their market price risks locally but use limits approved by the Board of Management the same models and parameters that are are based on a system of self-reducing limits, valid and used throughout the Group. i.e. negative trading results lead to an imme- In addition, we calculate on a daily basis the diate reduction in limit. In order to avoid value at risk values for the individual trading accrued profits implying an increase in the sectors of NORD/LB itself and Central risk limit, a synthetic profit transfer for each Planning. In this we assume a confidence department takes place at the end of each level of 95 per cent and a holding period of month. As was the case in the previous year, a one day. At the end of the month, we also share of around 60 per cent of the total limit calculate value at risk indicators on the basis is made available to NORD/LB’s trading Reports on the annual accounts sectors in Hannover, London, New York and The following diagram illustrates the value at Singapore, while the remaining 40 per cent is risk values for NORD/LB itself during 2002 used for the Bank’s strategic orientation and (next side 66): the planning of new business. The daily value at risk (95 per cent; 1 day) The utilisation rate of risk limits is monitored fluctuated during the year 2002 between both by the sectors themselves but also inde- EUR 14.2 million and EUR 18.0 million, pendently by the Risk Monitoring depart- with an average value of EUR 16.0 million. ment. NORD/LB recorded an average uti- We already meet the recommendations of the lization rate for the risk limits of 48.6 per second consultation paper of the New Basel cent throughout the year, with a maximum Capital Accord (Basel II) with regard to cal- utilization of 54.4 per cent and a minimum of culating interest rate risks in the investment 42.5 per cent. book. In this a standardised interest rate At the balance sheet date of 31 December shock of +/– 200 basis points is assumed, 2002, the value at risk indicators illustrated in which at the balance sheet date of 31 Decem- the following table were determined for ber 2002, gives a change in present value of NORD/LB: EUR – 0.35 billion or EUR + 0,39 billion Value at risk (99 per cent, 10 days) in EUR million NORD / LB Group 93.56 NORD / LB 62.56 Trading book 18.64 Interest rate risk Share price risk Currency risk Volatility risk 10.13 7.92 0.99 5.19 Asset / liability management 49.85 Strategic planning New business planning 44.85 5.41 Bremer Landesbank, NORD/LB Luxem- (“economic value perspective”). This equates bourg, LBS Nord (44 per cent participation), to 5.11 per cent of the liable capital. Accord- Mitteleuropäische Handelsbank and Pirma ing to the Basel recommendations, the risk Banka were included in the Group’s calcu- should not be more than 20 per cent of the lations. liable capital. 89.4 per cent of the risk stems from euro positions with only 0.6 per cent from positions in non-G10 currencies. As 185 Reports on the annual accounts Value at risk (95 per cent, 1 day) Euro million 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 NORD/LB 2 2 00 00 00 30 .1 1. 2 0. 2 31 .1 2. 2 2 2 2 00 31 .1 00 00 31 .8 .2 31 .7 .2 30 .9 .2 2 2 00 2 2 00 30 .6 .2 00 00 31 .5 .2 30 .4 .2 00 2 2 31 .3 .2 2 00 28 .2 .2 31 .1 .2 2. 2 00 1 0 31 .1 186 Asset/liability management Trading book well as considering the present value, we also collateral pool to cover commercial funds analyse the impact of the standardised inter- transfers, to secure the ECB’s open market est rate shock on the Bank’s profit and loss operations and for peak refinancing needs. account (“earnings perspective”). Some foreign branches also have refinancing facilities at their respective central banks to cater for emergencies. Liquidity risks Independent monitoring of the traditional In the case of liquidity risks, a distinction is liquidity risk is carried out by the Account- made between traditional liquidity risks, ing department using the Principle II ratios. refinancing risks and market liquidity risks. By establishing the Principle II coefficients The management of all liquidity risks is car- separately for each foreign branch, the local ried out locally by the individual subsidiaries Treasury departments are also bound to com- on the basis of centrally set methods. pliance with Principle II. At year-end 2002, The traditional liquidity risk is produced the liquidity ratio as defined by Principle II by the need to raise liquidity as a result of stood at 1.28 for NORD/LB itself. unexpected events in the lending or deposit The refinancing risk is deemed to be the business as well as by the danger of general potential loss of earnings that could result disruptions to the liquidity in the markets from a deterioration in the Bank’s own because of local or global crisis situations. refinancing conditions. The Bank uses both These risks are managed in Euro Money volume structure limits and cash value limits Markets, Foreign Exchange and the Treasury for the management of the refinancing risk. departments branches. At the 2002 year-end, utilisation of the cash NORD/LB has sufficient funds in the ECB’s value limit amounted to 31.7 per cent with of the foreign Reports on the annual accounts the maximum utilisation during the course Operational risks of 2002 of 50.7 per cent. In addition, the Bank must take the so-called NORD/LB understands operational risks market liquidity risks into account. These are (OR) to be the risk of losses resulting from the potential losses which, due to a lack of the inadequacy or failure of internal proce- liquidity in individual market segments, it dures, personnel and technology or that would have to bear if transactions had to be occur as a result of external events. This defi- concluded on terms that do not equate to nition of operational risks is closely based on a fair market value. The NORD/LB Group the Basel Banking Supervisory Committee’s companies counter market liquidity risks by definition. The Bank’s definition differs in operating in liquid markets. This is particu- that reputation risks are implied in our larly true for all transactions in the trading definition as consequential or secondary book. For integration into the limit system risks. described above, all securities are classified In the past, NORD/LB dealt with this risk under liquidity risk categories according to category using a strategy of avoidance or their market liquidity. transfer. For example, the Bank transferred When developing it further, the Bank strictly risks to third parties (insurance companies as observes the “Sound Practices for Managing a rule) or created suitable back-up solutions Liquidity in Banking Organisations”, as (e.g. in the information technology sector). published by the Basel Committee in Febru- The new general legal conditions have led to ary 2002 in the further development of its a change in this strategy in favour of proac- management systems. tive management of operational risks. NORD/LB began implementing corresponding measures to manage and monitor operational risks in 2002, whereby the Board of Management stipulates how to deal with operational risks in principle. Risk Monitoring is the central interface for monitoring operational risks. It is also responsible for planning the methods used. The project began with the production of a risk map, which provided the Bank with an initial overview of the main risk drivers. Using the information gleaned, so-called self assessments were carried out with representatives of the individual areas of responsibility. This method is aimed at gaining a detailed 187 188 Reports on the annual accounts insight into the risk situation in the individ- Contribution of development capital ual specialist areas and then using this to Following several years of preliminary inves- decide which measures need to be taken. This tigations, and in its letter of 13 November process was approx. 25 per cent complete 2002, the European Commission opened an by the end of the year. investigation into NORD/LB. The subject of In addition, since the beginning of 2003, all the investigation is the development capital losses which occurred as a result of opera- amounting to DM 1.5 billion made available tional risks are recorded in a central losses to NORD/LB by the state of Lower Saxony database. The losses are classified according pursuant to the agreement concerning contri- to cause and effect as well as the level of the bution of capital dated 20 December 1991. loss. The data contained in the database is the The investigation is designed to clarify basis for empirical analyses. The data also whether the development capital contributed plays a vital role for the assumptions about constitutes assistance in NORD/LB’s favour the allocation of losses and the frequency of within the meaning of article 87 paragraph 1 occurrence in statistical and mathematical of the European Commission Treaty. models for AMA procedures. NORD/LB and the state of Lower Saxony NORD/LB has not yet decided which do not consider this to be the case, not least approach it will use for the equity backing of because the facts and circumstances relating operational risks under Basel II. The project to NORD/LB differ significantly from those in question is however designed to meet the which formed the basis of the European requirements of an AMA strategy. This is Commission’s decision in the WestLB case also applicable to the participation in so- dated 8 July 1999. We await the outcome of called loss syndicates. the investigation. In addition to NORD/LB and WestLB, a further five state banks are affected by similar investigation proceedings resulting from capital contributions. Overall appraisal In general it can be stated that for the NORD/LB Group as a whole and its individual companies, account has been taken of all discernible risks, including those resulting from the investment in Bankgesellschaft Berlin AG, through the creation of specific and general provisions. Risks that could jeopardise the Bank’s continuing existence did not exist nor are any known now. Reports on the annual accounts Outlook In the spring of 2003, world economic condi- The economic and inflationary trends in the tions and movements on the financial and euro-zone will be in line with this develop- foreign exchange markets are still being ment although the values will be higher. affected by the war in Iraq. Positive impulses Against a backdrop of weak demand and for the world economy can be expected falling inflation rates, the European Central following the swift military success and Bank will further relax its monetary policy apparent normalisation in the oil market. in the spring of 2003 and will continue to However, once the geopolitical tension has pursue an expansive policy until the end of eased, consumer and investor confidence the year. may still well only increase again slowly. During the first months of 2003 on the Even the more optimistic forecasts do not capital market, bonds benefited from stock indicate stronger economic recovery until the market weakness and from investors seeking second half of the year. As Germany itself refuge in safer forms of investment. How- lacks any significant domestic economic ever, this led to extremely low yields. The impetus, net exports will continue to play end of the war in Iraq should see a significant a vital role in supporting the economy this increase in yields, which will be supported year. Overall, growth in GDP will only be by the economic recovery during the second marginally higher than the 0.2 per cent figure half of the year. for the previous year. The GDP growth rate The NORD/LB Group and its constituent in eastern Germany will be slightly higher banks anticipating moderate growth for 2003 than the general economic average this year. which takes the economic development into This is mainly attributable to higher building account. Net interest income is expected to costs to repair flood damage. stabilise at the high level of 2002. The sharp rise in crude oil prices as a result Growth of the other businesses, particularly of the conflict in Iraq had an adverse on the trading and services segments, will be inflation rates in the first months of 2003. in line with economic conditions and the However, a stabilisation of the crude oil price situation on the markets. The Group is at around USD 25 a barrel will have positive endeavouring to reduce administrative costs basic effects during the rest of the year. by further optimising workflows and imple- Accordingly, an inflation rate of 1 per cent menting cost management measures. Howev- can be anticipated for Germany. er, costs associated with the Bank’s fulfilment of its legal and banking supervisory requirements are expected to rise. In 2003, the risk situation will continue to require special attention. 189 190 Reports on the annual accounts Report of the Supervisory Board The Bank’s Board of Management has regu- The Supervisory Board proposes to the larly informed the Supervisory Board and Board of Guarantors that it formally approve its committees about business developments the acts of the Board of Management and that and the financial position of the Bank and the profit of NORD/LB from the 2002 the Group during the year under review. financial year be allocated as follows: The Supervisory Board and its committees • Allocation of EUR 20.0 million to the adopted resolutions on the business matters revenue reserves. presented to them and on other matters • Distribution of EUR 22.5 million to the which require their decision in accordance Owners, namely the federal states of Lower with the Articles of Association and rules Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Mecklenburg- passed within their framework. Fundamental Western Pomerania, and the Niedersäch- issues relating to business policy and opera- sischer tional areas were discussed in detail at several Sparkassenbeteiligungsverband meetings. PwC Deutsche Revision Aktien- Anhalt and Sparkassenbeteiligungszweck- gesellschaft Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, verband Mecklenburg-Vorpommern. Sparkassen- und Giroverband, Sachsen- Hannover, has audited the financial state- The amount distributed to the Owners corre- ments and the Group financial statements of sponds to a dividend of 6.0 per cent (after the NORD/LB for the 2002 financial year taxes) on ordinary paid up capital. The allo- and provided both with an unqualified audit cation to the revenue reserves has already certificate. been taken into account in the enclosed The Supervisory Board has approved the outcome of the audit and, financial statements. having conducted its own conclusive exami- The following persons retired from the nation, raises no objections. During its meet- Supervisory Board: ing on May 28, 2003, the Supervisory Board Mr. Werner Steffens as of February 1, 2002, approved the Management Report and the Mr. Karl-Heinz Stubbe as of February 1, 2002, financial statements as of December 31, 2002, Mr. Wolfgang Gerhards as of May, 16, 2002, which are thus adopted. The Supervisory Mrs. Katrin Budde as of June, 17, 2002, Board took notice of the Group financial Mr. Jan de Vries as of June, 30, 2002, statements for 2002. Mr. Wolfgang Kotzur as of June, 30, 2002, Mr. Thomas Nagler as of June, 30, 2002, Mr. Klaus Zimmermann as of June, 30, 2002, Mr. Detlef Hesse as of December, 31, 2002, Mr. Klaus Rathert as of December, 31, 2002, Mr. Arno Schreiber as of December, 31, 2002, Mr. Heinrich Aller as of March, 3, 2003 and Mrs. Dr. Susanne Knorre as of March, 20, 2003. Reports on the annual accounts The following new appointments were made Report of the Board of Guarantors to the Supervisory Board: Dr. Rainer Huismans as of February 27, 2002, In the year under review, the Board of Dr. Gert Hoffmann as of February 27, 2002, Guarantors performed the duties assigned to Prof. Dr. Karl-Heinz Paqué as of May. 17, it by law and by its Articles of Association. 2002, The Board of Guarantors approves the allo- Mr. Klaus Jürgen Jeziorsky as of July, 1, cation of net income for the year as proposed 2002, by the Supervisory Board. It formally Mr. Wolfgang Neuhaus as of July, 1, 2002, approves the acts of the Bank’s Board of Mr. August Nöltker as of July, 1, 2002, Management and those of the Supervisory Mr. Jörg Reinbrecht as of July, 1, 2002, Board. Mr. Heiko Schaak as of July, 1, 2002, The Board of Guarantors would like to Mr. Jürgen Hahn as of July, 1, 2002, thank retired members of the Supervisory Mr. Thomas Mang as of February 1, 2003, Board for their dedication to and support of Mr. Herman Bröring as of February 6, 2003, the Bank. Mr. Hartmut Möllring as of March, 4, 2003 and The following persons retired from the Mr. Walter Hirche as of March, 21, 2003. Board of Guarantors Mr. Rainer Elze as of June 30, 2002, The Supervisory Board would like to thank Mr. Johannes Kwaschik as of November 15, the Board of Management for its trust and 2002, cooperation and expresses its appreciation of Mr. Bernhard Wähling as of November 15, the work performed in the 2002 banking year 2002 and by the Board and all of the Bank’s employees. Mr. Thomas Leimbach as of January 1, 2003. Hannover/Braunschweig/ The following new appointments were made Magdeburg/Schwerin, to the Board of Guarantors: May 2003 Mr. Ulrich Koehler as of July 01, 2002, Mr. Frank Berg as of November 15, 2002 and Hartmut Möllring Dr. Paul Krüger as of November 15, 2002. Minister of Finance State of Lower Saxony Hannover/Braunschweig/ Magdeburg/Schwerin, May 2003 Sigrid Keler Minister of Finance State of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania 191 192 Reports on the annual accounts Annual accounts Annual accounts 194 NORD/LB Group 198 Cash flow statement 200 NORD/LB 204 Notes 193 194 Annual accounts Assets Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Dec. 3, 200 TEU R TEU R TEU R TEU R 442,616 27, 856 1,428,350 ( 255,689 ) 356 1,456,562 325,933 22,326 ( 9,899 ) 25,228 ( 25,228 ) 47, 554 58,736,033 2,489,001 57, 045,129 ( 2,913 ) 59,534,130 1. Cash reserve a) cash in hand b) balances with central banks of which: at the Deutsche Bundesbank c) balances in giro accounts 94,411 347, 848 TEU R 307,219 357 2. Public sector debt securities and bills admissible for refinancing at central banks a) Treasury bills and non-interest bearing treasury discount notes and similar public debt securities of which: refinanceable at the Deutsche Bundesbank b) bills of which: refinanceable at the Deutsche Bundesbank 302,331 TEU R 296,174 TEU R 23,602 23,602 3. Claims on financial institutions a) due on demand b) other claims of which: building loans by the Building Society 2,384,403 56,351,630 TEU R 2,310 77, 118,424 4. Claims on non-bank clients of which: secured by mortgages public sector loans building loans by the Building Society TEU R 10,578,796 TEU R 23,637, 452 TEU R 2,519,788 77, 106,338 ( 10,330,023 ) ( 23,410,259 ) ( 2,419,777 ) 5. Debentures and other fixed interest rate securities a) money market instruments aa) issued by public entities of which: eligible as collateral at ab) issued by other entities of which: eligible as collateral at b) bonds and debentures ba) issued by public sector entities of which: eligible as collateral at bb) issued by other entities of which: eligible as collateral at c) own debentures nominal amount 32,092 the Bundesbank TEU R – the Bundesbank TEU R 115,881 the Bundesbank TEU R 3,877, 937 the Bundesbank TEU R 20,539,700 115,881 1,253 (–) 363,767 ( 363,767 ) 147, 973 7,208,151 45,334,331 7, 076,924 ( 3,508,914 ) 33,351,053 ( 19,818,152 ) 6,453,220 ( 6,379,361 ) 47,246,217 6. Shares and other variable interest rate securities 1,787, 428 1,033,563 7. Holdings 1,194,969 902,803 ( 627, 874 ) 277, 426 407, 573 ( 16,182 ) 5,826,657 5,834,966 ( 5,693,872 ) 32,136,604 of which: in financial institutions 5,841,603 TEU R 5,766,027 TEU R 478,791 TEU R 25 8. Shares in associated companies of which: in financial institutions 9. Trustee assets of which: trustee loans 10. Public sector equalisation claims including those exchanged for debentures 11. Immaterial assets 39,344,755 TEU R 5,724,528 364,957 489,682 297 357 12. Fixed assets 1,243,020 1,236,856 13. Other assets 3,808,050 3,926,062 692,943 588,881 0 43,413 197, 153,084 199,854,957 14. Deferred assets 15. Deferred taxes Total assets Annual accounts Consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2002 195 Liabilities Dec. 3, 200 TEU R TEU R TEU R TEU R 69,059,378 10,233,393 58,939,301 4,070 69,176,764 1. Liabilities to financial institutions a) due on demand b) with an agreed term or notice period c) Building Society savings deposits 11,082,054 57, 974,820 2,504 2. Liabilities to non-bank clients a) deposits from Building Society savings business and savings deposits aa) Building Society savings deposits ab) savings deposits with an agreed notice period of three months ac) savings deposits with an agreed notice period of more than three months b) other liabilities ba) due on demand bb) with an agreed term or notice period 1,888,796 1,806,973 2,029,059 2,101,730 200,247 4,118,102 305,445 7, 508,279 31,670,309 39,178,588 6,355,607 35,134,510 45,704,265 43,296,690 3. Securitised liabilities a) debentures issued b) other securitised liabilities of which: money market instruments 46,326,287 17, 546,810 63,873,097 ( 14,573,255 ) 64,514,918 5,826,657 5,834,966 TEU R 15,513,245 4. Trustee liabilities of which: trustee loans 48,560,976 15,953,942 ( 5,693,872 ) TEU R 5,724,528 5. Other liabilities 6. Deferred liabilities 3,847, 865 4,139,318 458,117 384,451 1,668,207 569,594 394,153 523,181 1,486,928 6,576 22,395 2,851,258 2,367, 864 1,161,469 1,165,498 (– ) 7. Provisions a) provisions for pensions and similar commitments b) tax provisions c) other provisions 609,503 335,774 722,930 8. Special reserve items 9. Subordinated liabilities 10. Profit sharing certificates of which: due within two years TEU R – 73,760 11. Funds for general banking risks 43,540 12. Equity capital a) subscribed capital aa) share capital ab) capital contribution as per § 2 para. 1 N ORD/ LB Act ac) other capital contributions b) capital reserves ba) specific reserves bb) contribution as per § 2 para. 2 N ORD/ LB Act bc) other reserves c) retained income d) minority interests e) distributable profit 375,000 51,129 1,988,008 766,938 37, 580 537,242 375,000 51,129 1,985,008 2,414,137 5,030,010 766,938 37, 580 530,665 1,196,842 70,888 0 5,014,050 197, 153,084 199,854,957 7, 012,178 – 6,275,431 – 6,275,431 18,464,867 – – 18,916,185 18,916,185 1,341,760 1,172,863 66,171 35,079 Total liabilities 1. Contingent liabilities a) contingent liabilities from discounted bills passed on b) liabilities arising from guarantees and surety agreements c) liabilities arising from the provision of collateral for third party liabilities – 7, 012,178 – 2. Other commitments a) repurchase obligations from partial repo transactions b) placement and assumption obligations c) irrevocable loan commitments – – 18,464,867 196 Annual accounts Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale 200 TEU R TEU R TEU R TEU R 1. Interest income from a) lending and money market transactions of which: Building Society interest income: from Building Society loans from prefinancing and bridging loans from other building loans b) fixed interest rate securities and registered securities 7, 994,623 TEU R TEU R TEU R ( 34,275 ) ( 96,955 ) 33,472 101,243 2,708 ( 2,603 ) 1,941,962 2. Interest expenditure of which: for Building Society savings deposits TEU R 8,826,856 9,936,585 2,165,691 8,768,279 9,954,954 57, 167 1,168,306 ( 56,214 ) 1,037, 593 3. Current income from a) shares and other variable interest rate securities b) holdings c) shares in associated companies 36,025 46,795 4,691 4. Income from profit pooling, profit transfer and part profit transfer agreements 2,937 262,480 TEU R TEU R 13,309 4,836 ( 11,880 ) TEU R TEU R 248 4,532 ( 283 ) ( 43,679 ) ( 4,692 ) 69,147 6. Commission expenditure of which: for contract conclusion and brokerage by the Building Society 18,254 257, 735 5. Commission income of which: Building Society commision income: from contract conclusion and brokerage from loan regulation after allocation from providing and processing prefinancing and bridging loans other commission income 87, 511 34,419 61,946 9,432 105,797 TEU R 67, 039 18,049 188,588 7. Net earnings from financial transactions 8. Other operating income 9. Income from writing back special reserve items ( 15,990 ) 195,441 – 14,656 18,159 287, 867 459,438 15,820 16,613 10. General administrative expenditure a) personnel costs aa) wages and salaries ab) social security contributions and payments for pensions and benifits of which: for pensions b) other administrative expenditure 379,981 190,780 TEU R 357, 716 570,761 150,833 383,645 ( 93,146 ) 322,381 830,930 87,288 954,406 Carry forward 797, 284 1,005,048 Annual accounts 197 Consolidated statement of income for the period from January 1 to December 31, 2002 200 TEU R TEU R TEU R TEU R 797, 284 1,005,048 76,147 73,478 12. Other operating expenditure 258,029 200,980 13. Depreciation and write-offs on receivables and certain securities and transfers to loan provisions 438,311 166,538 – 437, 974 15. Income from write-ups to holdings, shares in associated companies and securities held as fixed assets 233,263 – 16. Expenditure on assumption of losses 1,099 2,693 256,961 123,385 Carry forward 11. Depreciation and write-offs on intangible and tangible fixed assets 14. Depreciation and write-offs on associated companies, shares in associated companies and securities treated as fixed assets 17. Result of ordinary operating activities 18. Taxes on income and earnings 71,104 150,056 72,578 6,586 156,642 128,491 110,466 30,000 674 – 195,149 23. Net income for the year 25,892 50,752 24. Profit / loss carried forward from previous year 12,580 38,472 12,619 63,371 – 36,119 3,393 6,439 27. Third party share of loss – 1,687 28. Advance dividend payment – 22,500 35,079 0 19. Other taxes not reported under item 12 20. Profits transferred on the basis of a profit pooling, profit transfer or part profit transfer agreement 21. Expenditure on transfer to funds for general banking risks 22. Withdrawals from the fund for general banking risks 25. Transfer to retained profits 26. Minority interests’ share profits 29. Distributable Group profit 1,474 198 Annual accounts Cash flow statement for the NORD / LB Group 2002 EUR million 2001 EUR million 26 200 181 118 34 996 673 51 780 170 760 126 216 331 Non-cash items included in net income and transfers to the cash flow statement from operating activities Net income for the year Depreciation, provisions and write-ups to fixed assets and financial assets Change in provisions Change in other non-cash items Profits from the sale of financial assets and fixed assets Other adjustments (net) Subtotal Change in assets and liabilities from operating activities after adjustment of non-cash items Claims – on financial institutions – on non-bank clients Securities (excluding financial assets) Other assets from operating activities Liabilities – to the financial institutions – to non-bank clients Securitised liabilities Other liabilities from operating activities Interest and dividends received Interest paid Extraordinary payments made Income tax payments Cash flow from normal business activities Inflow of funds from the sale of financial assets and fixed assets Outflow of funds for the acquisition of financial assets and fixed assets Effects from changes in the scope of consolidation Cash flow from investment activities Inflow of funds from capital increases Dividend payments Change in funds from other financial activities – – – 1,757 194 2,065 127 – 2,537 – 4,647 – 6,637 – 31 – 608 – 3,110 – 1,457 – 299 7, 753 – 6,687 0 29 – 909 3,107 542 7, 703 546 8,883 – 8,372 0 – 186 – 2,382 1,655 – 1,929 – 40 – 314 4,521 – 3,170 – 34 1,317 – Cash flow from financial activities Balance of funds at the end of the previous period Cash flow from normal business activities Cash flow from investment activities Cash flow from financial activities Balance of funds at the end of the period – – – – 7 1 482 488 1,504 909 314 488 769 The cash flow statement for the N ORD/ LB Group shows changes in existing funds and cash flows . Funds are defined as cash reserves including debentures issued by public authorities in accordance with provision DRS 2–0 of the Deutsches Rechnungslegungs Standards Committee e.V. (DRSC, German Accounting Standards Committee). The cash flow statement reflects the flow of funds in 2002 according to operating activities , investment activities and financial activities . – – 4 50 1,122 1,076 1,493 – 2,382 1,317 1,076 1,504 Annual accounts 199 200 Annual accounts Assets Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Dec. 3, 200 TEU R TEU R TEU R TEU R 243,695 18,930 263,242 ( 252,167 ) 282,172 1. Cash reserve a) cash in hand b) balances with central banks of which: at the Deutsche Bundesbank 54,342 189,353 TEU R 180,872 2. Public sector debt securities and bills admissible for refinancing at central banks a) Treasury bills and non-interest bearing treasury discount notes and similar public debt securities of which: refinanceable at the Deutsche Bundesbank b) bills of which: refinanceable at the Deutsche Bundesbank 302,331 TEU R 296,174 TEU R 15,834 15,834 318,165 22,326 ( 9,899 ) 16,765 39,091 ( 16,765 ) 3. Claims on financial institutions a) due on demand b) other claims 2,070,666 48,222,352 50,293,018 49,690,424 4. Claims on non-bank clients TEU R 6,560,376 TEU R 14,528,984 of which: secured by mortgages public sector loans 2,062,537 46,164,199 48,226,736 49,624,967 ( 6,276,602 ) ( 14,292,378 ) 5. Debentures and other fixed interest rate securities a) money market instruments aa) issued by public sector entities of which: eligible as collateral at ab) issued by other entities of which: eligible as collateral at b) bonds and debentures ba) issued by public sector entities of which: eligible as collateral at bb) issued by other entities of which: eligible as collateral at c) own debentures – the Bundesbank TEU R – the Bundesbank TEU R 115,881 the Bundesbank TEU R 3,282,907 the Bundesbank TEU R 15,472,495 115,881 – (– ) 363,767 ( 363,767 ) 115,881 6,294,399 25,188,787 31,483,186 1,161,774 32,760,841 nominal amount TEU R 1,114,178 1,107, 534 6. Shares and other variable interest rate securities 7. Holdings of which: in financial institutions in financial services institutions TEU R TEU R of which: in financial institutions in financial services institutions of which: trustee loans 457, 637 ( 224,320 ) ( 495 ) 2,435,023 2,634,766 ( 1,427, 300 ) ( 22,122 ) 5,753,911 5,604,045 ( 5,572,717 ) TEU R 1,482,125 TEU R 911 9. Trustee assets 456,516 544,673 195,434 2,147 8. Shares in associated companies 6,481,358 ( 3,207, 847 ) 28,226,860 ( 15,950,054 ) 936,175 36,008,160 ( 906,396 ) TEU R 5,725,392 10. Public sector equalisation claims including those exchanged for debentures 340,846 457, 696 11. Fixed assets 145,571 128,494 12. Other assets 2,208,408 2,201,717 615,766 492,938 – 43,413 146,457, 875 146,658,348 13. Deferred assets 14. Deferred taxes Total assets Annual accounts Annual balance sheet as of December 31, 2002 201 Liabilities Dec. 3, 200 TEU R TEU R TEU R TEU R 48,322,270 8,158,254 43,334,283 51,492,537 1. Liabilities to financial institutions a) due on demand b) with an agreed term or notice period 8,375,477 39,946,793 2. Liabilities to non-bank clients a) Savings deposits aa) with an agreed notice period of three months ab) with an agreed notice period of more than three months b) other liabilities ba) due on demand bb) with an agreed term or notice period 1,834,730 181,713 1,927,228 2,016,443 279,630 5,937, 118 25,083,347 4,794,712 31,020,465 33,036,908 23,957,269 30,958,839 3. Securitised liabilities a) debentures issued b) other securitised liabilities of which: money market instruments 34,033,733 13,309,986 47, 343,719 TEU R 11,276,421 5,753,911 4. Trustee liabilities of which: trustee loans 34,456,549 13,257,293 47, 713,842 ( 11,876,606 ) 5,604,045 ( 5,572,717 ) TEU R 5,725,392 2,652,045 2,308,292 383,541 308,293 1,297, 033 443,731 287, 981 400,235 1,131,947 734 7, 697 9. Subordinated liabilities 2,312,462 1,829,681 10. Profit sharing certificates 1,010,638 1,010,638 95,000 95,000 5. Other liabilities 6. Deferred liabilities 7. Provisions a) provisions for pensions and similar commitments b) tax provisions c) other provisions 467, 729 262,379 566,925 8. Special reserve items 11. Funds for general banking risks 12. Equity capital a) subscribed capital aa) share capital ab) capital contribution as per § 2 para. 1 N ORD/ LB Act ac) other capital contributions b) capital reserves ba) specific reserves bb) contribution as per § 2 para. 2 N ORD/ LB Act bc) other reserves c) retained income d) distributable profit 375,000 51,129 1,456,798 766,938 37, 580 443,169 375,000 51,129 1,453,798 1,882,927 4,249,614 766,938 37, 580 436,592 1,076,500 – 4,197, 537 146,457, 875 146,658,348 6,071,232 – 6,513,312 – 6,513,312 12,116,427 – – 14,009,026 14,009,026 1,247, 687 1,096,500 22,500 Total liabilities 1. Contingent liabilities a) contingent liabilities from discounted bills passed on b) liabilities arising from guarantees and surety agreements c) liabilities arising from the provision of collateral for third party liabilities – 6,071,232 – 2. Other commitments a) repurchase obligations from partial repo transactions b) placement and assumption obligations c) irrevocable loan commitments – – 12,116,427 202 Annual accounts Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale 200 TEU R TEU R TEU R TEU R 1. Interest income from a) lending and money market transactions b) fixed interest rate securities and registered securities 4,879,750 1,404,084 5,119,275 6,283,834 1,678,235 5,526,358 2. Interest expenditure 757, 476 6,106,831 690,679 126,834 10,876 55,233 151,482 217, 591 63,004 10,122 3. Current income from a) shares and other variable interest rate securities b) holdings c) shares in associated companies 15,822 45,206 65,806 4. Income from profit pooling, profit transfer and part profit transfer agreements 180,369 5. Commission income 192,186 38,306 6. Commission expenditure 7. Net earnings from financial transactions 8. Other operating income 9. Income from writing back special reserve items 142,063 39,119 153,067 – 17, 324 16,453 92,714 174,714 6,964 6,587 10. General administrative expenditure a) personnel costs aa) wages and salaries ab) social security contributions and payments for pensions and benifits of which: for pensions b) other administrative expenditure 11. Depreciation and write-offs on intangible and tangible fixed assets Carry forward 261,823 130,685 TEU R 252,677 392,508 107, 711 290,442 682,950 ( 67, 467 ) 244,163 604,551 33,500 33,060 455,281 631,602 50,675 Annual accounts 203 Statement of income for the period from January 1 to December 31, 2002 200 TEU R TEU R TEU R TEU R Carry forward 455,281 631,602 12. Other operating expenditure 114,712 28,568 13. Depreciation and write-offs on receivables and certain securities and transfers to loan provisions 376,228 273,693 14. Income from revaluation of receivables and certain securities as well as release of loan provisions 215,121 176,754 15. Expenditure on assumption of losses 1,099 391,288 178,363 114,807 16. Result of ordinary operating activities 17. Taxes on income and earnings 18. Other taxes not reported under item 12 42,988 46,306 43,887 902 47,208 91,976 90,599 – 59,000 21. Net income for the year 42,500 36,000 22. Transfer to retained profits 20,000 13,500 23. Advance dividend payment – 22,500 22,500 0 19. Profits transferred on the basis of a profit pooling, profit transfer or part profit transfer agreement 20. Withdrawals from the fund for general banking risks 24. Distributable profit 899 204 Annual accounts Notes to the Company and Group accounts of Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as at 31 December 2002 1. Information on accounting: accounting and valuation policies, principles of currency conversion Principles for drawing up the NORD/ LB and Group accounts for the year MHB Bank Polska, Warsaw/Poland, has been consolidated in the NORD/LB Group accounts for the first time, as has AB Lietu- Both the Company and Group accounts of vos Zemes Ukio Bankas, Vilnius/Lithuania. NORD/LB as at 31 December 2002 were The companies were consolidated for the prepared in accordance with the provisions first time at the balance sheet reference date, of the German Commercial Code (HGB) using the book value method. A balancing and the accounting regulations for financial item of EUR 0.4 million resulting from the institutions (RechKredV). capital consolidation of MHB Bank Polska The balance sheets and profit and loss and EUR 7.7 million for AB Lietuvos Zemes accounts are structured in accordance with Ukio Bankas was offset directly against RechKredV and the relevant supplementary retained income. provisions for public sector banks and central LBS savings banks. Berlin-Hannover, Norddeutsche Landesbausparkasse Hannover in which NORD/LB holds a 44 per cent participation Scope and method of consolidation in the Group accounts (previous year: 50 per cent), has been consolidated pro rata as a joint venture in accor- In addition to NORD/LB, 25 associated dance with Section 310 HGB. companies have been included in the Group For accounts. GmbH, Hannover, whose financial year ends As in the previous year, NORD/LB Immo- on 31 October, intermediate accounts were bilien-Holding GmbH has prepared sub- produced to 31 December. For Norddeutsche Group accounts. These include the following Investitionen Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH, companies: NILEG Norddeutsche Immo- Hannover, whose financial year ends on 30 biliengesellschaft November, intermediate accounts were also mbH in Hannover, Nord-Ostdeutsche Bankbeteiligungs 6 NILEG property companies, Wohnungs- produced to 31December. bau Niedersachsen GmbH, Hannover, fol- The capital of consolidated companies was lowing the merger with NBN Norddeutsche consolidated by the book value method, Beteiligungsgesellschaft für Immobilien in based on the stated values at the time of first Niedersachsen and consolidation. Additional shares acquired in in Group companies are offset at the time of mbH, Wohnungsgesellschaft Hannover Norden mbH Hamburg following the merger with NBH acquisition. Norddeutsche Beteiligungsgesellschaft für Owing to their minor importance in terms of Immobilien in Hamburg mbH, Hannover. assets, finances and earnings, no at-equity Annual accounts valuation is performed in respect of affiliated million (previous year EUR 2,583.4 million) companies in the Group balance sheet. They in the Group were not written down to the are carried as participations. lower of cost or market. As a matter of principle, when forming separate valuation units General accounting and valuation methods (synthetic floaters) the valuation is based on the stated acquisition costs. Holdings and shares in associated companies Assets and liabilities are valued according to are reported at cost of acquisition or, in the the valuation rules set out in Sections 252 ff. event of a permanent impairment in value, at HGB, unless the special provisions of Sec- the lower attributable value. tion 340e HGB apply. The requirements to In the case of fixed assets, the useful life reinstate original values in accordance with of which is limited in terms of time, the Section 280 para. 1 HGB were fulfilled. maximum depreciation permitted under tax With the exception of the trading portfolio, legislation is applied, taking into account the claims on non-bank clients and financial simplification regulations for movable fixed institutions are reported at their nominal assets under para. 44 EstR (Income Tax Law). value. In the event of interest-related differ- From 2001 onwards, new economic assets ences between nominal amounts and dis- acquired will be written off on a straight line bursements of mortgage loans and other basis to bring this into line with international claims, the claims are stated at their full value accounting standards in the long term. Low in accordance with Section 340e para. 2 value economic assets are written off in full HGB. The differences are reported under in the year of acquisition. deferred items and written back on a sched- Liabilities to the regional trustee offices uled basis. bearing low or no interest are stated at their Adequate specific provisions are formed to cash value. cater for all discernible risks in the lending Liabilities to non-bank clients and financial business. institutions are shown at their repayment The calculation principles for provisions for amounts. country risks were unchanged. There are Interest rate-related differences between the appropriate general provisions for other amount borrowed and repayment amounts latent risks, as well as reserves in accordance are reported under deferred items and writ- with Section 340f HGB. ten back on a scheduled basis. Securities and claims in the trading portfolio Zero bonds are stated at their price on issue as well as securities in the liquidity reserve plus pro rata interest in line with the yield are valued according to the strict principle of on the issue. the lower of cost or market value, and sepa- For other discounted claims a balancing item rate valuation units are formed with financial is incorporated in deferred assets. swaps. Securities held as fixed assets are In accordance with the principle of prudence, valued at acquisition cost provided there is there are adequate provisions to cover uncer- no permanent impairment of value. Such tain liabilities and threatened losses relating securities with a book value of EUR 4,103.0 to outstanding transactions. 205 206 Annual accounts Pension obligations are assessed at partial Valuation of derivatives value based on actuarial principles discounted at 6 per cent taking into account the mor- Derivative financial instruments (futures, tality tables of 1998. There are also indirect options, swaps) are in principle valued indi- pension obligations under Section 28 para. 2 vidually, applying the general commercial EGHGB (Introductory Law on the Civil valuation rules (Section 252 ff. HGB) and Code) in the amount of EUR 9.0 million taking into account the realisation and impar- (previous year: EUR 6.9 million). ity principle, unless valuation units have been formed to the extent permissible to hedge Currency conversion balance sheet and trading portfolio items. Trading portfolios in securities and deriva- Currency conversion was carried out in tives, which in terms of earnings and risk are accordance with the principles of Section managed as separate units, are combined 340h HGB. The option under Section 340h across products, taking adequate account of para. 2 sentence 3 HGB was exercised. risks. Unless special cover has been provided, fixed The results of the valuation of interest related assets are stated at historic cost of acqui- products were netted off per currency and sition. per type or index in the case of products with Other assets and liabilities are converted at other price risks. Account is taken of the the ECB reference rate on the balance sheet principle of prudence in that a positive bal- date. Spot transactions not yet completed ance is not reported, whereas a negative bal- and forward foreign exchange transactions ance results in the formation of a provision. are also valued at the ECB reference rate. The derivatives concluded outside trading In addition, for forward transactions the portfolios to hedge balance sheet items are proportionate swap premiums/discounts not not valued. yet amortised are valued at the current swap Option premiums and future margin pay- rates for the residual term of the transactions. ments on transactions not yet due as well as The results of the valuation of the remaining pro rata interest on interest swap transactions items are balanced out for each currency and are reported under other assets or other lia- a provision formed for losses. Remaining bilities. Amounts that are not yet amortised positive results, such as unrealised profits on resulting from interest limitation agreements open positions, are not taken into account. are contained in deferred items. The total amount of assets in foreign curren- Provisions have been created to take account cies in the Group is EUR 42,101 million of latent risks. (previous year: EUR 44,205 million) and of liabilities EUR 47,148 million (previous year: EUR 47,232 million); at NORD/LB the respective totals are EUR 33,520 million (previous year: EUR 33,792 million) and EUR 35,960 million (previous year: EUR 36,927 million). Annual accounts 207 II. Notes to the balance sheet and statement of income The following explanations of the individual income correspond to the order used in the items in the balance sheet and statement of accounts: Assets Group 2002 (TEU R) Group 2001 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2002 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2001 (TEU R) 2,384,403 2,489,001 2,070,666 2,062,537 29,482 157 190,663 247, 916 14,877 50,450 12,580 49,725 b) Other claims with a remaining term of – less than 3 months – at least 3 months but less than 1 year – at least 1 year but less than 5 years – 5 years or more 9,639,116 11,354,746 19,516,830 15,840,938 10,333,367 9,261,100 19,566,298 17, 884,364 7, 337, 747 9,117, 702 16,081,164 15,685,739 7, 569,594 5,673,055 15,019,721 17, 901,829 Book value 56,351,630 57, 045,129 48,222,352 46,164,199 12,682 7, 975 6,498,512 5,762,767 2,051,733 56,796 – 1,996,913 45,038 – 2,848,731 282,016 19,881,215 2,668,676 210,448 20,019,327 17, 167, 849 18,667, 994 14,209,347 15,345,355 with a remaining term of – less than 3 months – at least 3 months but less than 1 year – at least 1 year but less than 5 years – 5 years or more with an unspecified term 11,149,905 6,661,329 20,468,734 38,838,456 ( 1,888,295 ) 12,587, 935 6,081,018 19,961,733 38,475,652 (2,926,193 ) 7, 024,652 4,243,012 13,215,350 25,207, 410 (1,861,308 ) 8,195,022 3,467, 304 13,217, 736 24,744,905 (2,481,015 ) Book value 77, 118,424 77, 106,338 49,690,424 49,624,967 236,552 77,286 773,506 413,629 971,505 36,593 – 936,830 34,744 – 625,286 24,322 19,055,037 592,685 22,473 18,032,050 3. Claims on financial institutions a) Due on demand Book value of which – claims on associated companies – claims on companies with which a shareholding relationship exists of which – claims on associated companies – claims on companies with which a shareholding relationship exists – subordinated claims – used as cover c) Total claims on financial institutions contain: – claims on associated savings banks 4. Claims on non-bank clients of which – claims on associated companies – claims on companies with which a shareholding relationship exists – subordinated claims – used as cover 208 Annual accounts Assets Gruoup 2002 (TEU R) Group 2001 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2002 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2001 (TEU R) 32,092 1,253 – – 22,217 22,194 9,898 1,253 1,253 – – – – – – – 115,881 363,767 115,881 363,767 115,881 115,881 – 363,767 363,767 – 115,881 115,881 – 363,767 363,767 – 7, 208,151 7, 076,924 6,294,399 6,481,358 905,004 6,007, 388 1,200,763 949,253 5,207, 796 1,869,128 792,863 5,162,701 1,131,698 928,474 4,635,264 1,846,094 32,136,604 33,351,053 25,188,786 28,226,860 8,855,716 7, 339,491 8,494,017 6,851,126 30,308,089 31,164,432 23,692,277 25,642,707 1,828,515 1,339 2,186,621 1 1,496,509 2,191,028 2,584,153 2,728,828 882,331 9,565 1,169,204 30,018 820,194 9,565 990,803 18 5,841,603 6,453,220 1,161,774 936,175 3,533,912 2,135,757 400,144 320,187 5,423,185 5,097, 981 1,073,781 859,365 418,418 1,355,239 87, 993 76,810 1,787, 428 1,033,563 1,107, 534 456,516 32,494 134,131 17, 649 106,167 554,458 7, 621 475,005 16,659 28,931 7, 621 25,534 16,659 5. Debentures and other fixed interest rate securities a) Money market securities aa) issued by public sector entities Book value of which – maturing next year – money market securities eligible for trading and listed on the stock exchange – money market securities eligible for trading but not listed on the stock exchange ab) issued by other entities Book value of which – maturing next year – money market securities eligible for trading and listed on the stock exchange – money market securities eligible for trading but not listed on the stock exchange b) Bonds and debentures ba) issued by public sector entities Book value of which – maturing next year – debentures eligible for trading and listed on the stock exchange – debentures eligible for trading but not listed on the stock exchange bb) issued by other entities Book value of which – maturing next year – bonds and debentures eligible for trading and listed on the stock exchange – bonds and debentures eligible for trading but not listed on the stock exchange – securities issued by associated companies – securities issued by companies with which a shareholding relationship exists – subordinated debentures c) Own debentures Book value of which – maturing next year – bonds and debentures eligible for trading and listed on the stock exchange – bonds and debentures eligible for trading but not listed on the stock exchange 6. Shares and other variable interest rate securities Book value of which – shares and other variable interest rate securities eligible for trading and listed on the stock exchange – shares and other variable interest rate securities eligible for trading but not listed on the stock exchange – subordinated securities Annual accounts 209 Assets Group 2002 (TEU R) Group 2001 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2002 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2001 (TEU R) 1,194,969 902,803 544,673 457, 637 423,705 28,619 79,215 538,892 4,976 47, 519 201,186 28,619 79,215 196,971 4,806 47, 519 277, 426 407, 573 2,435,023 2,634,766 – 3,534 – – 16,026 – 97, 671 456,628 228,952 32,754 450,678 228,952 5,826,657 5,834,966 5,753,911 5,604,045 1,598,387 4,158,806 60,516 8,948 1,502,218 4,252,072 71,729 8,947 1,594,240 4,159,670 1 – 1,601,476 4,002,568 1 – 1,243,020 1,236,856 145,571 128,494 126,050 116,473 993,805 104,658 93,507 1,031,945 57, 055 88,516 – 59,142 69,352 – 3,808,050 3,926,062 2,208,408 2,201,717 2,593,193 289,308 256,727 2,799,039 208,508 232,741 1,635,081 281,578 – 1,565,234 203,214 147, 794 244,903 248,322 – – 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 692,943 588,881 615,766 492,938 154,099 206,634 144,397 215,021 124,813 191,189 115,396 197, 642 7. Holdings Book value of which – shares eligible for trading and listed on the stock exchange – shares eligible for trading but not listed on the stock exchange – subordinated shares The shareholdings are listed under I I I. Clause 8. 8. Shares in associated companies Book value of which – shares eligible for trading and listed on the stock exchange – shares eligible for trading but not listed on the stock exchange – subordinated shares The shareholdings are listed under I I I. Clause 8. 9. Trustee assets Book value of which – claims on financial institutions – claims on non-bank clients – holdings – fixed assets 12. Fixed assets Book value of – – – which land and buildings used for own activities fixtures and fittings fixed assets relating to the property business 13. Other assets Book value of which the following are reported as significant items : – pro rata interest and interest due under interest rate swaps – premiums paid for options , swaps and caps – claims arising from the property business – properties earmarked for sale and other stocks arising from the property business Subordinated shares 14. Deferred assets Book value of which – deferred premiums as per § 340 e para. 2 H G B – discounts arising from the issuing and loan business 210 Annual accounts Group Statement of assets (in TEUR) Cost of acquisition/ manufacture Additions due to first time consolidation Accruals Disposals Transfers Additions Cumulative depreciation Holdings Shares in associated companies Fixed and securities Immaterial assets Fixed assets Residual book value 3. 2. 02 Residual book value 3. 2. 0 1,194,969 902,803 277, 426 407, 573 7, 325,012 7, 119,148 Depreciation in financial year 39,759 – 768 28,399 – – 11,831 297 357 827 1,911,531 50,259 82,569 65,014 617 – 736,942 1,243,020 1,236,856 75,320 Statement of NORD / LB assets (in TEUR) Cost of acquisition/ manufacture Accruals Disposals Transfers Additions Cumulative depreciation Holdings Shares in associated companies Fixed and securities Fixed assets 370,594 51,464 8,371 – – 268,116 Residual book value 3. 2. 02 Residual book value 3. 2. 0 544,673 457, 637 2,435,023 2,634,766 494,942 633,790 145,571 128,494 Depreciation in financial year 33,500 Annual accounts 211 Liabilities Group 2002 (TEU R) Group 2001 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2002 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2001 (TEU R) 11,082,054 10,233,393 8,375,477 8,158,254 88,053 936 189,242 69,943 298,664 64,719 300,774 102,964 29,815,437 7, 618,799 8,657, 854 11,882,730 31,370,450 6,445,892 8,513,917 12,609,042 17, 623,508 5,382,058 7, 163,509 9,777, 718 20,725,319 4,728,572 7,285,667 10,594,725 57, 974,820 58,939,301 39,946,793 43,334,283 154,157 83,390 2,370,272 2,912,570 286,267 2,933,592 433,535 4,455,735 265,427 2,933,592 378,039 4,405,400 5,616,572 5,581,419 5,106,518 5,084,615 46,812 87, 033 65,450 952 123,174 104,593 76,861 817 42,527 76,474 61,786 926 118,994 94,136 65,704 796 200,247 305,445 181,713 279,630 7, 508,279 6,355,607 5,937, 118 4,794,712 197, 845 73,279 216,172 561,812 64,694 47, 019 58,692 39,026 10,832,351 1,875,685 6,492,206 12,470,067 16,732,037 1,217, 359 5,494,205 11,690,909 6,953,075 1,460,537 6,653,160 10,016,575 7, 936,332 955,647 5,266,969 9,798,321 31,670,309 35,134,510 25,083,347 23,957, 269 74,746 233,328 2,066,197 2,381,844 98,203 – 88,550 – 76,368 – 75,857 – 1. Liabilities to financial institutions a) Due on demand Book value of which – liabilities to associated companies – liabilities to companies with which a shareholding relationship exists b) with an agreed term or notice period of – – – – which with a remaining term of less than 3 months at least 3 months but less than 1 year at least 1 year but less than 5 years 5 years or more Book value of which – liabilities to associated companies – liabilities to companies with which a shareholding relationship exists – assets deposited as security c) Total liabilities to financial institutions contain: – liabilities to affiliated savings banks 2. Liabilities to non-bank clients a) Savings deposits ac) with an agreed notice period of more than 3 months of – – – – which with a remaining term of less than 3 months at least 3 months but less than 1 year at least 1 year but less than 5 years 5 years or more Book value b) Other liabilities ba) Due on demand Book value of which – liabilities to associated companies – liabilities to companies with which a shareholding relationship exists bb) with an agreed term or notice period of – – – – which with a remaining term of less than 3 months at least 3 months but less than 1 year at least 1 year but less than 5 years 5 years or more Book value of which – liabilities to associated companies – liabilities to companies with which a shareholding relationship exists – assets deposited as security 212 Annual accounts Liabilities Group 2002 (TEU R) Group 2001 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2002 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2001 (TEU R) Book value 46,326,287 48,560,976 34,033,733 34,456,549 of – – – 14,658,279 29,291 15,344,134 26,897 9,709,547 1,977, 587 10,834,425 2,591,229 1,769,533 2,358,368 1,098,420 1,645,348 10,615,401 6,791,058 127, 616 12,735 10,372,319 5,199,553 380,642 1,428 6,892,078 6,277, 557 127, 616 12,735 8,461,318 4,413,905 380,642 1,428 17, 546,810 15,953,942 13,309,986 13,257, 293 – – 313,762 – Book value 5,826,657 5,834,966 5,753,911 5,604,045 of which – liabilities to financial institutions – liabilities to non-bank clients 768,632 5,026,064 612,264 5,222,702 762,418 4,991,493 629,180 4,974,865 3,847, 865 4,139,318 2,652,045 2,308,293 2,670,375 273,641 3,015,808 207, 755 1,643,417 263,933 1,574,562 199,179 253,967 111,746 132,035 229,405 64,293 235,623 105,152 177, 361 232,520 11,512 197, 819 111,169 132,035 229,405 – 195,377 104,469 177, 361 – – Book value 458,117 384,451 383,541 308,293 of which – deferred discounts as per § 340 e para. 2 H G B 107, 631 123,437 94,126 108,648 Book value 6,576 22,395 734 7, 697 of – – – – 50 734 4,275 1,517 10,886 1,172 10,237 – – 734 – – 6,525 1,172 – – 3. Securitised liabilities a) Debentures issued which maturing next year liabilities to associated companies liabilities to companies with which a shareholding relationship exists b) Other securitised liabilities of – – – – which with a remaining term of less than 3 months at least 3 months but less than 1 year at least 1 year but less than 5 years 5 years or more Book value of which – liabilities to associated companies 4. Trustee liabilities 5. Other liabilities Book value of which the following are reported as significant items : – Interest payable on deferred interest rate swaps – Premiums received for options transactions – interrest payable on participation certificates , subordinated liabilities and capital contributions – outstanding not reclassified items on interim accounts – Equivalent values for outstanding securities sales – Equalisation item resulting from evaluation of currency items – liabilities arising from the property business 6. Deferred liabilities 8. Special reserve items which as per as per as per as per § 52 para. 6 E StG § 4 Fördergebietsgesetz (Development Areas Act) § 6 b E StG § 7 h E StG Annual accounts 213 Liabilities 9. Subordinated liabilities Of the liabilities reported TEU R 138,107 (previous year: TEU R 130,254) were used by the Group and TEU R 112,764 (previous year: TEU R 102,523) by N ORD/ LB. The funds raised, which exceed 0 % of the total amount raised, are broken down as follow: Currency amount Interrest rate N ORD/ LB 500 EU R million 5.75 % p.a. The only circumstances that would require premature repayment are a change to the taxation system which would lead to additional payments to the purchaser. The circumstances under which these funds are subordinated comply with the Banking Act. Conversion into capital or another form of debt is neither agreed nor anticipated. Subordinated liabilities to associated companies amounted to TEU R 2,655 (previous year: TEU R 2,655) at N ORD/ LB and to TEU R 2,655 (previous year: 2,424 TEU R) for the Group. 12. Equity capital In accordance with the recommendations of the Basel Committee for Banking Supervision on capital adequacy, the individual components of core capital were made up as follows on 3. 12. 2002: EUR million Subscribed capital 426 Capital reserves 2,431 Assets provided by silent partners 1,988 Special items for general banking risks as per § 340 g H G B* 180 Total core capital 5,025 * The Section § 340 g reserves of EU R 06.2 million at both N ORD/ LB and the Group, which deviate from the commercial accounts , have not been taken into account here. Group 2002 (TEU R) Group 2001 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2002 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2001 (TEU R) 7, 012,178 6,275,431 6,071,232 6,513,312 – 1 1,084,745 2,009,658 203 8,504 220 8,504 NOTES 1. Contingent liabilities Book value of which – liabilities to associated companies – liabilities to companies with which a shareholding relationship exists 214 Annual accounts Other financial obligations NORD/LB has released the personally liable partners in two property funds (previous Apart from political risks, NORD/LB year: two) from their statutory liability. Fur- ensures that the banks and financial institu- thermore, two Supervisory Board members tions included in the Group accounts as of JSC Pirma Banka, Riga/Latvia have been wholly-owned subsidiaries of NORD/LB released from liability for any obligations can meet their obligations. arising from their activity as Supervisory The Group also stands surety for the obliga- Board members at JSC Pirma Banka. tions of the Niedersächsischer Sparkassen- NORD/LB also has an undertaking vis-à- und Giroverband (Lower Saxony Savings vis NORDIG Norddeutsche Investitions- Banks and Giro Association) arising as a gesellschaft mbH to assume any losses this result of its membership in the Deutscher company may incur as a result of its partici- Sparkassen- und Giroverband ö.K. (German pation in Schweriner Immobiliengesellschaft Savings Banks and Giro Association) and mbH, Schwerin, as well as the City Centrum DekaBank Deutsche Girozentrale. In addi- Süd Projektentwicklungsgesellschaft mbH, tion, together with the other shareholders Bad Homburg. in Girozentrale, NORD/LB has an undertaking vis-à-vis one NORD/LB has assumed the guarantor lia- company to grant a shareholder loan of EUR bility for DekaBank Deutsche Girozentrale 6.1 million (previous year: EUR 6.8 million), since 1 January 1999. and the Group is obliged in the amount of NORD/LB, along with the Bremen state EUR 11.2 million (previous year: EUR 10.2 government, is the guarantor of Bremer million). Landesbank At the year-end, the Group had call commit- DekaBank Deutsche Kreditanstalt Oldenburg – Girozentrale Bremen. ments for shares and other interests in the The Group has an obligation to make further amount of EUR 20.0 million (previous year: contributions up to the amount of EUR 63.6 EUR 23.8 million). At NORD/LB these million (previous year: EUR 59.6 million) obligations were EUR 17.7 million (previous and NORD/LB of up to EUR 49.1 million year: EUR 21.3 million). There were also (previous year: EUR 45.8 million) to the joint liabilities for 4 (previous year: 5) com- security reserve of the state banks (Landes- panies under Section 24 GmbH Law. banken). In addition, NORD/LB has deposited secu- The Group has additional obligations to rities in the nominal amount of EUR 148.8 make further contributions of EUR 33.8 million (previous year: EUR 121.6 million) as million (previous year: EUR 33.8 million), collateral in connection with transactions on and NORD/LB of EUR 30.5 million (previ- the EUREX in Frankfurt and foreign futures ous year: EUR 30.5 million), plus additional exchanges. joint liabilities for other shareholders to The obligations under existing rental, lease, Liquiditätskonsortialbank GmbH. guarantee and similar agreements are of the usual commercial extent. Annual accounts 215 Statement of income 1. Interest income 3. Current income form shares and other variable interest rate securities, holdings and shares in associated companies 5. Commission income 7. Net earnings from financial transactions 8. Other operating income The total amount of these items is broken down according to geographical markets as follows : Group 2002 (TEU R) Group 2001 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2002 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2001 (TEU R) Federal Republic of Germany 7,267, 450 7, 837,780 5,563,793 5,997, 098 Europe (without Federal Republic of Germany ) 2,853,272 3,385,836 667, 970 779,322 North America 239,038 345,242 239,388 347, 066 Asia 195,151 269,560 195,276 274,968 39 3 – – 20,719 76,374 344 75,957 – 40,979 – 40,979 Others 8. Other operating income The following are reported as significant items : Book profit from tangible assets Withdrawal from the reserve for obligations relating to the LTS transfer contract Reimbursement by the state of Lower Saxony of LTS’ uncovered refinancing costs 13,431 12,488 13,431 12,488 IT services for third parties 14,637 12,741 14,637 12,741 214,477 252,804 – – Revenue from property business 12. Other operating expenditure The following are recorded as significant items : Transfer to the reserve for obligations arising under the LTS contribution agreement 75,060 – 75,060 – Interest expenditure relating to pax payments in arrears 15,615 10,641 15,450 10,549 113,390 146,262 – – Expenditure relating to the property business 18. Taxes on income and earnings The tax expenditure is related to the result of normal operations . 216 Annual accounts III. Other details 1. Members of the Board of Management 2. Members of the Supervisoriy Board Dr. h.c. Manfred Bodin (Chairman) Heinrich Aller (Chairman) (until 3. 3. 2003) Dr. Hannes Rehm (Deputy Chairman) Minister of Finance, State of Lower Saxony Dr. Jürgen Allerkamp Hartmut Möllring (Chairman) (since 4. 3. 2003) Minister of Finance, State of Lower Saxony Dr. Gunter Dunkel Dr. Gerhard Holterhus Wolfgang Gerhards (1st. Deputy Chairman) (until 16. 5. 2002) Jürgen Kösters Minister of Finance, State of Saxony-Anhalt Klaus Schiersmann Prof. Dr. Karl-Heinz Paqué (1st. Deputy Chairman) (since 17. 5. 2002) Bernd Schuster Minister of Finance, State of Saxony-Anhalt Dr. Hans Vieregge Sigrid Keler (2nd Deputy Chairman) Minister of Finance, State of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania Dr. Michael Arndt Regional President, Region Hannover Hermann Bröring (since 6. 2. 2003) County officer, Emsland District Katrin Budde (until 17. 6. 2002) Minister of Economics and Technology, State of Saxony-Anhalt Dr. Dr. h.c. Andreas J. Büchting Corporate Spokesman, KWS SAAT AG Ralf Dörries Assistant Vice President, NORD/LB Dr. Otto Ebnet Minister of Economics, State of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania Dr. Hermann Fischer Managing Director Engelhard Technologies GmbH Dr. Michael Frenzel Chairman of the Board of Management TUI AG Birgit Gantz-Rathmann Social Affairs, Health Care, Deutsche Bahn AG Ingrid Häußler Mayor, City of Halle/Saale Jürgen Hahn (since 1. 1. 2003) Chairman of the Board of Management, Sparkasse Vorpommern Annual accounts Dr. Hubertus Haller Klaus Rathert (until 31. 12. 2002) Chairman of the Board of Management, President, Savings Bank- and Giro Association of Lower Saxony Kreissparkasse Hildesheim Kurt Rehkopf Sabine Hermsdorf President of the Unternehmensverbände Vice President Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Handwerk Niedersachsen e.V. Detlef Hesse (until 31.12. 2002) Jörg Reinbrecht (since 1. 7. 2002) Chairman of the Board of Management, Union Secretary, United Services Union (ver.di) Ostseesparkasse Rostock Hella Rienäcker Walter Hirche (since 21. 3. 2003) Vice President, NORD/LB Minister of Economy, Transport and Work State of Lower Saxony Heiko Schaak (since 1. 7. 2002) Bank clerk, NORD/LB Dr. Gert Hoffmann (since 27. 2. 2002) Mayor, City of Braunschweig Bernhard Schäfer Corporate Spokesman, Sparkasse Hannover Dr. Rainer Huismans (since 27. 2. 2002) Chairman of the Board of Management Arno Schreiber (until 31. 12. 2002) Kreissparkasse Wesermünde-Hadeln Senior town clerk, City of Wilhelmshaven Klaus-Jürgen Jeziorsky (since 1. 7. 2002) Horst Skapczyk Minister of Interior, Bank clerk, NORD/LB State of Saxony Anhalt Werner Steffens (until 1. 2. 2002) Dr. Susanne Knorre (until 20. 3. 2003) Mayor, City of Braunschweig Minister of Economics, Technology and Transport State of Lower Saxony Karl-Heinz Stubbe (until 1. 2. 2002) Chairman of the Board of Management Wolfmar Kotzur (until 30. 6.2002) Sparkasse Lüneburg Assistant Vice President, NORD/LB Ilse Thonagel Thomas Mang (since 1. 2. 2003) Bank Employee, NORD/LB President, Savings Bank- and Giro Association of Lower Saxony Jan de Vries (until 30. 6. 2002) Claus Mangels Union Secretary, United Services Union (ver.di) Chairman of the Board of Management Sparkassenbeteiligungsverband Sachsen-Anhalt Peter Werner Bank Employee, NORD/LB Wolfhard Molkentin County officer, Nordvorpommern District Klaus Zimmermann (until 30. 6. 2002) Union Secretary, United Services Union (ver.di) Thomas Nagler (until 30. 6. 2002) Bank clerc, NORD/LB Wolfgang Neuhaus (since 1. 7. 2002) Vice President, NORD/LB August Nöltker (since 1. 7. 2002) Union Secretary, United Services Union (ver.di) Freddy Pedersen Deputy District Manager, United Services Union (ver.di) 217 218 Annual accounts 3. List of mandates As at December 3, 2002, Board members and employees of the N ORD/ LB Group held the following mandates as per section 340 a sub-section 4, clause H G B. 3.1 Members of the Board of Management of NORD / LB Name Company * Dr. h. c. Manfred Bodin Bankgesellschaft Berlin AG, Berlin Berlin-Hannoversche Hypothekenbank AG, Berlin / Hannover Bremer Landesbank Kreditanstalt Oldenburg – Girozentrale –, Bremen CeWe Color Holding AG, Oldenburg Continental AG, Hannover DekaBank Deutsche Girozentrale, Berlin / Frankfurt a. M. Joh. Berenberg, Gossler & Co., Hamburg LB S Norddeutsche Landesbausparkasse Berlin-Hannover, Hannover LH I Leasing für Handel und Industrie GmbH, München M H B Mitteleuropäische Handelsbank AG Deutsch-Polnische Bank, Frankfurt a. M. Norddeutsche Landesbank Luxembourg S.A., Luxembourg Skandifinanz Bank AG, Zurich Dr. Hannes Rehm Berlin-Hannoversche Hypothekenbank AG, Berlin / Hannover Bremer Landesbank Kreditanstalt Oldenburg – Girozentrale –, Bremen dvg Hannover Datenverarbeitungsgesellschaft mbH, Hannover (FinanzIT, since . 1. 03) LB S Norddeutsche Landesbausparkasse Berlin-Hannover, Hannover Niedersächsische Staatstheater Hannover GmbH, Hannover N I LEG Norddeutsche Immobiliengesellschaft mbH, Hannover Salzgitter AG, Salzgitter Dr. Jürgen Allerkamp Deka Immobilien Investment GmbH, Frankfurt a. M. LB S Norddeutsche Landesbausparkasse Berlin-Hannover, Hannover AB Lietuvos Zemes Ukio Bankas , Vilnius / Lithuania N I LEG Norddeutsche Immobiliengesellschaft mbH, Hannover J SC Pirma Banka, Riga / Latvia Dr. Gunter Dunkel LAU BAG Lausitzer Braunkohle AG, Senftenberg AB Lietuvos Zemes Ukio Bankas , Vilnius / Lithuania M H B Bank Polska S.A., Warsaw / Poland Norddeutsche Landesbank Luxembourg S.A., Luxembourg J SC Pirma Banka, Riga / Latvia Salzgitter AG, Salzgitter Skandifinanz Bank AG, Zurich üstra I NTALLIAN C E AG, Hannover Dr. Gerhard Holterhus LH I Leasing GmbH, München M H B Mitteleuropäische Handelsbank AG Deutsch-Polnische Bank, Frankfurt a. M. Wohnungsbau Niedersachsen GmbH, Hannover Wohnungsgesellschaft Norden mbH, Hamburg Jürgen Kösters BÖAG Börsen Aktiengesellschaft, Hannover Clearing Bank Hannover AG, Hannover AB Lietuvos Zemes Ukio Bankas , Vilnius / Lithuania M H B Mitteleuropäische Handelsbank AG Deutsch-Polnische Bank, Frankfurt a. M. Münchener Kapitalanlage AG, München Norddeutsche Landesbank Luxembourg S.A., Luxembourg N ORD CON Investment Management AG, Hannover J SC Pirma Banka, Riga / Latvia Klaus Schiersmann B+S Card Service, Frankfurt dvg Hannover Datenverarbeitungsgesellschaft mbH, Hannover (FinanzIT, since . . 03) dvs Datenverarbeitungsgesellschaft Sparkassenorganisation GmbH, Berlin (FinanzIT, since . . 03) EU RO Kartensysteme EU RO CARD und eurocheque GmbH, Frankfurt a. M. S I Z Informatikzentrum der Sparkassenorganisation GmbH, Bonn Toto-Lotto Niedersachsen GmbH, Hannover Bernd Schuster Plasma Select AG, Teterow Dr. Hans Vieregge AWD Holding AG, Hannover Deutsche Factoring Bank Deutsche Factoring GmbH & Co., Bremen Emsland Stärke GmbH, Emlichheim I FA Hotel & Touristik AG, Duisburg Joh. Berenberg, Gossler & Co., Hamburg LB S Norddeutsche Landesbausparkasse Berlin-Hannover, Hannover M H B Mitteleuropäische Handelsbank AG Deutsch-Polnische Bank, Frankfurt a. M. Norddeutsche Landesbank Luxembourg S.A., Luxembourg Thyssen Nordsee-Werften GmbH, Emden Annual accounts 219 *) Financial institutions are treated as major joint stock companies 3.2 Members of the Board of Management of Bremer Landesbank Name Company * Dr. Peter Haßkamp CTS EVE NTI M AG, München Deutsche Factoring Bank Deutsche Factoring GmbH & Co., Bremen DekaBank Deutsche Girozentrale, Berlin/ Frankfurt a. M. Norddeutsche Landesbank Luxembourg S.A., Luxembourg Thomas Christian Buchbinder Bremer Lagerhaus- Gesellschaft Aktiengesellschaft von 877, Bremen G EWOBA Aktiengesellschaft Wohnen und Bauen, Bremen Deutsche Factoring Bank Deutsche Factoring GmbH & Co., Bremen Fritz Lütke-Uhlenbrock DekaBank (Luxembourg) S.A., Luxembourg S LOMAN N E PTU N Schiffahrts-AG, Bremen Bodo Rimpler G SG Oldenburg Bau- und Wohngesellschaft mbH, Oldenburg N I LEG Norddeutsche Immobiliengesellschaft mbH, Hannover 3.3 Members of the Board of MHB Mitteleuropäische Handelsbank AG – Deutsch-Polnische Bank – Name Company * Sven Herlyn J SC Pirma Banka, Riga / Latvia AB Lietuvos Zemes Ukio Bankas , Vilnius / Lithuania M H B Bank Polska S.A., Warsaw / Poland Infosoft AG, Hamburg Dr. Eckhard Wilch LH B Internationale Handelsbank AG, Frankfurt a. M. M H B Bank Polska S.A., Warsaw / Poland 3.4 Managing director of the NORD / LB-Immobilien-Holding GmbH Name Company * Wilhelm Gehrke Wohnungsgesellschaft Norden mbH, Hamburg Wohnungsbau Niedersachsen GmbH, Hannover Bernd Hermann Deka Immobilien Investment GmbH, Frankfurt a. M. 3.5 Other employees Name Company * Jörn Alwes Manfred Borchardt Dr. Guido Brune Dr. Klaus Ebke Neue Lübecker (Baugenossenschaft e. G.), Lübeck Bürgschaftsbank Mecklenburg-Vorpommern GmbH, Schwerin I S R AG, Braunschweig Volkswagen Gewerbegrund GmbH, Wolfsburg Volkswagen Immobilien Service GmbH, Wolfsburg Bürgschaftsbank Sachsen-Anhalt GmbH, Magdeburg M H B Mitteleuropäische Handelsbank AG Deutsch-Polnische Bank, Frankfurt a. M. Niedersächsische Bürgschaftsbank (N B B) GmbH, Hannover Toto-Lotto Niedersachsen GmbH, Hannover SWAN Malaysia Sdn. Bhd., Johore Bahru, Malaysia Niedersächsiche Landgesellschaft mbH, Hannover BioCon Valley GmbH, Greifswald DekaBank (Luxembourg) S.A., Luxembourg N ORD CON Investment Management AG, Hannover Artstor AG, Hamburg N ORD/ LB Finance (Curaçao) N.V., Willemstad, Netherlands Antilles Deka Deutsche Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH, Frankfurt a. M. Blutspendedienst der Landesverbände des DRK Niedersachsen, Sachsen-Anhalt, Thüringen, Oldenburg und Bremen gGmbH Baugenossenschaft „Wiederaufbau e. G“., Braunschweig N ORD CON Investment Management AG, Hannover N ORD CON Investment Management AG, Hannover N ORD/ LB Norddeutsche Securities P LC, London BÖAG Finanzdienst AG, Hamburg N ORD/ LB Norddeutsche Securities P LC, London dvg Hannover Datenverarbeitungsgesellschaft mbH, Hannover (FinanzIT, since . . 03) nbg GmbH, Großburgwedel (FinanzIT, since . . 03) N ORD/ LB Norddeutsche Securities P LC, London N ORD/ LB Finance (Curaçao) N.V., Willemstad, Netherlands Antilles Clearing Bank Hannover AG, Hannover Hans-D. Feisthauer Hans- G. Friedrich Heinz-Werner Frings Dr. Rüdiger Fuhrmann Steffen Gauhl Kurt Gliwitzky Reinhard Gräpel Bruce Gresswell Hans Hartmann Jürgen Hübner Wilfried Jakob Reinhard Kornhaaß Baldur Lysk Wolfgang Matzen Dr. Jürgen Peters Dr. Kurt Rommel Hans-H. Sundermeier Christoph Trestler Ingo Wünsche 220 Annual accounts 4. Expenditure on and loans to the executive bodies Group 2002 (TEU R) Group 2001 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2002 (TEU R) N ORD/ LB 2001 (TEU R) 4,767 515 4,562 618 4,551 472 4,520 480 3,029 3,188 3,029 3,188 247 1,264 1,210 1,379 247 1,264 1,210 1,379 4.1. Total emoluments paid to active members of the executive bodies Board of Management Supervisory Board 4.2. Total emoluments paid to former members of the executive bodies and their dependants Board of Management TEU R 24,554 TEU R (previous year: TEU R 26,151) was reserved to cover pensions payments to this group of people 4.3. Advances, loans and liabilities Board of Management Supervisory Board 5. Number of employees (average) Male 2002 Male 200 Female 2002 Female 200 Total 2002 Total 200 N ORD/ LB Regional trustee offices / Regional development institutes 2,149 274 2,126 270 2,507 452 2,500 447 4,656 726 4,626 717 Sub-total 2,423 2,396 2,959 2,947 5,382 5,343 75 543 308 201 556 131 49 66 541 307 235 – 137 45 33 529 427 178 1,079 249 35 35 535 415 199 – 254 25 108 1,072 735 379 1,635 380 84 101 1,076 722 434 – 391 70 4,286 3,727 5,489 4,410 9,775 8,137 N ORD/ LB Luxembourg Bremer Landesbank LB S Norddeutsche Landesbausparkasse Sub-group of N ORD/ LB Immobilien-Holding GmbH AB Lietuvos Zemes Ukio Bankas J SC Pirma Banka Others Group Annual accounts 221 6. Further details 6.1. Services supplied to third parties Significant services supplied to third parties consist of: – Administration of trust assets – Asset management – Safe custody administration – Brokerage of insurance policies , home loan and savings contracts and property – Brokerage of foreign notes and coins as well as precious metals for affiliated savings banks 6.2. Derivative transactions NORD / LB Group derivative transactions – statement of volume – – in E U R million – Interest rate risks Interest rate swaps F RAs Interest rate options – Purchase – Sales Caps , Floors Stock exchange contracts Other forward interest rate transactions Interest rate risks – total – Currency risks Forward exchange transactions Currency swaps / interest rate and currency swaps Currency options – Purchases – Sales Stock exchange contracts Other forward exchange transactions Currency risks – total – Nominal amounts Nominal amounts Credit risk equivalents Credit risk equivalents 3. 2. 200 Replacement costs 3. 2. 2002 Replacement costs 3. 2. 200 3. 2. 2002 3. 2. 200 3. 2. 2002 239,029 5,958 225,352 6,468 1,075 1 849 2 3,978 7 2,898 7 3,934 2,524 3,182 6,390 770 1,844 2,137 3,549 8,025 539 5 – 7 – 6 3 – 13 – 2 24 – 5 – 6 11 – 16 – 1 261,787 247, 914 1,094 869 4,020 2,933 55,969 10,065 87, 765 5,740 440 122 543 91 1,683 246 1,517 333 147 111 0 0 308 215 0 0 2 – – 0 4 – – 0 4 – – 0 12 – – 0 66,292 94,028 564 638 1,933 1,862 Shares and other price risks Forward share transactions Share options – Purchase – Sales Stock exchange contracts Other forward transactions 502 237 13 9 3 7 1,760 1,577 92 0 2,995 2,355 126 0 15 – – 0 29 – – 0 21 – – 0 84 – – 0 Shares and other price risks – total – 3,931 5,713 28 38 24 91 Credit derivatives Grantor of security Receiver of security * 1,500 50 161 764 151 0 0 31 0 0 0 0 Credit derivatives – total – 1,550 925 151 31 0 0 333,560 348,580 1,837 1,576 5,977 4,886 Derivative transactions – total – * are reported under contingent liabilities 222 Annual accounts NORD / LB Group derivative transactions – statement of volume – Nominal amounts Nominal amounts Credit risk equivalents Credit risk equivalents 3. 2. 200 Replacement costs 3. 2. 2002 Replacement costs 3. 2. 200 3. 2. 2002 3. 2. 200 3. 2. 2002 Interest rate swaps F RAs Interest rate options – Purchase – Sales Caps , Floors Stock exchange contracts Other forward interest rate transactions 129,883 5,958 107, 480 6,348 888 1 628 2 3,339 7 2,216 7 3,878 2,409 2,589 5,264 770 1,784 1,917 2,765 7,250 539 5 – 3 – 6 3 – 7 – 2 23 – 4 – 6 11 – 13 – 1 Interest rate risks – total – 150,751 128,083 903 642 3,379 2,248 Forward exchange transactions Currency swaps / interest rate and currency swaps Currency options – Purchase – Sales Stock exchange contracts Other forward exchange transactions 15,726 5,706 14,228 3,059 125 106 162 74 385 148 333 178 79 76 0 0 181 175 0 0 2 – – 0 4 – – 0 3 – – 0 7 – – 0 Currency risks – total – 21,587 17, 643 233 240 536 518 – in E U R million – Interest rate risks Currency risks Shares and other price risks Forward share transactions Share options – Purchase – Sales Stock exchange contracts Other forward transactions 502 237 13 9 3 7 1,755 1,569 89 0 2,993 2,346 118 0 13 – – 0 29 – – 0 21 – – 0 84 – – 0 Shares and other price risks – total – 3,915 5,694 26 38 24 91 Grantor of security Receiver of security * 748 0 11 155 151 0 0 31 0 0 0 0 Credit derivatives – total – 748 166 151 31 0 0 177, 001 151,586 1,313 951 3,939 2,857 Credit derivatives Derivative transactions – total – The nominal values constitute the gross volume of all purchases and sales . The replacement costs relate to all contracts with positive market values , i. e. contracts with negative market values with the same counterparty are not netted off. The credit risk equivalents are established in accordance with the standard weighting procedure (market evaluation method) for Principle I. Netting procedures are not applied. * are reported under contingent liabilities Annual accounts 223 NORD / LB Group derivative transactions – breakdown of maturities – Interest rate Interest rate risks risks Nominal amounts – in E U R million – Residual terms – up to 3 months – up to 1 year – up to 5 year – in excess of 5 years Total Currency risks Currency risks 3. 2. 2002 3. 2. 200 3. 2. 2002 3. 2. 200 Shares and other price risks 3. 2. 2002 Shares and other price risks 3. 2. 200 Credit derivatives Credit derivatives 3. 2. 2002 3. 2. 200 69,952 82,303 56,982 52,550 70,084 81,179 53,331 43,320 37, 841 20,594 4,838 3,019 43,562 44,090 4,732 1,644 2,061 1,243 578 49 536 193 4,976 8 0 0 950 600 0 11 263 651 261,787 247, 914 66,292 94,028 3,931 5,713 1,550 925 Currency risks Currency risks Shares and other price risks 3. 2. 200 Credit derivatives Credit derivatives 3. 2. 2002 3. 2. 200 NORD / LB derivative transactions – breakdown of maturities – Interest rate Interest rate risks risks Nominal amounts – in E U R million – Residual terms – up to 3 months – up to 1 year – up to 5 year – in excess of 5 years Total 3. 2. 2002 3. 2. 200 3. 2. 2002 3. 2. 200 Shares and other price risks 3. 2. 2002 20,296 40,183 46,736 43,536 22,515 32,202 38,519 34,847 9,142 6,564 3,642 2,239 8,148 5,335 3,280 880 2,049 1,239 578 49 520 190 4,976 8 0 0 678 70 0 11 85 70 150,751 128,083 21,587 17, 643 3,915 5,694 748 166 The breakdown of maturities for the transactions is based on their residual term. In the case of interest rate risk contracts , this is geared to the term of the underlying contract while the contract term is used in the case of other risks . NORD / LB Group derivative transactions – breakdown of counterparties – Nominal amounts Nominal amounts Credit risk equivalents Credit risk equivalents 3. 2. 200 Replacement costs 3. 2. 2002 Replacements costs 3. 2. 200 3. 2. 2002 3. 2. 200 3. 2. 2002 OEC D banks Banks outside the OEC D Public sector entities within the OEC D Other counterparties * 302,740 848 1,722 28,250 317, 117 834 1,922 28,707 1,529 11 0 297 1,260 12 0 304 5,487 24 53 413 4,350 27 22 487 Total 333,560 348,580 1,837 1,576 5,977 4,886 Nominal amounts Nominal amounts Credit risk equivalents Credit risk equivalents 3. 2. 2002 3. 2. 200 3. 2. 2002 3. 2. 200 Replacement costs 3. 2. 2002 Replacements costs 3. 2. 200 OEC D banks Banks outside the OEC D Public sector entities within the OEC D Other counterparties * 147,513 817 1,700 26,971 121,880 824 1,888 26,994 1,011 11 0 291 647 12 0 292 3,462 24 52 401 2,370 27 16 444 Total 177,001 151,586 1,313 951 3,939 2,857 – in E U R million – NORD / LB derivative transactions – breakdown of counterparties – – in E U R million – *) including stock exchange contracts 224 Annual accounts NORD / LB Group derivative transactions – trading transactions – Nominal amounts Nominal amounts Credit risk equivalents Credit risk equivalents 3. 2. 2002 3. 2. 200 3. 2. 2002 Interrest rate contracts Currency contracts Share contracts 148,595 23,628 978 118,691 22,919 591 Total 173,201 – in E U R million – 3. 2. 200 Replacement costs 3. 2. 2002 Replacement costs 3. 2. 200 790 187 19 519 191 16 3,077 551 9 1,755 390 15 142,201 996 726 3,637 2,160 Nominal amounts Nominal amounts Credit risk equivalents Credit risk equivalents 3. 2. 2002 3. 2. 200 3. 2. 2002 3. 2. 200 Replacement costs 3. 2. 2002 Replacement costs 3. 2. 200 91,868 17, 339 962 87,225 12,245 572 703 171 19 424 156 16 2,587 394 9 1,399 277 15 110,169 100,042 893 596 2,990 1,691 NORD / LB derivative transactions – trading transactions – – in E U R million – Interrest rate contracts Currency contracts Share contracts Total Trading transactions are deals which are struck within the limits of trading lines and the results of which are registered in the trading result. They serve both the mutual hedging of derivatives trading positions and the hedging of balance sheet effective trading instruments . 6.3 Repo transactions Securities with a book value of EU R 765.4 million (previous year: EU R 1,124.3 million) were deposited with the Deutsche Bundesbank by N ORD/ LB Group in the context of its open market transactions . Within N ORD/ LB the figures was EU R 765.4 million (previous year: EU R 489.3 million). Annual accounts 225 7. NORD / LB cover account 2002 (TEU R) 2002 (TEU R) 2001 (TEU R) 2001 (TEU R) 7.1. Pfandbrief cover Liabilities requiring cover – Pfandbriefe (debentures) – Discharged and cancelled items – Registered Pfandbriefe 1,421,279 5,281 3,000,458 1,670,606 269 3,198,778 4,427, 018 Value of cover – Mortgage loans to non-bank clients – Loans to financial institutions 6,480,577 – Surplus cover 4,869,653 6,106,226 7, 003 6,480,577 6,113,229 2,053,559 1,243,576 7.2. Public sector cover Liabilities requiring cover – Public sector debentures - Discharged and cancelled items – Registered public sector debentures 17, 899,247 39 13,805,513 17, 715,279 33,289 13,071,638 31,704,799 Value of cover – Public sector loans – to financial institutions – to non-banks clients – Liquidity stock of securities Surplus cover 19,881,215 12,574,459 2,030,049 30,820,206 20,012,325 11,925,823 1,754,943 34,485,723 33,693,091 2,780,924 2,872,885 226 Annual accounts 8. Shareholdings The following list contains the shareholdings in accordance with § 285 () and participations as defined by § 340 a, para. 4, No. 2 H G B. All companies in which there is a holding of 20 % or more are included unless they are of minor importance in conveying a true and accurate picture of the assets , finances and earnings . Participations in large joint stock companies which exceed 5 % of the voting rights are also included. The latest available approved annual accounts of the companies have been listed. Associated companies included in the consolidated accounts : Share of capital held % Equity ) Result TEU R TEU R 92.5 1,087, 304 28,400 8) 2. Bremer Landesbank Capital Markets P LC, London 100.0 TG B P 6,167 TG B P 250 3. Bremer Landesbank Finance (Curaçao) N.V., Willemstad, Netherlands Antilles 100.0 60 60 4. J SC Pirma Banka, Riga / Latvia 98.9 TLVL 22,970 TLVL 1,341 8) 5. AB Lietuvos Zemes Ukio Bankas , Vilnius / Lithuania 93.1 TLTL 159,996 TLTL – 50,393 8) 6. M H B Bank Polska S.A., Warsaw / Poland 100.0 50,072 7. 100.0 58,866 100.0 381,423 –– 2) 8) 89.7 171,151.0 –– 2) 8) 100.0 –– No. Name/registered office 1. Bremer Landesbank Kreditanstalt Oldenburg – Girozentrale –, Bremen M H B Mitteleuropäische Handelsbank AG Deutsch-Polnische Bank, Frankfurt am Main 8. Niedersächsische Bank Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung, Hannover 9. N I LEG Norddeutsche Immobiliengesellschaft mbH, Hannover 10. N I LEG Objektgesellschaft Berlin GmbH & Co. Immobilien KG, Hannover – 366 8) 3,736 8) –– 5) 11. N I LEG Objektgesellschaft Berlin Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH, Hannover 100.0 29 4 12. N I LEG Objektgesellschaft Frankfurt GmbH & Co. Immoblilien KG, Hannover 100.0 –– –– 5) 13. N I LEG Objektgesellschaft Frankfurt Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH, Hannover 100.0 30 4 14. N I LEG Objektgesellschaft Hannover GmbH & Co. Immobilien KG, Hannover 100.0 –– –– 5) 15. N I LEG Objektgesellschaft Hannover Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH, Hannover 100.0 29 4 16. Norddeutsche Investitionen Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH, Hannover 100.0 48,811 2 17. 100.0 643,258 49,995 8) 18. N ORD/ LB Finance (Curaçao) N.V., Willemstad, Netherlands Antilles 100.0 269 (154) 9 8) 19. N ORD/ LB Immobilien-Holding GmbH, Hannover 100.0 150,887 –– 2) 20. N ORD/ LB Norddeutsche Securities P LC, London 100.0 TG B P 11,349 TG B P 1,103 8) 21. Nord- Ostdeutsche Bankbeteiligungsgesellschaft mbH, Hannover 100.0 589,520 –– 2) 22. Skandifinanz Bank AG, Zurich 100.0 TC H F 34,501 TC H F 168 8) 23. Wohnungsbau Niedersachsen GmbH, Hannover 94.9 –– –– 5) 24. Wohnungsgesellschaft Norden mbH, Hamburg 94.9 –– –– 5) Share of capital held % Equity ) Result TEU R TEU R 44.0 308,745 13,600 8) Norddeutsche Landesbank Luxembourg S.A., Luxembourg Company included pro rata in the consolidated accounts : No. Name/registered offfice 1. LB S Norddeutsche Landesbausparkasse, Berlin-Hannover, Hannover Annual accounts 227 Associated companies not included in the consolidated accounts : Share of capital held % Equity ) Result TEU R TEU R 1. Alpha Grundstücks GmbH & Co. KG, Hannover 82.9 10,907 – 404 2. BAM OS Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. Vermietungs-KG, München 94.0 –– 3. B LB Immobilien GmbH, Bremen 100.0 102,126 0 4. Braunschweig Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung, Braunschweig 100.0 73,805 –– 2) 5. Bremische Grundstücks- GmbH & Co. Bonn- Center, Bremen 100.0 20,656 1,456 6. Bremische Grundstücks- GmbH & Co. Hamm- Center, Bremen 100.0 14,367 160 7. Bremische Grundstücks- GmbH & Co. Sondervermögen Bonn, Bremen 100.0 4,295 45 8. Bremische Grundstücks- GmbH & Co. Wohnanlagen Bonn-Mitte, Bremen 100.0 16,770 858 9. Bremische Grundstücks- GmbH & Co. Wohnanlagen Groß-Bonn, Bremen 100.0 12,833 1,745 100.0 2,461 320 94.0 –– TC H F –– 5) TC H F 100.0 2,719 – 35 98.0 3,088 –– 2) 14. H E RMA Verwaltungs- und Beteiligungsgesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung, Bremen 100.0 43,197 –– 2) 15. Interhansa Gesellschaft für Beteiligungen und Warenhandel mbH & Co. Wohnstift Waldhausen KG, Hannover 100.0 –– –– 5) 16. Niedersächsische Immobilien-Anlagegesellschaft Fonds 2 – Dr. Müller KG –, Hannover 100.0 –– –– 5) 17. 100.0 2,808 18. N ORD G I RO Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung, Hannover 100.0 –– 19. N ORD/ LB-Immobiliengesellschaft für Mecklenburg-Vorpommern mbH, Schwerin 100.0 2,298 137 20. N ORDWE ST VE RM Ö G E N Bremische Grundstücks- GmbH & Co. KG, Bremen 100.0 50,000 215 75.0 12,154 1,340 22. Öffentliche Sachversicherung Braunschweig, Braunschweig 75.0 158,539 10,602 23. PAN I MA Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. Objekt Braunschweig KG, Pöcking 94.0 43,678 0 24. PAN I MA Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. Objekt Hannover KG, Pöcking 94.0 41,533 0 25. SALEG Sachsen-Anhaltinische Landesentwicklungsgesellschaft mbH, Magdeburg 56.6 13,783 234 100.0 1,222 251 UAB Lietuvos Zemes Ukio Banko Draudimas , Vilnius , Lithuania 100.0 TLTL 7, 411 TLTL 1,309 8) 28. UAB Lietuvos Zemes Ukio Banko Gyvybes Draudimas , Vilnius , Lithuania 100.0 TLTL 5,053 TLTL 72 8) 29. UAB Lietuvos Zemes Ukio Banko Lizingas , Vilnius , Lithuania 100.0 TLTL 3,400 TLTL 578 8) 30. Vermögensverwaltungsgesellschaft Thiede mit beschränkter Haftung, Braunschweig 100.0 1,278 –– 2) 79.8 1,777 (1,764) – 12 100.0 1,783 65 No. Name/registered offfice 10. Bürohaus Ricklinger Kreisel GmbH & Co. Vermietungs-Kommanditgesellschaft, Hannover 11. City Center Magdeburg I GbR, Magdeburg 12. DU RU M AG, Zurich 13. Fürstenberg Ehemalige Herzoglich Braunschweigische Porzellanmanufaktur, Holzminden N ORD CON Investment Management AG, Hannover 21. Öffentliche Lebensversicherung Braunschweig, Braunschweig 26. S IAG mbH, Hannover 27. 31. Vermögensverwaltungsgesellschaft Thiede GmbH & Co. Grundschulen-Vermietungs-KG, Hannover 32. Wohnstätten- Gesellschaft mbH, Hannover –– 5) – 1,033 –– 5) 228 Annual accounts Other shareholdings in excess of 20 % Share of capital held % Equity ) Result TEU R TEU R 1. Ammerländer Wohnungsbaugesellschaft mbH, Westerstede 32.3 21,294 1,654 2. B H N Neukölln Arcaden Grundstückgesellschaft mbH & Co. KG, Essen 25.0 13,500 –– 6) 3. Joh. Berenberg, Gossler & Co., Hamburg 25.0 150,763 45,650 8) 4. Braker WohnBau Gesellschaft mbH, Brake/ Unterweser 28.0 5,359 5. Braunschweiger Zeitungsverlag – Druckhaus Albert Limbach GmbH & Co. KG, Braunschweig 25.0 –– –– 3) 6. Bremer Spielcasino GmbH & Co., Kommanditgesellschaft, Bremen 49.0 –– –– 3) 7. 33.3 3,768 163 8. Bremische Bau- und Siedlungsgesellschaft mbH (Brebau), Bremen 30.0 66,561 2,925 9. Bürgschaftsbank Mecklenburg-Vorpommern GmbH, Schwerin 20.9 9,686 41 8) 10. Bürgschaftsbank Sachsen-Anhalt GmbH, Magdeburg 20.4 8,277 – 50 8) 11. Clearing Bank Hannover Aktiengesellschaft, Hannover 20.0 7, 556 – 1,993 8) 12. Deutsche Factoring Bank Deutsche Factoring GmbH & Co., Bremen 27. 5 18,866 2,500 8) 13. dvg Hannover Datenverarbeitungsgesellschaft mbH, Hannover (FinanzIT GmbH since . . 03) 26.0 19,021 – 960 8) 14. F ORMA Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. Mobilienleasing KG, München 31.1 5,597 – 2,356 15. Gewobau Gesellschaft für Wohnungsbau Vechta mbH, Vechta 20.5 6,277 179 16. G SG OLDE N B U RG Bau- und Wohngesellschaft mbH, Oldenburg 22.2 47, 188 1,005 17. 42.8 7, 506 23 38.9 –– –– 3) 48.5 –– –– 3) 20. Herrenhausen Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH, Hannover 25.0 8,385 – 632 21. Immobilien Development und Beteiligungsgesellschaft Niedersachsen mit beschränkter Haftung I DB & Co. Erschließungsgesellschaft Solte KG, Salzgitter 50.0 1,270 (312) 47 22. KE S OL Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. Vermietungs-KG, Pöcking 27. 4 4,528 96 23. Lehrter Bau- und Wohnungsgesellschaft mbH, Lehrte 28.4 8,724 815 24. LH I Leasing GmbH, München 50.0 54,883 (12,782) 18,491 25. LI N OVO Productions GmbH & Co. KG, München 45.2 –– 26. Mittelständische Beteiligungsgesellschaft Mecklenburg-Vorpommern mbH, Schwerin 26.0 5,470 355 39.8 1,907 – 41 No. Name/registered offfice Bremer Toto und Lotto GmbH, Bremen G U B Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. Vermietungs-KG, Pöcking 176 18. Haus- und Boden-Anlagefonds Dr. Adolf Darjes & Co. KG – 6 Städte Fonds –, (H B-Fonds 30 K) i. L., Bremen 19. Haus- und Boden-Anlagefonds Dr. Adolf Darjes & Co. KG Hamm- Center (H B-Fonds 28 K) i. L., Bremen 27. Mittelständische Beteiligungsgesellschaft Niedersachsen (M BG) mit beschränkter Haftung, Hannover –– 3) Annual accounts 229 Other shareholdings in excess of 20 % Share of capital held % Equity ) Result TEU R TEU R 28. N BV Beteiligungs- GmbH, Hamburg 28.6 11,140 12,486 29. Nordcon Asset Management Holding GmbH, Berlin 50.0 12,649 404 30. N ORD Holding Unternehmensbeteiligungsgesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung, Hannover 40.0 31,879 – 7, 713 31. N ORD KB Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH, Hannover 28.7 7, 445 11 32. Öffentliche Versicherung Bremen, Bremen 20.0 6,938 (1,534) 61 33. Salzgitter AG, Salzgitter 20.8 658,826 28,018 34. Schweriner Immobiliengesellschaft mbH, Schwerin 25.0 – 11,829 – 9 4) 35. Toto-Lotto Niedersachsen GmbH, Hannover 49.9 30,947 20,721 8) 36. Triplan AG, Bad Soden am Taunus 32.6 8,003 4,034 34.0 TLTL 11,261 TLTL 1,779 25.1 33,009 160 No. Name/registered offfice 37. UAB Mokejimo Korteliu Sistemos , Vilnius , Lithuania 38. Wohnungsbaugesellschaft mbH Salzgitter, Salzgitter-Bad Participations as defined in § 340 a, para. 4, No. 2 of H G B (German Commercial Code) to the degree they are not reported as group companies or other shareholdings Bankgesellschaft Berlin AG, Berlin Berlin-Hannoversche Hypothekenbank AG, Berlin/ Hannover Bremer-Lagerhaus- Gesellschaft Aktiengesellschaft von 1877, Bremen G EWOBA Aktiengesellschaft Wohnen und Bauen, Bremen Niedersächische Bürgschaftsbank (N B B) Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung, Hannover Niedersächische Gesellschaft für öffentliche Finanzierungen mbH, Hannover Niedersächsische Landgesellschaft mbH, Hannover S I Z Informatikzentrum der Sparkassenorganisation GmbH, Bonn Remarks : 1) Equity is a defined in §§ 266 and 272 H G B; the figures in brackets show outstanding capital contributions . 2) There is a profit and loss assumption agreement with the company. 3) Details committed as per § 286 para. 3 clause 2 H G B. 4) The company is not actually over-indebted. 5) Use was made of the exemption under § 286 para. 3 clause No. 2 H G B. 6) Established in the business year. 7) New company, approved accounts not yet available. 8) Details also as per § 340 a, para. 4 No. 2 H G B (Financial institutions are interpreted to be large joint stock companies) 230 Annual accounts In addition, the following Group companies are not included in the consolidated accounts since – even when taken together with those non-consolidated companies already mentioned – they are of secondary importance in meeting the obligation to convey a true and accurate picture of the Group’s assets , finances and earnings . No. Name/registered offfice Share of capital held % 1. B LB Consulting GmbH, Bremen 100.0 2. B LB Leasing GmbH, Oldenburg 100.0 3. Braunschweig Grundstücksentwicklungs GmbH, Braunschweig 100.0 4. Braunschweig-Informationstechnologie GmbH, Braunschweig 100.0 5. Bremische Grundstücks- GmbH, Bremen 100.0 6. Bürohaus Ricklinger Kreisel GmbH, Hannover 100.0 7. City Center Magdeburg Hasselbach-Passage Grundstücksgesellschaft mbH, Hannover 100.0 8. Combined Operations Inc., Monrovia / Liberia 100.0 9. Fachklinik Zinnowitz Entwicklungsgesellschaft mbH, Bremen 100.0 10. F L Finanz Leasing GmbH i. L., Wiesbaden 11. Haus- und Boden-Anlagefonds Dr. Adolf Darjes & Co. KG Bonn- Center (H B-Fonds 25 K) i. L., Bremen 58.0 53.7 12. Interhansa Gesellschaft für Beteiligungen und Warenhandel mit beschränkter Haftung, Hannover 100.0 13. I S ORA Bau-Treuhand GmbH Gewerbeimmobilien KG, Hannover 100.0 14. I S ORA Bau-Treuhand GmbH, Hannover 100.0 15. LI D ON GmbH & Co. Objekt Parkhaus Lüneburg KG, München 100.0 16. N BW Norddeutsche Beteiligungsgesellschaft für Immobilien in Wilhelmshaven mbH, Hannover 100.0 17. 100.0 Niedersächsische Immobilien-Anlagegesellschaft Fonds 7 – Dr. Focken KG –, Hannover 18. N I LEG Grundstücks- und Verwaltungs- GmbH, Hannover 100.0 19. N I LEG Objektgesellschaft Office- Center Plaza Hannover GmbH & Co. Immobilien KG, Hannover 100.0 20. N I LEG Objektgesellschaft Office- Center Plaza Hannover Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH, Hannover 100.0 21. N I LEG-Dienstleistungen GmbH, Hannover 100.0 22. N I LEG-Immobilienservice GmbH, Hannover 100.0 23. N ORD/ F M Norddeutsche Gesellschaft für Facility Management mbH, Hannover 100.0 24. N ORD/ LB Beteiligungsgesellschaft in Mecklenburg-Vorpommern und Sachsen-Anhalt mbH, Hannover 100.0 25. N ORD/ LB Informationstechnologie GmbH (N ORD IT), Hannover 90.0 26. N ORDBAU Hamburger Wohnungs- und Baubetreuungsgesellschaft mbH, Bremen 100.0 27. 100.0 N ORD CON Vermögensmanagement GmbH, Hannover 28. Norddeutsche Immobilien-Anlagegesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung, Hannover 100.0 29. Norddeutsche Wohnungsbau-Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. KG, Hannover 100.0 30. N ORD G RU N D, Wohnungsbau-, Betreuungs- und Verwaltungsgesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung, Bremen 100.0 31. N ORD G RU N D, Wohnungsbau-, Betreuungs- und Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH & Co. Kommanditgesellschaft, Bremen 100.0 32. N ORDI G Norddeutsche Investitionsgesellschaft mbH, Magdeburg 100.0 33. P I KAN Verwaltung GmbH & Co. Vermietungs-KG, München 100.0 34. P LM Grundstücksverwaltung GmbH, Hannover 75.0 35. P LM Grundstücksverwaltung GmbH & Co. Objekt Lagerhalle VI I Bad Münder Vermietungs KG, Hannover 100.0 36. P LM Grundstücksverwaltung GmbH & Co. Objekt Lagerhalle VI I I Bad Münder Vermietungs KG, Hannover 100.0 37. 100.0 Schiffsbetriebs- Gesellschaft Bremen mbH, Bremen 38. TAN G E N S Grundstücksverwaltung GmbH & Co. Vermietungs-KG, München 100.0 39. Unterstützungseinrichtung der Bremer Landesbank Kreditanstalt Oldenburg GmbH, Bremen 100.0 40. Vermögensverwaltungsgesellschaft Thiede GmbH & Co. Objekt Celle-Altenhagen Vermietungs-KG, Hannover 72.7 41. Vermögensverwaltungsgesellschaft Thiede GmbH & Co. Tiefgarage Stade Vermietungs-KG, Hannover 90.0 42. Visurgis Shipping Comp., Monrovia / Liberia 100.0 43. WTC H-WORLD TRADE C E NTE R Hannover GmbH, Hannover 100.0 Annual accounts Hannover / Braunschweig / Magdeburg / Schwerin, April 17, 2003 Norddeutsche Landesbank – Girozentrale – Board of Management Bodin Rehm Kösters Allerkamp Schiersmann Auditors’ report Dunkel Schuster Holterhus Vieregge accounts of the Landesbank on the basis of the books, and the Group accounts prepared The annual accounts of NORD/LB as at 31 by it, as well as the directors’ report on the December 2002 are published together with Landesbank and the Group, based on the the Group accounts and the notes to the audit conducted by us. Company accounts and the Group accounts We have audited the annual accounts for the are combined. The directors’ reports for the Company and the Group in accordance with Company and the Group have also been Section 317 of the German Commercial Code combined. Accordingly, we have issued the and in compliance with the principles of following combined auditors’ report on the proper and correct auditing laid down Company accounts as at 31 December 2002 by the Institut der Wirtschaftsprüfer in and the Group accounts as at 31 December Deutschland e.V. (IDW – German Institute 2002, subject to the Guarantors’ Meeting of Auditors). Under these, audits must be approving the appropriation to retained planned and implemented so as to identify income already undertaken. with sufficient certainty any inaccuracies and “We have audited the annual accounts on infringements which have a material effect on the basis of the books and accounts of the view of the assets, finances and income Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, presented by the Company and Group Hannover, Braunschweig, Magdeburg and accounts, with due regard to the generally Schwerin and the Group accounts prepared accepted accounting principles, and the by it as well as the directors’ report for the directors’ report of the Landesbank and the Landesbank and the Group for the financial Group. Audit activities are planned in accor- year from 1 January to 31 December 2002. dance with our knowledge of the Landes- Under the provisions of German commercial bank’s business activities and economic and law and the supplementary regulations in the legal framework as well as the anticipated Articles of Association, preparation of these possible margin of error. Our audit has also documents is the responsibility of the Board assessed the effectiveness of the internal of Management of the Landesbank. Our task controlling system relating to accounting as is to provide an assessment of the annual well as evidence for the disclosures in the 231 232 Annual accounts books and accounts, Company and Group Our audit did not lead to any objections. accounts and in the Company and Group We are of the opinion that the Company and directors’ report mainly on the basis of ran- Group accounts give a true and fair view dom checks. The audit includes an assess- of the assets, finances and income of the ment of the accounting and consolidation Landesbank and the Group with due regard principles applied as well as the most impor- for the generally accepted accounting prin- tant assessments made by the Board of ciples. Overall, the directors’ report of the Management and the overall view given in Landesbank and the Group provides an the Company and Group accounts and the accurate presentation of the situation of the directors’ report of the Landesbank and the Landesbank and the Group as well as the Group. We believe that our audit forms a risks inherent in future developments.” sufficiently reliable basis for our opinion. Hannover, April 17, 2003 PwC Deutsche Revision Aktiengesellschaft Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft Wagener Auditor Bielefeld Auditor Facts and data Facts and data 233 234 Facts and data Facts and data Foundation Board of Management Norddeutschen Landesbank Girozentrale foundet by merger of July, 1, 1970 Dr. h.c. Manfred Bodin, Chairman Predecessors: Niedersächsische Landesbank – Girozentrale – (founded 1917), Braunschweigische Staatsbank (founded 1765), Hannoversche Landeskreditanstalt (founded 1840), Dr. Hannes Rehm, Deputy Chairman Dr. Jürgen Allerkamp Dr. Gunter Dunkel Dr. Gerhard Holterhus Jürgen Kösters Niedersächsische Wohnungskreditanstalt – Stadtschaft – (founded 1918) Klaus Schiersmann Legal Basis Dr. Hans Vieregge State Treaty on Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale dated 22 May 2002 between Lower Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and MecklenburgWestern Pomerania. Articles of Association of Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale in accordance with the resolution of the Guarantors’ Meeting of 9 December 2002. The State Treaty and Articles of Association both came into force on 1 January 2003. Legal Form Institution incorporated under public law Guarantors State of Lower Saxony Savings Bank and Holding Asociation of Lower saxony State of Saxony Anhalt Holding Association of the Savings Banks of Saxony Anhalt State of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania Special-Purpose Holding Association of the Savings Banks of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania Executive Bodies Board of Management Supervisory Board Board of Guarantors Supervision Supervised by the Minister of Finance of the State of Lower Saxony in consultion with his counterparts of the State of Saxony Anhalt and Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania. As of March 2003 Bernd Schuster Executive Vice Presidents Prof. Dr. Sonning Bredemeier Dr. Guido Brune Dr. Reinhard Feldhaus Hans Hartmann Sven Herlyn Dr. Ulf Meier Dr. Jens A. Westrick Supervisory Board Chairman Hartmut Möllring Minister of Finance, State of Lower Saxony First Deputy Chairman Prof. Dr. Karl-Heinz Paqué Minister of Finance, State of Saxony Anhalt Second Deputy Chairman Sigrid Keler Minister of Finance State of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania Members Dr. Michael Arndt Regional President, Region Hannover Hermann Bröring County officer, Emsland Districts Dr. Dr. h.c. Andreas Büchting Corporate Spokesman, KWS SAAT AG Ralf Dörries Assistant Vice President Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Facts and data Dr. Otto Ebnet Minister of Economics State of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania Kurt Rehkopf President of the Unternehmensverbände Handwerk Niedersachsen e.V. Dr. Hermann Fischer Managing Director, Engelhard Technologies GmbH Jörg Reinbrecht Union Secretary United Services Union (ver.di) Dr. Michael Frenzel Chairman of the Board of Management TUI AG Hella Rienäcker Vice President Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Birgit Gantz-Rathmann Social Affairs, Health Care, Deutsche Bahn AG Ingrid Häußler Mayor, City of Halle/Saale Jürgen Hahn Chairman of the Board of Management Sparkasse Vorpommern Dr. Hubertus Haller Chairman of the Board of Management Kreissparkasse Hildesheim Sabine Hermsdorf Vice President Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Walter Hirche Minister of Economy, Transport and Work State of Lower Saxony Dr. Gert Hoffmann Mayor, City of Braunschweig Dr. Rainer Huismans Chairman of the Board of Management Kreissparkasse Wesermünde-Hadeln Klaus-Jürgen Jeziorsky Minister of the Interior State of Saxony Anhalt Thomas Mang President, Savings Bank and Giro Association of Lower Saxony Claus Mangels Managing Director, Holding Association of the Savings Banks of Saxony Anhalt Wolfhard Molkentin County officer Nordvorpommern district Wolfgang Neuhaus Vice President Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale August Nöltker United Services Union (ver.di) Freddy Pedersen Deputy District Manager United Services Union (ver.di) Heiko Schaak Bank Employee Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Bernhard Schäfer Chairman of the Board of Management Sparkasse Hannover Horst Skapczyk Bank Employee Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Ilse Thonagel Bank Employee Landesförderinstitut Mecklenburg-Vorpommern Peter Werner Bank Employee Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale The Supervisory Board has assigned certain tasks to the executive committee in accordance with § 13 of its Statutes and other tasks to various committees pursuant to § 14. Board of Guarantors Chairman Sigrid Keler Minister of Finance State of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania For the State of Lower Saxony Dr. Klaus-Henning Lemme Undersecretary Ministry of Finance, State of Lower Saxony Thomas Schneider Principal Ministry of Finance, State of Lower Saxony For the Savings Bank and Holding Association of Lower Saxony Dr. Josef Bernhard Hentschel Chairman of the Board of Management Sparkasse Osnabrück Michael Kroos Director, Savings Bank and Holding Association of Lower Saxony 235 236 Facts and data For the Federal State of Saxony Anhalt Ulrich von Kenne Principal Ministry of Finance, State of Saxony Anhalt Niedersächsische Landestreuhandstelle für Agrarförderung Hamburger Allee 4 D-30161 Hannover Ulrich Koehler Undersecretary Ministry of Finance, State of Saxony Anhalt Niedersächsische Landestreuhandstelle für das Wohnungswesen Hamburger Allee 4 D-30161 Hannover For the Holdings Association of the Savings Banks of Saxony Anhalt Dieter Burmeister Chairman of the Board of Management Kreissparkasse Stendal For the State of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania Sigrid Keler Ministry of Finance, State of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania Jörn Schanz Government Director, Ministry of Finance, State of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania For the Special-Purpose Holding Association of the Savings Bank of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania Frank Berg Chairman of the Board of Management OstseeSparkasse Rostock Dr. Paul Krüger Mayor, City of Neubrandenburg Headquarters Hannover Friedrichswall 10 D-30159 Hannover Braunschweig NORD/LB Zentrum Friedrich-Wilhelm-Platz D-38100 Braunschweig Magdeburg Harnackstraße 12 D-39104 Magdeburg Schwerin Graf-Schack-Allee 10/10 A D-19053 Schwerin Special Departments Braunschweigische Landessparkasse NORD/LB Zentrum Friedrich-Wilhelm-Platz D-38100 Braunschweig Hannoversche Landeskreditanstalt Osterstraße 22 D-30159 Hannover Niedersächsische Landestreuhandstelle für Wirtschaftsförderung Hamburger Allee 4 D-30161 Hannover Landesförderinstitut Sachsen-Anhalt Harnackstraße 3 D-39104 Magdeburg Landesförderinstitut Mecklenburg-Vorpommern Werkstraße 213 D-19061 Schwerin IPA Niedersachsen Investment Promotion Agency Hamburger Allee 4 D-30161 Hannover Port Promotion Agency Neue Straße 3 D-26122 Oldenburg Branches Hannover Main Branch Georgsplatz 1 D-30159 Hannover Braunschweig Main Branch Bürgerpark Friedrich-Wilhelm-Platz D-38100 Braunschweig Braunschweig Main Branch Dankwardstraße Dankwardstraße 1 D-38100 Braunschweig Bad Harzburg Main Branch Herzog-Wilhelm-Straße 2 D-38667 Bad Harzburg Helmstedt Main Branch Schöninger Straße 23 38350 Helmstedt Holzminden Main Branch Böntalstraße 9 D-37603 Holzminden Salzgitter-Lebenstedt Main Branch In den Blumentriften 64 D-38226 Salzgitter Facts and data Seesen Main Branch Jacobsonstraße 1 D-38723 Seesen Vorsfelde Main Branch Lange Straße 19 D-38448 Wolfsburg Wolfenbüttel Main Branch Holzmarkt 20 38300 Wolfenbüttel Hamburg Branch Brodschrangen 4 D-20457 Hamburg Schwerin Branch Landesbank für Mecklenburg-Vorpommern Graf-Schack-Allee 10/10 A D-19053 Schwerin Berlin Branch Friedrichstraße 95 (IHZ) D-10117 Berlin Magdeburg Branch Mitteldeutsche Landesbank Breiter Weg 7 D-39104 Magdeburg Halle Branch Mitteldeutsche Landesbank Große Ulrichstraße 57 D-06108 Halle/Saale Real Estate Offices Rahmhofstraße 2– 4 D-60313 Frankfurt/Main Widenmayerstraße 15 D-80538 München Brodschrangen 4 D-20457 Hamburg Königsallee 86 D-40212 Düsseldorf Friedrichstraße 95 (IHZ) D-10117 Berlin Breiter Weg 193 D-39104 Magdeburg Foreign Branches Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale London Branch 71, Queen Victoria Street GB-London EC4V 4NL Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale New York Branch 1114, Avenues of the Americas, 37th Floor New York, New York 10036 USA Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Singapore Branch 6 Shenton Way, # 16-08 DBS Building Tower 2 Singapore 068809 Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Helsinki Branch Pohjoisesplanadi 25B P. O. Box 1341 FIN-00101 Helsinki Finland Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Stockholm Branch Lästmakargatan 10 Box 7174 SE-10388 Stockholm – Sweden Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Vilnius Branch 28 Vilniaus Street 2600 Vilnius – Lithuania Representative Offices Representative Office Oslo Stranden 57 N-0250 Oslo Norway Representative Office Peking C406, Beijing Lufthansa Center 50 Liangmaqiao Road Chaoyang District 100016 Beijing People’s Republic of China Representative Office Tallinn Ppärnu mnt. 15 10141 Tallinn Estonia Bank Holdings Bremer Landesbank Kreditanstalt Oldenburg Girozentrale Domshof 26 D-28195 Bremen 237 238 Facts and data Norddeutsche Landesbank Luxembourg S.A.* 26, route d’Arlon L-1140 Luxembourg *subsidiary – Skandifinanz Bank AG Muensterhof 13 CH-8001 Zurich Bankgesellschaft Berlin AG Alexanderplatz 2 D-10178 Berlin Berlin-Hannoversche Hypothekenbank AG Landschaftsstraße 8 30159 Hannover and Budapester Straße 1 D-10787 Berlin Pirma Banka Smilsu iela 6 LV-1050 Riga, Latvia AB Lietuvos Zemes Ukio Bankas J. Basanaviciaus str. 26 LT-2630 Vilnius Lithuania Bankhaus Joh. Berenberg Gossler & Co. Neuer Jungfernstieg 20 D-20302 Hamburg Holding Offering Supplementary Services FINANZ IT GmbH (dvg) Laatzener Straße 5 D-30539 Hannover Nord-Ostdeutsche Bankbeteiligungsgesellschaft mbH* Friedrichswall 10 D-30159 Hannover * with the subsidiaries – DekaBank Dt. Girozentrale Mainzer Landstraße 16 D-60325 Frankfurt am Main – Deutsche Factoring Bank Deutsche Factoring GmbH & Co. Langenstraße 15–21 D-28195 Bremen – LBS Norddeutsche Landesbausparkasse Berlin – Hannover Kattenbrookstrift 33 D-30539 Hannover – LHI Leasing GmbH Bahnhofsplatz 1 80335 München D-089/51 20-0 MHB Mitteleuropäische Handelsbank AG* Deutsch-Polnische Bank Lindenstraße 15 D-60325 Frankfurt am Main NORDCON Asset Management Holding GmbH * Calenberger Esplanade 2–4 D-30169 Hannover and Friedrichstraße 95 D-10117 Berlin * subsidiary * with the subsidiaries – MHB Polska S.A. ul. Kruczkowskiego 8 PL-00380 Warsaw – NORDCON Investment Management AG Clearing Bank Hannover Prinzenstraße 17 D-30159 Hannover Niedersächsische Bürgschaftsbank (NBB) GmbH Schiffgraben 33 D-30175 Hannover Bürgschaftsbank Mecklenburg-Vorpommern GmbH Am Grünen Tal 19 D-19063 Schwerin Bürgschaftsbank Sachsen-Anhalt GmbH Große Diesdorfer Straße 228 D-39108 Magdeburg – Münchner Kapitalanlage AG, Beethovenplatz 4 D-80336 München NORD/IT Informationstechnologie GmbH Kaiserallee 9 D-30175 Hannover NORD Holding Unternehmensbeteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Walderseestraße 23 D-30177 Hannover Öffentliche Versicherung Braunschweig Theodor-Heuss-Straße 10 D-38122 Braunschweig Facts and data NORD/LB Immobilien-Holding GmbH* Mailänder Str. 2 D-30539 Hannover * with the subsidiaries – NORD/LB Immobilien-Holding GmbH Dienstleistungs-KG – NILEG Norddeutsche Immobiliengesellschaft mbH – NORDIG Norddeutsche Investitionsgesellschaft mbH – NORD/LB Immobiliengesellschaft für Mecklenburg-Vorpommern mbH – SALEG Sachsen-Anhaltinische Landesentwicklungsgesellschaft mbH – City Center MD Hasselbach-Passage Grundstücksgesellschaft mbH – ISORA Bau-Treuhand GmbH – ISORA Bau-Treuhand GmbH Gewerbeimmobilien KG – WTCH – World Trade Center Hannover GmbH – Wohnungsgesellschaft Norden mbH (WG Norden) – Wohnungsbau Niedersachsen GmbH (WBN) – NORD/FM Norddt. Gesellschaft für Facility Management mbH – Norddeutsche Wohnungsbau-Beteiligungs GmbH & Co KG Advisory Committees The following bodies also exist to provide NORD/LB with business assistance and advice: General Advisory Committee Advisory Committee for the Braunschweigische Landessparkassen Advisory Committee for the Housing Economy Agricultural Loan Committee Regional Committee for the Braunschweig Business Region Regional Advisory Committee for Saxony Anhalt Regional Advisory Committee for Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania 239 240 UNAUDITED FINANCIAL INFORMATION AS AT 30 JUNE 2003 AND OUTLOOK Selected unaudited consolidated financial figures (1) as at 30 June 2003 Mio EUR Balance sheet total 197,586 Lending volume of which loan commitments outstanding 162,625 16,489 Claims on financial institutions 62,218 Claims on non-banks clients 77,181 Debentures and other fixed interest rate securities 41,959 Liabilities to financial institutions 68,805 Liabilities to non-bank clients 45,338 Securitised liabilities 61,895 Equity capital 5,054 Capital acc. to § 10a KWG (German Banking Act) 8,181 Core capital ratio 6.1% Principle I (lower limit 8%) 9.8% Net interest income (2) 695.8 Net commission income 88.8 Net earnings from financial transactions 7.3 Administrative expenditure ( ) - 492.5 3 Other expenditure/other earnings (net position) 37.2 Operating income before depreciation, write-offs and revaluation measures Depreciation, write-offs and result of revaluation measures ( ) 4 Operating income after depreciation, write-offs and revaluation measures Net income for the year (1) 336.6 - 156.3 180.3 64.3 Assets and liabilities are valued according to the valuation rules set out in Section 252 cont. HGB (German Commercial Code), unless the special provisions of Section 340e HGB apply. The requirements to reinstate original values in accordance with Section 280 para. 1 HGB were fulfilled. The interim financial information include isolated simplification measures concerning the valuation, compared to the annual financial statements as of December 31, 2002, which have no material impact on the financial and income situation. (2) The expected results of two main subsidiaries, affecting the unconsolidated net interest income, are – as in the annual financial statements – partially collected in-phase. Furthermore, EUR 1.5 million of statistically expected distributions of subsidiaries and associated companies are considered affecting the current result. These interest result components are largely consolidated in the Group, since it mainly affected companies that included in the consolidated financial information. (3) The operating expenses, part of the administrative expenditures, include proportionate, continued budget values for 2003, which, in NORD/LB’s estimation, offer better insight than the posted amounts as of June 30, 2003. (4) Expected transferred losses from subsidiaries were considered proportionately. 241 Business development A like-for-like comparison shows that in the continued difficult macroeconomic environment, the NORD/LB Group was able to increase its operating income in the first half of 2003. Net interest income, which forms the basis of this growth trend, was particularly pleasing. With EUR 695.8 million, this figure rose by 9.2%, or EUR 58.7 million. This was due to the fact that the interest margin improved despite the average business volume remaining stable. However, at EUR 88.8 million, net commission income was down by 5.8%. This decrease affected almost all service departments and was mainly attributable to a lower volume of securities and trust business. Following a negative result from financial transactions in the previous year, the figure for the first half of 2003 amounted to EUR 7.3 million. The improved results were also due to a slight reduction in administrative expenditure compared with the same period in the previous year. Thanks to the allocation to pension provisions being lower than expected, personnel costs decreased by as much as 3.8% to EUR 253.9 million. By contrast, operating expenditure continued to rise by 6.0% to EUR 203.3 million in the first six months of the year, with IT and telecommunications costs accounting for the lion’s share of this figure. The balance of other ordinary income and expenditure increased by 5.1% to EUR 37.2 million. Operating income before risk provisions of EUR 336.6 million was reported, which exceeds the corresponding figure for the previous year by 26.8%. The figure for risk provisions and valuation measures was up by 18.9% to EUR 156.3 million reflecting the NORD/LB Group’s response to the increased risk in the lending business. Operating income after risk provisions totalled EUR 180.3 million, representing growth of 34.6%. At EUR 197.6 billion, total assets recorded at NORD/LB Group for the first six months of 2003 were in line with the figure for the first half-year of 2002. A slight increase of 0.2% compared to the yearend resulted essentially from the change in the US dollar/Euro parity and at the same time reflects the continued adverse economic conditions. Although new business in the lending segment increased perceptibly, at 0.8 per cent the lending volume rose only slightly and amounted to EUR 162.6 billion as at 30 June 2003. Growth in the first six months of the financial year was attributable both to interbank business and to private client business. Claims on financial institutions rose by 5.9 per cent to EUR 62.2 billion, primarily as a result of short-term dealings with foreign banks. At EUR 77.2 billion, claims on non-bank clients remained at the previous year’s level, thanks in particular to the rise in the Euro price. Flat growth in property lending, which is part of client business, reflects the unsatisfactory situation in the construction industry, while the decline in public sector lending business derives from the tight municipal budgets. The portfolio of debentures and other fixed-interest rate securities fell by 7.4 per cent to EUR 42.0 billion due to maturities. By contrast, the volume of derivatives within the Group rose nominally by 4.2 per cent to EUR 347.5 billion. On the refinancing side, liabilities to financial institutions were only slightly below the previous year’s level at EUR 68.8 billion. At the NORD/LB Group, deposits from non-bank clients enjoyed growth of 4.7 per cent to EUR 45.3 billion. As at 30 June 2003, refinancing via the Bank’s own issues decreased by 3.1 per cent to EUR 61.9 billion. At EUR 5 billion, Group equity remained virtually unchanged. 242 Selected unaudited unconsolidated financial figures (1) as at 30 June 2003 Mio EUR Balance sheet total 146,635 Lending volume of which loan commitments outstanding 120,930 10,994 Claims on financial institutions 53,173 Claims on non-banks clients 50,994 Debentures and other fixed interest rate securities 29,130 Liabilities to financial institutions 46,729 Liabilities to non-bank clients 36,284 Securitised liabilities 45,816 Equity capital 4,257 Capital acc. to § 10a KWG (German Banking Act) 7,144 Core capital ratio 6.9% Principle I (lower limit 8%) 11.4% Net interest income (2) 490.1 Net commission income 66.2 Net earnings from financial transactions 13.5 Administrative expenditure ( ) - 347.4 3 Other expenditure/other earnings (net position) - 6.5 Operating income before depreciation, write-offs and revaluation measures Depreciation, write-offs and result of revaluation measures ( ) 4 Operating income after depreciation, write-offs and revaluation measures Net income for the year (1) 215.9 - 113.2 102.7 29.9 Assets and liabilities are valued according to the valuation rules set out in Section 252 cont. HGB (German Commercial Code), unless the special provisions of Section 340e HGB apply. The requirements to reinstate original values in accordance with Section 280 para. 1 HGB were fulfilled. The interim financial information include isolated simplification measures concerning the valuation, compared to the annual financial statements as of December 31, 2002, which have no material impact on the financial and income situation. (2) The expected results of two main subsidiaries, affecting the unconsolidated net interest income, are – as in the annual financial statements – partially collected in-phase. Furthermore, EUR 1.5 million of statistically expected distributions of subsidiaries and associated companies are considered affecting the current result. These interest result components are largely consolidated in the Group, since it mainly affected companies that included in the consolidated financial information. (3) The operating expenses, part of the administrative expenditures, include proportionate, continued budget values for 2003, which, in NORD/LB’s estimation, offer better insight than the posted amounts as of June 30, 2003. (4) Expected transferred losses from subsidiaries were considered proportionately. 243 Outlook 2003 NORD/LB anticipates only moderate business growth for 2003 as a whole. Improved margins in new business and slightly more favourable developments on the capital market, as well as modest growth in personnel costs, are likely to have a positive impact on net income for the year. Risk provisions, by contrast, are more difficult to forecast, although the general economic situation suggests that a cautious risk provision approach would be wise. In spite of this, operating income after risk provisions and valuation measures is still expected to be higher than in 2002. 244 NORD/LB NORDDEUTSCHE SECURITIES PLC Formation, Registered Office and Business Purpose NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC was incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability pursuant to the Companies Act 1985 on 7 December 1988 under registered number 2326036. NORD/LB Securities is a directly wholly owned subsidiary of Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale and acts as a United Kingdom resident finance company. The main purpose of NORD/LB Securities is to raise funds in domestic and foreign currencies against the issuance of debt instruments and to advance the proceeds of the funds to NORD/LB Group companies. NORD/LB Securities may also pursue other finance activities. NORD/LB Finance (Curaçao) N.V., a Curaçao resident company, is a wholly owned subsidiary of NORD/LB Securities. The registered office of NORD/LB Securities is at 71 Queen Victoria Street, London EC4V 4AY. Board of Directors The members of the Board of Directors of NORD/LB Securities and their activities outside the Group (if any) which are significant with respect to the Group are as follows: Other interests significant to the Group Dr. Jürgen Peters Baldur Lysk – alternate K. Hillenhagen H.-H. Sundermeier – alternate J. Rollwage Jürgen Schuhmacher Gerd Ruscher Christoph Trestler None None None None None None Dr. Jürgen Peters, Baldur Lysk and H.-H. Sundermeier are non-executive directors. Jürgen Schuhmacher, Gerd Ruscher and Christoph Trestler are executive directors. The business address of Dr. Jürgen Peters, Baldur Lysk and H.-H. Sundermeier is Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, Friedrichswall 10, 30159 Hannover. The business address of Jürgen Schuhmacher, Gerd Ruscher and Christoph Trestler is 71 Queen Victoria Street, London EC4V 4AY. 245 Capitalisation and Indebtedness of NORD/LB Securities The following table shows the capitalisation and indebtedness of NORD/LB Securities as at 30 June 2003, which has been extracted without material adjustments from the unaudited management accounts of NORD/LB Securities: 30 June 2003 EUR (thousands) (unaudited) Authorised share capital GBP 50,000 + EUR 15,695,000 Issued share capital Retained earnings Profit after taxation and year to date Long-term debt (1) (2) (3) EUR 1 billion 4.875 per cent Instruments due 2006 (EMTN) EUR 340 million 5.875 per cent Instruments due 2007 (EMTN) NZD 100 million 6.50 per cent Instruments due 2004 (EMTN) Unamortised discount/premium Total long-term debt Total Capitalisation and Indebtedness (4) (5) 15,767 573 748 1,000,000 340,335 51,101 (3,576) 1,387,860 1,404,948 (1) (2) All long-term debt is guaranteed by Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale. Debt denominated in foreign currencies has been converted into EUR at the following exchange rates prevailing on 30 June 2003: EUR 1 = NZD 1.9569, EUR 1 = GBP 0.6932. (3) All long-term debt is unsecured. (4) As at 30 June 2003 NORD/LB Securities had no contingent liabilities (including guarantees). (5) There has been no material change in the capitalisation, indebtedness or contingent liabilities (including guarantees) of NORD/LB Securities since 30 June 2003. Share Ownership The share capital of NORD/LB Securities on 31 December 2002 was GBP 10,000,000 divided into 10,000 ordinary shares each with nominal value of GBP 1,000. On 2 January 2003, the company converted its capital as follows: GBP 50,000 divided into 50 ordinary shares with nominal value of GBP 1,000 and EUR 15,695,000 divided into 15,695 ordinary shares with nominal value of EUR 1,000. All shares have been issued and are fully paid up. NORD/LB Securities is a wholly owned subsidiary of Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale subject to the nominal holding of fifty ordinary shares by G. Ruscher. Auditors The auditors of NORD/LB Securities are PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, London. 246 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2002 OF NORD/LB NORDDEUTSCHE SECURITIES PLC Directors’ report The directors have pleasure in submitting their report, together with the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2002. The company is exempted under S 228 Companies Act 1989 from preparing and delivering to the Registrar of Companies consolidated financial statements. Principal avtivity The company issues for general funding purposes financial instruments (debt instruments) for which liquid and active markets exist with maturities from over one year to long term and which are redeemed at the respective maturity dates. Against these instruments the company raises domestic and foreign currency funds in the capital markets through intermediaries. The financial instruments are generally listed at a recognised stock exchange and are subject to the relevant listing requirements. Review of business and future developments Following the Euro 1 bn. benchmark issue in 2001 no further series of notes were issued in the year under review. The note volume was reduced by about 5% to £ 904m due to redemptions and currency fluctuations. The company is cautiously optimistic for the new business year as far as investor's demand for medium-/long-term bonds are concerned, given the present uncertain geopolitical situation. The financial accounts and the capital funds since the inception of the company are held in Pound Sterling currency. The management is seeking advice from its accountants and legal advisers to convert to Euro currency from 2003 onwards. The relevant resolutions have been passed as a pre-requiste to the implementation of the currency conversion. The company is in a sound financial position. Dividends and transfers to reserves The company's profit after taxation for the year ended 31 December 2002 amounted to £ 1,103,000 (2001: £ 1,143,000). During the year an interim dividend of £ 926,100 was declared and paid by the company (2001: £ 2,413,710). The board of directors will propose to the Annual General Meeting the payment of an additional dividend of Euro 1.5 m (approximately £ 995,000). Directors The directors of the company who held office throughout the year were as follows: Alternate J. Peters F. Book B. Lysk K. Hillenhagen H.-H. Sundermeier J. Rollwage J. A. Schuhmacher G. Ruscher C. Trestler 247 Directors’ interests No directors had any interest requiring disclosure during the year save G. Ruscher who held one share in the company as nominee for NORD/LB Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale and J. A. Schuhmacher who held one share in a fellow subsidiary, Bremer Landesbank Capital Markets PLC, as nominee for its holding company Bremer Landesbank Kreditanstalt Oldenburg - Girozentrale -. Statement of payment practice under the companies act 1985 It is the company’s policy to pay suppliers and service providers under the terms of payment agreed or within 30 days of receipt of the invoice. There are no such creditors outstanding as of 31 December 2002. Statement of directors’ responsibilities The following statement, which should be read in conjunction with the Auditors' Report set out on page 3, is made with a view to distinguishing for shareholders the respective responsibilities of the directors and of the auditors in relation to the financial statements. The directors are required by the Companies Act 1985 to prepare financial statements for each financial year which give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of the financial year and of the profit or loss, for the financial year. The directors consider that in preparing the financial statements set out on pages 4 to 15, – the Company has used appropriate accounting policies, consistently applied and supported by reasonable and prudent judgments and estimates, and – that all accounting standards which they consider to be applicable have been followed, and – that the financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis. The directors have responsibility for ensuring that the Company keeps accounting records which disclose with reasonable accuracy the financial position of the Company and which enable them to ensure the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 1985. The directors have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Company and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. Auditors PricewaterhouseCoopers have indicated their willingness to continue in office and resolutions to reappoint them will be proposed at the annual general meeting. By order of the board, E-M Dattadeen Company Secretary 248 Report of the auditors’ to the members of Nord/LB Norddeutsche Securities Plc Independent auditors' report to the members of NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities Plc We have audited the financial statements on pages 4 to 15 which comprise the profit and loss account, the balance sheet and the related notes. Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors The directors’ responsibilities for preparing the annual report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable United Kingdom law and accounting standards are set out in the statement of directors’ responsibilities. Our responsibility is to audit the financial statements in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements, United Kingdom Auditing Standards issued by the Auditing Practices Board and the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority. This opinion has been prepared for and only for the company’s members in accordance with Section 235 of the Companies Act 1985 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving this opinion, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or in to whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing. We report to you our opinion as to whether the financial statements give a true and fair view and are properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985. We also report to you if, in our opinion, the directors' report is not consistent with the financial statements, if the company has not kept proper accounting records, if we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit, or if information specified by law or the Listing Rules regarding directors' remuneration and transactions is not disclosed. We read the other information contained in the annual report and consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the financial statements. Basis of audit opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards issued by the Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. It also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by the directors in the preparation of the financial statements, and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the company's circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed. We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial statements. Opinion In our opinion the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the company's affairs at 31 December 2002 and of its profit for the year then ended and have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985. PricewaterhouseCoopers Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors London, 18 February 2003 249 Profit and loss account for the year ended 31 December 2002 Note 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 Administrative expenses Other operating income/(charges) Interest receivable and similar income Interest payable and similar charges 2 3 4 5 (147) 74 49,584 (47,932) (154) (31) 44,798 (42,975) Profit on ordinary activities before taxation Tax on profit on ordinary activities 7 1,579 (476) 1,638 (495) Profit on ordinary activities after taxation Dividends paid 8 1,103 (926) 1,143 (2,414) Retained profit / (loss) for the year 9 177 (1,271) All items dealt with in arriving at profit on ordinary activities before taxation for 2002 and 2001 relate to continuing operations. The company has no recognised gains and losses other than those included in the profits above, and therefore no separate statement of total recognised gains and losses has been presented. There is no difference between the profit on ordinary activities before taxation and the retained profit for the year stated above, and their historical cost equivalents. The notes on pages 6 - 15 form part of the financial statements. 250 Balance sheet at 31 December 2002 Note 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 63 63 63 63 902,130 25,862 10,820 841,345 97,648 30,306 10,570 938,812 979,869 (25,396) (127,415) Net current assets 913,416 852,454 Total assets less current liabilities 913,479 852,517 (902,130) (841,345) 11,349 11,172 10,000 1,349 10,000 1,172 11,349 11,172 Fixed assets Tangible assets Investments Current assets Loans to immediate parent undertaking: Amounts falling due after more than one year Amounts falling due within one year Debtors Cash at bank and on deposit Creditors: amounts falling due within one year Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year 10 11 12 12 13 14 15 16 Net assets Capital and reserves Called up share capital Profit and loss account 18 9 Equity shareholder funds The notes on pages 6 - 15 form part of the Financial Statements. The financial statements were approved by the board of directors on 17 February 2003 and were signed on its behalf by: J A Schuhmacher G Ruscher Directors 251 Notes 1 Principal accounting policies The following accounting policies, which conform with applicable Accounting Standards and the Companies Act 1985, have been applied consistently in dealing with items which are considered material in relation to the company's financial statements. FRS 18 “Accounting Policies” came into force for 2001 and has been adopted without the need for any changes in accounting policies. FRS 19 has been adopted in 2002. a) Basis of accounting All items are stated in the accounts under the historical cost accounting rules. Income and expenditure are brought in to the profit and loss account on an accruals basis. b) Turnover The company is a finance company receiving interest income from its investing activities. The directors consider that there is no amount in the context of the company's business which reasonably corresponds to turnover. c) Fixed asset investments Fixed asset investments are stated in the accounts at cost. d) Tangible fixed assets and depreciation Depreciation for tangible fixed assets is calculated in order to write down their cost by equal annual instalments over the period of their estimated useful economic lives which are considered to be: Fixtures and fittings 1 - 10 years. e) Foreign currency Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling and recorded at the rate of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rate ruling on the balance sheet date, with the exception of the investment in the subsidiary, which is maintained at historic sterling cost. f) Subsidiary Company The company’s subsidiary company, NORD/LB Finance (Curacao) N.V. will be included by full consolidation in the consolidated financial statements of the ultimate holding company (Note 22). The company is therefore exempted under Section 228, Companies Act 1989, from preparing and delivering to the Registrar of Companies consolidated financial statements. g) Amortisation of premium, discount and costs on note issues Note issues are stated on the financial statements net of premium or discount and issue costs in accordance with FRS4. The premium or discount and issue costs are amortised to the profit and loss account over the period to redemption. h) Defined contribution scheme The company operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The pension cost charge represents contributions payable by the company to the fund. i) Deferred taxation Deferred taxation is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions or events that result in an obligation to pay more tax in the future or a right to pay less tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet date, measured at expected future tax rates. No discounting of the deferred tax liabilities or assets is applied. 252 2 Administrative expenses Administrative expenses comprise of: Staff Costs Wages and salaries Social security costs Pension contributions Auditors' remuneration - audit fees - non audit fees Other 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 53 6 13 7 10 58 64 5 13 10 8 54 147 154 Exchange losses of £ 60,578,267 (2001: £ 25,166,330 gains) on notes and exchange gains of £ 60,578,267 (2001: £ 25,166,330 losses) on loans to parent company undertaking have been taken to the profit and loss account. The above staff costs include costs associated with staff who hold employment contracts with a fellow subsidiary but who perform services for the company for which a re-charge is made by the fellow subsidiary. 3 Other operating income / (charges) Foreign exchange gain/(loss) 4 Interest receivable and similar income Interest receivable from parent undertaking Amortisation of discounts and premiums 5 Interest payable and similar charges Other interest payable - on note issues due within five years - on note issues due after more than five years Commissions payable - to parent company undertaking - other Amortisation of discounts and premiums 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 74 (31) 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 48,755 829 44,231 567 49,584 44,798 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 47,103 - 30,114 12,249 - 46 1 829 565 47,932 42,975 253 6 Directors’ emolument and particulars of staff None of the directors received any remuneration in respect of their services to the company or its subsidiary during the year ended 31 December 2002. The average number of employees during the year was 7 Tax on profit on ordinary activities Corporation tax at 30% 2002 2001 No. No. 3 3 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 476 495 476 495 Factors affecting tax charge for the period The tax assessed for the period is higher than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK (30%). The differences are explained as follows: Profit on ordinary activities before tax Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 30% (2001: 30%) Effects of: Expenses not deductible for tax purposes Capital allowances for period in excess of depreciation Current tax charge for the period (note 1 (a)) 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 1,579,315 1,637,586 473,795 491,276 2,288 (56) 2,905 (75) 476,027 494,106 8 Dividends A dividend of £ 926,100 was declared and paid during the year (2001: £ 2,413,710) 9 Reserves 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 Balance at 1 January Retained profit/(loss) for the year 1,172 177 2,443 (1,271) Balance at 31 December 1,349 1,172 254 10 Tangible fixed assets Fixtures & Fittings £ 000 Cost: At 31 December 2001 Additions 18 - At 31 December 2002 18 Depreciation At 31 December 2001 Charge for the year 18 - At 31 December 2002 18 Net book value: As at 31 December 2002 - As at 31 December 2001 - 11 Particulars of subsidiary company 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 Shares in subsidiary company 63 63 Balance at 31 December 2002 and 2001 63 63 Investment in subsidiary company: The company holds the entire issued ordinary share capital, representing 100% of the voting rights, of NORD/LB Finance (Curacao) N.V., a finance company incorporated in the Netherlands Antilles. The principal objective of the company is the finance directly and/or indirectly of business activities of NORD/LB Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale. The share capital and reserves at 31 December 2002 amounted to EUR 115,898 (£ 75,392). The loss for the year was EUR 9,453 (£ 6,149). Acontingent liability exists for the subsidiary's uncalled share capital of EUR 153,600 at 31 December 2002 (2001: EUR 153,600). 255 12 Loans to parent company undertaking 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 Balance at 1 January Additions Adjustments on foreign exchange re-valuations Amortizations Repayments 938,993 60,361 829 (98,053) 422,448 617,478 (25,087) 567 (76,413) Balance at 31 December 902,130 938,993 902,130 97,648 841,345 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 25,862 30,306 25,862 30,306 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 10,805 15 10,420 150 10,820 10,570 Thereof: Amounts falling due within one year Amounts falling due after more than one year 13 Debtors Prepayment and accrued income - income receivable from parent company undertaking 14 Cash at bank and on deposit Deposit with parent company undertaking Cash with other banks 256 15 Creditors: amounts falling due within one year Note Notes in issue Amounts owed to fellow subsidiary undertaking Other creditors including taxation and social security - corporation tax Accruals and deferred income - interest + commissions payable - other accruals 17 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 5 97,648 13 229 268 25,151 11 29,475 11 25,396 127,415 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 32,412 869,718 - 632,976 208,369 902,130 841,345 16 Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year Note Notes in issue: - payable in 1-2 years - payable in 2-5 years - payable after more than 5 years 17 The notes in issue are guaranteed by the company's holding company, NORD/LB Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale. The majority of the notes were issued under the USD20,000,000,000 Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments. 257 17 Currency, interest rate and maturity profile The Company is considered an investment company. It does not engage in trading or invest in financial instruments (with the exception of money market deposits), commodities or commodity contracts, equity or derivatives. The Company has continued its policy not to hedge its interest margin in foreign currencies. For this reason it does not use derivative instruments or off balance sheet finance. Financial liabilities - notes in issue at 31 December 2002 Currency Due between 1 and 2 years New Zealand Dollar Due betweeen 2 and 5 years Euro Euro Euro Interest rate Total £ 000 Fixed Rate £ 000 6.50% 32,412 32,412 4.875% 5.875% 5.875% 647,207 147,322 75,189 647,207 147,322 75,189 902,130 902,130 The amounts of notes in issue are shown net of premiums (£ 3,317,743), discounts (£ 2,208,572) and issue costs (£ 3,432,499). Financial assets - proceeds from note issue at 31 December 2002 Currency Due between 1 and 2 years New Zealand Dollar Due betweeen 2 and 5 years Euro Euro Euro Total £ 000 Fixed Rate £ 000 32,412 32,412 647,207 147,322 75,189 647,207 147,322 75,189 902,130 902,130 The amounts are shown net of premiums (£ 1,393,541) and discounts (£ 3,716,869). Funds raised by the Company from note issues are placed on deposit with the parent company undertaking. The maturity, interest structure and interest payment dates of the deposits match the terms of the debt instruments which eliminates the liquidity risk for debt service and excludes any interest rate risk for the Company. Equity shareholders’ funds are invested in short-term deposits, predominantly in Sterling. 258 Financial liabilities - notes in issue at 31 December 2001 Currency Interest rate Total £ 000 Fixed Rate £ 000 6.75% 6.70% 3,452 94,196 3,452 94,196 Due between 2 and 5 years New Zealand Dollar Euro 6.50% 4.875% 28,480 604,496 28,480 604,496 Due after more than 5 years Euro 5.875% 208,369 208,369 938,993 938,993 Due within 1 year United States Dollar Italian Lira The amounts of notes in issue are shown net of premiums (£ 3,809,460), discounts (£ 2,685,598) and issue costs (£ 4,060,007). Financial assets - proceeds from note issues at 31 December 2001 Currency Total £ 000 Fixed Rate £ 000 3,452 94,196 3,452 94,196 Due between 2 and 5 years New Zealand Dollar Euro 28,480 604,496 28,480 604,496 Due after more than 5 years Euro 208,369 208,369 938,993 938,993 Due within 1 year United States Dollar Italian Lira The amounts are shown net of premiums (£ 1,582,718) and discounts (£ 4,518,863). 259 Primary financial instruments issued to finance the groups’s operations at 31 December 2002 Financial Assets - proceeds from notes issued Financial Liabilities - notes in issue Book value £ 000 Fair value £ 000 902,130 902,130 951,625 951,625 938,993 938,993 957,558 957,558 at 31 December 2001 Financial Assets - proceeds from notes issued Financial Liabilities - notes in issue Currency exposure at 31 December 2002 EU currencies US dollar Other currencies Liabilities £ 000 Assets Net currency £ 000 exposure £ 000 894,857 32,424 896,274 32,424 1,417 - 927,281 928,698 1,417 939,043 3,668 28,693 941,041 3,676 28,693 1,998 8 - 971,404 973,410 2,006 at 31 December 2001 EU currencies US dollar Other currencies Liabilities and assets include accrued interest at 31 December. 260 18 Share capital 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 Authorised: 10,000 ordinary shares of £ 1,000 each 10,000 10,000 Allotted, called up and fully paid: 10,000 ordinary shares of £ 1,000 each 10,000 10,000 2002 2001 £ 000 £ 000 Opening shareholders’ funds Profit for the financial year Dividends 11,172 1,103 (926) 12,443 1,143 (2,414) Closing shareholders’ funds 11,349 11,172 19 Reconciliation of movements in shareholders funds’ 20 Cash flow statement The company has taken advantage of the exemption within Financial Reporting Standard Number 1 “Cashflow Statements”, not to prepare a cashflow statement as more than 90% of the voting rights of the company are controlled within the NORD/LB Norddeutsche Landesbank group and the consolidated financial statements of the group, in which the company is included, are publicly available. 21 Related party transactions There were no transactions with directors or officers during the period. Advantage has been taken of the exemption in FRS 8, which permits transactions between companies, where 90% or more of the voting rights are controlled within the group, from disclosing any transactions with other entitites which are part of the group. 22 Ultimate holdings company The company's immediate and ultimate holding and controlling company is NORD/LB Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale which is incorporated in the Federal Republic of Germany. Copies of the ultimate holding company's financial statements may be obtained from: NORD/LB NORDDEUTSCHE SECURITIES PLC 71 Queen Victoria Street London EC4V 4AY 261 TAXATION The following is a general description of certain German and United Kingdom tax considerations relating to the payment of principal and interest in respect of the Instruments. It does not purport to be a complete analysis of all tax considerations relating to the Instruments and does not deal with other tax aspects of acquiring, holding or disposing of the Instruments. It relates only to persons who are the absolute beneficial owners of Instruments and any related Coupons and may not apply to certain classes of Holders. In addition, these comments may not apply where interest on the Instruments is deemed to be the income of any other person for tax purposes. Prospective purchasers of Instruments should be aware that the particular terms of issue of any Series of Instruments as specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement may affect the tax treatment of that or other Series of Instruments. This summary is based upon the law as in effect on the date of this Information Memorandum and is subject to any change in law that may take effect after such date. The following is a general guide and should be treated with appropriate caution. Prospective purchasers of Instruments should consult their tax advisers as to the consequences of such purpose under the tax laws of the country in which they are resident for tax purposes and under the tax laws of the Federal Republic of Germany and the United Kingdom. 1. Taxation in the Federal Republic of Germany 1.1 General Information Resident Holders Under German law payments of interest on the Instruments to holders who are residents of Germany (that is, holders whose residence, customary place of abode, head office or central management is located in Germany) are subject to German income or corporation tax plus solidarity surcharge (at a rate of 5.5%) thereon. In addition, capital gains realized upon disposal of Instruments by, and payments of interest on the Instruments to corporate holders or holders who hold the Instruments as business assets, are subject to trade tax. The trade tax rate depends partly on the municipalities where the holder maintains permanent establishment. For income derived from capital investment, German residents holding the Instruments as private assets may claim tax allowances in the amount of EUR 1,550 (EUR 3,100 for married couples filing tax returns jointly) per annum. Upon maturity of an Instrument, any difference between the issue price of the Instrument and the redemption amount (Original Issue Discount) received by the initial purchaser will be subject to tax, provided certain thresholds are exceeded. If the Instrument is classified as a financial innovation (Finanzinnovation) under German Tax Law, the original issue discount to the extent attributable to the period over which the holder of the Instrument has held such Instrument or, alternatively, any difference between the proceeds from the redemption transfer or any sale and the purchase price is subject to personal or corporate income tax and withholding tax (see below). This is true unless the Instruments form part of a trade or business, in which case the annual increase in value of the Instrument, as calculated at the time of its acquisition, must be taken into account pro rata temporis as interest income and may, in addition to personal or corporate income tax, also be subject to trade tax. If the Instruments are kept or administered in a domestic securities deposit account by a German financial institution, which term includes a German branch of a foreign financial institution but excludes a foreign branch of a German financial institution, a withholding tax may become due. Withholding tax is levied at a regular rate of 30% (Zinsabschlagsteuer), plus a 5.5% solidarity surcharge on the amount so withheld, on any interest payments for the account of the Instrumentholder and, in case the Instrument qualifies as financial innovation (Finanzinnovation), on any difference between the proceeds from any sale, transfer or redemption of the Instrument and the purchase price, resulting in a current aggregate withholding tax rate of 31.65%. The tax withheld from payments to resident holders will be credited as prepayment for purposes of the final income tax assessment and will be refunded in case of an overpayment. 262 If a holder sells an Instrument during a current interest period, the accrued interest (Stückzinsen) received in connection therewith will also be subject to income or corporation tax, plus solidarity surcharge; withholding tax at a rate of 30% plus solidarity surcharge will be deducted and credited against the tax bill of the individual taxpayer. Accrued interest (Stückzinsen) paid by a holder upon the purchase of an Instrument reduce the investment income and, under certain circumstances, the taxable base for the withholding tax and solidarity surcharge. If an Instrument or coupons were presented for payment over the counter of a German financial institution (Tafelgeschäft, i.e., interest payments are made by the German financial institution upon presentation of the coupons), special withholding tax provisions would be applicable (e.g., tax rate of 35% plus a 5.5% solidarity surcharge on the amount so withheld, resulting in the current aggregate withholding tax rate of 36.925%). The gain on the sale of an Instrument (excluding the accrued interest (Stückzinsen) and the Original Issue Discount, see above), if the Instrument is held as private investment, are in principle not subject to German taxation, provided that the Instrument is held for at least one year and provided further that the Instrument cannot be classified as a financial innovation (Finanzinnovation) under German tax law (see above). If the Instrument is held as business property in Germany, a gain or loss realized from the sale of the Instrument will be subject to German taxation. However, no withholding tax is levied on such gain. Non-resident Holders Under German law payments of interest on the Instruments to holders who are not tax-resident in Germany (that is, holders who have neither a residence nor a customary place of abode or their head office or central management in Germany) are, in principle, not subject to German taxation. If the interest from an Instrument falls under certain categories of income from German sources, however, (e.g., interest income from debt instruments which are secured by German real estate, commercial income effectively connected with a German permanent establishment, over-the-counter transactions, etc.), the Instrumentholder may be subject to limited income taxation in Germany, and income or corporation tax and solidarity surcharge (at a rate of 5.5%) on the interest income may become due. In addition, interest income may be subject to trade tax if the Instrument belongs to the German commercial assets of the Instrumentholder. Even in case of limited income taxation, generally, under the German Double Taxation Conventions Germany must refrain, at least partly, from taxing interest income (unless interest payments are treated as commercial income effectively connected with a German permanent establishment). Consequently, most foreign holders (who are entitled to the benefits of an applicable double taxation convention) should be exempted from German income or corporation tax and solidarity surcharge with regard to interest on the Instruments. However, if the Instruments are kept or administered in a domestic securities deposit account with a German financial institution, which term includes a German branch of a foreign financial institution but excludes a foreign branch of a German financial institution, the German financial institution, in principle, will deduct withholding tax and solidarity surcharge on interest payments thereon because it is generally not in a position to prove whether or not the recipient is subject to German income or corporation tax. Generally, withholding tax is levied at a rate of 30% plus 5.5% solidarity surcharge on the amount so withheld (resulting in the current aggregate withholding tax rate of 31.65%). Upon proper application of a refund procedure withholding tax plus solidarity surcharge, which have been deducted by the German financial institution, will be refunded by the relevant tax office if the recipient of the payment is a non-resident Instrumentholder and proves that he is not subject to German income taxation. If the Instruments or coupons were presented for payment directly to the issuer or over the counter of a German financial institution (Tafelgeschäft, i.e., interest payments are made directly by the issuer or by the German financial institution upon presentation of the coupons), by a non-resident, special withholding tax provisions would be applicable (e.g., tax rate of 35% plus 5.5% solidarity surcharge on the amount so withheld, resulting in the current aggregate withholding tax rate of 36.925%). In this event, as well, partial or full refund of the withholding tax may be obtained if an applicable double taxation convention provides for reduction of or exemption from German interest withholding tax. 263 Estate and Gift Taxes A disposition of Instruments by reason of death or by way of gift are subject to German inheritance or gift tax if: (1) the decedent or donor or the heir, donee or other beneficiary at the time of the death or the execution of the gift have their domiciles or habitual abodes in Germany or are German citizens who have not been living abroad for a period of more than five years without having a residence in Germany, or (2) except in the case of (1), the Instruments are part of the assets of the decedent or donor for which in Germany a permanent establishment is maintained or a permanent representative has been appointed. Other Taxes The sale or transfer of the Instruments is not subject to any stock exchange transfer tax, company tax, stamp duty or similar tax in Germany. No net wealth tax is currently imposed in Germany. Proposed Flat Rate Withholding Tax (Zinsabgeltungssteuer) The German federal government is planning a revision of the taxation of interest. The proposed bill provided that the prevailing withholding tax on income of 30% (plus solidarity surcharge of 5.5%) ought to be replaced by a flat rate withholding tax (Abgeltungssteuer). The flat rate ought to be 25% (plus solidarity surcharge of 5.5%). The tax allowance on savings for persons who hold the Instruments as a private asset (EUR 1,550 for single assessment and EUR 3,100 for joint assessment) ought to be maintained. It is expected that the final text of the law will be decided within this legislative period. 1.2 Special Information referring to Structured Instruments Unless differing opinions are specified in the detailed Instruments, the taxation rules outlined below apply to all the Instruments which are the subject of the following sections. For persons with unlimited liability to tax in Germany, current interest payments and interest accrued pro rata to the period of ownership of Instruments are subject to income/corporation tax (plus 5.5% solidarity surcharge thereon). If the Instruments are held on deposit at a German credit institution or German financial services provider, the interest payments are as a rule subject to the current 30% withholding tax (plus 5.5% solidarity surcharge). The same applies if the Instruments are held by a person with limited liability to tax in Germany by virtue of having a permanent establishment in Germany (such as a branch). If the Instruments are held as a business asset of a trading establishment maintained in Germany, the income is also subject to trade tax. For Instruments which qualify as financial innovations (Finanzinnovation), the capital gain made upon the sale, transfer or redemption is calculated on the issue/market yield relating to the period the Instrument was held. From a tax point of view, gains or losses made are assessed in the case of private investors, regardless of the time the Instruments were held, as positive or negative income from capital. Gains are currently subject to 30% withholding tax (plus 5.5% solidarity surcharge). In case the private investor is able to prove the issue yield to be less than the market yield only the interest calculated on the basis of the issue yield will be subject to tax. The sale, transfer or redemption at final maturity of Instruments that do not qualify as financial innovations counts, as far as a private investor is concerned, as an non-taxable event at the private asset level. If, however, the sale occurs within one year of acquisition, the gain/loss made by a private investor is seen as income from private sales as defined in Section 23 of the German Income Tax Act (EStG) and, as such, is subject to income tax (plus 5.5% solidarity surcharge thereon). However, in so far as net income from private sales in any calendar year is less than EUR 512, it is tax-exempt. If the net income from such private sales is negative, it can only be set off against positive income from private sales in the previous year or the following years. Prevailing opinion is that redemption at final maturity does not qualify as a sale as defined in Section 23 of the German Income Tax Act. 264 If the Instruments are not held as a private asset but as a business asset, gains or losses relating to sale, transfer or redemption at final maturity are subject, regardless of how long they are held and the assessment as financial innovations, to taxation as part of current operating profit/loss. The withholding tax and solidarity surcharge are credited as prepayment against the income/corporation tax assessed upon presentation of the accordant tax certificate. The tax allowance on savings for persons who hold the Instruments as a private asset is EUR 1,550 for single assessment and EUR 3,100 for joint assessment. The German federal government is planning a revision of the taxation of interest. The prevailing withholding tax on income of 30% (plus solidarity surcharge of 5.5%) is due to be replaced by a flat rate withholding tax. The flat rate is due to be 25% (plus solidarity surcharge of 5.5%). The tax allowance on savings for persons who hold the Instruments as a private asset is to be maintained. It is expected that the final text of the law will be decided within this legislative period. It is not possible at present to make any statement on possible changes in the law regarding the taxation of capital gains made on the sale of securities. The principles concerning the taxation of persons who are not tax-residents in Germany are outlined in this section 1.1 “General Information”. Taxation and its effects depend on the individual circumstances of the taxpayer. Holders of Instruments should therefore obtain information from and consult their tax adviser on the tax consequences applying to their particular situation. 1.2.1 Instruments with index-linked redemption (participating in a rising/falling/falling and rising underlying value) Instruments with index-linked redemption by the issuer and guaranteed repayment of some or all of the capital are in principle to be treated as financial innovations (Finanzinnovation). However, where the capital gain and/or repayment of the capital invested depends exclusively on the uncertain performance of the index and no repayment of some or all of the capital has been assured or granted, such Instruments do not qualify as financial innovations. The principles governing the taxation of current interest payments and interest accrued pro rata to the period of ownership of Instruments are outlined in the general section. For private investors, the categorisation as financial innovations means that, regardless of how long they are held, gains/losses made on the sale, transfer or redemption of the Instruments are accounted for as positive/negative income from capital. Please see the general section for the regulations governing the sale, transfer or redemption of financial innovations. In the event of a sale, Instruments which do not qualify as financial innovations are only ever subject to tax as a private sale. Please see the general section for further details. If the Instruments are not held as a private asset but as a business asset, gains or losses relating to sale, transfer or redemption at final maturity are subject, regardless of how long they are held, to taxation as part of current operating profit/loss. 1.2.2 Instruments with redemption in principal or shares at the option of the Issuer Instruments with redemption in principal or shares at the option of the Issuer are to be treated as financial innovations by the fiscal authority. The principles governing the taxation of current interest payments and interest accrued pro rata to the period of ownership of Instruments are outlined in the general section. For private investors, the categorisation as financial innovations means that, regardless of how long they are held, gains/losses made on the sale, transfer or redemption of the Instruments are accounted for as positive/negative income from capital. Please see the general section for the regulations governing the sale, transfer or redemption of financial innovations. If the Instruments are not held as a private asset but as a business asset, gains or losses relating to sale, transfer or redemption at final maturity are subject, regardless of how long they are held, to taxation as part of current operating profit/loss. 265 From a tax point of view, if shares are delivered at maturity, it is considered to be an acquisition event. If the shares are sold within a period of one year after acquisition, the gain/loss made by a private investor on a sale is subject to taxation as income from private sales in accordance with Section 23 of the German Income Tax Act unless the income received by that private investor from private sales in that calendar year is less than EUR 512,00. If the net income from such private sales is negative, it can only be set off against positive income from private sales in the previous year or the following years. In addition, the gain/loss made on the sale of the shares is subject to tax if at the time of the sale or at any time within the five years before the sale, the seller held a participation of at least 1% (material participation) in the capital of the joint stock corporation (Section 17 of the German Income Tax Act) or if the shares result from the contribution of a business in accordance with Section 20 of the Transformation Tax Act (UmwStG). Income from taxable private sales of German or foreign shares, from sales of material participations and under certain criteria from sales of shares resulting from the contribution of a business is subject to the 50% ruling (Halbeinkünfteverfahren). If the shares delivered are held as a business asset, any profit or loss made on their sale, regardless of how long they are held or the extent of the participation, is subject to trade and income tax. In the case of income tax, the 50% ruling is also applicable to any gain or loss made on the sale. Sales of shares held by a joint stock company are tax-exempt under current law unless they are shares resulting from the contribution of a business (see above). 1.2.3 Instruments with redemption in principal or bonds at the option of the Issuer Instruments with redemption in principal or bonds at the option of the Issuer are to be treated as financial innovations. The principles governing the taxation of current interest payments and interest accrued pro rata to the period of ownership of Instruments are outlined in the general section. For private investors, the categorisation as financial innovations means that, regardless of how long they are held, gains/losses made on the sale, transfer or redemption of the Instruments are accounted for as positive/negative income from capital. Please see the general section for the regulations governing the sale, transfer or redemption of financial innovations. If the Instruments are not held as a private asset but as a business asset, gains or losses relating to sale, transfer or redemption at final maturity are subject, regardless of how long they are held, to taxation as part of current operating profit/loss. The following applies for the taxation of the bonds delivered: If bonds are delivered at maturity that qualify as financial innovations, the tax consequences laid out in the general section for financial innovations apply for the taxation of current income as well as income made upon sale, transfer or redemption of the bonds. If an investor receives bonds that do not qualify as financial innovations, the tax consequences laid out in the general section apply to current interest payments and interest accrued pro rata to the period of ownership. In the event of a sale of the bonds, these are only ever subject to tax as a private sale. Please see the general section for further details. Prevailing opinion is that redemption at final maturity does not qualify as a sale as defined in Section 23 of the German Income Tax Act. 1.2.4 Instruments with call option(s) of the Issuer Floating rate Instruments with a right to terminate for the Issuer qualify as financial innovations as different amounts of interest are payable over their life. The principles governing the taxation of current interest payments and interest accrued pro rata to the period of ownership of Instruments are outlined in the general section. For private investors, the categorisation as financial innovations means that, regardless of how long they are held, gains/losses made on the sale, transfer or redemption of the Instruments are accounted for as positive/negative income from capital. Please see the general section for the regulations governing the sale, transfer or redemption of financial innovations. 266 If the Instruments are not held as a private asset but as a business asset, gains or losses relating to sale, transfer or redemption at final maturity are subject, regardless of how long they are held, to taxation as part of current operating profit/loss. Fixed rate bearer Instruments with a right to terminate for the Issuer generally do not qualify as financial innovations. Should they exceptionally be categorised as financial innovations, the tax consequences in such cases would be as for floating rate Instruments. The sale, transfer or redemption at final maturity of the fixed rate Instruments counts, as far as a private investor is concerned, as a non-taxable event at private asset level. If, however, the sale occurs within one year of acquisition, the gain/loss made by a private investor is seen as income from private sales as defined in Section 23 of the German Income Tax Act and, as such, is subject to income tax. The statements regarding private sales in the general section apply here. If the Instruments are not held as a private asset but as a business asset, gains or losses relating to sale, transfer or redemption at final maturity are subject, regardless of how long they are held, to taxation as part of current operating profit/loss. 1.2.5 Zero Coupon Instruments In the case of Zero Coupon Instruments, no current interest is paid. The interest payment occurs at final maturity when the principal falls due. There is no taxation of current interest income during the life of the Instruments, and the accrued interest is not subject to tax until the Zero Coupon Instruments are redeemed. From a tax point of view, Zero Coupon Instruments are treated as financial innovations. For private investors, the categorisation as financial innovations means that, regardless of how long they are held, gains or losses made are assessed for tax purposes as positive or negative income from capital. Please see the general section for the regulations governing the sale, transfer or redemption of financial innovations. If the Zero Coupon Instruments are held as a business asset, gains or losses relating to sale, transfer or redemption at final maturity are subject to taxation as part of current operating profit/loss. The annual increase in value of the Zero Coupon Instruments, as calculated at the time of the acquisition, must be taken into account pro rata temporis as profit. 2. Taxation in the United Kingdom Holders who may be liable to taxation in jurisdictions other than the United Kingdom in respect of their acquisition, holding or disposal of the Instruments are particularly advised to consult their professional advisers as to whether they are so liable (and if so under the laws of which jurisdictions), since the following comments relate only to certain United Kingdom taxation aspects of payments in respect of the Instruments. In particular, Holders should be aware that they may be liable to taxation under the laws of other jurisdictions in relation to payments in respect of the Instruments even if such payments may be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of taxation under the laws of the United Kingdom. It has been assumed for the purposes of this summary that only payments made in respect of Instruments issued by NORD/LB Securities have a United Kingdom source for the purposes of United Kingdom taxation and that payments made in respect of Instruments issued by NORD/LB and payments made by the Guarantor (other than payments to which paragraph 2.4 relate) do not have a United Kingdom source for such purposes. 2.1 Withholding Tax on Interest Paid NORD/LB Securities is entitled to make payments of interest in respect of Instruments without withholding or deduction for or on account of United Kingdom income tax providing that the Instruments carry a right to interest and continue to be listed on a “recognised stock exchange” within the meaning of section 841 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (the Frankfurt and Luxembourg Stock Exchange are recognised stock exchanges for these purposes). 267 In addition to the exemption referred to above, NORD/LB Securities is entitled to make payments of interest on the Instruments without withholding or deduction for or on account of United Kingdom income tax if, at the time the relevant payments are made, NORD/LB Securities reasonably believes that, broadly, the person beneficially entitled to the income is a company within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax in respect of the interest or falls within a list of specified tax-exempt entities and bodies (unless the United Kingdom has given a direction that this exemption shall not apply, having reasonable grounds for believing the conditions for this exemption will not be met). In all other cases interest paid by NORD/LB Securities on the Instruments will be paid under deduction of United Kingdom income tax at the lower rate applicable to savings income (currently 20 %) subject to any direction to the contrary by the Inland Revenue under the provisions of an applicable double taxation treaty. The United Kingdom Inland Revenue has power to require any person paying or crediting interest in the ordinary course of its business to provide information to the Inland Revenue in respect of the interest paid or credited and the persons to whom the interest was so paid or credited. In certain circumstances, the United Kingdom Inland Revenue may be entitled to exchange such information with the tax authorities of other jurisdictions. 2.2 Other Rules Relating to United Kingdom Withholding Tax 2.2.1 Instruments may be issued at an issue price of less than 100% of their principal amount. Any discount element on any such Instruments will not be subject to any United Kingdom withholding tax pursuant to the provisions mentioned above, but may be subject to reporting requirements as outlined above. 2.2.2 Where Instruments are issued with a redemption premium, as opposed to being issued at a discount, then any such element of premium may constitute a payment of interest. Payments of interest are subject to United Kingdom withholding tax and reporting requirements as outlined above. 2.2.3 Where interest has been paid under deduction of United Kingdom income tax, Holders of Instruments who are not resident in the United Kingdom may be able to recover all or part of the tax deducted if there is an appropriate provision in any applicable double taxation treaty. 2.2.4 The references to “interest” and “principal” in this “Taxation in the United Kingdom” section mean “interest” and “principal” as understood in United Kingdom tax law. The statements in this “Taxation in the United Kingdom” section do not take any account of any different definitions of “interest” or “principal” which may prevail under any other law or which may be created by the terms and conditions of the Instruments or any related documentation. 2.2.5 The above description of the United Kingdom withholding tax position assumes that there will be no substitution of an issuer pursuant to Condition 12 of the Instruments and does not consider the tax consequences of any such substitution. 2.3 United Kingdom Taxation of Interest by Direct Assessment The interest on Instruments issued by NORD/LB Securities will have a United Kingdom source and accordingly may be chargeable to United Kingdom tax by direct assessment even if the interest is paid without deduction. However, except for any income tax deducted as described above (and except in the case of non-United Kingdom resident trustees of a trust having any ordinarily resident or resident beneficiary) a person not resident in the United Kingdom will not be liable to United Kingdom tax on interest on an Instrument unless the interest is chargeable to tax as income of or attributable to a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom which the non-resident person carries on, subject to exemptions for interest received by certain categories of agent in particular circumstances. Holders of Instruments who are resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes may be chargeable to United Kingdom tax by direct assessment in respect of interest on Instruments issued by any of the Issuers even if the interest does not have a United Kingdom source. Prospective purchasers of Instruments should note that the provisions relating to the payment of additional amounts referred to in “Terms and Conditions of the Instruments –Taxation” above would 268 not apply if the Inland Revenue sought to assess the person entitled to the relevant interest directly to United Kingdom tax on interest as described in above. However, exemption from, or reduction of, such United Kingdom tax liability (or recovery of all or part of any tax deducted from any payment) may be available under the provisions of an applicable double taxation treaty. 2.4 Payments by the Guarantor If the Guarantor makes any payments in respect of interest on Instruments issued by NORD/LB Securities (or other amounts due under such Instruments other than the repayment of monies subscribed for the Instruments), such payments may be subject to United Kingdom withholding tax subject to such relief as may be available under any applicable double taxation treaty. Such payments by the Guarantor may not be eligible for the exemptions from withholding tax described under “Withholding Tax on Interest Paid” above. 3. EU Directive on the Taxation of Savings Income On 3 June 2003, the European Council of Economics and Finance Ministers (ECOFIN) finally agreed on proposals under which, with effect from 1 January 2005, Member States will be required to provide to the tax authorities of another Member State details of payments of interest (or similar income) paid by a person within its jurisdiction to an individual resident in that other Member State, except that, for a transitional period only, Belgium, Luxembourg and Austria will instead be required to operate a withholding system in relation to such payments (the transitional period being related to the conclusion of certain other agreements relating to information exchange with certain other countries, including Switzerland). The planned flat rate tax on interest income in the section entitled “Taxation in the Federal Republic of Germany” is currently due to be implemented. It is also to be harmonized with the rulings in the EU Directive on the Taxation of Savings Income. 269 SUBSCRIPTION AND SALE Instruments may be sold from time to time by the relevant Issuer to any one or more of Barclays Bank PLC, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited, Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, Dresdner Bank Aktiengesellschaft, HSBC Bank plc, J.P.Morgan Securities Ltd., Merrill Lynch International, Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited, Nomura International plc, Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, UBS Limited (the “Dealers”) or to any other person or institution. The arrangements under which Instruments may from time to time be agreed to be sold by the relevant Issuer to, and purchased by, Dealers are set out in a dealership agreement dated 17 September 2003 (the “Dealership Agreement”) and made between the Issuers and the Dealers. Any such agreement will, inter alia, make provision for the form and terms and conditions of the relevant Instruments, the price at which such Instruments will be purchased by the Dealers and the commissions or other agreed deductibles (if any) payable or allowable by the relevant Issuer in respect of such purchase. The Dealership Agreement makes provision for the resignation or removal of existing Dealers and the appointment of additional or other Dealers. The Issuers may sell Instruments from time to time to persons or institutions who are not Dealers. 1. Germany Each Dealer agrees not to offer or sell Instruments in Germany other than in compliance with the Securities Selling Prospectus Act (Verkaufsprospektgesetz) as amended, or any other laws applicable in Germany governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. 2. United States of America 2.1 Each Dealer severally understands that the Instruments have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to or for the account or benefit of U.S. persons except in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 2.2 Each Dealer represents and agrees that it has offered and sold Instruments and will offer and sell Instruments (i) as part of their distribution at any time and (ii) otherwise until forty days after the completion of the distribution of the series of which such Instruments are a part, as determined and certified to the Fiscal Agent or the relevant Issuer by the relevant Dealer (or in the case of a sale of a series of Instruments to or through more than one Dealer, by each of such Dealers as to the Instruments of such Series purchased by or through it, in which case the Fiscal Agent or the relevant Issuer shall notify each such Dealer when all such Dealers have so certified), only in accordance with Rule 903 of Regulation S or, if applicable, Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Accordingly, each Dealer represents and agrees that neither such Dealer, its affiliates (if any) nor any persons acting on its behalf have engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Instruments, and each Dealer, its affiliates (if any) and any person acting on its behalf have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirements of Regulation S. Each Dealer agrees that, at or prior to confirmation of sale of Instruments (other than sale of Instruments pursuant to Rule 144A), it will have sent to each distributor, dealer or person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Instruments from it or through it during the distribution compliance period a confirmation or notice to substantially the following effect: “The Instruments covered hereby have not been registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (as amended) (the “Securities Act”) and may not be offered and sold within the United States or to or for the account or benefit of U.S. persons (i) as part of their distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until forty days after the completion of the distribution of the series of Instruments of which such Instruments are a part, as determined and certified by [Name of Dealer or Dealers, as the case may be], except in either case in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Terms used above have the meaning given to them by Regulation S.” 2.3 Terms used in the above paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S. 2.4 In addition, each Dealer represents and agrees that: 270 (A)except to the extent permitted under U.S. Treas. Reg. SS 1. 163-5(c)(2)(i)(D) (the “D Rules”), (x) it has not offered or sold, and during the restricted period will not offer or sell, Instruments in bearer form to a person who is within the United States or its possessions or to a United States person, and (y) such Dealer has not delivered and will not deliver within the United States or its possessions definitive Instruments in bearer form that are sold during the restricted period; (B) it has and throughout the restricted period will have in effect procedures reasonably designed to ensure that its employees or agents who are directly engaged in selling Instruments in bearer form are aware that such Instruments may not be offered or sold during the restricted period to a person who is within the United States or its possessions or to a United States person, except as permitted by the D Rules; (C) if such Dealer is a United States person, it represents that it is acquiring the Instruments in bearer form for purposes of resale in connection with their original issuance and, if such Dealer retains Instruments in bearer form for its own account, it will only do so in accordance with the requirements of U.S. Treas. Reg. SS 1. 163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(6); and (D) with respect to each affiliate (if any) that acquires from such Dealer Instruments in bearer form for the purposes of offering or selling such Instruments during the restricted period, such Dealer either (A) hereby represents and agrees on behalf of such affiliate (if any) to the effect set forth in sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph or (B) agrees that it will obtain from such affiliate (if any) for the benefit of the relevant Issuer the representations and agreements contained in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph. 2.5 Terms used in the above paragraph have the meanings given to them by the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and Regulations thereunder, including the D Rules. 2.6 Each Dealer (or, in the case of a sale of a series of Instruments to or through more than one Dealer, each of such Dealers as to Instruments of such series purchased by or through it, in which case the Fiscal Agent or the relevant Issuer shall notify each such Dealer when all such Dealers have certified as provided in this paragraph) who has purchased Instruments of any series in accordance with this Agreement shall determine and certify to the Fiscal Agent or the relevant Issuer the completion of the distribution of such series of Instruments as aforesaid. In order to facilitate compliance by each Dealer with the foregoing, the relevant Issuer agrees that, prior to such certification with respect to such series, it will notify each Dealer in writing of each acceptance by the relevant Issuer of an offer to purchase and of any issuance of, Instruments or other debt obligations of the relevant Issuer which are denominated in the same currency or composite currency and which have substantially the same interest rate and maturity date as the Instruments of such series. 2.7 Each issuance of index-, commodity-, or additional U.S. selling restrictions as the relevant Issuer as a term of the issuance agrees that it shall offer, sell and deliver additional U.S. selling restrictions. currency-linked Instruments shall be subject to relevant Dealer or Dealers shall agree with the and purchase of such Instruments. Each Dealer such Instruments only in compliance with such 2.8 In connection with each sale of Instruments pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, neither the relevant Dealer its subsidiaries nor any person acting on its behalf will engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Rule 502(c) under the Securities Act) and will comply with all requirements of Rule 144A. Each Dealer severally represents and warrants to the Issuers and the Guarantor that it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act. 2.9 Each Dealer agrees that it has not entered and will not enter into any contractual arrangements with respect to the distribution or delivery of Instruments except with its affiliates (if any) or with the prior written consent of the relevant Issuer. 3. United Kingdom Each Dealer represents, warrants and agrees that: (i) in relation to Instruments which have a maturity of one year or more, it has not offered or sold and, prior to the expiry of a period of six months from the date of issue of such Instruments, 271 will not offer or sell any such Instruments to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (ii) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activitiy (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any Instruments in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not or, in the case of the Guarantor, would not, if it were not an authorised person, apply to the Issuer or the Guarantor; (iii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA (and all rules and regulations made pursuant to the FSMA), with respect to anything done by it in relation to such Instruments in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom. 4. Japan Each Dealer acknowledges and understands that the Instruments have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the “Securities and Exchange Law”) and each Dealer represents and agrees and each further Dealer appointed under the Programme will be required to agree that it has not, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not, directly or indirectly, offer or sell any Instrumentsin Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used in this paragraph means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws and regulations of Japan. 5. France Each Dealer represents and warrants that the Instruments are being issued outside the Republic of France and that, in connection with their distribution, it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any Instruments in the Republic of France other than in connection with a private placement pursuant to articles L. 411-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and Decree n° 98880 of October 1st, 1998, and that it has not distributed and will not distribute or cause to be distributed in the Republic of France the Information Memorandum or any other offering material relating to the Instruments other than in connection with a private placement pursuant to articles L. 411-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and the Decree n° 98-880 of October 1st, 1998. Each Dealer further undertakes and warrants that in connection with the private placement of the Instruments in the Republic of France, the investors have been or will be provided with the following information disclosed in the Information Memorandum and any other offering material relating to the Instruments: (i) this private placement is not described in an information memorandum subject to the visa of the French Commission des Opérations de Bourse; (ii) the investors may participate in this private placement provided that they are acting for their own account as specified in the Decree n° 98-880 of October 1st, 1998; and (iii) the resale, directly or indirectly, to the public of the Instruments as so purchased may only be made in accordance with the provisions of articles L. 411-1 et seq. of the French Monetary and Financial Code. 6. General Each Dealer acknowledges that, save for having obtained the approval of the Information Memorandum by the Stock Exchanges, no action has been or will be taken in any country or jurisdiction by the Issuers or the Dealers that would permit a public offering of Instruments, or possession or distribution of any offering material in relation thereto, in any country or jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Each Dealer will comply with all applicable laws and regulations in each country or jurisdiction in which it purchases, offers, sells or delivers Instruments or has in its possession or distributes such offering material, in all cases at its own expense. 272 GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Application has been made to list Instruments issued under the Programme on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, other than Instruments with redemption in principal or shares, principal or bonds and Index-Linked Instruments with physical delivery. Further application has been made to list Instruments issued under the Programme on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. Prior to listing on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, a legal notice relating to the issue of the Instruments and the certified Statutes of the Issuers will be deposited with the register of commerce and companies of Luxembourg, where such documents may be examined and copies obtained upon request. The Luxembourg Stock Exchange has allocated the number 12902 to the Programme for listing purposes. 2. The establishment of the Programme has been authorised by resolutions of the Boards of Management of NORD/LB on 12 May 1992 and 23 June 2003 and by resolutions of the Board of Directors of NORD/LB Securities on 23 June 2003. 3. There are no and have not been any legal or arbitration proceedings (including any such proceedings which are pending or threatened of which the Issuers and Guarantor are aware) which may have or have had during the last two business years prior to the date of this Information Memorandum a significant effect on the financial position of each of the Issuers and the Guarantor or of the Issuers and their subsidiaries (if any) taken as a whole, except as set forth in this Information Memorandum. 4. Save as disclosed herein, there has been no significant change in the financial or trading position of, nor any material adverse change in the financial position or prospects of, NORD/LB or NORD/LB Securities and its subsidiaries (if any) taken as a whole since 31 December 2002, being the date of the latest audited published financial statements of each of the Issuers. 5. The consolidated financial statements of NORD/LB have been audited without qualification for the three financial years ended 31 December 2002 by PwC Deutsche Revision Aktiengesellschaft Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, Fuhrberger Strasse 5, 30625 Hannover. The financial statements of NORD/LB Securities have been audited without qualification for the three financial years ended 31 December 2002 by PricewaterhouseCoopers, Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors with its office at Southwark Towers, 32 London Bridge Street, London SE1 9SY. 6. From the date hereof and throughout the life of the Programme and for so long as any Instruments will be outstanding, copies and, where appropriate, English translations of the documents mentioned in this Information Memorandum in particular of the following documents may be inspected during normal business hours or obtained free of charge at the specified office of the Fiscal Agent, currently at Winchester House, 1 Great Winchester Street, London EC2N 2DB, the Paying Agent, currently at 2 boulevard Konrad Adenauer, 1115 Luxembourg and at the registered office of each Issuer, namely: (a) the State Treaty dated 22 May 2002 and the Statutes of the Issuers; (b) the Fiscal Agency Agreement; (c) the Dealership Agreement; (d) any guarantee documents in respect of Series issued by NORD/LB Securities; (e) the audited consolidated and non-consolidated financial statements of the Issuers and the annual reports of NORD/LB for the two financial years ended 31 December 2002 and the future audited consolidated and non-consolidated financial statements and annual reports; (f) published semi-annual unaudited consolidated and non-consolidated interim financial information of the Issuers, if any; the last unaudited consolidated and non-consolidated financial information of NORD/LB dated 30 June 2003; (g) the Information Memorandum; (h) any supplementary listing particulars; and (i) any Pricing Supplements. 273 In the case of a Series of Instruments in relation to which application has not been made for listing on the Frankfurt or Luxembourg Stock Exchange or for listing on any other stock exchange, copies of the relevant Pricing Supplement will only be available for inspection by an Investor in respect of such Instruments. 7. Save in respect of payments to persons who are subject to taxes of the relevant taxing jurisdictions otherwise than by reason of the holding of Instruments, all amounts payable by the Issuers or the Guarantor in respect of the Instruments will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any taxes or duties of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Federal Republic of Germany or the United Kingdom or any political subdivision thereof or agency therein or thereof having power to tax. 8. Settlement arrangements will be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the relevant Dealer and the Fiscal Agent or, as the case may be, the relevant clearing system or other person specified in the Pricing Supplement in relation to each Series. 9. The Instruments have been accepted for clearance through Clearstream Frankfurt, Clearstream Luxembourg and Euroclear. The appropriate German securities number (“WKN”), the Common Code and ISIN for each Series of Instruments allocated by the Clearing Systems will be specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. If the Instruments are to clear through an additional or alternative clearing system the appropriate information will be specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. 274 Aufgrund des vorstehenden Unternehmensberichts sind unter dem USD 20,000,000,000 Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments der (eingetragen als Anstalt des öffentlichen Rechts in den Bundesländern Niedersachsen, Sachsen-Anhalt und Mecklenburg-Vorpommern) als Emittentin und, bei durch die NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC begebenen Schuldverschreibungen, als Garantin NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC (eingetragen mit beschränkter Haftung in England) als Emittentin innerhalb der nächsten 12 Monate zu begebende Schuldverschreibungen zum Zeitpunkt ihrer Begebung gemäß § 44 Börsenzulassungs-Verordnung an der Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse zum Börsenhandel im geregelten Markt zugelassen. Hannover, im September 2003 275 NAMES AND ADDRESSES REGISTERED/HEAD OFFICES OF THE ISSUERS AND THE GUARANTOR Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Friedrichswall 10 30159 Hannover NORD/LB Norddeutsche Securities PLC 71 Queen Victoria Street London EC4V 4AY ARRANGER FOR THE PROGRAMME Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Friedrichswall 10 30159 Hannover DEALERS Barclays Bank PLC 5 The North Colonnade Canary Wharf London E14 4BB Citigroup Global Markets Limited Citigroup Centre Canada Square Canary Wharf London E14 5LB Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited One Cabot Square London E14 4QJ Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft Grosse Gallusstrasse 10-14 60272 Frankfurt am Main Dresdner Bank AG Jürgen-Ponto-Platz 1 60301 Frankfurt am Main HSBC Bank plc Level 4 8 Canada Square London E14 5HA J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd. 125 London Wall London EC2Y 5AJ Merrill Lynch International Merrill Lynch Financial Centre 2 King Edward Street London EC1A 1HQ Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited 25 Cabot Square Canary Wharf London E14 4QA Nomura International plc Nomura House 1 St. Martin’s-le-Grand London EC1A 4NP Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Friedrichswall 10 30159 Hannover UBS Limited 1 Finsbury Avenue London EC2M 2PP 276 AUDITORS OF THE ISSUERS AND THE GUARANTOR to NORD/LB PwC Deutsche Revision Aktiengesellschaft Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft Fuhrberger Strasse 5 30625 Hannover to NORD/LB Securities PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Southwark Towers 32 London Bridge Street London SE1 9SY FISCAL AGENT Deutsche Bank AG London Winchester House 1 Great Winchester Street London EC2N 2DB PAYING AGENTS Deutsche Bank AG London Winchester House 1 Great Winchester Street London EC2N 2DB Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. 2 boulevard Konrad Adenauer L-1115 Luxembourg Deutsche Bank AG Paris Branch 3,avenue de Friedland F-75008 Paris Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Friedrichswall 10 30159 Hannover LUXEMBOURG LISTING AGENT Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise 43, boulevard Royal 2955 Luxembourg GERMAN LISTING AGENT Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale Friedrichswall 10 30159 Hannover LEGAL ADVISERS to the Dealers to NORD/LB Securities as to German law as to English law Latham & Watkins Schön Nolte Platz der Einheit 2 60327 Frankfurt am Main Simmons & Simmons City Point One Ropemaker Street London EC2Y 9SS